Greenhouse Gas Reporting Program: Final Amendments and Confidentiality Determinations for Electronics Manufacturing, 68161-68238 [2013-23804]
Download as PDF
Vol. 78
Wednesday,
No. 219
November 13, 2013
Part II
Environmental Protection Agency
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
40 CFR Part 98
Greenhouse Gas Reporting Program: Final Amendments and Confidentiality
Determinations for Electronics Manufacturing; Final Rule
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00001
Fmt 4717
Sfmt 4717
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
68162
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
This final rule is effective on
January 1, 2014. The incorporation by
reference of certain publications listed
in this rule is approved by the Director
of the Federal Register as of January 1,
2014.
ADDRESSES: The EPA has established a
docket for this action under Docket ID
No. EPA–HQ–OAR–2011–0028. All
documents in the docket are listed in
the https://www.regulations.gov index.
Although listed in the index, some
information is not publicly available,
e.g., confidential business information
(CBI) or other information whose
disclosure is restricted by statute.
Certain other material, such as
copyrighted material, will be publicly
available only in hard copy. Publicly
available docket materials are available
either electronically in https://
www.regulations.gov or in hard copy at
the Air Docket, EPA/DC, EPA West,
Room B102, 1301 Constitution Ave.
NW., Washington, DC. This Docket
Facility is open from 8:30 a.m. to 4:30
p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding
legal holidays. The telephone number
for the Public Reading Room is (202)
566–1744, and the telephone number for
the Air Docket is (202) 566–1742.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT:
Carole Cook, Climate Change Division,
Office of Atmospheric Programs (MC–
DATES:
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
AGENCY
40 CFR Part 98
[EPA–HQ–OAR–2011–0028; FRL–9845–6]
RIN 2060–AR61
Greenhouse Gas Reporting Program:
Final Amendments and Confidentiality
Determinations for Electronics
Manufacturing
Environmental Protection
Agency (EPA).
ACTION: Final rule; Notice of Final
Action on Reconsideration.
AGENCY:
The EPA is amending the
calculation and monitoring
methodologies for electronics
manufacturers covered by the
Greenhouse Gas Reporting Rule. These
changes include revising certain
calculation methods and adding a new
method, amending data reporting
requirements, and clarifying terms and
definitions. The EPA is also making
confidentiality determinations for new
and revised data elements pertaining to
electronics manufacturing. This rule
also finalizes amendments to the general
provisions of the Greenhouse Gas
Reporting Rule to remove entries for
data elements that are being moved from
reporting to recordkeeping.
SUMMARY:
6207J), Environmental Protection
Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW.,
Washington, DC 20460; telephone
number: (202) 343–9263; fax number:
(202) 343–2342; email address:
GHGReportingRule@epa.gov. For
technical information and
implementation materials, please go to
the Greenhouse Gas Reporting Rule
Program Web site at https://
www.epa.gov/ghgreporting/. To submit a
question, select Rule Help Center,
followed by ‘‘Contact Us.’’
Worldwide Web (WWW). In addition
to being available in the docket, an
electronic copy of this final rule will
also be available through the WWW.
Following the Administrator’s signature,
a copy of this action will be posted on
the EPA’s Greenhouse Gas Reporting
Program Web site at https://
www.epa.gov/ghgreporting/.
Regulated
Entities. The Administrator determined
that this action is subject to the
provisions of Clean Air Act (CAA)
section 307(d). These amended
regulations may affect owners or
operators of certain electronic
manufacturing facilities. Regulated
categories and entities may include
those listed in Table 1 of this preamble:
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
TABLE 1—EXAMPLES OF AFFECTED ENTITIES BY CATEGORY
Source category
NAICS
Examples of affected facilities
Electronics Manufacturing ....................................................................
334111
334413
Microcomputers manufacturing facilities.
Semiconductor, photovoltaic (solid-state) device manufacturing
facilities.
Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) unit screens manufacturing facilities.
Micro-electro-mechanical systems (MEMS) manufacturing facilities.
334419
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
334419
Table 1 of this preamble is not
intended to be exhaustive, but rather
provides a guide for readers regarding
facilities likely to be affected by this
action. Table 1 of this preamble lists the
types of facilities of which the EPA is
aware may be potentially affected by the
reporting requirements. Other types of
facilities not listed in the table may also
be affected. To determine whether you
are affected by this action, you should
carefully examine the applicability
criteria found in 40 CFR part 98, subpart
A and 40 CFR part 98, subpart I. If you
have questions regarding the
applicability of this action to a
particular facility, consult the person
listed in the preceding FOR FURTHER
INFORMATION CONTACT section.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:21 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
Judicial Review. Under CAA section
307(b)(1), judicial review of this final
rule is available only by filing a petition
for review in the U.S. Court of Appeals
for the District of Columbia Circuit (the
Court) by January 13, 2014. Under CAA
section 307(d)(7)(B), only an objection
to this final rule that was raised with
reasonable specificity during the period
for public comment can be raised during
judicial review. Section 307(d)(7)(B) of
the CAA also provides a mechanism for
the EPA to convene a proceeding for
reconsideration, ‘‘[i]f the person raising
an objection can demonstrate to EPA
that it was impracticable to raise such
objection within [the period for public
comment] or if the grounds for such
objection arose after the period for
public comment (but within the time
PO 00000
Frm 00002
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
specified for judicial review) and if such
objection is of central relevance to the
outcome of the rule.’’ Any person
seeking to make such a demonstration to
us should submit a Petition for
Reconsideration to the Office of the
Administrator, Environmental
Protection Agency, Room 3000, Ariel
Rios Building, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave.
NW., Washington, DC 20460, with a
copy to the person listed in the
preceding FOR FURTHER INFORMATION
CONTACT section, and the Associate
General Counsel for the Air and
Radiation Law Office, Office of General
Counsel (Mail Code 2344A),
Environmental Protection Agency, 1200
Pennsylvania Ave. NW. Washington, DC
20004. Note that under CAA section
307(b)(2), the requirements established
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
by this final rule may not be challenged
separately in any civil or criminal
proceedings brought by the EPA to
enforce these requirements.
Acronyms and Abbreviations. The
following acronyms and abbreviations
are used in this document.
ASME American Society of Mechanical
Engineers
ASTM American Society of Testing and
Materials
BAMM best available monitoring methods
CAA Clean Air Act
CBI confidential business information
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
CO2 carbon dioxide
CO2e carbon dioxide equivalent
CVD chemical vapor deposition
DRE destruction or removal efficiency
EIA Economic Impact Analysis
EPA U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FDL field detection limit
F–GHG fluorinated greenhouse gas
FR Federal Register
FTIR Fourier transform infrared
GHG greenhouse gas
GHGRP Greenhouse gas reporting period
GWP global warming potential
HQ Headquarters
HTF heat transfer fluid
IBM International Business Machines
Corporation
IPCC Intergovernmental Panel on Climate
Change
ISMI International SEMATECH
Manufacturing Initiative
kg kilograms
LCD liquid crystal display
MACT Maximum Achievable Control
Technology
MEMS micro-electro-mechanical systems
mtCO2e metric ton carbon dioxide
equivalent
N2O nitrous oxide
NAICS North American Industrial
Classification System
NF3 nitrogen trifluoride
NTTAA National Technology Transfer and
Advancement Act of 1995
OMB Office of Management & Budget
POU point of use
ppbv parts per billion by volume
ppm parts per million
PV photovoltaic
QA/QC quality assurance/quality control
QMS quadrupole mass spectroscopy
R&D research and development
RFA Regulatory Flexibility Act
RICE Reciprocating Internal Combustion
Engines
RIN Regulatory Information Number
RSASTP random sampling abatement
system testing program
RSD relative standard deviation
SEMATECH Semiconductor Manufacturing
Technology
SIA Semiconductor Industry Association
TI Texas Instruments Incorporated
U.S. United States
UMRA Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of
1995
VCS voluntary consensus standard
VOC volatile organic compound
WWW Worldwide Web
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
I. General Information
A. Organization of This Preamble
The following outline is provided to
aid in locating information in this
preamble.
I. General Information
A. Organization of this Preamble
B. Background
C. Legal Authority
D. How do these amendments apply to
2013 and 2014 reports?
II. Overview of Final Amendments to the
Electronics Manufacturing Source
Category and Responses to Major Public
Comments
A. Final Amendments to the Electronics
Manufacturing Source Category
B. Responses to Major Comments
Submitted on the Electronics
Manufacturing Source Category
III. Confidentiality Determinations for New
and Revised Subpart I Data Elements and
Responses to Public Comments
A. Final Confidentiality Determinations for
New and Revised Subpart I Data
Elements
B. Public Comments on the Proposed
Confidentiality Determinations
IV. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews
A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory
Planning and Review and Executive
Order 13563: Improving Regulation and
Regulatory Review
B. Paperwork Reduction Act
C. Regulatory Flexibility Act
D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
E. Executive Order 13132: Federalism
F. Executive Order 13175: Consultation
and Coordination With Indian Tribal
Governments
G. Executive Order 13045: Protection of
Children From Environmental Health
Risks and Safety Risks
H. Executive Order 13211: Actions That
Significantly Affect Energy Supply,
Distribution, or Use
I. National Technology Transfer and
Advancement Act
J. Executive Order 12898: Federal Actions
To Address Environmental Justice in
Minority Populations and Low-Income
Populations
K. Congressional Review Act
B. Background
The GHG reporting requirements for
subpart I were finalized on December 1,
2010 (75 FR 74774, hereafter referred to
as ‘‘final subpart I rule’’). Following the
publication of the final subpart I rule in
the Federal Register, the Semiconductor
Industry Association (hereafter referred
to as the ‘‘SIA’’ or ‘‘the Petitioner’’)
submitted on January 31, 2011 an
administrative petition titled ‘‘Petition
for Reconsideration and Request for
Stay Pending Reconsideration of
Subpart I of the Final Rule for
Mandatory Reporting of Greenhouse
Gases’’ (hereafter referred to as the
‘‘Petition for Reconsideration,’’ available
in docket EPA–HQ–OAR–2009–0927),
PO 00000
Frm 00003
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
68163
requesting reconsideration of numerous
provisions in the final subpart I rule.
Since that petition was filed, the EPA
has published five actions related to
subpart I.
• Additional Sources of Fluorinated
GHGs: Extension of Best Available
Monitoring Provisions for Electronics
Manufacturing (76 FR 36339, published
June 22, 2011). Granted the Petition for
Reconsideration with respect to the
provisions for the use of Best Available
Monitoring Methods (BAMM). Extended
three of the deadlines in subpart I
related to using the BAMM provisions
from June 30, 2011 to September 30,
2011.
• Changes to Provisions for
Electronics Manufacturing to Provide
Flexibility (76 FR 59542, published
September 27, 2011). Amended the
calculation and monitoring provisions
for the largest semiconductor
manufacturing facilities to provide
flexibility through the end of 2013 and
extended two deadlines in the BAMM
provisions.
• Proposed Confidentiality
Determinations for Subpart I and
Proposed Amendments to Subpart I Best
Available Monitoring Methods
Provisions (77 FR 10434, published
February 22, 2012). Re-proposed
confidentiality determinations for data
elements in subpart I and proposed
amendments to the provisions regarding
the calculation and reporting of
emissions from facilities that use
BAMM.
• Revisions to Heat Transfer Fluid
Provisions (77 FR 10373, published
February 22, 2012). Amended the
definition of fluorinated heat transfer
fluids (fluorinated HTFs) and the
provisions to estimate and report
emissions from fluorinated HTFs.
• Final Confidentiality
Determinations for Nine Subparts and
Amendments to Subparts A and I under
the Mandatory Reporting of Greenhouse
Gases Rule; Final Rule (77 FR 48072,
published August 13, 2012). Final
confidentiality determinations for data
elements in subpart I and final
amendments to the provisions regarding
the calculation and reporting of
emissions from facilities that use
BAMM.
In response to the Petition for
Reconsideration, the EPA published a
proposal to amend provisions in subpart
I related to calculation and monitoring
methodologies, data reporting and
recordkeeping requirements, clarifying
terms and definitions, and
confidentiality determinations to
provide greater flexibility to facilities.
The proposal was published on October
16, 2012 (77 FR 63538). The public
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
68164
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
comment period for the proposed rule
amendments was initially scheduled to
end on December 17, 2012. The EPA
received a request to extend the public
comment period and published a notice
in the Federal Register on November 20,
2012 (77 FR 69585) extending the public
comment period to January 16, 2013.
In this action, the EPA is finalizing
amendments to provisions in the final
subpart I that were proposed in the
October 16, 2012 notice. Responses to
comments submitted on the proposed
amendments can be found in Sections
II.B and III.B of this preamble and the
document, ‘‘Greenhouse Gas Reporting
Rule—Technical Revisions to the
Electronics Manufacturing Category of
the Greenhouse Gas Reporting Rule:
EPA’s Responses to Public Comments’’
(see Docket Id. No. EPA–HQ–OAR–
2011–0028).
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
C. Legal Authority
The EPA is promulgating these rule
amendments to Part 98 under its
existing CAA authority, specifically
authorities provided in CAA section
114.
As stated in the preamble to the 2009
final rule (74 FR 56260, October 30,
2009) and the Response to Comments on
the Proposed Rule, Volume 9, Legal
Issues, CAA section 114 provides the
EPA broad authority to obtain the
information in Part 98, including
subpart I, because such data would
inform and are relevant to the EPA’s
carrying out a wide variety of CAA
provisions. As discussed in the
preamble to the initial Part 98 proposal
(74 FR 16448, April 10, 2009), CAA
section 114(a)(1) authorizes the
Administrator to require emissions
sources, persons subject to the CAA,
manufacturers of control or process
equipment, or persons whom the
Administrator believes may have
necessary information to monitor and
report emissions and provide such other
information the Administrator requests
for the purposes of carrying out any
provision of the CAA.
In addition, the EPA has made
confidentiality determinations for
subpart I data elements that are added
or revised by this rule under its
authorities provided in sections 114,
301, and 307 of the CAA. As mentioned
in the previous paragraph, CAA section
114 provides the EPA authority to
obtain the information in Part 98,
including those in subpart I. Section
114(c) requires that the EPA make
publicly available information obtained
under section 114 except for
information (excluding emission data)
that qualifies for confidential treatment.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
The Administrator has determined
that this action (finalized amendments
and confidentiality determinations) is
subject to the provisions of section
307(d) of the CAA.
D. How do these amendments apply to
2013 and 2014 reports?
These final amendments are effective
on January 1, 2014. Facilities are
required to follow one of the methods in
subpart I as amended through this
action to estimate emissions beginning
in 2014. The first reports of emissions
estimated using the new methods will
be submitted in early 2015. As a result
of these finalized amendments, the EPA
does not expect reporters will need to
purchase and install any new
monitoring equipment to continue to
comply with subpart I since reporters
will still have the option to use default
utilization and by-product formation
rates. Additionally, unless reporters
choose to estimate F–GHG emissions
using the optional stack test method, the
EPA does not expect reporters will be
required to make any substantial
modifications to their recordkeeping
procedures. For the reasons discussed
here, in addition to the absence of any
opposition to the timeline received
during the public comment period, the
EPA believes that the effective date of
January 1, 2014 is reasonable.
For the reports of emissions in
calendar year 2013 (reporting year 2013)
that are to be submitted in early 2014,
reporters must calculate emissions and
other relevant data using the
requirements under Part 98 that
predated today’s revisions. Those
requirements include the flexibility for
the largest semiconductor
manufacturing facilities added in the
September 27, 2011 rule titled ‘‘Changes
to Provisions for Electronics
Manufacturing to Provide Flexibility.’’
II. Overview of Final Amendments to
the Electronics Manufacturing Source
Category and Responses to Major
Public Comments
The EPA is finalizing amendments to
the calculation and monitoring
methodologies in the final subpart I
rule. In addition, the EPA is finalizing
conforming changes to the reporting and
recordkeeping requirements of subpart I.
Changes include revising certain
calculation methods and adding a new
method, amending data reporting
requirements, and clarifying terms and
definitions. The EPA is finalizing these
amendments to (1) Modify calculation
methods and data requirements to better
reflect new industry data and current
practice; (2) provide additional
calculation methods to allow individual
PO 00000
Frm 00004
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
facilities to choose the method best
suited for their operations; (3) reduce
the burden associated with existing
requirements; and (4) address potential
disclosure concerns raised by members
of the SIA. Amendments being finalized
today affect all facilities subject to
subpart I that manufacture electronics
including those that manufacture
semiconductors (including light
emitting diodes), micro-electromechanical systems (MEMS), liquid
crystal displays (LCDs), or photovoltaic
(PV) cells. Because the effective date of
these final amendments is January 1,
2014, those provisions that apply to
reporting year 2013, but not thereafter,
will no longer appear in the text of the
regulation.
Section II.A describes the final
amendments to the subpart I rule,
including a detailed summary of the
changes in the final amendments since
proposal. Section II.B, Response to
Major Comments Submitted on the
Electronics Manufacturing Source
Category, discusses the EPA’s responses
to major comments on the proposed
amendments. For a full description of
the rationale for these and any other
amendments to the final subpart I rule,
please refer to the ‘‘Greenhouse Gas
Reporting Rule—Revisions to the
Electronics Manufacturing Category of
the Greenhouse Gas Reporting Rule:
EPA’s Response to Public Comment’’ in
addition to Sections II.A and II.B of this
preamble.
A. Final Amendments to the Electronics
Manufacturing Source Category
In this rulemaking, the EPA is taking
final action on its proposed
reconsideration on all issues in the
Petition for Reconsideration not already
addressed in the final rules published
June 22, 2011 (Additional Sources of
Fluorinated GHGs: Extension of Best
Available Monitoring Provisions for
Electronics Manufacturing); September
27, 2011 (Changes to Provisions for
Electronics Manufacturing to Provide
Flexibility); and August 13, 2012
(Confidentiality Determinations for
Subpart I and Amendments to Subpart
I Best Available Monitoring Methods
Provisions). Those final rules are
described in Section I.B of this
preamble. Section II.A discusses the
final amendments to the subpart I rule
in response to the petition. The EPA is
completing its response to the Petition
for Reconsideration through this
rulemaking.
The major changes to the final rule
since proposal are the following:
Default Emission Factors:
• Etch emission factors: The proposed
etch emission factors and by-product
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
formation rates for semiconductor
manufacturing have been updated since
proposal to account for new data
submitted in public comments.
• Nitrous oxide (N2O) emission
factors: The proposed revised emission
factor for all ‘‘other’’ (e.g., non-CVD)
N2O emitting processes is not being
adopted in the final rule.
Abatement System Requirements:
• The proposed default abatement
system destruction or removal efficiency
(DRE) factors have been updated since
proposal to account for new data
submitted in public comments and for
a revised statistical approach to
calculating the default DRE factors.
• The certification requirements for
abatement systems have been revised to
refer to the site maintenance plan for
abatement systems.
• The abatement system requirements
have been revised to allow the use of
either default DREs or site-specific
measured DRE values; however, if an
abatement system was not specifically
designed for F–GHG removal and the
reporter elects to account for the effect
of that abatement system when using
either the emission factors and
calculation methods in 40 CFR 98.93(a)
and (b) or the stack testing alternative in
40 CFR 98.93(i), site-specific DRE values
must be used.
• The calculation of abatement
system uptime has been revised so that
only a single equation is used to
calculate uptime for both input gases
and their associated by-product gases
for a given input gas and process
combination.
Stack Testing Alternative:
• The rule designates a list of five
‘‘expected’’ by-product gases (CF4,
CHF3, CH3F, C2F6, and CH2F2) and four
‘‘possible’’ by-product gases (C3F8, C4F6,
c-C4F8, and C5F8) that must be measured
in stack testing. These two lists replace
the proposed requirement to perform an
analysis to identify potential byproducts to include in testing. The
proposed analysis would have
considered for testing the by-products
from the applicable gas and process
combinations in Tables I–3 to I–7 of
subpart I.
• The maximum allowed field
detection limits (FDLs) have been
increased by a factor of four compared
to the proposed FDLs.
• The final rule allows the use of
ASTM D6348–03, Standard Test Method
for Determination of Gaseous
Compounds by Extractive Direct
Interface Fourier Transform Infrared
(FTIR) Spectroscopy, as an alternative to
EPA Method 320.
• The Tier 2a emission factors on
Tables I–11 and I–12 for semiconductors
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
have been updated since proposal to
account for new data submitted in
public comments, and to include
weighting by the amount of gas used in
each process type (as opposed to not
being weighted).
Facility-Wide DRE Calculation:
• Equations I–26, I–27, and I–28 have
been revised to calculate only a fabwide DRE, not a facility-wide DRE,
when more than one fab is present.
The following sections of this
preamble summarize the final
amendments to subpart I.
1. Stack Testing as an Alternative
Emission Monitoring Method for
Facilities That Manufacture Electronics
The EPA is promulgating
amendments to revise subpart I to
include a stack testing option for
estimating annual F–GHG emissions at
40 CFR 98.93(i). This option applies to
all electronic manufacturing facilities,
including those making semiconductors,
MEMS, LCDs, and PV cells. The stack
testing option is not available for
estimating N2O emissions. The finalized
amendments to the provisions and
emission factors for estimating N2O
emissions are discussed in Section
II.A.9 of this preamble.
In this action, we are also finalizing
the option to allow all electronics
manufacturing facilities to use separate
methods (i.e., stack testing or default
utilization and by-product formation
rates) to estimate emissions from each
fab within a single facility. (A facility
must use only a single method for each
fab.) Additionally, we are also finalizing
the requirements for facilities to report
GHG emissions on a fab basis but
submit reports on a ‘‘facility’’ basis, as
defined in 40 CFR 98.6. There may be
one or more fabs at each facility. A
‘‘fab’’ is defined in subpart I as ‘‘the
portion of an electronics manufacturing
facility located in a separate physical
structure that began manufacturing on a
certain date.’’
Selection of Stack Systems for
Testing. Under the final amendments,
reporters are required to develop a
preliminary estimate of the annual
emissions from each ‘‘stack system’’ in
a fab and are not required to test those
stack systems that account for relatively
small emissions. A stack system is
considered to be one or more stacks that
are connected by a common header or
manifold, through which a F–GHGcontaining gas stream originating from
one or more fab processes is, or has the
potential to be, released to the
atmosphere. For purposes of subpart I,
stack systems do not include emergency
vents or bypass stacks through which
PO 00000
Frm 00005
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
68165
emissions are not usually vented under
typical operating conditions.
The reporter must develop a
preliminary estimate of F–GHG
emissions from each stack system on a
metric ton carbon dioxide equivalent
(mtCO2e) basis. To develop the
preliminary estimate, the reporter must
use the gas consumption in the tools
associated with the stack system and gas
utilization rates and by-product
formation rates in Tables I–11 through
I–15. Facilities must also include any
intermittent low-use F–GHGs in the
preliminary estimate. The reporter must
also account for the DRE of the ‘‘point
of use’’ (POU) abatement systems and
the uptime of the POU systems (the
fraction of time the system is operating
within the parameters specified in the
facility’s site maintenance plan for
abatement systems). The gas utilization
rates and by-product formation rates in
Tables I–13 and I–14 are based on the
2006 Intergovernmental Panel on
Climate Change (IPCC) Tier 2a factors 1
for LCD and PV manufacturing,
respectively. The factors in Table I–13
for MEMs manufacturing are based on
the 2006 IPCC Tier 2a factors for
semiconductor manufacturing due to
the similarities in the manufacturing
processes. The factors in Tables I–11
and I–12 for semiconductor
manufacturing facilities were updated
from the 2006 IPCC factors based on
utilization rate and by-production
formation rate data collected by the
Petitioner (see ‘‘Technical Support for
Modifications to the Fluorinated
Greenhouse Gas Emission Estimation
Method Option for Semiconductor
Facilities under Subpart I,’’ Docket ID
No. EPA–HQ–OAR–2011–0028) in
addition to data submitted to the EPA
during the comment period. The default
factors for each gas in Tables I–11 and
I–12 were also updated by weighting the
emission factor data for each gas and
process type or subtype based on the gas
consumption for that process type or
sub-type. The EPA did not update the
factors in Tables I–13 through I–15
based on the data collected by the
Petitioner or submitted during the
comment period because none of the
data were for LCD, PV, or MEMS
manufacturing. The EPA did not receive
additional data on LCD, PV, or MEMs
manufacturing processes, therefore, it
was not feasible to propose revised
factors for these processes. Furthermore,
because MEMS are generally
1 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse
Gas Inventories, Prepared by the National
Greenhouse Gas Inventories Programme, Eggleston
H.S., Buendia L., Miwa K., Ngara T. and Tanabe K.
(eds). Hayama, Kanagawa, Japan.
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
68166
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
manufactured on older semiconductor
manufacturing tools (i.e., 150 mm and
200 mm wafer sizes), we have
determined that the 2006 IPCC factors
for semiconductor manufacturers
remain appropriate.
In the preliminary estimate, reporters
are required to use data from the
previous reporting year for the total
uptime of all abatement systems in each
stack system, and either a default DRE
or measured site-specific DRE; the
reporter must use the measured sitespecific DRE if the abatement system
was not specifically designed to abate
F–GHG. If uptime data from the
previous reporting year are not available
(either because the fab is new or the
facility was not required to report in the
previous reporting year), the reporter
must use representative operating data
from a period of 30 days or more. The
reporter must account for any
anticipated change in activity for the fab
(i.e., an increase or decrease in the
annual consumption and emissions of
any F–GHG) greater than 10 percent for
the current reporting year compared to
the previous reporting year. To estimate
the expected change in activity, the
reporter must use a quantifiable metric
(e.g., the ratio of the number tools that
are expected to be vented to the stack
system in the current year as compared
to the previous reporting year),
engineering judgment, or other industry
standard practice.
The consumption of each F–GHG in
each stack system is estimated as the
total gas consumption of that F–GHG in
the fab, times the ratio of the number of
tools using that F–GHG that are feeding
to that stack system to the total number
of tools in the fab using that F–GHG.
The reporter must convert the F–GHG
emissions to CO2e using the global
warming potential (GWP) values for F–
GHGs in Table A–1 of subpart A of Part
98. For F–GHGs in Tables I–11 through
I–15 for which Table A–1 of subpart A
of Part 98 does not list a GWP value,
reporters must use a default value of
2,000 for the GWP for the purposes of
this estimate. Based on this preliminary
estimate, the reporter must rank the F–
GHG emitting stack systems at the
facility from the lowest to highest
emitting. The reporter is not required to
test emissions from low-emitting stack
systems if those F–GHG emitting stack
systems meet all of the following three
criteria:
(1) The sum of the F–GHG emissions
from all combined stack systems in the
fab that are not tested is less than 10,000
mtCO2e per year;
(2) Each of the stack systems that are
not tested are within the fab’s lowest F–
GHG emitting stack systems that
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
together emit 15 percent or less of total
CO2e F–GHG emissions from the fab;
and
(3) The F–GHG emissions from each
of the stack systems that are not tested
can be attributed to only one particular
collection of process tools during the
test (i.e., the stack cannot be used as a
bypass from other tools that are
normally vented through a stack system
that does not meet these criteria).
For those low-emitting stack systems
that are not tested, the reported F–GHG
emissions are calculated using the
annual gas consumption in the tools
vented to those stacks and the gas
utilization rates and by-product
formation rates in Tables I–11 through
I–15 in subpart I, accounting for the
DRE and uptime of the POU abatement
systems, as discussed above.
Stack testing requirements. For those
higher-emitting stack systems in each
fab that are not exempt from
measurement, the reporter must
measure each F–GHG concentration (in
parts per billion by volume, or ppbv)
and the total stack flow to determine the
hourly mass flow rate (kg/hr) of each F–
GHG emitted from each applicable stack
system. If a stack system has more than
one stack from a common header, the
reporter is required to measure F–GHG
concentration and flow in each stack
from that header. The reporter must use
EPA Method 320, ASTM D6348–03 or
another approved method to measure F–
GHG concentration (per the
requirements of 40 CFR 98.94(k)), and
EPA Methods 1 through 4 at 40 CFR part
60, appendices A–1, A–2, and A–3 to
measure other stack gas parameters
needed to convert F–GHG concentration
to mass emissions for the test period.
Reporters must also measure the fabspecific consumption of each F–GHG for
the test period.
Reporters are required to measure
emissions for all F–GHGs used as input
gases and any expected or possible byproduct F–GHGs listed in Table I–17 to
subpart I. Reporters are not required to
measure emissions for any intermittent
low-use F–GHGs. Intermittent low-use
F–GHGs are defined as F–GHGs that
meet all of the following:
(1) The F–GHG is used by the fab but
was not used on the day of the actual
stack testing;
(2) The emissions of that F–GHG do
not constitute more than 5 percent of
the total annual F–GHG emissions from
the fab on a CO2e basis;
(3) The sum of all F–GHGs that are
considered intermittent low-use F–
GHGs does not exceed 10,000 mtCO2e
for that year; and
PO 00000
Frm 00006
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(4) The F–GHG is not an expected or
possible by-product identified in Table
I–17 of subpart I.
Reporters must calculate annual
emissions of intermittent low-use F–
GHGs using the gas consumption and
the gas utilization rates and by-product
formation rates in Tables I–11 through
I–15 in the rule, accounting for the DRE
and uptime of the POU systems during
the year for which emissions are being
estimated.
The testing period must be at least 8
hours for each stack, although reporters
may choose to conduct testing over a
longer period.
Reporters are not required to measure
all stacks simultaneously, but reporters
must certify that no significant changes
in stack flow configuration occur during
and in between tests conducted for any
particular fab in a reporting year.
Specifically, reporters must certify that
no more than 10 percent of the total
number of F–GHG emitting process
tools have been connected or
disconnected from the stack system
during testing. Reporters must also
certify that no process tools that were in
operation at the start of the testing
period were moved to a different stack
system during testing and that no POU
abatement systems have been
permanently removed from service
during the testing period. Reporters
must document and keep records of any
changes in the number of tools
connected to or disconnected from the
stack system and the uptime of each
POU abatement system during the
testing period for each system.
The tests must be conducted during a
period in which the fab is operating at
a representative operating level and
with the POU abatement systems
connected to the stack being tested
operating with at least 90 percent
average uptime during the 8-hour (or
longer) period, or at no less than 90
percent of the uptime measured during
the previous reporting year, averaged
over all abatement systems connected to
the stack being tested. The
representative operating level is defined
in subpart I as operating the fab, in
terms of substrate starts for the period
of testing, at no less than 50 percent of
installed production capacity or no less
than 70 percent of the average
production rate for the reporting year,
where production rate for the reporting
year is represented in average monthly
substrate starts. For the purposes of
stack testing, the period for determining
the representative operating level must
be the 30-day period ending on the same
date on which testing is concluded.
To convert the measured F–GHG
emission rates into fab-specific emission
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
factors, the reporter must measure the
consumption of each F–GHG used in the
tools associated with the stack systems
being tested, excluding gas consumption
allocated to tools venting to lowemitting stack systems that are not
tested. Consumption may be measured
using gas flow meters, weigh scales, or
pressure measurement equipment (with
measurements corrected for temperature
and non-ideal gas behavior). For gases
with low volume consumption for
which it is infeasible to measure
consumption accurately over the 8-hour
testing duration, short-term
consumption may be estimated by using
one or more of the following:
(1) Drawing from single gas containers
in cases where gas is normally drawn
from a series of containers supplying a
manifold;
(2) Increasing the length of the test
period to greater than 8 hours; or
(3) Calculating consumption from
long-term consumption (e.g., monthly)
that is pro-rated to the test duration.
Stack test methods. The EPA is
finalizing the requirement that the F–
GHG concentrations in stacks systems
be measured using EPA Method 320. We
are also allowing the use of ASTM
D6348–03 as an alternative to EPA
Method 320 with the following
additional requirements: (1) The test
plan preparation and implementation in
the Annexes to ASTM D6348–03,
Sections A1 through A8 are mandatory;
and (2) In ASTM D6348–03 Annex A5
(Analyte Spiking Technique), the
percent recovery (%R) must be
determined for each target analyte
(Equation A5.5). The reporter must also
follow Section 4.1 of ASTM D6348–03
to ensure the F–GHG remains in the gas
phase. In order for the test data to be
acceptable for a compound, the percent
recovery must be between 70 and 130
percent. If the percent recovery does not
meet this criterion for a target
compound, the test data are not
acceptable for that compound and the
test must be repeated for that analyte
(i.e., the sampling and/or analytical
procedure should be adjusted before a
retest). The percent recovery value for
each compound must be reported in the
test report, required under 40 CFR
98.94(j)(4), and all field measurements
must be corrected with the calculated
percent recovery value for that
compound. The use of ASTM D6348–03
was added since proposal, as discussed
in section II.B of this preamble.
F–GHGs not detected. We are also
finalizing the following provisions to
account for different scenarios in which
a F–GHG is used, expected to be emitted
as a by-product, or possibly emitted as
a by-product, but may occur in
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
concentrations that are below the FDL.
The FDL of a by-product is the lowest
concentration of the by-product that
should be detectable through
measurements, as defined in Method
320.
• If a F–GHG is consumed during
testing, but emissions are not detected,
the reporter must use one-half of the
FDL for the concentration of that F–
GHG in calculations.
• If a F–GHG is consumed during
testing and detected intermittently
during the test run, the reporter must
use the measured concentration for the
value of that F–GHG when available and
use one-half of the FDL for the value
when the F–GHG is not detected.
• If a F–GHG is not consumed during
testing but is detected intermittently as
a by-product gas, the reporter must use
the measured concentration when
available and use one-half of the FDL for
the value when the F–GHG is not
detected.
• If a F–GHG is an expected byproduct as listed in Table I–17 to
subpart I and is not detected during the
test run, use one-half of the FDL for the
value of that F–GHG.
• If a F–GHG is a possible by-product
as listed in Table I–17 to subpart I and
is not detected during the test run, then
assume zero emissions for that F–GHG
for the tested stack system.
• If a F–GHG is not used, and is not
an expected or possible by-product of
the stack system and is not detected,
then assume zero emissions for that F–
GHG for the tested stack system.
Under the stack testing option,
reporters are required to achieve FDLs
that are less than or equal to the
maximum FDLs in Table I–10 of the
regulatory textAlso since proposal, the
maximum values for FDLs for stack
testing have been increased by a factor
of four. The rationale for these changes
is discussed in Section II.B of this
preamble.
Alternative stack test methods. We are
finalizing the option for reporters to use
an alternative stack test method (other
than EPA Method 320 or ASTM D6348–
03) to measure the concentration of each
F–GHG in each stack provided that the
method is validated using EPA Method
301 of 40 CFR part 63, appendix A
(hereafter ‘‘EPA Method 301’’), and the
EPA approves its use.
Under the promulgated approval
process in 40 CFR 98.94(k), the reporter
is required to notify the Administrator
(or authorized representative) of the
intent to use an alternative test method.
The notification must include a test
plan describing the alternative method
and procedures, the range of test
conditions over which the validation is
PO 00000
Frm 00007
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
68167
intended to be applicable, and an
alternative means of calculating the fablevel F–GHG emissions if the
Administrator denies the use of the
results of the alternative method. The
reporter must validate the alternative
method using EPA Method 301 and
submit the results of the Method 301
validation process along with the
notification of intention and a rationale
for not using the specified method.
The Administrator will review and
determine whether the validation of the
proposed alternative method is adequate
and issue an approval or disapproval of
the alternative test plan within 120 days
of the reporter submitting the
notification and test plan. The reporter
is required to respond to any of the
Administrator’s questions on the test
plan before obtaining approval and to
take into account the Administrator’s
comments on the test plan in
conducting the test using the alternative
method. The reporter must respond to
the Administrator’s questions or request
for additional information on the plan
during the 120-day review period and
the Administrator’s questions or request
for additional information will not
extend that review period. Therefore, it
is the reporter’s obligation to respond in
a timely manner. If an alternative test
plan is not approved within the 120-day
period and the reporter still opts to use
that method, a reporter must
recommence the process to have an
alternative test method approved
starting with the notification of intent to
use an alternative test method.
The reporter must report the results of
stack testing using the alternative
method and procedure specified in the
approved test plan. The report must
include all methods, calculations and
data used to determine F–GHG
emissions. The Administrator will
review the results of the test using the
alternative methods and procedure and
then approve or deny the use of the
results of the alternative test method
and procedure no later than 120 days
after they are submitted to the EPA.
During this 120-day period, the reporter
is required to respond to any of the
Administrator’s questions on the test
report before obtaining approval of the
final test results using the alternative
method. If the Administrator finds
reasonable grounds to dispute the
results obtained by the alternative
method, the Administrator may require
the use of the method specified in
subpart I instead of the alternative
method.
Once the Administrator approves the
use of the alternative method, that
method may be used by any other
facility for the same F–GHGs and types
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
68168
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
of stack systems, if the approved
conditions apply to that facility. In
granting approval, the Administrator
will limit the range of test conditions
and emission characteristics for which
that approval is granted and under
which the alternative method may be
used without seeking further approval.
The Administrator will specify those
limitations, if any, in the approval of the
alternative method.
Accounting for Abatement System
Downtime. To account for the effect of
POU abatement system downtime in
estimating emissions using the stack
testing method, reporters must record
the abatement system downtime in each
fab during testing and for the entire
reporting year. Using the downtime
measured during testing, reporters are
required to correct the measured
emission factors to assume no
abatement system downtime (i.e., 100
percent abatement system uptime). The
downtime measured over the entire
reporting year is then used to calculate
the excess F–GHG emissions that occur
as a result of abatement system
downtime events.
The reporter is required to measure
the amount of POU abatement system
downtime (in minutes) during the
emission tests for any tools that are
vented to the stacks being tested. For
example, if five POU abatement systems
are down for times of 10, 15, 25, 30, and
40 minutes during an 8-hour test, the
total POU system downtime would be
120 minutes, or 5.0 percent of the total
possible abatement system and tool
operating time for the five tools (2,400
minutes). Using these data and the
average DRE for the POU abatement
systems, the emission factor measured
during the testing is adjusted to an
emission factor representing POU
abatement systems with 100 percent
uptime (zero percent downtime). The
DRE for the abatement systems may be
a default DRE or a site-specific
measured DRE; however, the reporter
must use a site-specific measured DRE
if the abatement system is not
specifically designed for F–GHG
abatement.
The downtime measured over the year
is used to determine an average uptime
factor that is an aggregate for all
abatement systems in the fab, and
calculated using Equation I–23 in
subpart I. Abatement system downtime
is considered any time during which the
abatement system was not operating
according to the site maintenance plan
for abatement systems. The reporter
must determine the sum of the
downtime for all abatement systems
during the year, and divide this sum by
the sum of the possible annual operating
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
time for each of the tools connected to
those abatement systems in the fab to
determine the downtime fraction. The
downtime fraction is the decimal
fraction of operating time that the
abatement systems were not operating
according to the site maintenance plan
for abatement systems. The average
uptime factor used in the emissions
calculations is equal to 1 minus the
downtime fraction.
The total possible annual tool
operating time is calculated by
assuming that tools that were installed
for the whole of the reporting year were
operated for the entire year. The total
possible tool operating time is prorated
to account for the days in which a tool
was not installed; any partial day that a
tool was installed is treated as a full day
of tool operation. For an abatement
system with more than one connected
tool, the tool operating time is
equivalent to a full year if at least one
tool was installed at all times
throughout the year. The reporter has
the option to account for time that tools
are idle and no gas is flowing through
the tools to the abatement system.
It is important to note that the
calculation of the uptime factor is
different when a reporter is using the
promulgated stack testing method than
when the reporter is using the default
gas utilization rate and by-product
formation rate method. In the stack
testing method, uptime is not
determined for each gas and process
type combination, as it is under the final
revisions to the default emission factor
method. Instead, the uptime factor is
based on an aggregate for all tools and
gases in the fab for which the stack
testing method is being used. In
contrast, the default gas utilization rates
and by-product formation rates are
based on ‘‘unabated emissions’’ of each
gas, and the uptime factor needs to be
determined for each gas and process
type combination to determine the
portion of emissions that have been
abated. ‘‘Unabated emissions’’ are gas
streams containing F–GHG or N2O
which has exited the process, but which
has not yet been introduced into an
abatement system to reduce the mass of
F–GHG or N2O in the stream. If the
emissions from the process are not
routed to an abatement system, or are
routed to an abatement device that is
not in an operation mode, unabated
emissions are those F–GHG or N2O
released to the atmosphere.
To calculate an unabated emission
factor during periods of downtime in
the stack testing method, the reporter
must divide the abated emission factor
by (1—dif), where dif) is the average
weighted fraction of F–GHG is
PO 00000
Frm 00008
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
destroyed or removed in the POU
abatement system(s) in the fab. The
factor dif) is calculated using Equation I–
24 in subpart I, based on the gas
consumption and destruction and
removal efficiency (DRE) for the
abatement system(s) for each gas and
process type combination.
When calculating annual emissions,
the reporter must continue to collect
abatement system downtime data and
calculate the fraction of abatement
system uptime for the fab. Excess
emissions from abatement system
downtime events are determined based
on the actual amount of downtime as a
percent of the total annual abatement
system operating time for the reporting
year. For example, if a fab had 2.0
percent downtime for the year, then the
unabated emission factor is applied to
2.0 percent of the gas consumption for
the year to calculate the excess
emissions. The abated emission factor is
applied to the other 98 percent of gas
consumption for the fab. The excess
emissions and the abated emissions are
added together to determine the total
annual emission from the fab.
Calculating an average fab-specific
emission factor. The reporter must
calculate an average fab-specific
emission factor using Equation I–19 in
subpart I for each input F–GHG and
Equation I–20 for each by-product F–
GHG, based on the testing results
(average kg/hr) and the F–GHG gas
consumption (average kg/hr). The fabspecific emission factor for each input
F–GHG and each F–GHG formed as a
by-product takes into account the mass
emission rate, the gas consumption, the
abatement system uptime, and the F–
GHG destroyed or removed from the
abatement systems. The fab-specific
emission factor for input gases is in
units of kilograms (kg) gas emitted per
kg of the same gas consumed (kg/kg).
For gases generated as by-products,
the fab-specific emission factor is the
mass of the by-product emitted divided
by the summed masses of all the F–
GHGs consumed, as presented in
Equation I–20. This equation applies to
those F–GHGs that are emitted as byproducts and is not used for gases
consumed as input gases.
The reporter must calculate annual
emissions for each F–GHG by-product
gas as the product of the fab-specific
emission factor and the total annual
amount of F–GHG consumed, corrected
for any POU abatement system
downtime as described in this section of
the preamble.
In some cases, emissions of a
particular F–GHG input gas may exceed
consumption of that gas because the F–
GHG is generated as a by-product of the
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
other input gases. This is often the case
for CF4. In these cases, the reporter must
use 1.0 as the input F–GHG emission
factor and treat the remainder of that F–
GHG’s emissions as a by-product of the
other input gases. The reporter must use
Equation I–20 to calculate the emission
factor for the by-product emissions. For
example, if during the testing, the fab
consumed 100 kg of an F–GHG, but the
stack testing measured 300 kg of that
gas, the reporter must assign 100 kg of
that F–GHG as an input gas used in
proposed Equation I–19, and 200 kg of
that gas as a by-product gas used in
proposed Equation I–20. In this
instance, the denominator in Equation
I–20 includes the consumption of all
other F–GHGs, with the exception of the
F–GHG being included in the
numerator. This treatment of the
denominator reflects the fact that we are
assuming that the F–GHG in the
numerator is formed as a by-product
from all other F–GHGs, while the
emissions from the actual consumption
of that F–GHG as an input are being
accounted by Equation I–19. For
calculating emissions from an F–GHG
with an input emission factor equal to
1.0 and with a by-product emission
factor, the input F–GHG emissions are
assumed to equal consumption of that
F–GHG, and the by-product emissions
are determined by multiplying the byproduct emission factor by the sum of
the consumption of all F–GHGs
excluding the by-product F–GHG.
Testing frequency. The EPA is
finalizing in 40 CFR 98.94(j)(5)(i) the
requirement for annual testing of each
stack system and annual calculation of
emission factors, excluding those lowemitting stack systems that are exempt
from testing. However, to offer
flexibility, the EPA is also promulgating
in 40 CFR 98.94(j)(5)(ii) an option to
allow reduced testing frequency based
on variability in measured emission
factors. If the reporter meets criteria for
low measured variability in emission
factors calculated from the test results,
then testing frequency may be reduced
to every 5 years instead of annually.
Under this option, a reporter must
conduct a minimum of three emission
tests for each non-exempt stack, with at
least 2 months between the tests on a
single stack system. All tests may be
done in one year, or the reporter may
use three annual tests for this analysis.
If the relative standard deviation (RSD)
of the emission factors calculated from
each of the three tests, expressed as
CO2e for all F–GHG combined, is less
than or equal to 15 percent, and the RSD
of the emission factors for each single
F–GHG that individually accounts for 5
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
percent or more of CO2e emissions is
less than 20 percent, the facility may
use the averages of the three emission
factors for each F–GHG for annual
reporting for that year and the next 4
years without testing, unless conditions
change that affect the emission factors
and trigger retesting, as specified in 40
CFR 98.94(j)(8) and described in this
section of the preamble. If the variability
among the three tests does not meet
these criteria, then the facility must use
the emission factors from the most
recent testing for reporting for that year
and continue the annual testing.
Facilities may repeat the RSD analysis
each year using the previous three sets
of data.
In addition, previously completed
tests that were performed and verified
according to EPA Method 320, ASTM
D6348–03, or an alternative method
validated using EPA Method 301 may be
applied towards the three tests required
under this option, as long as all three
tests were completed no earlier than
January 1, 2011 and they meet the final
rule requirements for stack testing under
40 CFR 98.94(j). We are also allowing
reporters to use previously completed
tests that include minor deviations from
the requirements for stack testing.
However, the use of such data must be
approved by the Administrator (or an
authorized representative) on a case-bycase basis, according to the review
procedure specified in 40 CFR
98.94(j)(7). This procedure is similar to
that specified for review and approval of
an alternative stack testing method in 40
CFR 98.94(k), but it does not require the
use of EPA Method 301 to validate the
prior test data. The EPA retains the right
to not approve the use of data that do
not meet the data quality requirements
in 40 CFR 98.94(j)(7).
Reporters are required to conduct
testing of each stack system that is not
a low-emitting stack system, regardless
of the results of the most recent stack
tests, if certain changes take place in the
reporters’ annual consumption of F–
GHGs or in the equipment and
processes at the fab. Testing must be
repeated to develop a new fab-specific
emission factor if consumption of a
specific input gas used during the
emissions test changes by more than 10
percent of total annual gas consumption
in CO2e, relative to gas consumption in
CO2e for that gas during the year in
which the most recent emissions test
was conducted. For example, if use of
a single gas goes from 25 percent of
CO2e to more than 35 percent of CO2e,
that would trigger the need for a new
test. If there is a change in the reporter’s
use of an intermittent low-use F–GHG
that was not used during the emissions
PO 00000
Frm 00009
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
68169
test and not reflected in the fab-specific
emission factor, such that it no longer
meets the definition of intermittent lowuse F–GHG (see ‘‘Stack testing
requirements’’ in Section II.A.1 of this
preamble), the reporter is required to retest using that gas. Additionally, if there
is: (1) A decrease by more than 10
percent in the fraction of tools with
abatement systems, compared to the
fraction of tools with abatement systems
during the most recent emissions test;
(2) a change in the wafer or substrate
size used by the fab since the most
recent emissions test; or (3) a change in
a stack system that formerly met the
criteria as a low-emitting stack system
for not being subject to testing, such that
it no longer meets those criteria, then
the reporter is also required to re-test.
Finally, if a reporter is using a F–GHG
that was not used during the emissions
test, the reporter is required to conduct
additional stack tests in that year during
a period when that gas is being used to
determine an emission factor for that
gas. If a F–GHG is no longer used or is
an intermittent low-use gas, re-testing is
not required, and F–GHG emissions
must be calculated according to the
process for intermittent low-use gases.
As stacks are re-tested, reporters must
update the fab-specific emission factors
with the new data from those stacks,
replacing the data from the earlier
testing of the same stack. The reporters
are also required to annually review the
current data for determining which
stacks were exempt from testing to
ensure that the low-emitting stacks still
qualify for exemption. If a stack no
longer meets the criteria for exemption
from testing as a low-emitting stack, it
must be tested and the fab-specific
emission factor must be recalculated
including those data.
Finally, if a requirement to re-test
stacks is triggered, the reporter must reevaluate the RSD of the emission
factors, including the most recent test
results and the previous two test results,
to determine if the fab still complies
with the provisions that allow the fab to
skip testing. If the fab does not meet
those provisions, annual testing must
resume and three stack tests must be
completed and a new RSD analysis must
be performed. Even if the fab meets
those requirements to skip testing,
annual testing still must resume no later
than the fifth year after the original RSD
analysis that was performed before the
retesting requirement was triggered.
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
68170
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
2. Revise the Default Gas Utilization
Rates and By-Product Formation Rates
for the Plasma Etch Process Category for
Facilities That Manufacture
Semiconductors
The EPA is amending the default
plasma etch and chamber cleaning gas
utilization rates and by-product
formation rates and the requirements in
40 CFR 98.93(a)(2) for estimating F–
GHG emissions from plasma etch
processes at semiconductor
manufacturing facilities. The EPA is not
amending the default emission factors
for other types of electronics
manufacturing facilities.
First, the EPA is providing that all
semiconductor manufacturing facilities,
regardless of manufacturing capacity,
have the option to calculate F–GHG
emissions from the plasma etching
process type using the appropriate
default gas utilization rates and byproduct formation rates provided in
Tables I–3 and I–4 of subpart I. Under
these final amendments, no electronics
manufacturing facility has the option to
determine and use recipe-specific gas
utilization rates and by-product
formation rates for the plasma etch
process type. The EPA is removing the
distinction between large and other
semiconductor facilities, such that all
semiconductor manufacturing facilities
may use the default gas utilization rates
and by-product formation rates,
independent of facility size.
Second, we are revising the default
emission factors for the plasma etch
process type in Tables I–3 and I–4 of
subpart I. The revised default emission
factors are based on an expanded data
set provided to the EPA by
semiconductor manufacturing facilities
after subpart I was originally
promulgated in December 2010 in
addition to data provided by
commenters during the public comment
period. The revised emission factors
have been updated since proposal to
account for the new data that were
submitted during the public comment
period, as discussed in Section II.B of
this preamble. For more information
regarding the revised by-product
emission factor calculation
methodology, please refer to ‘‘Technical
Support for Modifications to the
Fluorinated Greenhouse Gas Emission
Estimation Method Option for
Semiconductor Facilities under Subpart
I,’’ Docket ID No. EPA–HQ–OAR–2011–
0028.
Finally, as the EPA proposed, the EPA
is combining the semiconductor wafer
cleaning process type with the plasma
etch process type; the amended rule
does not have separate default emission
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
factors for semiconductor wafer
cleaning in the revised Table I–3 and I–
4 of subpart I.
For the chamber clean process type,
semiconductor manufacturing facilities
must estimate emissions from chamber
clean and plasma etch processes using
the following four process types/subtypes: (1) Plasma etch/wafer cleaning
process type; and (2) chamber cleaning
process type, including (2a) in situ
plasma chamber cleaning; (2b) remote
plasma chamber cleaning; and (2c) in
situ thermal chamber cleaning.
If gas utilization rates and by-product
formation rates are not available for a
gas/process combination in Tables I–3
or I–4 of subpart I, reporters must
assume that the utilization and byproduct formation rates are zero (i.e.,
assume that emissions of a gas equals
consumption of that gas). This approach
is consistent with the methodology in
the current subpart I rule, except that
we are removing the option for facilities
to develop recipe-specific factors.
All other provisions related to the
method using default gas utilization
rates and by-product formation rates,
such as the wafer size classes used for
the default emission factors in Tables I–
3 and I–4, remain the same. The only
exception is that the default emission
factors in Table I–4 that apply to 300
mm wafers also apply to 450 mm
wafers. As more data (i.e., utilization
and by-product formation rates) become
available for the semiconductor
manufacturing industry in the future,
the EPA will consider adding new
default emission factors to Tables I–3
and I–4 for new gas and process type/
sub-type combinations, including
adding any new default emission factors
specifically for semiconductor
manufacturing facilities using 450 mm
wafers. However, for these final
amendments, facilities using wafers
greater than 300 mm diameter must use
the same default emission factors as
those using 300 mm wafers. Section
II.A.12 of this preamble describes the
process that EPA will follow for
updating default emission factors as
more information is collected from the
electronics manufacturing industry.
3. Removing the Provisions for Using
Recipe-Specific Gas Utilization Rates
and By-Product Formation Rates for
Facilities That Manufacture Electronics
The EPA is removing the provisions
to use recipe-specific gas utilization
rates and by-product formation rates in
40 CFR 98.93(a)(2)(ii)(A), (a)(3), and
(a)(4), as proposed.
Although the EPA has deferred the
mandatory use of recipe-specific gas
utilization rates and by-product
PO 00000
Frm 00010
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
formation rates through the end of 2013
(76 FR 59542, September 27, 2011), as
a result of these final amendments, no
semiconductor manufacturing facility
has the option to use the recipe-specific
method or report those data elements
after the end of 2013. In addition, we are
removing the recipe-specific method as
an option for other electronics
manufacturing facilities.
No facilities have used the recipespecific emission factor methods in 40
CFR 98.93(a)(2)(ii)(A), (a)(3), (a)(4), or
(a)(6) for reporting emissions for 2011 or
2012. According to information the EPA
has received from industry members, no
facilities are known to be planning to
use the recipe specific methods in 2013
for emissions reported in 2014. All
comments received by the EPA
supported removing the recipe specific
method, and the EPA received no
comments asking that this method be
retained in Subpart I. However,
reporters may still use the recipespecific methods for estimating 2013
emissions reported in 2014. Following
the January 1, 2014 effective date of this
rule, reporters are required to select
calculation methods to estimate
emissions for 2014 reported in 2015,
and thereafter, based on the options in
these final amendments to subpart I.
Finally, we are revising 40 CFR
98.93(a)(6) to remove the option to
develop recipe-specific gas utilization
rates and by-product formation rates for
F–GHG and process combinations for
which no default emission factors are
available. We are also revising 40 CFR
98.93(b)(1)(i) and (b)(2)(i) to remove the
option to develop facility-specific N2O
emission factors. Under 40 CFR
98.93(a)(6), for gas and process
combinations without default factors,
facilities must assume that F–GHG
emissions equal F–GHG consumption,
which is equivalent to treating the
utilization and by-product formation
rates as both zero. Under the final
revisions to 40 CFR 98.93(b), facilities
must use default N2O emission factors
for both CVD processes and for the
aggregate of all other manufacturing
production processes, and do not have
the option to develop facility-specific
N2O emission factors. EPA is not
revising the current default N2O
emission factors in this final rule. The
emission factor for CVD processes is 0.8
and the emission factor for the aggregate
of all other manufacturing production
processes is 1.0.
4. Applicability and Calculating Annual
Manufacturing Capacity for Facilities
That Manufacture Electronics
The EPA is revising the calculation to
determine annual capacity for
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
electronics manufacturing facilities,
which is used in the calculation to
determine whether a facility meets the
reporting threshold. First, we are
revising Equation I–5 to clarify that
reporters must sum the annual
manufacturing across each fab to
determine the annual manufacturing
capacity of the facility. This is a change
since proposal to reflect other changes
in the rule that calculate emissions per
fab. The EPA is replacing the phrase
‘‘maximum designed substrate starts of
a facility’’ in Equation I–5 with the
phrase ‘‘maximum substrate starts of the
fab,’’ as proposed. Likewise, as
proposed, we are replacing the
definition in 40 CFR 98.98 of
‘‘maximum designed substrate starts’’
with that for ‘‘maximum substrate
starts,’’ which is defined as ‘‘the
maximum quantity of substrates,
expressed as surface area, that could be
started each month during a reporting
year based on the equipment installed
in that fab and assuming that the
installed equipment were fully utilized.
Manufacturing equipment is considered
installed when it is on the
manufacturing floor and connected to
required utilities.’’
A reporter must continue to use
Equation I–5, with these revisions, to
determine the annual manufacturing
capacity of the facility to determine if
they meet the threshold for reporting
under subpart I.
The final rule includes revised
requirements, as proposed, in 40 CFR
98.96(a) and (b) to calculate and report
the maximum annual capacity and the
actual annual production, respectively,
for each fab in the facility, and to clarify
that the maximum capacity is based on
the equipment on-site in the reporting
year, assuming it is fully utilized, rather
than the design capacity.
The changes do not affect the
applicability of subpart I to any facility
that is already reporting GHG emissions
under subpart I. The mere fact that a
facility that is already reporting would
not meet the applicability test in 40 CFR
98.91 under the revised subpart I does
not relieve its obligation to report.
Facilities may cease reporting only if
they meet the criteria in 40 CFR 98.2(i).
We are also removing the
requirement, as proposed, that
semiconductor manufacturing facilities
calculate and report their F–GHG
emissions based on the annual
manufacturing capacity of the facility
and the size of wafers that the facility
is manufacturing. Subpart I currently
distinguishes between ‘‘large’’ and
‘‘other’’ semiconductor facilities based
on the calculated annual manufacturing
capacity. Except as provided in the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
September 27, 2011 final rule titled
‘‘Changes to Provisions for Electronics
Manufacturing to Provide Flexibility in
2011 to 2013,’’ subpart I requires ‘‘large’’
semiconductor facilities (facilities with
an annual manufacturing capacity of
greater than 10,500 m2 of substrate) and
those facilities that manufacture wafers
greater than 300 mm in diameter to
calculate emissions using recipespecific utilization and by-product
formation rates. As discussed in
Sections II.A.1 through II.A.3 of this
preamble, we are revising the
calculation methodologies for
semiconductor manufacturers. The
calculation methods apply to all
semiconductor manufacturers and there
is no longer a need to distinguish
‘‘large’’ facilities based on
manufacturing capacity.
5. Integrated Production and R&D
Activities for Facilities That
Manufacture Electronics
The EPA is finalizing provisions, as
proposed, to allow all electronics
manufacturing facilities covered by
subpart I to report R&D emissions with
their total facility emissions and to
identify that emissions associated with
R&D activities are included in their
overall emissions estimates. We are also
requiring facilities that report integrated
R&D emissions to report an estimate of
the range of the percentage of total
emissions from their R&D activities as
part of their annual report (40 CFR
98.96(x)), and to keep records
documenting that determination (40
CFR 98.97(j)).
6. Accuracy and Precision of Monitoring
Instrumentation for Facilities That
Manufacture Electronics
The EPA is removing the
requirements in 40 CFR 98.94(i) that all
measuring devices meet an accuracy
and precision of 1 percent of full scale
or greater. Instead, as proposed, we are
requiring electronics manufacturing
facilities subject to subpart I to meet the
existing General Provision calibration
accuracy requirements in subpart A (40
CFR 98.3(i)). The calibration accuracy
requirements for gas flow measurement
devices are 5 percent, as specified in 40
CFR 98.3(i). Further, other measuring
devices (e.g., weigh scales and
thermometers) are required to be
calibrated to an accuracy based on an
applicable operating standard,
including, but not limited to, device
manufacturer’s specifications and
industry standards (40 CFR 98.3(i)(1)(i)).
PO 00000
Frm 00011
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
68171
7. Facility-Wide Gas Specific Heel
Factor for Facilities That Manufacture
Electronics
The EPA is amending, as proposed,
the requirements in subpart I to clarify
that recalculating the heel factor is only
needed when the trigger point for a
specific gas and cylinder type is
changed, and not as a result of variation
in the actual heel remaining in a
cylinder. We are amending 40 CFR
98.94(b)(5) to clarify that a gas-specific
heel factor must be recalculated when
the facility executes a process change to
modify the trigger point for a gas and
container type that differs by more than
5 percent from the previously used
trigger point for that gas and container
type.
We are also clarifying, since proposal,
that the facility is not required to
estimate the fab-specific heel factor for
F–GHGs or N2O that are used in
quantities of less than 50 kg in one
reporting year and for which emissions
are calculated as equal to consumption,
or for any intermittent low-use F–GHG.
The EPA is also revising, as proposed,
the ‘‘exceptional circumstance’’ criteria
at 40 CFR 98.94(b)(4) with respect to
small containers. Specifically, we are
revising the criteria for an ‘‘exceptional
circumstance’’ in 40 CFR 98.94(b)(4)
from 20 percent of the original trigger
point for change out to 50 percent for
small cylinders. We are defining a small
cylinder as a container that contains less
than 9.08 kg (20 pounds) of gas. For
large containers, the ‘‘exceptional
circumstance’’ remains as a change out
point that differs by 20 percent of the
trigger point used to calculate the gasspecific heel factor. The revisions still
require facilities to measure the heel in
cases where the cylinder change out
deviated from the established trigger
point. For example, a small 15-pound
cylinder with a 2 pound trigger point
must still be measured, in lieu of using
the established heel factor, if the
difference in the change out point is
greater than 1 pound. In this example,
this 1 pound difference (based on the
50-percent criteria for an exceptional
circumstance) represents less than 8
percent of the usable gas in the cylinder.
8. Apportioning Model Verification for
Facilities That Manufacture Electronics
The EPA is amending the
apportioning model verification
requirements. First, the final
amendments, as proposed, allow
reporters the option to use direct
measurements of gas consumption to
avoid the need to develop an
apportioning model, and to develop an
apportioning factor for each process
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
68172
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
type, sub-type, stack system, or fab
using gas flow meters or weigh scales.
The final amendments also retain the
option to use an apportioning model
and the verification requirements.
Reporters opting to use the apportioning
model must verify the model by
comparing actual gas consumption to
modeled gas consumption. The reporter
must select for comparison the F–GHG
that corresponds to the largest quantity,
on a mass basis, of F–GHG used at the
fab that has to be apportioned. Reporters
may alternatively verify the model for
two F–GHGs on an aggregate use basis
if one of the gases selected is used in the
largest quantity at each fab that is
required to be apportioned. In this
option, the predicted total mass
consumed of the two gases combined
must match the actual total mass
consumed within the verification
percent difference requirements for the
apportioning model.
Second, where a facility opts to
develop and use an apportioning model,
we are revising, as proposed, the
verification standard to increase the
allowable difference between the actual
and modeled gas consumption from a
maximum 5 percent difference to a
maximum of 20 percent difference.
We are finalizing changes, as
proposed, to allow facilities to select a
period of the reporting year when the
fab is at a ‘‘representative operating
level,’’ as defined in 40 CFR 98.98, for
the model verification, instead of at a
minimum percent of design capacity, or
instead of at the highest 30-day average
utilization. Under these final
amendments, the representative period
must still be at least 30 days, but we are
clarifying that it can be up to the whole
calendar reporting year in duration.
9. Calculating N2O Emissions for
Facilities That Manufacture Electronics
The EPA is revising the language for
calculating N2O emissions in 40 CFR
98.93(b) to require reporting at the fab
level, as proposed. We are finalizing, as
proposed, the requirement that facilities
must only use the default N2O
utilization factors in Table I–8 of
subpart I, and removing the option to
measure and use facility-specific N2O
emission factors. However, the EPA is
not revising the default factors of 0.8 for
CVD processes and 1.0 for all other N2Ousing manufacturing processes in the
current Table I–8 of subpart I. The
reasons for not adopting the default N2O
emission factors that were proposed are
described in section II.B of this
preamble.
The EPA is revising 40 CFR 98.93(b),
as proposed, to clarify that facilities
must report two N2O emission values
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
for each fab at a facility: one for the
aggregate of all CVD processes and one
for the aggregate of all other N2O using
manufacturing processes. We are
finalizing similar changes to the
reporting requirements in 40 CFR
98.96(c) for consistency and
clarification.
10. Abatement System Destruction and
Removal Efficiency (DRE) for Facilities
That Manufacture Electronics
The EPA is revising provisions for
directly measuring abatement system
DRE, and the basis for determining
average DRE values for groups of similar
abatement systems. These amendments
apply to all electronics manufacturers.
All reporters covered under subpart I
still have the option of using either
default DRE factors or a measured DRE
value to calculate abated emissions.
We are finalizing the option, as
proposed, to allow reporters to establish
a measured DRE value for gas and
process type combinations, rather than
for each abatement system or ‘‘class’’ of
abatement systems. Reporters may
measure the DRE for a gas and process
type combination in which F–GHG and
N2O are used in tools with abatement
systems and for which abated emissions
are calculated. Reporters may use a
combination of measured and default
DRE values; however, if a reporter
develops a measured DRE value for
abatement systems for a specific gas and
process type combination for a fab, the
resulting measured DRE must be used
for that gas and process type
combination and a default DRE factor
cannot be used for that fab. In addition,
the default DRE values may only be
used for abatement systems specifically
designed for F–GHG or N2O abatement.
If a reporter elects to claim abatement
for a system that is not specifically
designed for F–GHG or N2O abatement,
they must use a measured site-specific
DRE for that system.
We are also amending subpart I to
allow reporters, as proposed, to use
methods adapted from the 2009 ISMI
Guideline tracer release/FTIR
monitoring approach for determining
abatement system DRE (hereafter, the
‘‘2009 ISMI Guideline’’) 2 and also an
alternative method to locate sampling
sites. These alternatives are included in
Appendix A to subpart I. We are also
2 Benaway, B., Hall, S., Laush, C., Ridgeway, R.,
Sherer, M., & Trammell, S. (2009). ‘‘Guideline for
Environmental Characterization of Semiconductor
Process Equipment—Revision 2’’, TT#06124825B–
ENG, International SEMATECH Manufacturing
Initiative (ISMI), December 2009, Available at:
https://www.sematech.org/docubase/document/
4825beng.pdf.
PO 00000
Frm 00012
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
promulgating, as proposed, provisions
that allow facilities to use an adaptation
of Section 8.1 of EPA Method 7E at 40
CFR part 60, appendix A–4 as an
alternative to determine whether the
injected tracer is well mixed in the duct
system or is stratified (i.e., poorly
mixed), and to adjust the sampling if it
is stratified. The concentration of the
tracer must be measured at three
traverse points at 16.7, 50.0, and 83.3
percent of the diameter of the duct and
must be sampled for a minimum of
twice the system response time. If the
tracer gas concentration at each traverse
point differs from the mean
concentration for all traverse points by
no more than ±5.0 percent of the mean
concentration, the gas stream may be
considered un-stratified and the facility
is allowed collect samples from a single
point that most closely matches the
mean. If the 5.0 percent criterion is not
met, but the concentration at each
traverse point differs from the mean
concentration for all traverse points by
no more than ±10.0 percent of the mean,
a facility may take samples from two
points and use the average of the two
measurements. The two points must be
spaced at 16.7, 50.0, or 83.3 percent of
the line. If the concentration at each
traverse point differs from the mean
concentration for all traverse points by
more than ±10.0 percent of the mean but
less than ±20.0 percent, the facility must
take samples from three points at 16.7,
50.0, and 83.3 percent of the
measurement line and use the average of
the three measurements. If the gas
stream is found to be stratified because
the ±20.0 percent criterion for a threepoint test is not met, the facility must
locate and take samples from traverse
points for the test in accordance with
Sections 11.2 and 11.3 of EPA Method
1 at 40 CFR part 60, appendix A–1. This
finalized protocol is an adaptation of the
protocol in Section 8.1.2 of EPA Method
7E, Determination of Nitrogen Oxides
Emissions from Stationary Sources
(Instrumental Analyzer Procedure), in
40 CFR part 60, Appendix A–4.
In addition, we are also allowing
reporters, as proposed, to request
approval to use an alternative sampling
and analysis method to measure
abatement system DRE that is not
included in subpart I, provided the
reporter follows the process to obtain
the Administrator’s approval specified
in 40 CFR 98.94(k). The approval
process is the same process used to
obtain the Administrator’s approval to
use an alternative stack testing method
(see ‘‘Alternative stack test methods’’ in
Section II.A.1 of this preamble).
We are amending the random
sampling abatement system testing
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
program (RSASTP), as proposed, to
reduce the amount of testing that must
be performed by an individual facility.
These final amendments require that
facilities test 10 percent of systems
annually over a 2-year period (20
percent total) to set a baseline DRE for
the given gas and process type
combination. The systems must be
randomly selected. A facility may test
20 percent of abatement systems in the
first year. Until the facility measures 20
percent of abatement systems for a gas
and process type combination (e.g., for
calculating emissions in the first year if
they test only 10 percent of systems per
year), they must use the default DRE
factors to calculate emissions. For every
3-year period after, facilities are
required to randomly select and test 15
percent of the systems to validate the
site-specific DRE. The reporter may opt
to test 15 percent of the systems in the
first year of the 3-year period, but must
test at least 5 percent of the systems
each year until 15 percent are tested.
If testing of a particular randomly
selected abatement system is disruptive
to production, the reporter may replace
that system with another randomly
selected system and return the other to
the sampling pool for subsequent
testing. We are finalizing the
requirement that a system cannot be
returned to the subsequent testing pool
for more than three consecutive
selections and must be tested on the
third selection. We are also allowing a
reporter to specifically include in one of
the next two sampling years a system
that could not be tested when it was
first selected so that the reporter can
plan for the testing of that system when
it will be less disruptive.
We are finalizing the requirement, as
proposed, that the average DRE for each
gas and process type combination must
be calculated first as the arithmetic
mean of the first 2 years of
measurements. Beginning in the third
year of testing, the average DRE must be
the arithmetic mean of all test results for
that gas and process type combination,
until the facility tests at least 30 percent
of all systems for each gas and process
combination. After testing at least 30
percent of all systems for a gas and
process combination, the facility must
use the arithmetic mean of the most
recent 30 percent of systems tested as
the average DRE in the emissions
calculations.
To account for measurements that
may be affected by improper
maintenance or operation of the
abatement systems during a DRE
measurement, the measured DRE value
must be used as follows: (1) Where the
DRE of some abatement units is below
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
the design and default DRE, and the
abatement system is installed, operated,
and maintained in accordance with the
site maintenance plan for abatement
systems, the data from the low DRE test
must be included in calculating the fabspecific DREs; (2) If proper maintenance
and operation procedures have not been
not followed, then the facility must
implement the appropriate operational
change or system maintenance (per the
site maintenance plan for abatement
systems), and retest that device within
the same reporting year. In this case, a
reporter is not required to include in the
average DRE calculation the DRE result
from the device for which proper
maintenance and operation procedures
were not followed. As an alternative,
instead of retesting that device within
the reporting year, the reporter may use
the measured DRE value in calculating
the average DRE for the reporting year,
and then include the same device in the
next year’s abatement system testing in
addition to the testing of randomly
selected devices for that next reporting
year. Regardless of whether or not the
reporter uses the low DRE value in
calculating the average measured DRE,
the reporter must count the period
during which the proper maintenance
and operation procedures were not
being followed toward that abatement
system’s downtime for the year for the
purposes of calculating emissions.
For reporters who do not measure
facility-specific DRE values, we are also
allowing electronics manufacturing
facilities to use a default DRE for
abatement systems that are specifically
designed for F–GHG or N2O abatement
(as applicable) and that are operated and
maintained according to the facility’s
abatement system site maintenance plan
that is based on the abatement system(s)
manufacturer’s recommendations and
specifications for installation, operation,
and maintenance. For semiconductor
manufacturing facilities, we are revising
and expanding the available DRE
default values that may be used to
calculate emissions. The revised default
DREs for semiconductor manufacturing
facilities are included in Table I–16. We
are not revising or expanding default
DRE factors for other electronics
manufacturers (MEMS, LCDs, and PV
cells); no changes to these DRE factors
were proposed. Facilities manufacturing
MEMS, LCDs, and PV cells must use the
60 percent default DRE if they do not
develop facility-specific DRE values and
elect to account for abatement system
DRE in their reported emissions.
We are revising the default DRE
factors for semiconductors since
proposal to reflect the results of the
EPA’s analysis of DRE test data for
PO 00000
Frm 00013
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
68173
specific gas and process type
combinations, which includes data that
were submitted to the EPA during the
comment period. The final default DRE
factors also reflect a change since
proposal in the statistical method used
to calculate the default DRE factors as a
result of public comments. The change
in the method and EPA’s rationale for
adopting the different method is
discussed in more detail in section
II.B.5 of this preamble. The revised
default DRE factors for the gas and
process type combinations for
semiconductor manufacturing are
shown in Table I–16 of Subpart I. The
EPA will add new or revised default
DRE factors when appropriate data
become available in the future. See
Section II.A.12 of this preamble for the
process for updating default emission
factors and default DRE factors as more
data are collected for the semiconductor
manufacturing industry.
In order to ensure that the abatement
systems used are performing in a way
that meets the default DRE or the
measured DRE, we are requiring, as
proposed, that facilities certify that
abatement systems are properly
installed, operated, and maintained
according to the site maintenance plan
for abatement systems (40 CFR
98.97(d)(9)). The site maintenance plan
for abatement systems must define the
required operation and maintenance
procedures for each type of abatement
system used at the facility, and must
include corrective action procedures for
when an abatement unit is not operating
properly. The site maintenance plan
must be based on the manufacturer’s
recommendations and specifications for
installation, operation, and
maintenance, where available. The site
maintenance plan for abatement systems
must also include documentation where
the operation and maintenance deviate
from the manufacturer’s specifications,
including an explanation of how the
deviations have a positive or neutral
effect on the performance or destruction
or removal efficiency of the abatement
system. For example, a reporter may
include documentation of more frequent
maintenance checks or tighter operating
parameters that optimize system
performance. The site maintenance plan
for abatement systems must be kept as
part of the GHG monitoring plan
required by 40 CFR 98.3(g)(5).
We are also specifying that if the
manufacturer’s recommendations and
specifications for installation, operation,
and maintenance are not available (e.g.,
for older fabs that want to claim
abatement in their reported emissions),
then facilities may not use the default
DRE factors found in Table I–16 for
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
68174
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
those abatement systems, but do have
the option to properly measure sitespecific DREs following the
requirements of 40 CFR 98.94(f)(4).
Facilities also have the option to report
their annual emissions without
accounting for abatement. This is a
change since proposal, and the rationale
for this change is discussed in more
detail in section II.B of this preamble.
Furthermore, we are also requiring
that facilities using the default emission
factors who elect to claim abatement for
reporting purposes and elect to use the
default DRE values must also certify that
the abatement systems are specifically
designed for F–GHG abatement (or N2O
abatement, as appropriate) in addition
to the requirement that the
manufacturer’s recommendations and
specifications for installation, operation,
and maintenance be incorporated into
the site maintenance plan. In response
to public comments, we have revised
the definition of ‘‘abatement system’’
since proposal to be clear that we meant
a device or equipment that is designed
to destroy or remove F–GHGs (or N2O,
as appropriate) in exhaust streams from
one or more electronics manufacturing
production processes, or for which a
site-specific DRE has been measured
according to 40 CFR 98.94(f). We are
also revising 40 CFR 98.94(f), in
response to comments since proposal, to
clarify that if facilities elect to use the
stack test alternative in 40 CFR 98.93(i)
and elect to account for abatement, they
must certify that the system is designed
to abate F–GHGs, or they must measure
a site-specific DRE according to 40 CFR
98.94(f). We have also included a
requirement that facilities using the
stack test alternative must certify that
that all abatement systems that are
designed to abate F–GHGs or for which
a site-specific DRE has been measured
are fully accounted for when calculating
annual emissions and accounting for
excess emissions from downtime using
the methods in 40 CFR 98.93(i)(3). If an
abatement system is not designed to
abate F–GHG, then reporters may elect
to not account for any incidental F–GHG
abatement from that system under the
stack testing alternative.
11. Abatement System Uptime for
Facilities That Manufacture Electronics
The EPA is revising the methods used
to calculate abatement system uptime.
For facilities that are using the default
gas utilization rates and by-product
formation rates, we are amending 40
CFR 98.93(g) to allow reporters to
calculate the uptime of all the
abatement systems for each combination
of input gas or by-product gas and each
process type or sub-type combination,
using the same process categories in
which F–GHG use and emissions are
calculated. We are revising Equation I–
15 to calculate the average uptime factor
for all abatement system connected to
process tools for a given input gas and
process type or subtype. The same
uptime factor will be used for both
input gases and the associated byproduct gases for that input gas and
process combination. However, since
proposal we have removed the separate
equations for uptime of abatement
systems applied to input gases and byproduct gases and the final rule has only
a single equation for uptime applicable
to all gases. The reason for this change
since proposal is discussed in more
detail in Section II.B of this preamble.
Reporters are required, as proposed,
to determine the average abatement
system uptime factor for a given gas/
process type or sub-type combination
by: (1) Calculating the total time that the
abatement system connected to process
tools in the fab is not operating within
site maintenance plan specifications as
a fraction of the total time in which the
abatement system has at least one
associated tool in operation during the
reporting year for each gas/process type
combination; and (2) by subtracting this
fraction from 1.0 to calculate the uptime
fraction. For determining the amount of
tool operating time, reporters may
assume that tools that were installed for
the entire reporting year were operated
for 525,600 minutes per year. For tools
that were installed or uninstalled during
the year, reporters must prorate the
operating time to account for the days
in which the tool was not installed; any
partial day that a tool was installed
must be treated as a full day (1,440
minutes) of tool operation. If a tool is
‘‘idle’’ with no gas flowing through it to
the abatement system, the reporter has
the option to count only the time that
the tool has gas flowing through it for
purposes of determining the tool
operating time. For an abatement system
that has more than one connected tool,
the tool operating time must be
considered to be equivalent to a full
year if at least one tool was installed
and operating at all times throughout
the year.
12. Triennial Technology Report for
Semiconductor Manufacturing
We are requiring certain
semiconductor manufacturing facilities,
as proposed, to provide a report to the
EPA every 3 years, beginning in 2017,
that addresses technology and process
changes at the facility that could affect
GHG emissions. The report must
address how technology and processes
have changed in the industry over the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00014
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
previous 3 years and the extent to which
any of the identified changes are likely
to have affected the GHG emissions
characteristics (i.e., the identity,
amount, frequency, concentration, or
other characteristics related to GHG
emissions) of semiconductor
manufacturing processes in such a way
that the default gas utilization rates and
by-product formation rates and/or
default DRE factors in subpart I may
need to be updated or augmented. The
EPA plans to have reporters submit this
report using the Electronic Greenhouse
Gas Reporting Tool (e-GGRT) system.
We are requiring, as proposed, that
the first 3-year report be due with the
annual GHG emissions report submitted
in 2017. Only semiconductor
manufacturing facilities subject to
subpart I and with emissions from
subpart I processes greater than 40,000
mtCO2e per year CO2e are required to
submit the report. The requirement to
submit the first report in 2017 is based
on the facility’s emissions in 2015
(which would be reported in 2016), and
the requirement to submit subsequent
reports is based on emissions in the
most recently submitted annual GHG
report. For example, any facility that
reported GHG emissions from the
subpart I source category of greater than
40,000 mtCO2e for reporting year 2015
must submit the 3-year report due in
2017. To reduce burden, we are
allowing the option for multiple
semiconductor manufacturing facilities
(regardless of whether they are owned
by the same parent company) to submit
a single consolidated 3-year report.
Facilities with reported emissions at or
below 40,000 mtCO2e per year may
voluntarily prepare and submit a report.
Facilities that are not subject to
reporting under subpart I based on the
applicability criteria in subparts A and
I are not required to submit a 3-year
report.
The 3-year report must include, as
proposed, the following: (1) Whether
and how the gases and technologies
used in 200 mm and 300 mm wafer
semiconductor manufacturing in the
United States have changed and
whether any of the identified changes
are likely to have affected the emissions
characteristics of semiconductor
manufacturing processes in such a way
that the default gas utilization rates and
by-product formation rates or default
DRE factors may need to be updated; (2)
The effect of the implementation of new
products, process technologies, and/or
finer line width processes in 200 mm
and 300 mm technologies, the
introduction of new tool platforms and
process chambers, and the introduction
of new processes on previously tested
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
platforms or process chambers; (3) The
status of implementing 450 mm wafer
technology and the potential need to
create or update gas utilization rates and
by-product formation rates compared to
300 mm technology; and (4) The
submission of any gas utilization rates
and by-product formation rate or DRE
data that have been collected in the
previous 3 years that support the
changes or continuities in
semiconductor manufacturing processes
described in the report.
If the report indicates that the
emissions characteristics of
semiconductor manufacturing processes
may have changed (i.e., the identity,
amount, frequency, or concentration),
the report must include a data gathering
and analysis plan describing the testing
of tools to determine the potential effect
on current gas utilization rates and byproduct formation rates and DRE values
under the new conditions, and a
planned analysis of the effect on overall
facility emissions using a representative
gas-use profile for a 200 mm, 300 mm,
or 450 mm fab (depending on which
technology is under consideration). The
EPA will review the reports received
and determine whether it is necessary to
update the default gas utilization rates
and by-product formation rates in
Tables I–3, I–4, I–11, and I–12, and
default DREs in I–16 based on the
following: (1) Whether the revised
default gas utilization rates and byproduct formation rates and DREs
would result in a projected shift in
emissions of 10 percent or greater for
each gas and process type or process
subtype; (2) Whether new platforms,
process chambers, processes, or
facilities that are not captured in current
default gas utilization rates and byproduct formation rates and DRE values
should be included in revised values;
and (3) Whether new data are available
that would expand the existing data set
to include new gases, tools, or processes
not included in the existing data set (i.e.
gases, tools, or processes for which no
data are currently available).
The EPA will review the report(s)
within 120 days and notify the facilities
that submitted the report(s) whether the
68175
Agency determined it was appropriate
to update the default emission factors
and/or DRE values. If the EPA
determines it is necessary to update the
default emission factors and/or DRE
values, those facilities would then have
180 days following the date they receive
notice of the determination to execute
the data collection and analysis plan
described in the report and submit those
data to the EPA. The EPA will then
determine whether to issue a proposal
to amend the rule to update the default
emission factors and/or DRE values
using the newly submitted data.
13. Final Amendments to Reporting and
Recordkeeping Requirements
In this action, the EPA is finalizing
several changes (additions as well as
revisions) to the data reporting and
recordkeeping requirements in subpart
I. Table 2 of this preamble summarizes
the changes to the reporting elements,
and notes those elements that were
changed since proposal.
TABLE 2—CHANGES TO REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Data element
Change/revision
Original
citation
Annual manufacturing capacity of facility as
determined in Equation I–5.
The diameter of wafers manufactured at
the facility.
Annual emissions of each F–GHG emitted
from each process type for which your
facility is required to calculate emissions
as calculated in Equations I–6 and I–7.
Annual emissions of each F–GHG emitted
from each individual recipe (including
those in a set of similar recipes) or process sub-type.
Emissions of N2O emitted from each chemical vapor deposition process and from
other N2O using manufacturing processes as calculated in Equation I–10.
Annual emissions of each F–GHG emitted
from each fab when you use the procedures specified in 40 CFR 98.93(i).
Data elements reported when you use factors for F–GHG process utilization and
by-product formation rates other than the
defaults provided in Tables I–3, I–4, I–5,
I–6, and I–7 to this subpart and/or N2O
utilization factors other than the defaults
provided in Table I–8 to subpart I.
Annual gas consumption for each F–GHG
and N2O as calculated in Equation I–11
of this subpart, including where your facility used less than 50 kg of a particular
F–GHG or N2O during the reporting year.
For all F–GHGs and N2O used at your
facility for which you have not calculated
emissions using Equations I–6, I–7, I–8,
I–9, and I–10, the chemical name of the
GHG used, the annual consumption of
the gas, and a brief description of its use.
Revised to report manufacturing capacity on a fab basis, rather
than facility 1.
Revised to report wafer size on a fab basis, rather than facility 1
98.96(a) ..........
NA.
98.96(b) ..........
NA.
Revised to apply only when default gas utilization rate and byproduct formation rate procedures in 40 CFR 98.93(a) are
used to calculate emissions. Revised so that requirement applies to ‘‘fab’’ instead of facility.
Removed requirement to report emissions by individual recipe
(including those in a set of similar recipes). Revised so that
requirement applies to ‘‘fab’’ instead of facility.
98.96(c)(1) ......
NA.
98.96(c)(2) ......
NA.
Revised to clarify that facilities report N2O emitted from the aggregate of all chamber cleaning processes and from the aggregate of other N2O-using manufacturing processes. Revised so that requirement applies to ‘‘fab’’ instead of facility.
Added reporting requirement in conjunction with the stack testing option.
98.96(c)(3) ......
NA.
NA ..................
98.96(c)(5).
Removed and reserved all of 98.96(f) because of changes to
remove the use of recipe-specific gas utilization rates and
by-product formation rates.
98.96(f) ...........
NA.
Changed to recordkeeping requirement. Revised so that requirement applies to ‘‘fab’’ instead of facility. Added applicable equation references for the stack testing option.
98.96(g) ..........
98.97(k).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00015
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
New or revised
citation
68176
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 2—CHANGES TO REPORTING REQUIREMENTS—Continued
Change/revision
Original
citation
All inputs used to calculate gas consumption in Equation I–11 for each F–GHG
and N2O used.
Disbursements for each F–GHG and N2O
during the reporting year, as calculated
using Equation I–12.
All inputs used to calculate disbursements
for each F–GHG and N2O used in Equation I–12 including all facility-wide gasspecific heel factors used for each F–
GHG and N2O.
Annual amount of each F–GHG consumed
for each recipe, process sub-type, or
process type, as appropriate, and the annual amount of N2O consumed for each
chemical vapor deposition and other
electronics manufacturing production
processes, as calculated using Equation
I–13.
All apportioning factors used to apportion
F–GHG and N2O consumption.
Identification of the quantifiable metric used
in your facility-specific engineering model
to apportion gas consumption, and an indication if direct measurements were
used in addition to, or instead of, a quantifiable metric.
Start and end dates selected under 40 CFR
98.94(c)(2)(i).
Certification that the gases you selected
under 40 CFR 98.94(c)(2)(ii) correspond
to the largest quantities consumed on a
mass basis, at your facility in the reporting year for the plasma etching process
type and the chamber cleaning process
type.
The result of the calculation comparing the
actual and modeled gas consumption
under 40 CFR 98.94(c)(2)(iii).
If you are required to apportion F–GHG
consumption between fabs, certification
that the gases you selected under 40
CFR 98.94(c)(2)(ii) correspond to the
largest quantities consumed on a mass
basis, of F–GHG used at your facility
during the reporting year for which you
are required to apportion.
Fraction of each F–GHG or N2O fed into
recipe, process sub-type, or process type
that is fed into tools connected to abatement systems.
Fraction of each F–GHG or N2O destroyed
or removed in abatement systems connected to process tools where recipe,
process sub-type, or process type j is
used, as well as all inputs and calculations used to determine the inputs for
Equation I–14.
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Data element
Changed to recordkeeping requirement ......................................
98.96(h) ..........
98.97(k)(1).
Changed to recordkeeping requirement ......................................
98.96(i) ...........
98.97(n).
Change to recordkeeping requirement ........................................
98.96(j) ...........
98.97(n).
Changed to recordkeeping requirement. Removed ‘‘recipe-specific’’ requirements. Revised to refer to the annual amount of
N2O consumed for the aggregate of all CVD processes and
for the aggregate of all other electronics manufacturing production processes 1.
98.96(k) ..........
98.97(m).
Changed to recordkeeping requirement ......................................
98.96(l) ...........
98.97(c)(1).
Corrected citation and revised to indicate whether direct measurements used.
98.96(m)(i) ......
98.96(m)(1).
Corrected citation .........................................................................
98.96(m)(ii) .....
98.96(m)(2).
Corrected citation .........................................................................
98.96(m)(iii) ....
98.96(m)(3).
Corrected citation and revised to refer to modeled gas con- 98.96(m)(iv) ....
sumption under 40 CFR 98.94(c)(2)(iii) and (iv), as applicable.
98.96(m)(4).
Added requirement ......................................................................
NA ..................
98.96(m)(5).
Moved to recordkeeping, and removed recipe-specific references.
98.96(n) ..........
98.97(o).
Moved to recordkeeping, removed recipe-specific references,
and revised to apply to the stack testing option.
98.96(o) ..........
98.97(p).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00016
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
New or revised
citation
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
68177
TABLE 2—CHANGES TO REPORTING REQUIREMENTS—Continued
Original
citation
Data element
Change/revision
Inventory and description of all abatement
systems through which F–GHGs or N2O
flow at your facility, including the number
of systems of each manufacturer, model
numbers, manufacturer claimed F–GHG
and N2O destruction or removal efficiencies, if any, and records of destruction or removal efficiency measurements
over their in-use lives. The inventory of
abatement systems must describe the
tools with model numbers and the recipe(s), process sub-type, or process type
for which these systems treat exhaust.
Revised the inventory to include only those systems for which
the facility is claiming F–GHG or N2O destruction or removal.
Revised to report only (1) the number of devices controlling
emissions for each process type, for each gas used in that
process for which control credit is being taken; and (2) the
basis of the DRE being used (default or site specific testing)
for each process type and for each gas.
Certification that each abatement system is
installed, maintained, and operated according to manufacturer recommendations and specifications. All inputs to
abatement system uptime calculations,
the default or measured DRE used for
each abatement system, and the description of the calculations and inputs used
to calculate class averages for measured
DRE values.
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
New or revised
citation
Inputs to the F–HTF mass balance equation, Equation I–16, for each F–HTF.
An effective fab-wide DRE calculated using
Equation I–26, I–27, and I–28, as appropriate.
Estimates of missing data where missing
data procedures were used to estimate
inputs into the F–HTF mass balance
equation under 40 CFR 98.95(b).
A brief description of each ‘‘best available
monitoring method’’ used according to 40
CFR 98.94(a), the parameter measured
or estimated using the method, and the
time period during which the ‘‘best available monitoring method’’ was used.
For reporting year 2012 only, the date on
which you began monitoring emissions of
F–HTF whose vapor pressure falls below
1 mm of Hg absolute at 25 degrees C.
The date of any stack testing conducted
during the reporting year, and the identity
of the stack tested.
An inventory of all stacks from which process F–GHGs are emitted. For each stack
system, indicated whether the stack is
among those for which stack testing was
performed as per 40 CFR 98.3(i)(3) or
not performed per 40 CFR 98.93(i)(2).
If emissions reported under 40 CFR
98.96(c) include emissions from research
and development activities, the approximate percentage of total GHG emissions
that are attributable to research and development activities.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
Revised to not require reporting the model number of the tools
associated with each abatement system, and to remove the
recipe-specific references.
The certification is revised to include that all systems are installed, maintained, and operated according to the site operation and maintenance plan for abatement systems, including
documentation where the process deviates from the manufacturer’s recommendations and specifications, and an explanation of why the deviation does not have a negative effect
on system performance 1.
98.96(p) ..........
NA.
98.96(q) ..........
98.97(d)
All inputs to abatement system uptime calculations, the default
or measured DRE used for each abatement system, and the
description of the calculations and inputs used to calculate
class averages for measured DRE values moved to recordkeeping in 98.97(d).
In place of reporting the information and data on uptime and
DRE calculations for abatement systems, the reporter must
calculate and report an effective fab-wide DRE, as required
in 98.96(r).
Changed to recordkeeping ..........................................................
98.96(r) ...........
98.97(r).
Added requirement 1 ....................................................................
NA ..................
98.96(r).
Changed to recordkeeping ..........................................................
98.96(s) ..........
98.97(s).
Removed requirement .................................................................
98.96(t) ...........
NA.
Removed requirement .................................................................
98.96(v) ..........
NA.
Added requirement in conjunction with stack testing option .......
NA ..................
98.96(w)(1).
Added requirement in conjunction with stack testing option .......
NA ..................
98.96(w)(2).
Added requirement ......................................................................
NA ..................
98.96(x).
PO 00000
Frm 00017
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
68178
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 2—CHANGES TO REPORTING REQUIREMENTS—Continued
Data element
Change/revision
Original
citation
If your semiconductor manufacturing facility
emits more than 40,000 mtCO2e, a triennial technology assessment report that
includes information such as how gases
and technologies have changed, the effect on emissions of the implementation
of new process technologies, and default
utilization and by-product formation rates
collected in the previous 3 years.
Added requirement ......................................................................
NA ..................
New or revised
citation
98.96(y).
NA—Not applicable.
1 Data element revised from proposed rule (77 FR 635380, October 16, 2012).
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
The EPA is amending subpart I such
that, with the addition of certain new
data elements, several previous data
reporting elements are not required to
be reported to the EPA and, instead, are
to be kept as records, as proposed.3
These records must be made available to
the EPA for review upon request.
The EPA is amending subpart I to add
a stack testing option and to revise the
method that uses default gas utilization
rates and by-product formation rates.
The stack testing approach involves the
development of fab-specific emission
factors in terms of kg of F–GHG emitted
per kg of F–GHG consumed based on
measured stack emissions. Using this
approach, facilities are required to
monitor and keep records of the fabspecific emission factor, the amount of
each F–GHG consumed, and data on the
operating time and performance of
abatement systems, but they are not
required to report these data. Other data
needed to determine the amount of F–
GHG used in a process type or sub-type
are not reported, but rather kept as
records. The EPA has also included
additional recordkeeping requirements
in 40 CFR 98.97 to verify compliance
with the factors that trigger a retest,
including the identity and total annual
consumption of each gas identified as
an intermittent, low-use F–GHG, and
the total number of tools at each stack
in the fab.
The final amendments to the default
gas utilization rate and by-product
formation rate approach require
facilities to monitor and keep records of
3 These reporting elements include data elements
that have been designated as ‘‘inputs to emissions
equations’’ in the August 25, 2011 final rul titled,
‘‘Change to the Reporting Date for Certain Data
Elements Required Under the Mandatory Reporting
of Greenhouse Gases Rule’’ (76 FR 53057), and
listed in Table A-7 of subpart A. Consistent with the
final amendments to subpart I, we are removing
these subpart I inputs to emissions equations data
elements from table A-7 so that they are not
required to be reported by March 31, 2015. More
information on this final change can be found in
Section III of this preamble.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
the amount of each F–GHG consumed in
each process type and sub-type, and
data on the operating time and
performance of abatement systems, but
do not require facilities to report these
data.
The final amendments to the
reporting requirements move the
information on the number and DRE of
abatement systems at each facility from
the reporting requirements to the
recordkeeping requirements as
proposed. In order to determine the
extent to which GHG emissions from
this category are being abated, we are
including in 40 CFR 98.96(r) a
requirement for reporters to calculate
and report effective fab-wide DRE
factors for the emissions from the
electronics manufacturing processes at
each fab. In the October 16, 2012
proposed amendments to subpart I, the
EPA proposed to require facilities to
report facility-wide DRE factors in order
to assist in our verification of reported
GHG emissions (77 FR 63569).
Following proposal, the EPA
determined that because facilities are
already collecting information to
determine emissions on a fab-level basis
using either the methods in 40 CFR
98.93(a), (b), or (i), a fab-wide DRE
factor (instead of facility-wide) is more
appropriate to ascertain the extent to
which GHGs are being abated. The fabwide DRE factor is calculated as 1
minus the ratio of reported emissions to
the emissions that would occur if there
were no abatement. The emissions are
already reported under subpart A and
subpart I.
For calculating the effective fab-wide
DRE factors, reporters have two methods
for calculating emissions that would
occur if there were no abatement. The
first method is used to calculate the
emissions without abatement in cases
where the reporter calculated emissions
using default utilization and by-product
formation rates. This includes cases in
which the reporter calculated emissions
under 40 CFR 98.93(a) and also those
PO 00000
Frm 00018
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
emissions that were calculated for stack
systems that are exempt from testing,
under 40 CFR 98.93(i)(3). In this
method, emissions without abatement
are calculated using the consumption of
each F–GHG and N2O in each process
type or sub-type, and the default gas
utilization rates and by-product
formation rates in Tables I–3 to I–8, and
I–11 to I–15 of subpart I. This
calculation does not require reporters to
collect any additional information
because the information on F–GHG and
N2O consumption is already required to
perform the calculations needed to
estimate emissions using either the
revised default emission factor approach
or the stack testing option. This
reporting requirement, 40 CFR 98.96(r),
requires a calculation with these
existing data, including the current
reported emissions and the emissions
that would occur if there were no
abatement. The latter must be calculated
using the consumption of each F–GHG
and N2O in each process type or subtype and the appropriate default gas
utilization rates and by-product
formation rates in Tables I–3 to I–8 and
I–11 to I–15 of subpart I.
The second method is used to
calculate the emissions without
abatement from stack systems in cases
where the reporter calculated emissions
based on stack testing conducted
according to 40 CFR 98.93(i)(4). In this
method, reporters must calculate
emissions without abatement from the
reported GHG emissions using the
inverse of the DRE and the fraction of
each gas in each process type that is
abated. This method uses default values
or values that are already measured and
used in the equations that a reporter
uses to calculate GHG emissions in the
stack testing option.
In this notice we are also finalizing
changes, as proposed, to Table A–7 of
subpart A, General Provisions. Table A–
7 lists those data elements for which the
reporting date has been deferred to
March 31, 2015 for the 2011 to 2013
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
reporting years. We are revising Table
A–7 for the rows specific to subpart I to
remove the references to those data
elements described in Table 4 of this
preamble that are moved from reporting
in 40 CFR 98.96 to recordkeeping under
40 CFR 98.97, or that are removed
entirely from subpart I because of the
removal of the relevant emission
calculation requirement. Since these
data elements were originally deferred
until 2015 and reporters are no longer
required to report these data elements
after January 1, 2014, this final rule
revises these data elements from
reporting requirements to recordkeeping
requirements for 2011, 2012, and 2013,
as well as 2014 and beyond. Reporters
are still required to maintain records of
these data elements according to the
procedures outlined in 98.97.
14. Changes To Remove BAMM
Provisions and Language Specific to
Reporting Years 2011, 2012, and 2013
We are removing the provisions in 40
CFR 98.94(a) for best available
monitoring methods (BAMM), as
proposed. The requirements of 40 CFR
98.94(a)(1) through (a)(3) provide an
option for reporters to request and use
BAMM for calendar year 2011 reporting
for monitoring parameters that cannot
be reasonably measured according to the
monitoring and quality assurance/
quality control (QA/QC) methods
provided in subpart I. The provisions
require that, starting no later than
January 1, 2012, the reporter must
discontinue using BAMM and begin
following all applicable monitoring and
QA/QC requirements of this part, unless
the EPA has approved the use of BAMM
beyond 2011 under 40 CFR 98.98(a)(4).
As discussed in Section I.D of this
preamble, these amendments will
become effective on January 1, 2014.
Facilities are required to follow one of
the new methods to estimate emissions
beginning in 2014, submitting the first
reports of emissions estimated using the
new methods in 2015. The BAMM
provisions of 40 CFR 98.94(a) will be
outdated on the effective date. The
provisions of 40 CFR 98.94(a)(1) to (a)(3)
are limited to 2011, and the deadline for
requesting an extension under 40 CFR
98.94(a)(4) also occurred in 2011.
Therefore, we are removing all the
BAMM provisions in the current
subpart I, because they will no longer be
applicable starting in 2014, which is
when this final rule will be effective.
We are not promulgating any new
BAMM provisions because we expect
that all facilities will be in compliance
with the monitoring and QA/QC
methods required under subpart I for
the 2014 calendar year.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
We are also removing 40 CFR
98.93(h)(2), as proposed, which
provided an option for reporters to
calculate and report emissions of
fluorinated heat transfer fluids using
select time periods in 2012, and the
corresponding reporting requirement at
40 CFR 98.96(v). In addition, we are
removing language in 40 CFR
98.94(h)(3) that is specific to the
monitoring of fluorinated heat transfer
fluids in 2012. These provisions will no
longer be applicable on the effective
date of these final amendments, since
both data elements are specific to 2012.
B. Responses to Major Comments
Submitted on the Electronics
Manufacturing Source Category
This section contains a brief summary
of the major comments and responses
on the proposed changes to the final
subpart I rule. The EPA received
comments on the proposed changes
from the SIA, five semiconductor
manufacturers (GlobalFoundries, IBM,
Intel, Samsung, and Texas Instruments),
and Environmental Defense Fund (an
environmental advocacy group).
A summary of all of the comments
and the responses thereto that are not
included in this preamble can be found
in the document, ‘‘Reporting of
Greenhouse Gases—Technical Revisions
to the Electronics Manufacturing
Category of the Greenhouse Gas
Reporting Rule: EPA’s Responses to
Public Comments’’ (see EPA–HQ–OAR–
2011–0028).
1. Stack Testing as an Alternative
Emission Monitoring Method for
Facilities That Manufacture Electronics
Comment: One commenter could not
duplicate the EPA’s calculation for all of
the Tier 2a emission factors in Tables I–
11 and I–12 of subpart I that are to be
used to screen which stacks are to be
tested under the stack testing
alternative, and for calculating
emissions from certain low-emitting
stacks in that alternative. Based on their
review of the EPA’s explanation of how
the factors in Tables I–11 and I–12 of
subpart I were derived (see EPA–HQ–
OAR–2011–0028–0090), the commenter
recommended the following changes for
the final amendments to subpart I:
• EPA should continue to use the
default factors by process type and
process sub-type in Tables I–3 and I–4
of subpart I, or the underlying data, as
the starting point for the derivation of
the simpler factors in Tables I–11 and I–
12 of subpart I. To the extent the factors
in Tables I–3 and I–4 are updated
between proposal and final rulemaking,
those updated factors should be used to
PO 00000
Frm 00019
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
68179
update the factors in Tables I–11 and I–
12.
• The commenter noted that the EPA
used the arithmetic averages of the
different process specific factors when
deriving the factors in Tables I–11 and
I–12 of subpart I. The commenter stated
that weighting the individual factors for
each process type by the amount of gas
used in that process type is technically
more appropriate than sample weighting
(i.e., taking the arithmetic average of all
the data points for that gas and process
type). The commenter encouraged the
EPA to re-compute the Table I–11 and
I–12 factors with gas-use weighting.
Where gas use information is not
available, the commenter noted that
sample weighting of available emission
factor data would be acceptable.
• The commenter recommended that
the EPA should revise the nitrogen
trifluoride (NF3) emission factors to give
proper weighting to the emissions factor
for remote clean, which represents the
largest use of NF3.
Response: The EPA agrees with the
commenter that the factors in Tables I–
11 and I–12 of subpart I should be
updated in light of the additional
emission factor data received during the
public comment period for the proposed
amendments to subpart I. The EPA also
agrees with the commenter that gas-use
weighting is more appropriate than
sample-weighted averaging in
developing the revised Tier 2a factors.
Therefore, the EPA is promulgating
revised Tier 2a factors in Tables I–11
and I–12 using gas consumptionweighted averages where consumption
data were available (see Docket Id. No.
EPA–HQ–OAR–2008–0028–0090) and
sample weighted averages where gas use
information was not available. The EPA
is also updating the NF3 emission factor
to give proper weighting to the
emissions factor for remote clean,
which, as the commenter notes,
represents the largest use of NF3.
Comment: One commenter noted that
some facilities may not be able to
comply with the proposed requirements
in 40 CFR 98.93(i)(1)(ii) and (iii) which
require reporters to use data from the
previous reporting year to estimate the
consumption of input gas and total
uptime of all abatement systems. For
example, a new facility or a facility that
just crossed the reporting threshold will
not have data from a ‘‘prior reporting
year’’ for estimating gas consumption
and abatement system uptime. The
commenter recommended that both 40
CFR 98.93(i)(1)(ii) and (iii) be revised to
allow a facility, where a previous
reporting year’s data are not available, to
estimate annual gas usage and
abatement system uptime based on
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
68180
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
representative operating data from a
previous period covering 30 days or
more.
Response: The EPA agrees with the
commenter that instances will occur
where there will be no data from a prior
reporting year available. As a result, the
EPA is including in the final
amendments to subpart I, the
commenter’s suggested changes to 40
CFR 98.93(i)(1)(ii) and (iii) to allow a
facility to estimate annual gas usage and
abatement system uptime based on
representative operating data from a
period covering 30 days or more, when
data from a prior reporting year are not
available, with the exception that the
option is only available for a fab that did
not report in the previous reporting
year. If there is an anticipated change in
activity for the fab (i.e., in an increase
or decrease in the annual consumption
or emissions of any F–GHG) greater than
10 percent for the current reporting year
compared to the previous reporting
year, reporters are required to identify
and account for the change in their
preliminary estimate. Reporters must
use a quantifiable metric (e.g., the ratio
of the number tools that are expected to
be vented to the stack system in the
current year as compared to the
previous reporting year), engineering
judgment, or other industry standard
practice.
The EPA has determined that this
exception is necessary so that any fab
that collected and reported data in the
previous reporting year is required to
estimate consumption and uptime based
on the data from the previous reporting
year. Recognizing that the previous
reporting year may not represent a
complete year (i.e., the fab may have
started operations during the previous
year), partial data from the prior year
may be used if the reporter accounts for
changes in activity. The EPA established
activity changes that are greater than 10
percent for the current reporting year
compared to the previous reporting
year, because it is the same threshold
criterion for conducting a re-test under
the stack test method, as discussed in
Section II.A.1 of this preamble.
Comment: One commenter requested
that the EPA include ASTM D6348–03,
‘‘Determination of Gaseous Compounds
by Extractive Direct Interface Fourier
Transform (FTIR) Spectroscopy,’’ in
subpart I as an alternative to EPA
Method 320. The commenter stated that
the ASTM method is more straightforward than EPA Method 320 and, as
such, is easier to understand/
implement. The commenter stated that
EPA Method 320 requires performing a
validation of 12 spiked/unspiked pairs
in addition to the three Quality
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
Assurance (QA) spikes whereas ASTM
D6348–03 requires only three analyte
spikes to demonstrate acceptable
performance. The commenter noted that
when using the ASTM method one loses
the ability to generate compoundspecific correction factors should the
system not sufficiently recover the
analytes. The commenter indicated that
using the ASTM method will save time
during collection and data processing.
The QA spike procedure and recovery
requirements for EPA Method 320 and
ASTM D6348–03 are essentially the
same. In both methods, one cannot
spike at more than 10 percent of the
extracted flow rate and must
demonstrate recoveries within 30
percent of expected amounts,
respectively.
The commenter stated that testing
companies have collected data using the
ASTM method. The commenter noted
that although none of these data
involved F–GHG measurements at
semiconductor facilities, the ASTM
method has been successfully used in
semiconductor fabs for other
determinations (e.g., hazardous air
pollutants) and was used in Intel stack
testing for F–GHG emissions conducted
in 2011 to support rule development.
The commenter also noted that several
existing EPA regulations list both EPA
Method 320 and ASTM D6348–03 as
acceptable methods: The Reciprocating
Internal Combustion Engines (RICE)
Maximum Achievable Control
Technology (MACT) (40 CFR part 63
subpart ZZZZ) and the Turbine MACT
(40 CFR part 63 subpart YYYY) list both
methods.
Response: We agree with the
commenter that ASTM D6348–03 is an
acceptable method and are including it
in this final rule. At proposal the EPA
stated that ASTM D6348–03 had been
reviewed as a potential alternative to
EPA Method 320 (77 FR 63575). In the
preamble to the proposed amendments,
the EPA stated, ‘‘All data and
information EPA has received in
support of the stack testing method used
EPA Method 320. Since this industry
contains specialized gases in low
concentrations, EPA would prefer to
have supporting data prior to approving
another test method. Because of this, we
are not proposing this standard as an
acceptable alternative for EPA Method
320 in this proposed rule.’’
Since this rule was proposed, we have
revisited this assessment based on the
comments received. We acknowledge
that several existing regulations list both
EPA Method 320 and ASTM D6348–03
as acceptable methods, as noted by the
commenter. We also acknowledge the
efficiency of ASTM D6348–03 as
PO 00000
Frm 00020
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
compared to EPA Method 320, although
it may pose a greater risk for the need
to perform a retest, as discussed below
in this response. However, ASTM
D6348–03 is also ‘‘self-validating,’’ as is
EPA Method 320, and contains quality
assurance procedures that, when
adhered to, provide an acceptable level
of confidence in the measured
concentrations. For these reasons, along
with the additional information
provided in the comment on testing
conducted in semiconductor facilities,
we are allowing in the final rule
amendments the use of ASTM D6348–
03, Standard Test Method for
Determination of Gaseous Compounds
by Extractive Direct Interface Fourier
Transform Infrared (FTIR) Spectroscopy,
as an alternative to EPA Method 320
with the following requirements:
(1) The test plan preparation and
implementation in the Annexes to
ASTM D6348–03, Sections A1 through
A8 are mandatory; and
(2) In ASTM D6348–03 Annex A5
(Analyte Spiking Technique), the
percent recovery (%R) must be
determined for each target analyte
(Equation A5.5).
The reporter must also follow Section
4.1 of ASTM D6348–03 to ensure the F–
GHG remains in the gas phase. In order
for the test data to be acceptable for a
compound, the percent recovery must
be between 70 and 130 percent. If the
percent recovery does not meet this
criterion for a target compound, the test
data are not acceptable for that
compound and the test must be repeated
for that analyte (i.e., the sampling and/
or analytical procedure should be
adjusted before a retest). The percent
recovery value for each compound must
be reported in the test report, required
under 40 CFR 98.94(j)(4), and all field
measurements must be corrected with
the calculated percent recovery value
for that compound by using the
following equation:
Reported result = measured
concentration in the stack × (100/%R).
As noted by the commenter, the use of
ASTM D6348–03 could result in the loss
of the ability to generate compoundspecific correction factors if the system
does not sufficiently recover the
analytes (i.e., the percent recovery value
is not between 70 and 130 percent). In
this case, the testing facility would be
required to perform a retest for the target
analyte. Therefore, although the use of
ASTM D6348–03 provides some
efficiency, facilities must assume this
risk when using the ASTM method.
Comment: One commenter noted that
a facility may choose to report
emissions as equal to consumption for
a gas if consumption of that gas is less
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
than 50 kg per year in a fab, if using the
default emission factor method, as
specified in 40 CFR 98.93(a). The
commenter asserted that, under the
stack testing alternative, a facility
should also not be required to test for
a gas that is not one of the listed
‘‘expected by-products’’ if consumption
of that gas is less than 50 kg per year
in a fab. To ensure clarity on this point,
the commenter requested that the EPA
modify 40 CFR 98.93(a) to state that, if
a fab uses less than 50 kg of a F–GHG
in one reporting year, the reporter may
calculate emissions as equal to the fab’s
annual consumption for that specific gas
as calculated in Equation I–11 of
subpart I. If this is done and the stack
testing method under 40 CFR 98.94(j) is
used, the commenter stated that testing
for the gas should not be required unless
it is one of the expected by-products.
Response: In the proposed rule, EPA
neglected to update 40 CFR 98.93(a) to
clarify that the provision allowing fabs
to calculate emissions as equal to
consumption if their fab consumes less
than 50 kg of a F–GHG only applies to
facilities using the estimation methods
in 40 CFR 98.93(a)(1) and (a)(2). For the
stack testing method, our intent at
proposal was to minimize the burden by
providing reporters a method to
calculate emissions of F–GHGs used in
small quantities that was similar but not
equal to that of the provisions under the
default emission factor method for gases
consumed in quantities of less than 50
kg. To achieve this burden reduction,
we proposed provisions for intermittent
low-use gases at 40 CFR 98.93(i)(4)(i).
Additionally, we specified under 40
CFR 98.94(j)(1)(ii) of the proposed
amendments, ‘‘you must measure for
. . . those fluorinated GHGs used as
input fluorinated GHG in process tools
vented to the stack system, except for
any intermittent low-use fluorinated
GHG as defined in § 98.98.’’ We did not
intend for the provisions under 40 CFR
98.93(a) regarding input gases
consumed in quantities less than 50 kg
per reporting year to apply to fabs using
the stack testing method because they
would have been duplicative of the
provisions for intermittent low-use
gases specified at 40 CFR 98.93(i)(4)(i).
To clarify that reporters may only
calculate emissions as equal to
consumption if their fab consumes less
than 50 kg of a F–GHG in one reporting
year and they are using default emission
factors for that fab, we have moved the
provision from 40 CFR 98.93(a) and
placed it in 40 CFR 98.93(a)(1) and
(a)(2). We have also clarified the
provision by specifying that the reporter
must also include any by-product
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
emissions of the gas as calculated in 40
CFR 98.93(a).
Additionally, in our review of the
emissions estimation requirements for
intermittent low-use gases for facilities
using the stack testing method in 40
CFR 98.93(i), we have determined that
in some cases, a facility may use an
intermittent low-use gas that does not
have associated default gas utilization
and by-product formation rates in
Tables I–11 through I–15. For example,
if a facility uses C4F8O in manufacturing
semiconductors on 300 mm wafers,
Table I–12 of subpart I does not have
applicable default utilization and byproduct formation rate factors. For these
cases, we have included a provision in
40 CFR 98.93(i)(4) for facilities to
calculate emissions of these gases by
assuming utilization and by-product
formation rates of zero for those gases.
Facilities will also account for
abatement of these gases, if abatement
systems are present on the tools
associated with those stacks.
Comment: Two commenters
questioned the applicability of the
definition of the time interval in
Equations I–17 and I–18 at 40 CFR
98.93(i)(3)(ii), which specifies that
‘‘each time interval in the sampling
period must be less than or equal to 60
minutes (for example an 8 hour
sampling period would consist of at
least 8 time intervals).’’ One commenter
observed that the sum of the average
concentrations in Equations I–17 and I–
18 are numerically equivalent whether
the minimum time interval is one hour
or one minute. The commenters
requested that the requirement for
minimum time intervals (tm) over the
duration of the 8-hour (minimum) stack
test either be removed entirely, or be
made specific to the use of the FTIR
method.
The commenters further explained
that when the FTIR method is used, the
sampling period time intervals are
typically on the order of minutes, and
so the requirement for a minimum of a
60 minute time interval is easily
achieved. However, in the future GC–
MS or similar types of appropriately
validated methods may be used that
collect composite samples continuously
over the 8-hour sampling period. In
these situations, the EPA requirement as
currently worded would obligate the
sampling technician to collect a
minimum of 8 one-hour time-integrated
samples. The commenters contended
that such an obligation would be
excessive, and would provide little
benefit because the 8-hour composite
sample itself provides an appropriate
average.
PO 00000
Frm 00021
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
68181
The commenters requested that 40
CFR 98.93(i)(3)(ii) either delete the
requirement for a minimum time
interval, or make it specific to the FTIR
method, by specifying that each time
interval in an FTIR sampling period
must be less than or equal to 60 minutes
(for example an 8-hour sampling period
would consist of at least 8 time
intervals). Another commenter
recommended that the language in the
final rule be revised to allow for
continuous 8-hour testing rather than 8
individual one-hour runs.
Response: The EPA agrees with
comments regarding sampling times
when using the stack test option. The
EPA recognizes that in typical FTIR
sampling, which is the method
incorporated into the proposed use of
EPA Method 320, the sampling period
time intervals are typically on the order
of minutes; however, instead of
specifying a potentially restrictive
sampling period (i.e., a 1 minute basis),
the EPA chose to allow facilities and
their testing contractors to decide the
most appropriate sampling period.
Additionally, the EPA’s intention was to
require facilities to collect concentration
measurement data that were
representative of the entire 8-hour (or
more) sampling period. As a result, the
EPA proposed that concentration
measurement data be collected, at a
minimum, on an hourly basis. The EPA
agrees with the commenter that, if a
composite sampling method was used to
conduct stack testing, either through the
use of an approved alternative method
or through future rule amendments, the
requirement to collect a minimum of 8
one-hour time integrated samples would
not apply since the composite sample
itself would provide a time integrated
sample. As a result, the EPA is
incorporating the commenters’
suggested revision to 40 CFR
98.93(i)(3)(ii). However, the EPA notes
that the GC/MS method is not an
approved method in this final rule and
thus any reporter preferring to use that
method would need to follow the
procedures found in 40 CFR 98.94(k).
Comment: Two commenters
expressed concern with the requirement
to certify that no changes in stack flow
configuration occur between tests
conducted for any particular fab in a
reporting year. The commenters
recognized that it is important to ensure
that the system is relatively static over
the course of a round of testing, but
stated that a certification of ‘‘no
changes’’ goes beyond what is necessary
and reasonable. The commenters noted
that a fab may readily be able to certify
that no significant changes have
occurred over the relatively short time
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
68182
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
required to complete the consecutive
testing of multiple stacks. However, a
facility may not be able to certify that
no changes occurred during testing
because one or more process tools might
have been added to or subtracted from
a stack system during that time period
because, as part of normal operation, a
process tool might be disconnected or
added during a week of testing, but such
an action should not invalidate the test.
Such an action would not cause a
significant change in emissions, since a
single process tool (or small number of
them) would represent a small fraction
of the total. The commenter stated that,
in addition, there is typically a time lag
between the time a process tool
connection is made and the time the
process tool is up to full production and
emissions.
The commenters proposed that the
certification criterion in 40 CFR
98.94(j)(1)(iv) be modified so that
reporters must identify any changes that
occurred over the course of testing,
including any GHG emitting process
tools newly connected to or
disconnected from the system. The
reporter must also certify that no
process tools that were in operation at
the start of the test period have been
moved to a different stack during the
test period and that no point-of-use
abatement systems on active process
tools have been permanently removed
from service during the test period.
Response: The EPA agrees with the
commenters’ suggestions regarding stack
flow configuration certification
requirements. Our original intent of
requiring reporters to certify that no
changes in stack flow configuration
occur between tests was to ensure that
emission factors developed as a result of
testing are representative of normal
operations, and to avoid under or over
reporting of emissions as a result of
reporters directing emissions from one
stack to another stack between testing of
separate stack systems, or by taking
process tools with lower utilization
efficiencies offline during testing.
Based on the information provided by
the commenters, the EPA agrees that the
addition and removal of a limited
number of process tools to a stack
system is a common occurrence under
normal operating conditions. As a
result, we are revising the certification
requirement under 40 CFR
98.94(j)(1)(iv) to require reporters to
certify that no significant changes in
stack flow configuration occur between
tests conducted for any particular fab in
a reporting year. Specifically, reporters
must certify that no more than 10
percent of the total number of F–GHG or
N2O emitting process tools are
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
connected or disconnected from a stack
system during testing. Although the
commenters did not provide a
quantitative limit when referring to ‘‘a
small fraction of the total,’’ we
determined that it is necessary to limit
the number of tools connected or
disconnected to a single stack system
during testing to ensure there are no
significant changes in emissions.
Additionally, we agree with the
commenters’ suggestion to require
reporters to certify that no process tools
that were in operation at the start of the
test period have been moved to a
different stack during the test period,
and that no point of use abatement
systems have been permanently
removed from service during the test
period. We also agree with the
commenters that any changes during the
test period must be identified.
Therefore, we are requiring reporters to
document and record such changes in
the emissions test data and report
required under 40 CFR 98.97(i)(3).
Comment: Two commenters requested
that the final rule include a specific list
of by-products that are to be included in
the testing instead of the requirement
for a facility-specific analysis of
‘‘expected’’ or ‘‘possible’’ by products
for each series of tests. This approach
would eliminate uncertainty for the
facility that the analysis was sufficient
for purposes of the rule. The commenter
noted that the EPA suggested a list of six
chemicals that would be treated as
potential by-products: CF4, C2F6, CHF3,
C3F8, C4F6, and C4F8 (77 FR 63546). The
commenter stated that the latest round
of data gathering also found CH2F2,
CH3F, and C5F8 as by-products in some
instances. The commenter
recommended that these three gases be
added to the list of ‘‘possible’’ byproduct gases to be tested for under the
stack test alternative. The commenter
further recommended that the list of
‘‘expected’’ by-product gases, that will
be assumed to be present at half the FDL
even if they are not detected, be limited
to the five C1 and C2 compounds (CF4,
C2F6, CHF3, CH2F2, and CH3F) because
the four C3, C4 and C5 by-products
(C3F8, C4F6, c-C4F8 and C5F8) were found
in only a handful of tests. The
commenter stated that the four
‘‘possible’’ by-products would be tested
for and, if detected, they would be
reported as detected and at half the FDL
for any interval in that round of testing
where they are not detected. If not
detected, they would be reported as
zero.
A third commenter supported the
EPA’s proposal to require that all fabs
using the stack testing method test for
the most common six by-product gases
PO 00000
Frm 00022
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(CF4, C2F6, C3F8, C4F6, C4F8, and CHF3).
The commenter supported the EPA’s
rationale that the cost of testing for six,
as opposed to two, of these gases is
expected to be low, because the tests
would be conducted at the same time,
with the same equipment and
personnel.
Response: The EPA agrees with the
commenters’ suggestion to designate
specific F–GHGs as ‘‘expected’’ and
‘‘possible’’ by-products. In the final rule,
we are adding Table I–17, which
includes a list of expected by-products
and a list of possible by-products.
Facilities are required to test for both
expected and possible by-products. If
expected by-products are not detected
during a round of testing, facilities are
required to assume that they are emitted
at one-half of the FDL. If possible byproducts are not detected during a
round of testing, facilities are required
to equate their emissions to zero for that
round of testing.
This approach simplifies the rule,
provides certainty for purposes of
implementation, and relieves facilities
of the burden of determining which byproducts should be tested for or
assumed to be emitted if they are not
detected. By establishing a
comprehensive list of by-products to
include in testing, it also avoids routine
underestimates of emissions that could
result if a facility did not test for a byproduct that was in fact emitted.
We agree with the commenter’s
suggestion to add CHF3, CH2F2, and
CH3F to the list of expected by-products.
With these additions, the list of
expected by-products includes CF4,
C2F6, CHF3, CH2F2, and CH3F. Based on
all the emission factor data available to
the EPA, CF4 was identified as a byproduct in 532 instances, C2F6 in 589
instances, CHF3 in 297, CH2F2 in 21,
and CH3F in seven instances out of a
total of 1,149 data sets.
The EPA also agrees with the
commenters’ recommendation to
include the four C3 to C5 compounds
(C3F8, C4F6, c-C4F8 and C5F8) in the list
of ‘‘possible’’ by-products in the final
rule. Based on all the emission factor
data available to the EPA, C3F8 was
identified in four instances, C4F6 in
three, c-C4F8 in five, and C5F8 in four of
1,149 data sets.
Comment: Three commenters asserted
that the maximum FDL values in Table
I–10 of the proposed amendments to
subpart I have been achieved in very
limited circumstances with specifically
enhanced FTIR measurement systems.
The commenters stated that the FDLs
are not achievable with conventional
FTIR systems in normal usage. The
commenters noted that stack testing at
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
three fabs was completed in support of
the testing alternative and the emissions
reports appear in the docket and that the
proposed maximum FDLs were not
always met. The commenters noted that
when the proposed maximum FDLs
were met, it was with customized
enhanced measurement systems. The
commenters stated that these maximum
FDLs should be either dropped from the
rule or raised substantially. The
commenters asserted that if they are not
removed or raised, the number of
available testing contractors and
equipment will be severely limited. If
the maximum FDLs are not met during
a test and the test results are
consequently considered invalid, very
expensive efforts and arrangements for
data gathering will be wasted. In light of
these concerns, the commenters
recommended that the maximum FDLs
be increased by a factor of five. With
that change, the fully fluorinated gases
would have a maximum FDL of 25
ppbv, SF6 would have a maximum FDL
of 5 ppbv, and other F–GHG would have
a maximum FDL of 50 ppbv. These
values would be considered maximum
allowable FDLs. However, if stack
testing at a site achieves lower FDLs, the
lower FDLs determined for that stack
test would be used for estimating
emissions of expected, but not detected
gases.
The commenters stated that allowing
facilities to use higher FDLs would not
affect testing results in a significant
way. One commenter provided a
comparison of emissions based on stack
test results by Intel, International
Business Machines (IBM) and Texas
Instruments Incorporated (TI) using
different FDL assumptions (Docket ID.
No EPA–HQ–OAR–2011–0028–0095).
The commenter asserted that, based on
their analysis, the impact when
accounting for five expected C1 and C2
by-products is minor and does not
change appreciably for the higher FDLs
except in the case of one facility that
had very low concentrations in the
stacks resulting from the fact that
facility’s tools are fully abated.
One commenter supported the
proposed maximum FDLs, and agreed
that FDLs should be lower for F–GHGs
with higher GWPs.
Response: The EPA acknowledges the
industry commenters’ concerns with
respect to the proposed maximum FDLs.
The FDL is the lowest concentration at
which at which an F–GHG can be
detected during a specific field
measurement. The maximum allowed
FDL is the concentration at which an F–
GHG should be detectable when the
method is conducted properly and the
analytical instruments are used
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
correctly and of reasonable quality.
Maximum FDLs are specified to ensure
that the field measurements of F–GHG
emissions are of adequate quality and
accuracy, and that the fraction of total
emissions that are below the FDL (and
which have to be assumed to be one-half
the FDL) is minimized. As discussed in
the proposed amendments (77 FR
63547), EPA Method 320 requires the
specification of maximum FDLs because
the FDLs achieved by a method and
analytical instruments can have a
significant impact on the quality of the
measurements. Maximum FDLs are
necessary because if the FDL for a F–
GHG is too high, it may capture a
relatively large fraction of the fab’s
emissions of that F–GHG may occur at
concentrations that are lower than what
is detectable by the instrumentation.
This results in the uncertainty of the
emission estimates being
correspondingly high. Due to this fact,
the proposed amendments required that
facilities must use FDLs that are less
than or equal to the maximum FDLs in
Table I–10 to reduce the uncertainty
associated with the emissions estimates
under the stack test method. The
maximum FDLs in the proposed
amendments were based on FDLs
achieved at three different
semiconductor facilities and an analysis
of the magnitude of the emissions that
would occur (in CO2e) at various
possible maximum FDLs (see docket
item EPA–HQ–OAR–2011–0028–0085,
section 5.1.2). The proposed FDLs were
generally, though not always, close to
the average FDLs achieved across all
three facilities that submitted FDL
information to the EPA.
The EPA acknowledges the industry
commenters’ assertion that two of the
three facilities that submitted
information on FDLs (see IBM, Intel,
and TI test reports in docket EPA–HQ–
OAR–2011–0028) used enhanced FTIR
technology during stack testing and that
not all stack testing contractors have the
capability to perform these enhanced
FTIR measurements. The EPA reanalyzed the available information to
assess the FDL levels that were
achievable by the facilities using other
accurate and well-maintained FTIR,
including a facility that did not use
enhanced FTIR. Upon review of the
FDLs included in the three test reports,
we determined that increasing the
proposed FDLs by a factor of four
increases the values to a level that
should be consistently achievable by
testers using FTIR equipment under
EPA Method 320, even if the tester does
not use enhanced FTIR techniques. At
these levels (four times the proposed
PO 00000
Frm 00023
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
68183
maximum FDLs), all of the three stack
tests that were conducted in support of
the proposed amendments comply with
the final FDLs for each of the F–GHGs
specified in Table I–10. In contrast, only
two of the three facilities that submitted
data would have been able to achieve
FDLs that were equal to or lower than
the proposed maximum FDLs. We
anticipate that the FTIR equipment and
techniques used by these three facilities
are representative of what would be
used by the field of reporters and
represent accurate and well-maintained
equipment and techniques in the
industry. As a result, the EPA is
promulgating revised FDL values in
Table I–10 to subpart I that are
equivalent to the proposed values
multiplied by a factor of four. The EPA
determined that it was not necessary to
increase the maximum allowed FDLs by
a factor of five, as suggested by the
industry commenter, to establish levels
that could be achieved by testing
companies using EPA Method 320
because the analysis of data and
information provided to EPA on this
topic demonstrated that an increase by
a factor of four represents the
appropriate FDL values. The final FDLs
achieve the necessary balance between
achievable FDLs and minimum
uncertainty in the emission
measurements derived from stack
testing.
The EPA appreciates the support of
the one commenter for the proposed
maximum FDLs. However, as explained
earlier in this response, the maximum
FDLs were revised since proposal to a
level that better reflects the FDLs that
can be achieved by testing companies
using the methods included in the final
rule. The EPA would also like to clarify
that the maximum FDLs that were
included in the proposed and final rule
were based primarily on the technical
achievability of those levels. The GWP
of the corresponding gases was used
only to determine the overall effect on
emissions (in CO2e) of the different
maximum FDL, and it was observed that
the achieved FDLs were lower for gases
with higher GWPs that were also easier
to detect (see EPA–HQ–OAQ–2011–
0028–0085, section 5.1.2).
Comment: Two commenters
supported the proposed provisions to
allow facilities subject to Subpart I to
use prior stack testing completed in
support of rule development to establish
initial emissions factors under the stack
test alternative, as long as the tests were
completed no earlier than the date 3
years before the date of publication of
the final rule amendments. The
commenters noted that stack testing at
three facilities in support of the
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
68184
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
proposed rule was completed in 2011.
The commenters requested that the EPA
clarify that all data collected during the
calendar year 2011 regardless of the
month that the final rule is published
will meet the ‘‘within 3-year’’ criterion
for pre-rule data collection.
One commenter further explained that
for testing conducted prior to the final
rule, a fab may not have collected all
required data elements and/or may not
have collected all data elements in a
manner consistent with all criteria in
the final rule, and abatement systems
may not have been certified in the 2011
testing as specified in the final rule. As
a result, the commenter requested that
the final rule be explicit that a fab may
use prior stack test data to set emissions
factors under the stack test alternative if
the key substantive requirements were
met, any deviations from the final rule
are reported to the EPA and the EPA
provides concurrence with the use of
the data. The commenter stated that in
evaluating whether to accept the earlier
test results, the EPA should exercise its
discretion to allow the use of data
recorded during earlier testing, even if
the procedures used do not match
exactly what appears as a requirement
in the final rule.
Response: The EPA agrees with the
commenter’s suggestions regarding the
use of data collected in calendar year
2011 in the stack testing alternative. In
the final amendments to subpart I,
under 40 CFR 98.94(j)(7), the EPA is
clarifying that data collected on or after
January 1, 2011 may be used in the
relative standard deviation calculation
in 40 CFR 98.94(j)(5)(ii) if the previous
results were determined using a method
meeting the requirements in paragraph
40 CFR 98.94(j)(2). The EPA is also
allowing reporters to use data collected
on or after January 1, 2011 but before
January 1, 2014, using a method that did
not meet all the requirements of 40 CFR
98.94(j), on a case-by-case basis,
contingent on Administrator (or an
authorized representative’s) approval.
Reporters would describe any
deviations from the methods and
provisions in the final rule and the EPA
would review and approve or
disapprove the use of those data in the
stack testing alternative, according to a
review procedure that is similar to that
followed for review and approval of an
alternative stack testing method
specified in 40 CFR 98.94(k). However,
this procedure does not require the use
of EPA Method 301 to validate the prior
test data. The EPA would retain the
right to not approve the use of data that
does not meet the data quality
requirements in 40 CFR 98.94(j)(7). See
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:21 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
40 CFR 98.94(j)(7) for more details
regarding the use of data collected prior
to the promulgation of the final
amendments in the relative standard
deviation calculation.
Comment: One commenter asked the
agency to reconsider its proposal to
allow facilities to conduct multiple tests
in a single year with the aim of
demonstrating low variability and
becoming exempt from annual testing.
The commenter stated that given the
magnitude and rate of change in the
semiconductor industry, facilities
should, at a minimum, be required to do
annual tests for a period of 3 years
before qualifying for an exemption of up
to 5 years. The commenter expressed
concern that the measured emission
factors could be stable over a one-year
period but not over a three-year period.
Response: The EPA agrees with the
commenter that it is possible an
emission factor determined from three
tests in one year could be representative
of a fab’s emissions over a one-year
period, but not over a three-year period.
However, the types of factors that could
affect the emissions over a three-year
period, such that the emission factors
developed from conducting three tests
in one year are no longer representative,
are likely to be the same types of factors
that would trigger the requirements to
perform a new test, as promulgated at 40
CFR 98.94(j)(8). Therefore, it is unlikely
that a reporter could substantially
change a facility in such a way that the
emissions would change substantially
without triggering the requirement to
perform a retest.
If a facility is required to perform a retest, the results of that test will not
extend the date of the next scheduled
test. If a facility is required to conduct
a re-test, the facility must also use the
data from the re-test and the two most
recent previous stack tests to evaluate
whether the facility still meets the
criteria to skip annual testing. If the
facility no longer meets those criteria,
the facility must resume testing
regardless of when the facility qualified
to skip annual testing. The facility may
perform annual testing or may perform
multiple tests in a single year to collect
sufficient new data to see if they again
qualify to skip annual testing. Therefore,
the option for facilities to perform
multiple emissions tests within the
same year would not allow facilities to
use data that are not representative of
current emissions, provided they adhere
to the provisions in 40 CFR 98.94(j)(5).
Comment: One commenter agreed
with the list of changes at a fab included
in 40 CFR 98.94(j)(8) that trigger the
requirement that a stack system be
PO 00000
Frm 00024
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
retested. The commenter suggested
additional fab changes identified in the
context of the triennial technology
assessment report required under 40
CFR 98.96(y) that should also trigger
retesting (e.g., implementation of new
process technologies, introduction of
new tool platforms, and introduction of
new processes on existing platforms).
Another commenter stated that potential
new process technologies that would
change the nature of the emissions of
GHGs from semiconductor
manufacturing would trigger one or
more of the six triggers for retesting
included in 40 CFR 98.94(j)(8). The
second commenter predicted that the
triggers that would most likely be
affected by new process technologies
would be the change in the
consumption of a F–GHG by more than
10 percent of the total annual F–GHG
consumption (in CO2e), the change in
the consumption of an intermittent lowuse F–GHG, or a decrease by more than
10 percent in the fraction of process
tools with abatement systems.
Response: Based on the comments on
the proposal, the EPA has concluded
that the re-test triggers that were
proposed and promulgated under 40
CFR 98.94(j)(8) are adequate to capture
changes in fab emissions as a result of
new process technologies, new tool
platforms, and new processes on
existing platforms. These types of
changes are already accounted for by the
criteria that that are specified in 40 CFR
98.94(j)(8), and no new criteria have
been added in the final rule. However,
the EPA has included additional
recordkeeping requirements in 40 CFR
98.97 to verify compliance with the
factors that would trigger a retest.
Specifically, we are revising 40 CFR
98.97(i)(3) to require records of the
identity and total annual consumption
of each gas identified as an intermittent
low use F–GHG, to verify any change in
the consumption of an intermittent lowuse F–GHG that was not used during the
emissions test and not reflected in the
fab-specific emission factor, such that it
no longer meets the definition of an
intermittent low-use F–GHG. We are
also adding a new provision at 40 CFR
98.97(i)(9) to require records of the total
number of tools at each stack in the fab
which, along with the number of
abatement systems, is needed to verify
if a facility has a decrease by more than
10 percent in the fraction of tools with
abatement systems compared to the
number during the most recent
emissions test.
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
2. Revisions to the Default Gas
Utilization Rates and By-Product
Formation Rates for the Plasma Etch
Process Category for Facilities That
Manufacture Semiconductors
Comment: One commenter provided
additional input on the merging of the
default gas utilization and by-product
formation rates for wafer clean and etch
processes. The commenter provided
data from industry publications for the
total F–GHG usage for these processes.
The commenter stated that wafer
cleaning is between 0.8 and 2 percent of
total 200 mm F–GHG usage. The
commenter stated that five gases are
used in 200 mm wafer cleaning. The
commenter noted that four of the five
gases are also used in 200 mm chamber
cleaning and etch processes, and one
gas is used in etch and wafer cleaning.
The commenter asserted that because
wafer cleaning is a low percentage of
200 mm F–GHG usage, combining wafer
cleaning and etch processes will have a
minor impact on the accuracy of the
emissions estimates under Subpart I.
Response: The EPA proposed to
combine the etch and wafer cleaning
categories, which could reduce the
apportioning required of a facility and
potentially reduce gas apportioning
errors if the facility uses the same F–
GHGs for wafer cleaning and etch.
Facilities using 150 mm and 200 mm
wafers typically need to apportion three
to five gases between the plasma etch
and chamber cleaning process types/
subtypes. As noted by the commenter,
five gases are typically used in 200 mm
wafer cleaning (C2F6, CF4, CHF3, NF3,
and SF6) and each of these gases are also
used in either the etch and/or chamber
cleaning process types.
The effect of gas apportioning errors
on GHG emissions accuracy depends
upon the difficulty of the gas
apportionment by gas and process type/
subtype. For example, no
apportionment error would be present
for gases used only in one process and
little apportionment error would result
if only small portions of gas use are
allocated to processes other than the
dominant one. The overall impact of
apportioning on the accuracy of the
GHG estimate depends on each gas’s
GWP value and its contribution to the
total fab emissions. As noted in the
preamble to the proposed amendments
to subpart I (77 FR 63552), the gases
used for plasma etch and wafer clean
have similar gas utilization rates and byproduct formation rates. Furthermore, as
provided in the ‘‘Technical Support for
Modifications to the Fluorinated
Greenhouse Gas Emission Estimation
Method Option for Semiconductor
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
Facilities under Subpart I’’ (see Docket
Id. No. EPA–HQ–OAR–2011–0028–
0083) and supported in the data
provided by commenters, wafer
cleaning is expected to represent a small
percentage of total gas consumption for
facilities manufacturing wafers 200 mm
or smaller. Because the gases used in
wafer cleaning at 200 mm facilities
represent only a small portion of total
fab emissions, the EPA does not
anticipate that merging the etch and
wafer clean subcategories will greatly
impact the accuracy of GHG emission
estimates. Therefore, the final rule will
combine the wafer clean and etch
process types for fabs using 150 and 200
mm diameter wafers. The final rule will
also combine the wafer clean and etch
process types for fabs using 300 and 450
mm diameter wafers.
Comment: Several commenters
supported the use of default gas
utilization rates and by-product
formation rates under subpart I. One
commenter claimed that the method
allows for the use of emissions factors
and abatement efficiency factors that
have been derived from extensive
testing and provide the basis for high
quality emissions estimates without
disruptive testing in the fab
environment where operating uptime is
critical to the productivity of the fab.
The commenter stated that much of the
data used to derive the factors in the
proposed rule came from the efforts of
the semiconductor industry in advance
of the proposed rule. The commenter
noted that SIA and ISMI continued
emissions factor data collection
activities during settlement discussions
to improve the representativeness of the
emissions factor database.
The commenter provided 168
additional gas utilization and byproduct formation rate data sets, noting
that the data were provided by
semiconductor process equipment
suppliers and device manufacturers for
200 mm and 300 mm plasma etch
equipment. The commenter asserted
that the 2012 data closed gaps in the
emissions factor database and allowed
for establishment of default emission
factors for every gas used in
semiconductor plasma etch processes,
as identified in a 2011 ISMI survey. The
commenter provided an analysis of the
integrated database and the resulting
emission factors (see Docket Id. No.
EPA–HQ–OAR–2011–0028–0095). The
commenter further stated that a
minimum of 23 data sets for each gas
were used to develop emission factors
for each gas that is 1 percent or more of
the total F–GHG usage for each wafer
size. The commenter stated that the four
gases with four or less data sets are
PO 00000
Frm 00025
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
68185
either not used for etch or are much less
than 0.1 percent of total F–GHG usage
for that wafer size.
The commenter also provided a
comparison of default emission factors
based on the added data to the default
emission factors in the 2012 proposed
rule (EPA–HQ–OAR–2011–0028–0095).
The commenter noted that when a large
dataset was previously available to
establish the proposed revised default
emission factors, the addition of the
2012 data did not appreciably change
the proposed revised default factors.
The commenter also provided a list of
the revised default by-product emission
factors for 200 mm and 300 mm etch
based on the additional data (EPA–HQ–
OAR–2011–0028–0095). The commenter
noted that several by-products, namely
C5F8, CH3F, and CH2F2, that were not
detected previously, were observed
during this round of testing. The
commenter reasoned that this may be
the result of data being provided for tool
and gas combinations that were not
previously tested. The commenter
suggested that these new by-products
would have no discernible effect on
reported emissions because the byproduct emission factors are small and
the GWPs of these gases are less than
200.
Response: The EPA thanks the
commenter for the additional data
provided during the public comment
period. The EPA incorporated the
provided data into the existing etch
process type emissions factor database
to calculate new and revised gas
utilization and by-product formation
rates for the final rule. The EPA used
the emission factor calculation
methodology outlined in the proposed
rule to evaluate the new and revised
emission factors. Specifically, the EPA:
(1) Used a simple arithmetic averaging
method to develop default utilization
and by-product emission factors by gas
for the etch process type; and
(2) Used the ‘‘all inputs gas’’
convention for assigning by-product
formation rates (emission factors) for
etch gases. This convention assigns byproduct emissions to input F–GHGs
used in a process by dividing the
measured mass emitted of a specific byproduct by the total mass of all input F–
GHGs for that process and assigning this
by-product factor to each input F–GHG
used in that process. This is the same
approach used in developing the
proposed revised emission factors in the
2012 proposed rule.
For semiconductor manufacturing
using 200 mm wafers, the data provided
by the commenter added one gas
utilization rate for semiconductor
manufacturing for which no data were
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
68186
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
previously available (for C5F8 as an
input gas) and revised the utilization
rates of nine F–GHGs. For
semiconductor manufacturing using 300
mm wafers, the new data added two gas
utilization rates, for C3F8 and CH3F, and
revised the utilization rates of 10 F–
GHGs.
The new data also provided 75
revised by-product formation rates,
including three new by-products not
previously identified (for the byproducts C5F8, CH3F, and CH2F2).
The EPA’s analysis of the new
emission factor data for input gases and
by-product gases is included in the
docket for the final rulemaking in the
item entitled ‘‘Technical Support for
Final Modifications to the Fluorinated
Greenhouse Gas Emission Factors and
By-Product Formation Rates for
Semiconductor Facilities under Subpart
I’’ (EPA–HQ–OAR–2011–0028).
Comment: A commenter noted that in
the preamble to the proposed rule (77
FR 63551), the EPA asked for an
explanation of the zeros in the data
previously collected and provided by
SIA and used by the EPA to calculate
the default emissions factors. The
commenter noted that because the data
came from a wide range of sources, the
commenter cannot be certain of the
basis of the zero entries in the data base.
The commenter suggested that the zeros
most likely mean that a gas was not
present above the detection limit
achieved during the test, but there is a
small chance that the tester did not look
for the gas. The commenter stated that
in the interest of conservative emissions
reporting, they agree that it is
appropriate to err on the ‘‘high side’’ by
determining by-product factors only
using the non-zero results. The
commenter stated that the default
factors would be less if the zeros were
included in determining the average
emissions factor and that it is likely that
the default by-product emissions factors
would also be lower if the zeros were
included at half the detection limit,
using the practice proposed by the EPA
for measuring the presence of certain
gases when implementing the stack
alternative. The commenter stated
however, that it is not possible to do so
for the default by-product emissions
factors based on the data collected by
the commenter because the field
detection limits (FDLs) for each test
were not previously collected. For these
reasons, the commenter recommended
that the EPA retain the approach used
in the proposed rule for determining
default by-product emissions factors
from the available data.
Response: The EPA agrees with the
commenter on the method for averaging
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
the available by-product emission factor
data and with the likely basis for the
zeros in the data collected. The EPA
considered averaging the available
emissions data using either the zeros in
the available data or half the detection
limit for the by-product gas if the data
gatherer looked for, but did not detect,
by-product emissions. However,
because it is not apparent that the basis
of the zeros in the data represent
instances where a by-product was
looked for, but not detected, and
because the field detection limits for
each test were not previously collected,
the EPA agrees with the commenter that
the averaging approach used in the
proposed amendments to subpart I is
appropriate. In determining revised
default by-product emission factors for
the final rule, the EPA used the simple
arithmetic mean of all available nonzero by-product emission factor data for
each gas, wafer size, and process-type or
subtype using the revised etch
emissions database. If additional byproduct emission factor data are made
available to the EPA in the future, and
those data include instances where a byproduct was looked for, but not
detected, and field detection limits are
provided, the EPA may reassess the byproduct emission factor calculation
methodology.
Comment: One commenter stated that
Equation I–15b should be eliminated.
The commenter stated that the
calculated abatement unit uptime for
the process gases for which the
abatement system is certified for
treatment is the same for by-product
treatment. The commenter further noted
that where the unit is not effective for
one or more of the by-product gases, it
will not be certified to treat that gas and
the DRE will be zero, and where a unit
has a lower uptime for a subset of the
certified gases, that lower, gas specific
uptime would be applied to applicable
by-product gas(es). The commenter
stated that companies will have
abatement uptime data organized by
input gas type, and the uptime for the
input gases will match the uptime for
the by-product gases. The commenter
contended that there is no need to
perform a separate calculation of
abatement system uptime for by-product
gases, and enabling companies to
calculate uptime by the combination of
input and by-product gas would
simplify calculations and recordkeeping
while not reducing the accuracy of the
uptime data.
Response: The EPA agrees with the
commenter that only a single uptime
equation is needed and has removed
Equation I–15b from the final rule, and
modified Equation I–15a (Equation I–15
PO 00000
Frm 00026
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
in the final rule) so that it is applicable
to both abatement systems treating input
gases and by-product gases.
In developing the proposed rule
amendments, the EPA developed
separate equations under the
assumption that the population of
abatement systems treating a particular
input gas could be different from the
population of abatement systems
treating a by-product gas because not all
input gas and process combinations
create the same by-product gases.
However, the uptime calculated by
Equations I–15a and I–15b is used in
Equations I–8 and I–9, respectively, and
in those latter two equations, emissions
are tied to the consumption of the same
input gas, Cij. Therefore, uptime only
needs to be calculated for the abatement
systems receiving the input gas, Cij, and
separate uptime does not need to be
calculated for the by-product gas. As the
commenter correctly notes, where an
abatement system is not certified for the
treatment of a particular by-product gas
from an input gas, the DRE for that gas
will be zero, and the uptime of the
system will be irrelevant.
The EPA has also made the other
conforming changes in other sections of
the final rule to remove the references
to Equation I–15b as noted by the
commenter.
3. Apportioning Model Verification for
Facilities that Manufacture Electronics
Comment: One commenter noted that
in the proposed amendments at 40 CFR
98.94(c)(2)(iv), the period of
representative gas consumption used to
verify the apportioning model when
using the stack method would be
required to end exactly on the day that
stack testing is completed. The
commenter noted that most gas use
accounting is managed on a monthly
basis, so it would not be practical to end
the period on the same day that testing
is completed. The commenter suggested
that the rule should allow the
apportioning model to be validated over
a period that ends between the first and
last day of the accounting month(s) in
which the stack testing takes place
because this would simplify the data
collection for locations without
significantly affecting the accuracy of
the gas use estimates used in the
verification. The commenter noted that
40 CFR 98.94(c)(2)(i), which is
referenced by 40 CFR 98.94(c)(2)(iv),
allows the representative period to be ‘‘
. . . at least 30 days but not more than
the reporting year.’’ Enabling locations
to use an end date within the
accounting month, instead of tying it to
the last day of stack testing, would
simplify the data collection without
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
introducing error, particularly if the
verification period is more than 90 days.
The gas usage accounting systems at
some semiconductor facilities are based
on accounting months (e.g., 13–4 week
months) rather than calendar months.
The commenter asked that 40 CFR
98.94(c)(2)(iv) be revised to allow that
the time period specified in 40 CFR
98.94(c)(2)(i) ends on a day between the
first and last day of the accounting
month for the period that includes the
last day the facility performs stack
testing, or that is a defined period
ending on the last day of sampling
event.
Response: The EPA agrees with the
commenter that it is reasonable that the
period selected for apportioning model
verification, when a facility is using the
stack testing method, should be allowed
to coincide with the accounting period
used at the fab for normally tracking gas
consumption, and should not be tied to
the day on which testing is completed.
The EPA’s proposal was intended to
ensure that the representative period
selected to validate the apportioning
model coincided with the period during
which the stack testing was being
performed to ensure that gas
consumption during stack testing was
being estimated as accurately as
possible. The commenter’s suggested
change to 40 CFR 98.94(c)(2)(iv) would
achieve the same objective and would
also be consistent with the facility’s
normal accounting periods for gas
usage.
4. Calculating N2O Emissions for
Facilities That Manufacture Electronics
Table I–8 of subpart I provides two
default N2O emission factors. One factor
is for CVD processes using N2O, and the
other is for the aggregate of all other
N2O-using electronics manufacturing
processes. The EPA proposed to revise
the default N2O emission factor in Table
I–8 of subpart I for the aggregate of the
‘‘other’’ (non-CVD) N2O-using
manufacturing processes (77 FR 63560).
The current default emission factor is
1.0 kg of N2O emitted per kg of N2O
consumed. The proposed emission
factor was 1.14 kg of N2O emitted per
kg of N2O consumed, and represented
an average of the stack emission factors
for N2O (total N2O emissions/total N2O
consumption) measured in nine tests at
three fabs. (See EPA–HQ–OAR–2011–
0028–0084, section 5, for a summary of
the data used to develop the proposed
default emission factor.) The EPA did
not propose to revise the N2O emission
factor for CVD processes. The EPA
specifically sought comment on the
existing data and analysis supporting
the proposed emission factor, and
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
requested additional data and analysis.
The preamble noted that the average
N2O emissions from the stack testing
appeared to be greater than the N2O
consumption and, as a result, the
emission factor is greater than 1.0. The
preamble also noted that the proposed
emission factor was based on emissions
associated with total N2O consumption,
rather than just emissions and
consumption data associated with nonCVD applications (which were not
available to the EPA). Thus, the EPA
noted at proposal that when these data
were applied only to non-CVD N2O
consumption, they may not have fully
compensated for the unknown N2O
source that resulted in an emission
factor greater than 1.0, and that EPA did
not have an explanation for the apparent
creation of N2O. The preamble
requested comment on the existing data
and analysis supporting the proposed
revised default emission factor, and
noted that the EPA would consider new
information and data submitted by
commenters in developing the final
default emission factor.
Comment: No commenters offered an
explanation for the apparent creation of
N2O reflected by the average N2O
emission factor greater than 1.0, nor did
any commenters provide any additional
N2O emission factor data.
Two commenters recommended that
the N2O process categories should be
aligned with the F–GHG categories to
ensure consistency and reduce the
potential for confusion. The
commenters suggested that the use of
the term CVD (chemical vapor
deposition) in the current rule does not
align with the established process
categories of chamber clean and/or
plasma etch/wafer cleaning. The
commenters proposed that the EPA
replace the terms ‘‘chemical vapor
deposition’’ or ‘‘CVD’’ where they
appear in Section 98.93(b)(1) and Table
I–8 with the following phrase:
‘‘processes associated with the chamber
clean process type.’’ The commenters
noted that N2O is sometimes used in the
deposition processes associated with the
in-situ, remote, and thermal chamber
cleaning tools and recipes, and
suggested that the application of N2O in
these circumstances is very similar and
the utilization rates are consistent. The
commenters suggested that the EPA
should continue to categorize those
N2O-using processes that do not fall into
the processes associated with the
chamber clean process type as ‘‘other
manufacturing processes.’’
Response: The EPA did not receive
any new N2O emission factor data that
can be used to resolve the uncertainties
associated with the data used to develop
PO 00000
Frm 00027
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
68187
the proposed emission factor for the
other N2O-using manufacturing
processes of 1.14 kg of N2O emitted per
kg of N2O consumed. As stated above,
at proposal the EPA had data from nine
tests of N2O emission rates from three
fabs owned by two companies. Six
measurements were from one fab, two
measurements were from a second fab,
and one measurement was from a third
fab. The second and third fab were
owned by the same company. In four of
the nine measurements, N2O emissions
were greater than N2O consumption,
and the emission factors were highly
variable both within and across fabs,
ranging from 0.34 to 1.89 kg emitted per
kg consumed. The EPA could not
explain the cause of the emission factors
that are greater than 1.0. Given the
highly variable nature of the measured
emission factor data, the small number
of tests, and the lack of information on
the specific processes represented by
those data, the EPA is not confident that
those data accurately represent
emissions from non-CVD processes used
in electronics manufacturing. Therefore,
the EPA is not finalizing the proposed
change to the emission factor that was
based on those data. The N2O emission
factors will remain as they are in the
current Table I–8 of subpart I. The
emission factor for CVD will remain at
0.8 and for all other N2O using
processes at 1.0 kg of N2O emitted per
kg of N2O consumed. The EPA does not
have, at this time, a sufficient amount of
data to support any changes to these
emission factors.
The EPA is also not accepting the
suggestion at this time to revise the N2O
categories in Table I–8 of subpart I to
include CVD and chamber clean under
a single category of ‘‘processes
associated with the chamber clean
process type.’’ The EPA does not have
data at this time to demonstrate that the
utilization rates in the deposition
processes associated with the in-situ,
remote, and thermal cleaning process
types are similar to those in the CVD
process type and should, therefore, be
combined into a single category.
The EPA will continue to work with
industry to understand these N2Oemitting processes and to gather
additional data and information for
potential future revisions. One potential
avenue for gathering information and
data will be through the triennial
technology assessment report specified
in 40 CFR 98.96(y), although the EPA
may accept new data at any time they
are available.
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
68188
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
5. Abatement System Destruction and
Removal Efficiency (DRE) for Facilities
That Manufacture Electronics
Comment: One commenter suggested
revising the definition of abatement
system to clarify which abatement
systems are covered under the
requirements in Subpart I as follows:
‘‘Abatement system means a device or
equipment that is designed to destroy or
remove F–GHGs and N2O in waste
exhaust streams from one or more
electronics manufacturing production
processes.’’
The commenter explained that there
are abatement units installed in fabs for
purposes other than GHG abatement,
including but not limited to solids
removal, pyrophoric destruction, and
volatile organic compound (VOC)
emissions control. The commenter
noted that under the current rule
language, it appears that if any of the
regulated GHGs are exhausted to these
units, one is technically required to
manage them under the requirements of
Subpart I. These types of units are not
designed for F–GHG treatment and any
treatment which does occur is
incidental and would not be capable of
being certified under the rule
requirements. The commenter stated
that inclusion of the ‘‘designed to’’
phrase clarifies that only systems
designed to treat F-gas emissions are
covered by the requirements of the
regulation.
Response: The EPA agrees with the
commenter and has revised the
definition of abatement system as
suggested by the commenter. However,
in response to other comments, the EPA
has also revised the definition to
include abatement systems for which
the F–GHG or N2O DRE has been
measured according to 40 CFR 98.94(f).
The EPA recognizes that some systems
that were not specifically designed for
F–GHG or N2O abatement may still
achieve substantial F–GHG or N2O
abatement for certain gases and some
facilities may wish to account for this
abatement in calculating emissions.
The EPA notes that only data from
abatement systems that were
specifically designed to abate F–GHG or
N2O emissions were used to develop the
final default DREs. As a result, those
default DREs will be applied only to
those systems specifically designed to
abate F–GHGS or N2O, as appropriate,
under the requirements of subpart I.
To account for abatement systems that
may have been installed to abate other
gases, such as volatile organic
compounds or hazardous air pollutants,
but achieve some level of F–GHG
abatement, the final rule will also allow
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
facilities to account for the DRE of
systems if a site-specific DRE has been
measured as specified in 40 CFR
98.94(f).
Because the final rule allows facilities
to account for the DRE of systems that
are specifically designed for F–GHG or
N2O abatement, and for those for which
a site-specific DRE has been measured,
including those that were not designed
for F–GHG or N2O abatement, the
definition of abatement system in the
final rule has been modified to account
for both situations.
In each situation, facilities will be
required to certify these systems
according to the applicable
requirements of 40 CFR 98.94(f), include
these systems in the abatement system
inventory included in the annual report
(40 CFR 98.96(q)), and meet the
recordkeeping requirements of 40 CFR
98.97 for abatement systems.
Comment: One commenter noted that
the abatement system count in a
particular gas and process type will
change over time. The commenter
asserted that a change in the number of
systems may lead to uncertainty in the
number of abatement systems that
should be included in the random
sampling abatement system testing
program specified in 40 CFR
98.94(f)(4)(ii)(A). In the proposed rule
amendments, the facility must test 20
percent of systems in a given gas and
process combination in the first 2 years
(a minimum of 10 percent per year until
reaching a minimum of 20 percent), and
at least 15 percent in each following 3year period (a minimum of five percent
per year until reaching at least 15
percent). The commenter requested that
the final rule clarify the number that
should be used as the basis for the
percentages and suggested that it should
be based on the number present at the
time the testing begins for the given
period of the testing. The commenter
explained that if five percent are tested
a year and units are added or removed
between that year and the next, that
round of testing still counts as five
percent.
Response: The EPA agrees with the
commenter that the final rule should
clarify the number of abatement systems
to be tested on a yearly basis, because
the abatement system count for a
particular gas and process type could
change over time. The final rule
specifies that reporters determine the
number of abatement systems to be
tested based on the average number
present over the period required to test
the minimum percent of systems for a
gas and process type. For example, if a
facility completes testing of the
minimum 15 percent in a single year
PO 00000
Frm 00028
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
instead of three years, then the number
tested would be based on the systems
present in that year. If testing were
completed over 3 years, the number
tested would be determined based on
the average number in that three year
period. If a facility adds abatement
systems during that time, they may need
to increase the number tested in the
second or third year to meet the
minimum for the 3-year average. If a
facility tested the minimum of 15
percent in 1 year, and then added
systems in years 2 and 3, the higher
number of systems would be accounted
for in the number to be tested in the
next 3-year period.
We are not adopting the commenter’s
suggestion that reporters should
determine the number of abatement
systems to be tested for the 3-year
period based only on the count at the
beginning of testing. Allowing a facility
to use only the number of abatement
systems at the beginning of the period
may result in a non-representative sitespecific DRE for a particular gas and
process type/sub-type combination,
especially if a facility began a program
of adding substantial numbers of
abatement systems after the first year of
the RSASTP. Facilities that have not
completed testing when abatement
systems are added must include those
abatement systems in determining the
number to be tested. For example, if a
facility installs abatement systems in
years 2 or 3, and is still testing DRE in
those years, then the number of systems
tested must be adjusted to reflect the
increased number of systems. However,
if testing of 15 percent of systems is
already completed for that 3-year
period, the facility does not need to
resume testing to account for the change
in percentages. If a facility has
completed testing for that period and
then installs abatement systems for a gas
and process combination that was not
included in the testing, the facility
would have the option of testing the
DRE for that newly abated gas and
process combination, or using the
default DRE until that gas and process
combination is included in the next
round of testing.
Comment: One commenter requested
that the EPA add a sentence to the end
of 40 CFR 98.94(f)(4)(iii) to clarify that
all DRE test data collected in 2011, or
later, will qualify for use in determining
site specific DREs for the locations
where the testing occurred.
Response: The EPA agrees with the
commenter regarding the use of data
collected in calendar year 2011. In the
final rule under 40 CFR 98.94(f)(4)(iii),
the EPA is clarifying that data collected
on or after January 1, 2011 may be used
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
in the average DRE calculation if the
previous results were obtained
following the requirements in 40 CFR
98.94(f)(4)(i).
Comment: One commenter suggested
changes to the provisions under 40 CFR
98.94(f)(4)(v) regarding the use of a DRE
value below the manufacturer-claimed
DRE measured when the abatement
system is not installed, operated, or
maintained in accordance with the site
maintenance plan. The commenter
proposed two options:
(1) Include the measured DRE for the
unit in the calculation of the sitespecific DRE for the gas and process
combination. The measured DRE for
that unit must be included in the sitespecific DRE average until corrective
action is completed and the abatement
system is retested. Corrective action
must be completed in a reasonable time,
but retesting can be deferred to the next
testing period. Any affected abatement
units that are being re-tested must be in
addition to the randomly selected
minimum sample for that testing period,
or
(2) Exclude the measured DRE for that
unit in the site-specific DRE average
until corrective action is completed and
the abatement system is retested.
However, in that instance the abatement
system will be treated as down for
purposes of calculating abatement
system uptime until the retest is
completed.
The commenter claimed that allowing
inclusion of the lower DRE in the sitespecific average would enable a facility
to choose whether it wants to accept a
lower DRE for its site-specific value for
a given gas (even though a low DRE
value will have an inordinate impact on
the site-specific DRE because the
average is based on measurements from
35 percent of the units), or whether the
facility wants to manage its uptime
number for different units. The
commenter stated that the benefit of
choosing the lower DRE is being able to
maintain a consistent uptime across all
the gases, simplifying management of
the calculations.
Response: The EPA agrees with the
commenter that facilities should have
the flexibility to either include or
exclude DRE data from a system that is
operating outside the established
parameters for that system and not
meeting the definition of ‘‘operational
mode’’ in 40 CFR 98.98. However, the
EPA disagrees with the commenter’s
implication that the facility can treat
that system as meeting the definition of
operational mode, even if it is not, for
the purposes of calculating uptime. If a
facility has abatement systems that are
operating outside the established
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
parameters and not meeting the
definition of ‘‘operational mode’’, the
facility must treat that system as being
‘‘down’’ for purposes of calculating
uptime and emissions, even if the
facility is using the lower measured DRE
in calculating an average measured DRE.
This approach would allow a facility to
use a lower DRE value and avoid the
expense of immediately repeating a
system’s DRE measurement, but it
would also recognize that facilities
should not treat an abatement system as
meeting the definition of ‘‘operational
mode’’ when it is operating outside
established parameters and could have
variable and unpredictable performance.
Therefore, in both situations suggested
by the commenter, the final rule
requires that the facility treat the system
as being down for purposes of
calculating uptime until the system
operation is restored to the established
parameters and it is meeting the
definition of operational mode.
The EPA also agrees with the
commenter that some facilities may
complete the testing needed to establish
measured average DRE values in the
first or second year of each three year
period, and would not be required to
perform any additional DRE testing
until the start of the next three-year
period. The final rule has been revised
since proposal to allow a facility to
postpone retesting of the affected unit
with low DRE until the next required
testing period, instead of the next
reporting year.
Comment: One commenter (an
industry organization) stated that it and
its member companies have worked at
considerable expense to generate an
extensive DRE test database, in support
of this rule, so that accurate default
DREs could be incorporated into the
rule. The commenter noted that the
additional data they collected increased
the number of fabs contributing data
and the representativeness of the data
across the installed base of systems
inventoried, compared to the data
available to develop the default DREs
that were in the proposed amendments.
The commenter provided a summary
of the member companies’ abatement
system inventory and the number of
individual abatement devices that have
been tested in support of the alternative
default DRE calculations proposed by
the commenter. The commenter
contended that the EPA should not
utilize any data from devices that were
not designed to abate F–GHG or N2O in
the EPA assessment of abatement device
performance and the determination of
default DREs for the final rule.
The commenter further explained that
the testing represented a substantial
PO 00000
Frm 00029
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
68189
fraction of the installed base of devices
at the companies responding to a 2011
survey of industry association member
companies. The survey referenced by
the commenter included results from
five companies representing nine
facilities and approximately 50 percent
of the estimated number of abatement
systems in U.S. fabs, based on a 2010
ISMI survey.4 The commenter noted
that although the testing is
predominantly of one manufacturer’s
devices (i.e., greater than 95 percent of
DRE measurements), this is
representative because the U.S.
industry’s installed base is
predominantly that same manufacturer’s
devices. The commenter explained that
in a statistical sense, the sample of
devices tested exceeds the usual 10
percent threshold at which a sample is
deemed ‘‘large’’ and brings into play the
‘‘finite sample correction’’ for variance,
meaning that the sample is more than a
statistical representation and has begun
to enumerate the population.
The commenter stated that the revised
default DREs in the proposed rule were
based primarily on the results of testing
carried out by SIA members and their
contractors. The information was
provided to the EPA and used to
develop the revised defaults in the
proposed rule amendments. The
commenter noted that since that initial
submittal, SIA members have carried
out additional testing and collected
additional test results. The
supplemental data reflect an additional
208 tests of POU abatement device
performance, including 143 new tests of
etch gas abatement and 65 new tests of
NF3 abatement in chamber cleaning.
The complete data set with the initial
data and the additional data represents
three companies and nine different fabs,
similar to the previously submitted data.
The commenter provided the additional
data, as well as a detailed analysis, as
attachments to their comment letter,
which are available in the docket
(docket item EPA–HQ–OAR–2011–
0028–0095).
The commenter also noted that they
were not able to use the EPA data
collection template for new DRE test
results because much of the data
gathering had either been completed or
was underway before the template was
provided in the docket to the proposed
rule. The commenter stated that they
had already begun using an alternative
template based on the data template SIA
4 The survey results were reported on page 2 of
EPA–HQ–OAR–2011–0028–0045, SIA Briefing
Paper on abatement Issues: Destruction Removal
Efficiency (DRE), January 10, 2012. Submitted as
part of settlement documents for SIA v. EPA (D.C.
cir. No. 1024).
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
68190
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
used to provide data to the EPA
previously. The commenter provided
the DRE data in an attachment to their
comment letter and claimed that the
information in the attachment was
sufficient to assess the applicability and
usefulness of the data while avoiding
the confidentiality issues inherent in the
template the EPA provided.
Response: The EPA thanks the
commenter for the additional DRE data
and appreciates the effort expended to
generate the DRE test database. We
acknowledge the similarities between
the EPA data request sheet and the SIA
template and have accepted the data
provided as meeting the EPA’s
information needs. We have evaluated
the additional data provided and have
incorporated the data into the existing
abatement device inventory to develop
the default DRE factors in Table I–16 of
the final rule. The default DRE factors
in the final rule are based on an analysis
of the average DREs from 343
performance tests, including 11 data
points from the EPA’s DRE dataset from
the Technical Support Document for
Process Emissions from Electronics
Manufacture (Revised November 2010),
125 tests provided to the EPA from SIA
after the finalization of the December
2010 subpart I rule, and the 207 tests
provided to the EPA by SIA during the
public comment period for this
rulemaking.
EPA agrees with the commenter that
data collected from abatement devices
that are not designed to abate F–GHGs
should not be included in the DRE
testing database, and the EPA has not
considered these data in the
development of the default DREs in the
final rule. The EPA agrees with the
commenter that it is inappropriate to
include devices that only incidentally
abate F–GHGs and N2O in the
calculation of default DREs, as these
devices are unlikely to have the same
emissions reductions as systems
specifically designed to abate F–GHGs.
For the same reason, we have revised 40
CFR 98.94(f)(3) such that facilities may
take credit for abatement using the
default DREs only if they can certify that
the abatement systems were specifically
designed to abate F–GHGs or N2O and
have a site maintenance plan that
includes the manufacturer’s
recommendations and specifications for
installation, operation, and maintenance
for each abatement system. However,
the final rule also allows facilities to use
measured site-specific DREs to account
for emission reductions from systems
that were not specifically designed to
abate F–GHGs or N2O.
The EPA remains interested in
obtaining more information about
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
whether the abatement system data are
fully representative of the abatement
system technologies currently installed
in the U.S. industry. As discussed in the
next response to comment, the EPA
generally agrees with the commenter’s
conclusion that the data provided are
representative of the facilities required
to report under subpart I. The EPA
intends to collect and review additional
data to improve the DRE database in the
future. The EPA’s analysis of the DRE
data provided by the commenter and the
method used to calculate the default
DREs in the final rule are discussed in
the response to the next comment.
Comment: Several commenters
disagreed with the EPA’s method for
calculating the default DRE factors that
were included in the proposed rule. The
EPA calculated the proposed default
DRE factors as the arithmetic mean DRE
value for a gas and process combination,
minus two standard deviations of the
population.5
Several commenters proposed an
alternative method for calculating
default DRE factors. The commenters
claimed that the suggested approach is
conservative, mirrors the approach SIA
used in the facility level error analysis
for emissions factors (see docket item
EPA–HQ–OAR–2011–0028–0074,
section 3.4.1), and recognizes that the
number of individual devices in a
typical fab is an important determinant
of variability. The commenter provided
data from an industry association survey
on the number of abatement systems
used at each fab for each gas and
process type. The commenter’s
approach attempted to estimate the
lowest average DRE value that any fab
could be expected to achieve (‘‘lowest
fab-average’’). Specifically, it placed the
default DRE at the bottom of the
distribution of fab averages, by
discounting two standard deviations
below the observed fab-average DRE. It
is important to note the standard
deviation used by the commenter is one
that described the combined variation of
fab-averages and the variation of
devices, unlike the EPA method that
used only the standard deviation of
individual device performance (i.e., the
population of all devices).
The commenters stated that fab-level
averages should be the basis of
emissions reporting because no fab has
just one POU device, and site-specific
DREs developed under the rule would
be applied as fab-averages. They stated
that discounting the default to the
5 p. 3 of Technical Support for Accounting for
Destruction or Removal Efficiency for Electronics
Manufacturing Facilities under Subpart I, EPA–HQ–
OAR–2011–0028–0082.
PO 00000
Frm 00030
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
lowest expected fab-average would still
fully protect against the risk of underestimating emissions in reporting due to
a default DRE that is too high. The
commenters suggested that the majority
of fabs would have a higher average and
would still have an incentive and
mechanism to obtain site-specific DREs.
The commenters asserted that their
approach uses a well-accepted statistical
methodology called Components of
Variance Analysis to model the variance
in the DRE data and separately identify
the variation in the average DRE among
fabs versus the variation in DRE among
individual devices in a fab. The
variance components method applies a
random effects model to the data for the
purpose of identifying the sources of
variance in a sample and making
inferences regarding the size
(magnitude) of each source of variance.
A random effects model is used because
it is unknown in advance whether a
particular fab or device is above or
below the average for fabs or for devices
within the fab. The commenter provided
references for background information
on the components of variance analysis.
The commenter provided a detailed
description of their approach and a
summary of default DREs calculated
using their approach and compared to
the EPA’s proposed default values.6 The
commenter contended that for each gas
and process combination, the alternative
defaults were conservative
representations of the average
performance of abatement devices in the
test data because, by design, they
targeted the fab with the lowest average
DRE.
The commenter urged the EPA to
reconsider its method for discounting
the available data to develop default
DRE values. The commenter
recommended that the EPA adopt their
procedure documented in their
comment letter and establish revised
default DREs comparable to their
developed alternative DREs for the
following reasons:
(1) The EPA method of default DRE
calculation in the proposed rule was
overly conservative because it
discounted for the entire variability of
individual device performance that
resulted from the varied operating
conditions existing in a semiconductor
manufacturing fab. The commenter
claimed their method is designed to
discount to a similar degree, but only for
the variability that exists in fab-average
DREs.
(2) In determining the average DRE for
a fab, the individual device variability is
attenuated by the large number of
6 See
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
EPA–HQ–OAR–2011–0028–0095.
13NOR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
abatement devices in service in each
fab. As with the variability in the
emissions factors, considering the large
number of individual devices in an
abated fab brings the overall fab average
DRE much closer to the overall average
of the entire database.
(3) For all of the gas/process type
combinations, the alternative default
DREs developed using the commenters’
recommended approach are less than
the average DREs observed in the
majority of the fabs that provided
testing, demonstrating sufficient
conservatism to prevent an underestimation of emissions when the
alternative default DREs are used in
reporting. While they are higher than
the default DREs in the proposed rule,
the commenters stated they are designed
to represent the fab with the lowest
average DRE. They stated that very few
fabs would have lower average DREs
and, due to the expense of testing, fabs
would not obtain site-specific DREs in
all cases where their actual DREs are
higher. The commenter asserted that by
using their default DREs, reported GHG
emissions would not be understated.
Response: The EPA agrees with the
commenters’ proposed ‘‘Components of
Variance Analysis’’ averaging method
for developing the default DREs in Table
I–16 of the proposed rule. The EPA
acknowledges that the averaging method
used in the proposed rule may result in
a lower default DRE than may be
present at fabs using many individual
abatement devices. This approach was
used in the development of the
proposed rule based on the limitations
in the information available at the time
of the proposed rulemaking. About 95
percent of the data available for the
proposed DRE values came from
systems from a single manufacturer, and
the EPA was concerned that the data
might not be representative of the
performance of other device
manufacturers. However, for the 2011
data reporting year, 50 facilities
reported GHG emissions to the EPA
under subpart I. Of those 50 facilities,
17 reported having abatements systems
and the vast majority of those 17
reported abatement systems from the
same manufacturer. Only four facilities
with abatement systems had no systems
from the manufacturer that represented
greater than 95 percent of the DRE test
data points. Therefore, the EPA
generally agrees with the commenter’s
conclusion that the data provided are
representative of the facilities required
to report under subpart I that have
abatement systems. In addition, as noted
in comments earlier in this section, the
EPA received additional data during the
public comment period that was
incorporated into the DRE database. The
expanded data provide average DREs
from 343 performance tests. This more
robust dataset provides greater
confidence for the establishment of
default DREs for specific gas and
process types/subtypes.
The EPA agrees that the approach
recommended by the commenters is a
valid statistical method that will
account for the variance in the average
DRE from each fab in addition to the
variance in the average DRE from
individual devices in each fab. The EPA
also agrees with the commenter that this
approach is more appropriate for the
final rule than the approach used at
proposal because the survey data
provided by the commenter and the
results of the 2011 GHGRP reporting
year have demonstrated that the large
majority of abatement systems in use are
from the same manufacturer for which
68191
the majority of the data were collected.
Therefore, the EPA’s concerns with the
representativeness of the DRE data
documented at proposal have been
largely addressed by the data received
in the public comments and by the
results of the 2011 annual GHG reports.
The EPA remains interested in working
with industry stakeholders to develop a
more robust DRE dataset that includes
all abatement system manufacturers.
The approach recommended by
commenters takes the average minus
two times the standard deviation of the
average observed DRE (See Docket Id.
No. EPA–HQ–OAR–2011–0028–0095).
The standard deviation used is one that
describes the variation of fab-averages.
The method first discounts the observed
average for the standard deviation
among fabs, and places the default at the
bottom of the statistical distribution for
the lowest fab-average, then accounts for
the effect of individual device
performance. As noted by the
commenter, using the recommended
approach, the calculated DREs represent
the fab with the lowest average DRE,
which still results in a conservative
estimate. The EPA agrees that this
approach is appropriate and has
adopted the method to determine the
default DREs for each gas and process
type/subtype in the final rule. In cases
where no new data were received (e.g.,
for N2O using processes and other F–
GHGs not listed), we have retained the
default DRE in the current subpart I of
60 percent, as described in Table 3 to
the preamble to the proposed
amendments (see 77 FR 63563). The
following table shows the sample size,
mean, standard deviation, and the
calculated default DRE for each gas and
process type using the final expanded
dataset.
TABLE 3—SUMMARY OF CALCULATED DEFAULT DRE WHERE ADDITIONAL DATA WERE PROVIDED
Standard deviations
Number of
data points
available
Gas/process type
Mean
Fabs
Devices
Calculated
DRE
(using
components
of variance
analysis)
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Etch
CF4 ...................................................................................
CH3F ................................................................................
CHF3 ................................................................................
CH2F2 ...............................................................................
C2F6 ..................................................................................
C4F6 ..................................................................................
C4F8 ..................................................................................
C5F8 ..................................................................................
SF6 ...................................................................................
NF3 ...................................................................................
66
4
43
30
5
9
24
1
20
31
83.56
99.24
99.10
98.74
98.84
98.55
98.50
96.59
98.69
98.51
0.0
0.0
0.69
0.62
1.85
0.0
0.75
n/a
0.66
0.0
Chamber Clean
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00031
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
18.31
0.93
1.14
1.59
0.50
2.54
1.69
n/a
1.01
4.20
75.4
98.4
97.4
96.8
95.1
96.3
96.4
96.6
97.2
96.3
68192
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
TABLE 3—SUMMARY OF CALCULATED DEFAULT DRE WHERE ADDITIONAL DATA WERE PROVIDED—Continued
Standard deviations
Number of
data points
available
Gas/process type
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
NF3 (All sub-types combined) ..........................................
However, as described in the response
to another comment in this section of
the preamble, the EPA is including in
the final rule a single combined default
DRE value for all carbon-based F–GHG
used in the etch process, other than CF4,
instead of individual DRE values.
The EPA also notes that the final rule
provides provisions for gathering
additional DRE performance data in
future years for updating and revising
the default DREs (see 40 CFR 98.96(y)).
The EPA would consider additional
data that is representative of other
abatement system designs and
manufacturers for update of the default
DREs, when those data become
available.
The final rule also provides for
facilities who do not wish to use the
default DREs for reporting purposes by
including the option to perform sitespecific DRE testing. We have revised
the final rule to clarify that facilities
have the option to develop site specific
DREs for specific gas and process
combinations on a fab-basis, while also
using default DREs for other gas and
process combinations. These final rule
options allow flexibility and reduce
burden for facilities who wish to reflect
the emission reductions from abatement
systems for reporting purposes.
Comment: One commenter asked that
EPA revisit the conclusion that a lack of
DRE data for C3F8 and C5F8 requires that
they be subject to default DRE factors of
60 percent. The current data set
includes one DRE value for C5F8 and no
DRE values for C3F8. The commenter
noted that the chemistry of C3F8 is very
similar to C2F6 because both are fully
fluorinated molecules, although C3F8
will be more amenable to abatement
because of weaker molecular bonds
associated with its additional carbon
atom when compared to C2F6. Because
of the similarity, the commenter stated
the C2F6 DRE data should be recognized
as applicable to C3F8.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
Mean
Fabs
110
93.32
The commenter made a similar
argument for C5F8, and compared it to
C4F8 with an average DRE of 98.5
percent, and also noted the one DRE
measurement for C5F8 of 96.6 percent.
Response: The EPA agrees with the
commenter that for these two
compounds, the availability of DRE data
for similar compounds justifies the use
of a higher default DRE than the 60
percent included in the current rule and
in the proposed amendments. The C3F8
and C5F8 compounds are more amenable
to combustion than the C2F6 and C4F8,
respectively, because of the presence of
the additional carbon atom in the case
of C3F8, and the presence of an
additional carbon and the C=C double
bond in the case of C5F8. Therefore, the
same default DREs for C2F6 and C4F8 can
be applied to C3F8 and C5F8,
respectively (See Table 4 of this
preamble).
Comment: One commenter asked that
the EPA consider a single shared DRE
value for the carbon-based etch gases
(besides CF4) to simplify calculations.
The commenter noted that based on the
commenter’s method of calculating the
default DREs, a single default of 97
percent would be appropriate. The
commenter noted that in the proposed
amendments, the EPA proposed a single
default of 98 percent in proposed Table
I–16 of subpart I for the gases for which
the EPA had DRE data (CHF3, CH2F2,
C4F8, and C4F6).
Response: In the proposed rule, the
EPA included NF3 and SF6 among the
etch gases CHF3, CH2F2, C4F8, and C4F6
and assigned a DRE of 98 percent due
to similarities in the calculated DREs for
each gas. As discussed in this section,
the EPA has incorporated the additional
DRE data submitted during the public
comment period into the existing
dataset to calculate default DREs for the
individual compounds. The EPA
recognizes that the calculated DREs for
the carbon-based etch gases (other than
CF4) are grouped in the range of 95 to
PO 00000
Frm 00032
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Devices
1.83
9.38
Calculated
DRE
(using
components
of variance
analysis)
87.8
98 percent, using the most recent data
and methodology discussed earlier in
this section. The EPA agrees with the
commenter that it would simplify
calculations to group together the
carbon-based etch gases (other than CF4)
and assign a single default DRE to theses
etch gases.
For the combined carbon-based etch
gases, the default DRE for combined
gases is calculated similarly to the
default DRE for individual gases, with
the exception that a fixed number of
DRE counts, fab counts, and abatement
systems per fab are assumed for each gas
so that the variance components for fabs
and devices are the same for each gas.
This approach is used in lieu of the raw
DRE average for each gas (and the
associated number of data DRE values,
fabs, and abatement systems) because
the raw averages for each gas include
variations between fabs, and are
therefore less precise. For example, even
if a high raw average is observed for an
individual gas, this may be caused by
the fact that a disproportionate number
of the observations are coming from a
fab which has ‘‘above average’’ DRE.
The EPA calculated the variance
components (s(Fabs) and s(Devices)) for
the carbon-based etch gases using
statistical software. The results are
shown in Table 4 below. The variance
components only describe the
variability between fabs and between
devices (any difference between gases is
already accounted for by the gas effect,
which is assumed to be fixed).
Therefore, these values do not change
for each gas. The default DREs are
averaged over all the carbon-based etch
gases (other than CF4) to produce a
group-average DRE of 96.7 percent,
which the EPA has rounded to a value
of 97 percent in Table I–16 in the final
rule. This default value will also apply
to C3F8 and C5F8, as discussed in the
response to the previous comment, even
though there were no DRE data for C3F8
and only one DRE data point for C5F8.
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
68193
TABLE 4—COMBINED ETCH DRE FOR NON-CF4 CARBON-BASED F–GHG
Input gas
DRE fixed
effect
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
C2F6 ..............................
C4F6 ..............................
C4F8 ..............................
C5F8 ..............................
CH2F2 ...........................
CH3F ............................
CHF3 ............................
DRE count
98.6
98.6
98.7
96.8
98.9
99.2
99.2
116
116
116
116
116
116
116
Comment: Several commenters
expressed concern regarding the
certification requirements for abatement
systems under proposed 40 CFR 98.94(f)
and 40 CFR 98.96(q).
In regards to the requirement that
reporters who wish to account for
abatement must certify and document/
verify that the abatement devices were
installed, operated, and maintained in
accordance with manufacturer
recommendations and specifications,
one commenter stated that
manufacturer’s specifications may no
longer be available. The comment
explained that even when they are
available, the specifications can be
general and do not specifically call out
how to manage and maintain the
abatement devices. Typically, this
requires the fab to create a site-specific
maintenance plan, which will be based
on a combination of available
manufacturer’s updated specifications
and/or the fab-specific procedures
developed through subsequent
operating and maintenance experience.
Material changes to the manufacturer’s
specification requirements for their
abatement systems may be necessary to
address process or equipment specific
requirements in an operating fab.
The commenter noted that for existing
older abatement systems, it is not
always possible to determine that they
were installed in accordance with
manufacturer specifications at the time
of their original installation, which in
many cases preceded this rule. Records
of the manufacturer’s intent and
installation requirements may not have
existed and, if they did exist, they were
not kept. Importantly, process tool(s)
and gases/liquid precursors may have
changed since the initial installation. It
is critical that abatement systems be
operated and maintained properly in the
periods when emissions are being
reported and that the current
infrastructure and system configuration
are appropriate for the abatement
application. It is not germane whether
the abatement systems were installed in
a particular way in the past, as some of
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
s(Fabs)
Fabs
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
s(Devices)
0.631
0.631
0.631
0.631
0.631
0.631
0.631
1.523
1.523
1.523
1.523
1.523
1.523
1.523
the systems at specific fabs have been in
operation for up to a decade.
The commenter further explained that
some process types may require
parameters outside of the
manufacturer’s specification
requirements to address complications
introduced by specific material types,
reaction products, or to meet specific
safety requirements. ‘‘Tuning’’ of
operating parameters and/or
maintenance schedules different from
the abatement system manufacturer’s
recommendations are required to
optimize system operation in these
cases. The commenter noted that
examples of maintenance plan
adjustments beyond the original
manufacturer’s recommendations to
maximize the DRE for CF4 abatement
were discussed in docket EPA–HQ–
OAR–2011–0028–0046 item 4a.7
The commenter contended that the
purpose of the site maintenance plan is
to ensure that the abatement devices are
operated and maintained correctly. The
commenter stated that the plan should
be a dynamic document that
incorporates improvements in how the
abatement devices are serviced and
maintained, including corrective actions
that are taken when the causes of
abatement system failure or outage are
determined. In addition, proper set-up
of abatement device in GHG abatement
mode after maintenance will be
addressed. The commenter reasoned
that, by their nature, these plans may
depart from the original manufacturer’s
specifications.
Response: The EPA agrees with the
commenter that there are scenarios in
which a facility may not be able to rely
on manufacturer’s specifications (e.g., if
they are unavailable), or where the
facility may have a need to adopt fabspecific procedures to optimize system
performance. As such, we have revised
40 CFR 98.94(f)(1) and 40 CFR 98.96(q)
to specify that facilities must certify and
document that the abatement systems
7 Questions Generated from SIA/EPA Conference
Calls and Outstanding Questions from Work Plan
appendices, March 29, 2012.
PO 00000
Frm 00033
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
N
Default DRE
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
96.76
96.74
96.80
94.97
97.00
97.33
97.35
Groupaverage
DRE
96.71
are properly installed, operated, and
maintained according to the site
maintenance plan for abatement systems
that is developed and maintained in
records as specified in 40 CFR 98.97(d).
However, the EPA also recognizes that
manufacturers specifications are still
important to ensuring the proper
installation and operation of abatement
systems and the reference to
manufacturers specifications has been
retained in 40 CFR 98.97(d)(9). As noted
in docket item EPA–HQ–OAR–2011–
0028–0046, item 4, cited by the
commenter and incorporated into the
‘‘Technical Support for Accounting for
Destruction or Removal Efficiency for
Electronics Manufacturing Facilities
under Subpart I’’ (see Docket ID. No.
EPA–HQ–OAR–2011–0028–0082),
during the review of DRE test data for
the revision of the default DRE, the EPA
and SIA noted that some low CF4 and
NF3 DREs in the test data resulted from
variation in flows through the
abatement system and from operating
and maintaining the abatement systems
outside of the manufacturer
specifications. Specifically, low CF4
DREs associated with etch processes
were found to be the result of systems
operating outside the manufacturers’
recommended set points for flow rate
and/or pressure that should have been
verified during abatement installation.
The document cited by the commenter
reported that once the abatement
systems were returned to the
manufacturer’s specifications, the DRE
also returned to higher levels
comparable to those of other systems.
Because the high variability in the
available DRE data was directly
associated with operating outside of the
manufacturer’s specifications, the EPA
proposed a requirement for facilities to
develop, follow, and keep on-site
maintenance plans for abatement
systems that are built on the
manufacturer’s recommended
installation, operation, and maintenance
program, and that must include a
defined preventive maintenance process
and checklist and a corrective action
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
68194
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
process to follow whenever an
abatement system fails to operate
properly.
Therefore, the EPA has determined
that although a certification may rely on
the implementation of site maintenance
plans for abatement systems, it is also
necessary to ensure that facilities rely
on manufacturer’s recommendations
and specifications to the extent possible,
particularly when using the default DRE
values. Therefore, if the facility uses the
emissions estimation methods in 40
CFR 98.93(a), (b), and (i) and uses the
default DRE values when claiming
abatement for reporting purposes, the
final site maintenance plan
requirements in 40 CFR 98.97(d)(9) for
abatement systems must be based on the
manufacturer’s recommendations and
specifications for installation, operation,
and maintenance. If the facility is using
properly measured site-specific DRE
values, the final site maintenance plan
must include the manufacturer’s
recommendations and specifications for
installation, operation, and
maintenance, where available. For a
facility to use the default DREs, the EPA
needs assurance that the abatement
system is installed, operated, and
maintained in accordance with the
manufacturer’s specifications.
Otherwise, the EPA would be unable to
verify that the default DREs are met
without further validation testing. The
site maintenance plan for abatement
systems must also include
documentation where the operation and
maintenance deviates from the
manufacturer’s specifications, including
an explanation of how the deviations do
not negatively affect the performance or
destruction or removal efficiency of the
abatement system. For example, the site
maintenance plan may include
documentation where the process
optimizes system performance (e.g.,
more frequent maintenance checks or
tighter operating parameters). Finally,
facilities who elect to claim abatement
for reporting purposes and want to use
the default DRE factors must also certify
that the abatement systems are
specifically designed for F–GHG
abatement (or N2O abatement, as
appropriate). (This certification is not
needed for facilities using a measured
site-specific DRE value.) The facility
must also have a site maintenance plan
that is based on the manufacturer’s
recommendations and specifications for
each abatement system These are
minimal requirements that are necessary
to verify that abatement systems are
operating consistently at or above the
default DRE. We note that the
commenter provided several additional
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
recommendations for changes to the
proposed provisions for certifications
regarding abatement systems and the
use of default and site-specific DRE
values. Those comments and our
responses can be found in ‘‘Reporting of
Greenhouse Gases—Revisions to the
Electronics Manufacturing Category of
the Greenhouse Gas Reporting Rule:
EPA’s Response to Public Comment’’
(see EPA–HQ–OAR–2011–0028).
Comment: One commenter stated that
the proposed rule requires a facility
using the stack testing alternative to
make assumptions for abatement system
DREs in order to adjust annual
emissions calculations for abatement
downtime and does not allow one to
assume a DRE of zero, as would be an
option under the emission factor
method. The commenter stated that this
is a logical approach for a stack test
method; however, other portions of the
rule require that a DRE assumption of
zero be used if a facility cannot meet
certain requirements for certifying the
design and installation of an abatement
device. The commenter concluded that
the net result is that, as the rule was
proposed, a facility that is unable to
meet these certification requirements
(for example, one with older abatement
equipment where such certification may
be difficult to obtain) is effectively
disqualified from using the stack test
method as they may not assume zero
efficiency, yet cannot meet the
requirements to assume something other
than zero. The commenter
recommended revising the DRE
certification requirements such that the
use of default DRE factors is dependent
upon certifying and documenting that
the systems are installed, operated, and
maintained according to the site
maintenance plan, and not according to
manufacturers specifications. The
commenter stated that this is consistent
with the way in which other pollution
control devices are handled in many
facility air permits.
Response: In stack testing, the
measured emissions used to calculate
fab-specific emission factors will reflect
the effect of all abatement systems,
including those not specifically
designed for F–GHG abatement that still
achieve some incidental F–GHG
abatement. However, the EPA
recognizes that facilities using the stack
testing method may not be able to
certify that the abatement systems are
specifically designed to abate F–GHGs,
although those systems may achieve
incidental control of F–GHGs that could
have an effect on emissions. As
discussed earlier in this section, we
have revised the definition of
‘‘abatement system’’ to clarify that the
PO 00000
Frm 00034
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
abatement system requirements of
subpart I only apply to abatement
systems that are designed to abate F–
GHGs (and/or N2O, but N2O is not
included in the stack testing
alternative), or for which the DRE has
been measured according to 40 CFR
98.94. Facilities using the stack testing
alternative would, in their emissions
calculations, account for the effect of
abatement systems that are specifically
designed for F–GHG abatement and for
systems for which the facility measured
the site-specific DRE according to 40
CFR 98.94. In the case of abatement
systems that are not specifically
designed to abate F–GHG, the reporter
may elect to not include the effect of
those systems in their emissions
calculations. In all cases where the
reporter is accounting for the effect of
the abatement systems, the reporter
must also comply with the other
monitoring and quality assurance
requirements for abatement systems in
subpart I. In all other cases, the
reporters would assume that the DRE is
zero for abatement systems that are not
designed for abatement of F–GHG and
would not account for the downtime of
those systems.
In order to ensure that the abatement
systems, as defined in 40 CFR 98.98 and
included in the emission calculations,
are operated properly and consistently
following the initial stack test, the EPA
is requiring that facilities must certify
that the abatement system is operated
and maintained in accordance with the
site maintenance plan for abatement
systems in 40 CFR 98.97(d). Facilities
who elect to use the stack testing
alternative in 40 CFR 98.93(i) and who
elect to use the default DREs must base
the site maintenance plan on the
abatement system manufacturer’s
recommendations and specifications. If
manufacturer’s recommendations and
specifications are unavailable, the
facility using the stack test method must
use a site-specific DRE, which can be
developed concurrently. Facilities using
the stack testing method and the default
DREs must also certify that the
abatement systems are designed to abate
F–GHGs.
Finally, the EPA also needs to ensure
that facilities using the stack test
alternative account for the abatement
systems that are present when
calculating their facility annual
emissions. We have revised the final
rule to clarify that facilities using the
stack test alternative must certify that all
abatement systems that are designed to
abate F–GHGs, or for which the DRE has
been measured, are fully accounted for
when calculating annual emissions and
accounting for excess emissions from
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
downtime (i.e., facilities are accounting
for the uptime and DREs of these
systems, either using the default DREs
or site-specific DRES, in Equations I–21
through I–24). Facilities would only
apply the default DREs to account for
abatement from those systems that meet
the certification requirements and are
specifically designed to abate F–GHGs.
They would use a site-specific DRE for
systems for which the facility had
measured a site-specific DRE. If they
elect to account for abatement from
systems that are not specifically
designed to abate F–GHGs, they would
use a site-specific DRE for these
systems. These requirements are
necessary to ensure that the calculated
emission factors are representative and
accurately reflect abatement.
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
6. Abatement System Uptime for
Facilities That Manufacture Electronics
Comment: One commenter proposed
revisions to the definition of uptime
such that uptime is defined as ‘‘the ratio
of the total time during which the
abatement system is in an operational
mode and operating in accordance with
the site abatement system maintenance
plan, to the total time during which
production process tool(s) connected to
that abatement system are normally in
operation.’’
Response: The EPA is not revising the
definition of ‘‘uptime’’ as suggested by
the commenter. The EPA previously
defined ‘‘operational mode’’ as ‘‘the
time in which an abatement system is
properly installed, maintained, and
operated according to manufacturers’
specifications as required in 40 CFR
98.93(f)(1). This includes being properly
operated within the range of parameters
as specified in the operations manual
provided by the system manufacturer.’’
Consistent with the changes to the
abatement system certification
requirements in the final rule, the EPA
has revised the definition of
‘‘operational mode’’ to reflect that the
abatement system is properly installed,
maintained, and operated according to
the site maintenance plan for abatement
systems. Therefore, the revisions to the
definition of ‘‘uptime’’ as requested by
the commenter are not necessary, as an
abatement system in operational mode
must be operated within the parameters
of the site maintenance plan.
7. Triennial Technology Report for
Semiconductor Manufacturing
Comment: Several commenters
expressed concern with an option for
the triennial technology report on which
the EPA requested comment,
specifically the option to require
additional information beyond that
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
proposed in 40 CFR 98.96(y). The
preamble to the proposed amendments
requested comment on requiring that
the reports include an analysis of the
effect of the introduction of new
processes on existing tools, where a new
process could be defined as one that
used a markedly different gas mixture
than the mixture used by previous
processes applied to achieve the same
end (i.e., etch the same film or feature),
or that included a change in the radio
frequency (RF) power and gas flow rate
(see 77 FR 63566). Commenters stated
that these suggested requirements
appear to resurrect the recipe testing
requirements established in the original
subpart I regulation published in
December of 2010 and which were
specifically called out as unworkable in
SIA’s petition for reconsideration. One
commenter stated that, as described in
the petition for reconsideration, the
recipe testing requirements created
unacceptable intellectual property risk,
potential national security concerns,
significant disruption of fab operations,
and unreasonable and excessive
economic impact. The commenters cited
as examples the impacts (cost and
business disruption) of process
emissions factor testing that were
experienced during the additional
emissions factor testing work that was
completed in support of the default
factors that are in Subpart I. The
commenters reported that in one fab,
testing required two weeks of time and
cost over $25,000 (not including lost
production and fab staff support time)
just to measure 12 emissions factors for
5 tools. The ISMI technology transfer
report ‘‘2010 ISMI Analysis of the
Impact of Final Mandatory Reporting
Rule Subpart I on U.S. Semiconductor
Facilities’’ issued January 31, 2011
provides additional description of the
impact of recipe level testing.
The commenter further explained that
the cost to test all new and revised
process recipes is very large. On
average, each large facility introduces 40
new etch processes per year and
changes 56 etch recipes per year; for 29
large facilities the testing cost per year
equates to $17 million or $51 million for
three years. This assumes $35,000 for
testing/week and six recipes tested/
week, according to the commenter.
The commenter noted that the cost for
tool downtime for the testing over the
three years would be an additional $6.9
million. (This assumes 11 hours of
downtime for an 8 hour test and 3 hours
for tool requalification; $1.5 million per/
year for etch tool downtime.) Total cost
for testing of tools is on the order of $58
million.
PO 00000
Frm 00035
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
68195
The commenter asserted that the cost
of any testing of POU abatement devices
for DRE changes would be additional.
Costs for large leading-edge technology
fabs would be significantly higher than
the industry average numbers by a factor
of 10 or more.
The commenter stated that in the
economic impact assessment for the
proposed amendments (EPA–HQ–OAR–
2011–0028–0081), the EPA does not
include the cost for preparing the
triennial report, ‘‘. . . given that the
EPA does not expect this requirement to
significantly affect the compliance costs
either on a per facility or a national
basis . . .’’ The commenter estimated
that preparing a triennial report, as
proposed in the preamble to the revised
subpart I, would require the effort of
several full time employees. The
commenter stated that their intent with
regards to preparing the triennial report
and developing a company or industry
plan to perform testing to assess the
impact of new (meaning significantly
different from existing) processes,
equipment, and technologies on default
emissions factors and default DRES, is
to enable the industry to pool its
resources to most efficiently measure,
collect, and report the data needed to
assess these changes. The commenter
further added that the adoption and
propagation of distinctly new processes,
equipment, and technologies into highvolume manufacturing occurs slowly,
allowing a reasoned, considered plan to
be developed to assess the impact.
Additionally, the commenter claimed
that their statistical assessment of the
emissions factor data for current
manufacturing processes and equipment
indicate that the magnitude of the
emissions factor is primarily dependent
on the wafer size and the gas type,
suggesting that significant changes are
unlikely to occur frequently because
these two variables are not changed
frequently.
The commenter concluded that the
level of information requested and the
cost associated with measuring and
collecting data according to the
expanded scope of triennial reporting
requirements described in the preamble
are excessive and the final rule should
not include more than what is included
in the proposed 40 CFR 98.96(y).
Response: Except for a minor
technical correction, EPA is finalizing
the requirements for the triennial
technology report as proposed at 40 CFR
98.96(y). Facilities are not required to
implement recipe-specific testing in the
first phase of the triennial technology
review, as some commenters inferred
from the request for comment in the
preamble to the proposed amendments.
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
68196
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
Nevertheless, EPA encourages, but does
not require, facilities to acquire
measurements of gas utilization rates,
by-product formation rates, and DREs
that reflect the impact of technology
changes for the triennial report, because
such measurements would be useful for
informing future changes to the rule.
To the extent that facilities acquire
these measurements, either because they
perform the measurements themselves
or because they receive them from tool
manufacturers, 40 CFR 98.96(y)(2)(iv)
requires facilities to submit them as part
of the triennial report. That provision
states facilities must ‘‘provide any
utilization and by-product formation
rates and/or destruction or removal
efficiency data that have been collected
in the previous 3 years that support the
changes in semiconductor
manufacturing processes described in
the report.’’ This requirement refers to
all the rate or DRE measurements
collected in the previous 3 years that
reflect the impact of any technology
changes during that time. Submission of
specific selections or subsets of those
measurements would not meet this
requirement because such selections or
subsets may not be representative. We
anticipate that the types of information
submitted would include information
similar to that submitted to inform the
default emission factors and default
DREs in today’s rule.
In the proposal, we also requested
comment on whether triennial reports
should include gas utilization rates and
by-product formation rates measured
‘‘for all new tools acquired by the
facility over the previous 3 years as well
as gas utilization rates and by-product
formation rates measured for new
processes run on existing tools’’ (77 FR
63566). For these measurements, testing
data for new tool models is often
available from the manufacturer or from
performance tests as new tool models
are installed. The EPA anticipates that
this information could be used to inform
future changes to the rule and could be
supplied through the triennial report.
While the EPA is not requiring that this
information be included in the triennial
report, the agency encourages reporters
to include this information on a
voluntary basis where practical.
The final rule does not require the
triennial report to consider process or
technology changes at the recipespecific level, nor does it require
facilities to collect any recipe-specific
data. However, the report should
address whether, over time, the facility
has incrementally implemented process
or technology changes that have now
cumulatively resulted in a wide-spread
effect on emission factors or DRE
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
factors. The report would not need to
consider each incremental change
separately. For example, the report does
not need to consider differences in flow
rates among individual recipes and their
effect on the emission rates of
individual gases. However, if the
industry implements or adopts a
technology change that substantially
affects the average flow rate for a given
process type such that the current
default emission factors may no longer
be representative, the cause and
potential impact of that change in flow
rate should be addressed in the triennial
technology review report (though not
detailed at the recipe-level). See Section
II.A.12 of this preamble for additional
discussion of the contents of the
triennial report. The EPA agrees with
the commenter that the triennial
technology review should avoid the
burden and potential disclosure concern
associated with the provisions for
reporting of recipe-specific information
that appear in the December 2010
promulgated rule and that are removed
from this amended rule.
We note that commenters provided
additional input regarding the triennial
technology report. Those comments and
our responses can be found in
‘‘Reporting of Greenhouse Gases—
Technical Revisions to the Electronics
Manufacturing Category of the
Greenhouse Gas Reporting Rule: EPA’s
Response to Public Comment’’ (see
EPA–HQ–OAR–2011–0028).
8. Final Amendments to Reporting and
Recordkeeping
Comment: One commenter noted that
a facility may have multiple fabs, which
each process different wafer sizes. The
commenter recommended that the
language in 40 CFR 98.96(a) and (b)
apply to fabs rather than facilities. The
commenter noted that the wafer size
and capacity could then be reported for
each fab, rather than trying to report for
the entire facility.
Response: The EPA appreciates the
input provided by the commenter
regarding facility and fab level reporting
requirements. The EPA agrees with the
commenter that the language in 40 CFR
98.96(a) and (b) should apply to fabs
rather than facilities. As a result, the
EPA is promulgating the final
amendments to subpart I with the
proposed modifications to 40 CFR
98.96(a) and (b).
Comment: One commenter asserted
that the facility-wide DRE reporting
requirement under 40 CFR 98.96(r)
using Equations I–26, I–27, and I–28,
should not apply to the stack test
alternative. The commenter noted that
the derivation of a facility-wide DRE is
PO 00000
Frm 00036
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
unnecessarily complicated, subject to
error, and provides no material benefit
to the reporting of emissions under the
stack test option. According to the
commenter, the EPA’s proposed
requirement to use these equations
entails an artificial determination of
how much of a facility’s emissions are
coming from the process tools versus
the abatement systems, and as such is
complicated, somewhat arbitrary, and
potentially subject to errors. The
commenter stated that the requirement
to determine an effective, facility-wide
or fab-wide DRE using equations I–26
and I–28 for facilities that choose the
stack testing method (40 CFR 98.93(i)) is
not logical and should be removed from
the rule.
The commenter explained that one of
the benefits of the stack testing method
is that it eliminates the need to test
individual abatement units, which is
costly. The stack test data combines the
impact of the gas utilization factors in
the equipment and the abatement
system DREs into a single emissions
factor for the facility. Whether a fab
chooses to generate and use site-specific
DREs or use the default DRES, the DREs
will only be used to adjust fab emissions
for abatement system downtime;
adjustments which are expected to have
a small influence on the total site
emissions. The proposal to calculate an
effective DRE for the facility would
require using complicated calculations
and apportioning gas use to abatement
units.
The commenter also stated that
attempting to compute a combined DRE
for a multi-fab facility that uses the
emissions factor method at one or more
fabs and the stack testing method at the
other(s) also seems to be unnecessary.
The commenter proposed revisions that
they claimed simplified the reporting of
a facility-wide DRE value by calculating
only a fab-level DRE instead of a
facility-wide DRE.
The commenter suggested as an
alternative that the EPA use a
modification to proposed Equation I–24
of subpart I because Equation I–24
calculates the average weighted fraction
of F–GHG input gas i destroyed or
removed in abatement systems. The
commenter stated that the EPA should
modify equation I–24, adding the
multiplication of both the numerator
and denominator terms by the GWP for
each gas. The commenter stated this
would provide an estimate of the sitewide DRE based on the removal of CO2e
emissions that will have as much
meaning as a fab-wide DRE calculated
using equations I–26 and I–28, while
requiring much less work on the part of
the fab.
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
Response: The EPA disagrees with the
commenter that the facility-wide DRE
calculated by Equations I–26, I–27, and
I–28 in proposed 40 CFR 98.96(r) is not
relevant for facilities using the stack
testing alternative. As explained in the
preamble to the proposed amendments
(77 FR 63569), the EPA included a
requirement that facilities report a
facility-wide DRE factor to assist in our
verification of reported GHG emissions.
In the amendments to subpart I, we
proposed to move the information on
the number and DRE of abatement
systems at each facility from the
reporting requirements to the
recordkeeping requirements, and these
changes are being made in the final rule.
In order to determine the extent to
which GHG emissions from this
category are being abated, we proposed
to require facilities to report a facilitywide DRE. The EPA’s intent of requiring
a facility-wide DRE is also to gain an
understanding of the extent to which a
fab or facility’s emissions are abated in
the absence of facilities reporting
information that may raise potential
disclosure concerns, such as actual DRE
values for gases and process types. This
information can also be used to help
verify reported emissions. This rationale
is equally valid for facilities using the
default emission factor method in 40
CFR 98.93(a)
Contrary to the reporters
interpretation, the facility-wide DRE is
calculated using inputs, emissions, and
other data already collected and
calculated to report annual F–GHG and
N2O emissions and does not require the
collection of new data. The terms used
in the equations to calculate the facilitywide DRE for a facility using the stack
testing alternative are already calculated
by the facility to report emissions.
Reporters using the stack testing
alternative would not have to measure
the DRE of abatement systems unless
they were doing so to determine the
DRE of systems that were not
specifically designed to abate F–GHG.
Otherwise they could use default DREs
for systems that were specifically
designed for F–GHG abatement.
Similarly, facilities would not have to
separately apportion gas usage to tools
with abatement systems in Equation I–
28 because that is already done to
calculate emissions as part of other
equations in the stack testing
alternative. First, the commenter states
that DREs are only used under the stack
test option to adjust fab emissions for
abatement system downtime, and that
downtime is expected to have a small
influence on the total site emissions.
While we agree that the inclusion of an
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
adjustment for abatement system
downtime may have a small influence
on the total site emissions as calculated,
the argument made by the commenter
does not provide justification for
removing the requirement for a facility
to report a fab-wide DRE. Even when the
uptime for a fab is relatively high, the
fact remains that the fab is abated and
no other reporting requirement provides
the EPA with an estimate of the extent
of the abatement.
Second, the commenter states that
using Equations I–26 and I–28 for the
stack test alternative is unnecessary and
the commenter proposes using a
modification of Equation I–24 that
incorporates multiplication by GWP
values. We disagree that the use of
Equations I–26 and I–28 is unnecessary
for fabs electing to use the stack test
option. First, Equation I–28 is necessary
to account for the fact that a fab may not
be fully abated and a portion of the
input gas consumed in the fab is used
by tools that are unabated. The result of
Equation I–24 does not account for
apportionment between abated and
unabated tools. Apportionment is
accounted for in Equation I–28 by the
‘‘aif’’ and ‘‘af’’ terms, just as in Equation
I–21 and I–22. Reporting the result of
Equation I–24, regardless of any
accounting for GWPs, would result in an
artificially high fab-wide DRE because
Equation I–24 does not account for the
portion of gases consumed by tools that
are not abated. Equation I–26 is also
necessary because reporters are not
allowed to calculate N2O emissions
using the stack test method. As a result,
Equation I–26 incorporates the
abatement of N2O emissions into the
effective fab-wide DRE calculation.
Finally, we disagree that the
equations under 40 CFR 98.96(r) are
unnecessarily complicated. Although
the equations may appear complicated,
the equations, in fact, use many of the
same data operations already performed
to calculate emissions under either the
default emission factor approach or the
stack testing alternative. For example,
the summation of F–GHGs and N2O
contained in the numerator of Equation
I–26 is easily calculated from the
emissions already reported under 40
CFR 98.96(c). The first term in Equation
I–28 is the same as the second term in
Equation I–21, except that the value
‘‘(1–UTf)’’ has been replaced with
‘‘GWPi’’ for the input gas. The case is
the same for the second term in
Equation I–28; it is identical to the
second term in Equation I–22, except
again the value ‘‘(1–UTf)’’ has been
replaced with ‘‘GWPk’’ for the byproduct gas. Therefore, due to the
similarity of terms, we believe that
PO 00000
Frm 00037
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
68197
Equation I–28 is no more burdensome or
complicated than Equation I–21 or I–22.
We agree with the commenter that
facilities should be required to report a
fab-wide DRE instead of a combined
DRE for a multi-fab facility. Reporting a
fab-wide DRE, instead of a facility-wide
DRE, will provide the EPA with a more
detailed assessment of the extent to
which GHG emissions are being abated.
The fab-wide DRE will also simplify the
calculation requirements for reporters
because they will not have to use an
extra equation to combine the DREs
when a facility uses the emission factor
method and the stack testing alternative
in different fabs at the same facility.
In light of the commenter’s
suggestion, we are finalizing the
requirement for reporters to provide
effective DRE on a fab basis, instead of
a facility basis. We disagree, however,
with the commenter’s assertion that a
facility that chooses the stack test option
to calculate emissions from a fab should
not be required to report an effective
fab-wide DRE, and as such, we are
requiring all facilities to report an
effective fab-wide DRE, regardless of
their emission calculation methodology.
9. Technical Corrections in Response to
Public Comments
The final rule includes numerous
minor technical changes as a result of
addressing major public comments.
These changes are summarized in the
document, ‘‘Reporting of Greenhouse
Gases—Technical Revisions to the
Electronics Manufacturing Category of
the Greenhouse Gas Reporting Rule:
EPA’s Response to Public Comment’’
(see EPA–HQ–OAR–2011–0028).
III. Confidentiality Determinations for
New and Revised Subpart I Data
Elements and Responses to Public
Comments
A. Final Confidentiality Determinations
for New and Revised Subpart I Data
Elements
In this action, we have added or
revised 25 new data reporting
requirements in subpart I. We have
assigned each of these new or revised
data elements in subpart I, a direct
emitter subpart, to one of the direct
emitter data categories created in the
2011 Final CBI Rule.8 The 25 new or
revised data elements are assigned to
one of the 10 data categories listed in
8 The 2011 Final CBI Rule created 11 direct
emitter date categories, including the 10 data
categories listed in Table 5 of this preamble and an
inputs to emissions equations data category.
However, EPA has not made final confidentiality
determinations for any data element assigned to the
inputs to emissions equations data category either
in the 2011 Final CBI Rule or any other rulemaking.
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
68198
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
Table 5 of this preamble. Please see the
memorandum titled ‘‘Final Data
Category Assignments for Subpart I
2012 Amendments’’ in Docket EPA–
HQ–OAR–2011–0028 for a list of the 25
new or revised data elements in this
subpart and their final category
assignments.
TABLE 5—SUMMARY OF FINAL CONFIDENTIALITY DETERMINATIONS FOR DIRECT EMITTER DATA CATEGORIES
[Based on May 26, 2011 final CBI rule]
Confidentiality determination for data elements in each
category
Data category
Emission data a
Facility and Unit Identifier Information .............................................................................
Emissions .........................................................................................................................
Calculation Methodology and Methodological Tier .........................................................
Data Elements Reported for Periods of Missing Data that are Not Inputs to Emission
Equations .....................................................................................................................
Unit/Process ‘‘Static’’ Characteristics that are Not Inputs to Emission Equations ..........
Unit/Process Operating Characteristics that are Not Inputs to Emission Equations ......
Test and Calibration Methods .........................................................................................
Production/Throughput Data that are Not Inputs to Emission Equations .......................
Raw Materials Consumed that are Not Inputs to Emission Equations ...........................
Process-Specific and Vendor Data Submitted in BAMM Extension Requests ...............
Data that are not
emission data
and not CBI
Data that are not
emission data
but are CBI b
X
X
X
............................
............................
............................
............................
............................
............................
X
............................
............................
............................
............................
............................
............................
............................
Xc
Xc
X
............................
............................
............................
............................
Xc
Xc
............................
X
X
X
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
a Under CAA section 114(c), ‘‘emission data’’ are not entitled to confidential treatment. The term ‘‘emission data’’ is defined at 40 CFR
2.301(a)(2)(i).
b Section 114(c) of the CAA affords confidential treatment to data (except emission data) that are considered CBI.
c In the 2011 Final CBI Rule, this data category contains both data elements determined to be CBI and those determined not to be CBI. See
discussion in Section III.A of this preamble for more details.
As shown in Table 5 of this preamble,
the EPA made categorical
confidentiality determinations for data
elements assigned to eight direct emitter
data categories. For two data categories,
‘‘Unit/Process ‘Static’ Characteristics
That are Not Inputs to Emission
Equations’’ and ‘‘Unit/Process Operating
Characteristics That are Not Inputs to
Emission Equations,’’ the EPA
determined in the 2011 Final CBI Rule
that the data elements assigned to those
categories are not emission data but did
not make categorical CBI
determinations. Rather, the EPA made
CBI determinations for individual data
elements assigned to these two data
categories.
We have followed the same approach
in this final rule. Specifically, we have
assigned each of the 25 new or revised
data elements in the final subpart I
amendments to the appropriate direct
emitter data category. For the 13 data
elements assigned to categories with
categorical confidentiality
determinations, we have applied the
categorical determinations made in the
2011 Final CBI Rule to the assigned data
elements. For the 12 data elements
assigned to the ‘‘Unit/Process ‘Static’
Characteristics That are Not Inputs to
Emission Equations’’ and the ‘‘Unit/
Process Operating Characteristics That
are Not Inputs to Emission Equations’’
data categories, consistent with our
approach towards data elements
previously assigned to these data
categories, we are finalizing that these
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
data elements are not emission data. All
25 new and revised subpart I data
elements in the final subpart I
amendments are listed in the
memorandum titled ‘‘Final Data
Category Assignments for Subpart I
2012 Amendments’’ in Docket EPA–
HQ–OAR–2011–0028.
B. Public Comments on the Proposed
Confidentiality Determinations
The EPA is finalizing all
confidentiality determinations as they
were proposed. Please refer to the
preamble to the proposed rule (77 FR
63570) for additional information
regarding the proposed confidentiality
determinations.
The EPA received several comments
questioning the proposed determination
that several new or revised data
elements should be treated as
confidential, or that the confidentiality
should be determined on a case-by-case
basis.
Comment: One commenter questioned
the determination that the
confidentiality of the identification of
the quantifiable metric used in the fabspecific engineering model to apportion
gas consumption for each fab should be
determined on a case-by-case basis. The
commenter asserted that EPA has not
provided any justification for how
release of this data would cause
competitive harm and that it should not
be treated as confidential.
Response: The EPA made a final
confidentiality determination for the
PO 00000
Frm 00038
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
identification of the quantifiable metric
used in the facility-specific engineering
model to apportion gas consumption (40
CFR 98.96(m)(i)) in an earlier Federal
Register notice (77 FR 48072, August
13, 2012), after a notice and period for
public comment (77 FR 10434, February
22, 2012). In that final notice (77 FR
48072, August 13, 2012), the EPA
decided to evaluate the confidentiality
status of that data element on a case-bycase basis, in accordance with existing
confidentiality regulations in 40 CFR
part 2, subpart B.
The EPA re-proposed the
confidentiality determination for this
data element due to the proposed
revision to this data element. The
proposed changes to this data element,
which we are finalizing today, reflect
that the apportioning model is now fabspecific instead of facility-specific
because the amendments now require
gas use to be apportioned on a fab basis
(instead of a facility basis) and a facility
may have separate models for each fab.
As mentioned above, we have
determined that the confidentiality
status of the identification of the
quantifiable metric used in the facilityspecific engineering model to apportion
gas consumption should be determined
on a case-by-case basis. The change in
the basis of the quantifiable metric (i.e.,
from a facility to fab basis) does not
fundamentally change the nature of the
information being reported; for example,
each fab at a facility may use the same
metric, and as a result the fab-based and
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
facility-based quantifiable metrics may
be the same. Because the commenter did
not offer any compelling reasons why
the EPA should now change course due
to the change in the basis of the
quantifiable metric, the EPA will
continue to evaluate claims by facilities
that this data element should be
protected as CBI on a case-by-case basis.
Comment: One commenter expressed
concern with EPA’s proposed
determinations to treat the inventory of
abatement systems under 40 CFR
98.96(p) as confidential business
information. The commenter asserted
that that if the EPA ‘‘has better evidence
that actual harm could occur from the
release of the inventory information in
certain circumstances than the current
justification provided at 77 FR 10,440,
row 3, no categorical determination
should be made.’’ (Emphasis added.)
Instead, the commenter asserted, ‘‘the
confidentiality of the inventory should
require specific demonstration by the
company/facility involved that there is
an actual threat of competitive harm and
reverse-engineering.’’ (Emphasis added.)
Response: The EPA originally
proposed to treat the inventory of
abatement systems data element in 40
CFR 98.96(p) as confidential business
information in a February 22, 2012
notice of proposed rulemaking (77 FR
10434) followed by a period for public
comment. That original determination
was finalized as proposed in an August
13, 2012 rulemaking (77 FR 48072). As
discussed in the proposal for this action
(77 FR 63538, October 16, 2012), the
EPA re-proposed the confidentiality
determination for this data element in
conjunction with edits that were
proposed to the data element itself. We
are finalizing the changes to this data
element as proposed to clarify that the
number of abatement systems and the
basis of the destruction or removal
efficiency should be reported on a
process sub-type or process type basis.
Please see Table 2 of this preamble for
a detailed description of the changes
being made to the inventory of
abatement systems data element. We are
also moving the following reporting
requirements to recordkeeping: (1) The
number of abatement systems of each
manufacturer, and model number, and
the manufacturer’s claimed F–GHG and
N2O destruction or removal efficiency, if
any; (2) records of destruction or
removal efficiency measurements over
the in-use life of each abatement system;
and (3) a description of the tool, with
the process type or sub-type, for which
the abatement system treats exhaust.
Facilities must still report an
inventory, and more specifically, the
number of abatement systems at their
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
facility. As a result, a competitor may be
able to gain insight into the number of
tools at the facility, as described above.
For the same reasons stated in the prior
confidentiality determination described
above, we believe that confidentiality
determination for this data element, as
revised, should remain as CBI. The
change in the basis of the number of
abatement systems does not affect the
rationales we previously set forth
supporting a CBI determination for this
data element, nor did the commenter
offer any specific reasons why we
should now change course due to the
change to the basis of the number of
abatement systems reported. The EPA
also notes that the commenter’s
assertion that a company/facility should
be required to demonstrate an ‘‘actual
threat of competitive harm’’ for a data
element to be determined to be CBI is
inconsistent with 40 CFR 2.208, which
states that the business must
demonstrate that ‘‘disclosure of the
information is likely to cause substantial
harm to the business’s competitive
position.’’ The EPA will continue to
treat this data element as confidential
business information.
Comment: One commenter expressed
concern with EPA’s proposed
determination to treat five of the six
data elements specified in 40 CFR
98.96(y) for the Triennial Technology
Assessment as confidential. These data
elements include all of the items to be
included in the Triennial Technology
Assessment Report, with the exception
of emissions data that might be
provided under 98.96(y)(2)(iv). The
commenter asked EPA to reconsider the
treatment for these other data elements
as confidential and asserted that the
public has a compelling need for access
because public stakeholders outside the
semiconductor industry will be unable
to evaluate both industry claims
regarding technology evolution and
EPA’s judgment regarding whether and
when it is appropriate to update the
Subpart I default values. The
commenter asked that EPA not make a
categorical determination on these five
data elements, but instead, evaluate
confidentiality claims on a case-by-case
basis.
Other commenters supported the
EPA’s determination that these five data
elements should be treated as
confidential. The commenters noted
that in these reporting requirements,
EPA is requesting detailed information
on process characteristics, equipment
types and equipment performance
parameters that are likely to represent
sensitive intellectual property for
semiconductor manufacturers and their
equipment suppliers.
PO 00000
Frm 00039
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
68199
Response: The EPA appreciates the
input provided by the commenters
regarding the CBI determinations related
to the Triennial Technology Assessment
Report. In the preamble to the proposed
amendments to subpart I, we indicated
that we were proposing five data
elements under 40 CFR 98.96(y) as CBI
because the data elements are likely to
reveal information regarding processspecific data or new technologies or
advances in production processes that
could be used by a competitor. The
information required by these five data
elements is not emission data and is
likely to reveal potentially sensitive
information about individual facilities
because it is likely to include
information about recent process
technology developed and adopted by
the facilities, including proprietary
process technology that would not be
revealed otherwise. The commenter
questioning these determinations did
not provide additional information that
would alter the EPA’s decision.
The EPA recognizes the first
commenter’s concern that without
access to the detailed information
provided in those data elements, public
stakeholders may be unable to evaluate
industry claims regarding technology
evolution and EPA’s judgment regarding
whether it is appropriate to update the
Subpart I default emission factors and
DRE values. However, the EPA has had
to reach a balance between public
access to data and the protection of
confidential business information. Over
time and based on careful consideration
and analysis, EPA may be able to
aggregate sensitive information on an
industry-wide basis that would allow
stakeholders to evaluate industry claims
and EPA decisions regarding the effects
of new technology on GHG emissions.
In addition, annual emissions data
submitted as part of regular annual
reporting to the GHGRP and
measurements of emission factors and
DRE values submitted as part of the
triennial technology reviews would not
be considered CBI and could also be
analyzed by stakeholders to evaluate
industry claims and EPA judgments on
changes in technology that affect
emissions.
For comments and responses
regarding confidentiality determinations
for other new and revised subpart I data
elements, please refer to the document
titled ‘‘Reporting of Greenhouse Gases—
Technical Revisions to the Electronics
Manufacturing Category of the
Greenhouse Gas Reporting Rule: EPA’s
Response to Public Comment’’ in Docket
EPA–HQ–OAR–2011–0028.
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
68200
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
IV. Statutory and Executive Order
Reviews
A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory
Planning and Review and Executive
Order 13563: Improving Regulation and
Regulatory Review
This action is not a ‘‘significant
regulatory action’’ under the terms of
Executive Order 12866 (58 FR 51735,
October 4, 1993) and is therefore not
subject to review under Executive
Orders 12866 and 13563 (76 FR 3821,
January 21, 2011).
The EPA prepared an analysis of the
potential costs associated with this final
action. This analysis is contained in the
Economics Impact Analysis (EIA),
‘‘Final Amendments and Confidentiality
Determinations for Subpart I EIA.’’ A
copy of the analysis is available in the
docket for this action and the analysis
is briefly summarized here. Overall, the
EPA has concluded that the costs of the
changes will significantly reduce
subpart I compliance costs. Specifically,
the proposed changes will reduce
nationwide compliance costs in the first
year by 37 percent ($2.7 million to $1.7
million) and by 73 percent in the second
year ($6.4 million to $1.7 million). The
confidentiality determinations for new
and revised data elements do not
increase the compliance costs of the
final rule.
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
B. Paperwork Reduction Act
This action does not impose any new
information collection burden. As
previously mentioned, this action
finalizes amended reporting
methodologies in subpart I,
confidentiality determinations for
reported data elements, and
amendments to subpart A to reflect
changes to the reporting requirements in
subpart I. However, the Office of
Management and Budget (OMB) has
previously approved the information
collection requirements contained in
subpart I, under 40 CFR part 98, under
the provisions of the Paperwork
Reduction Act, 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.,
and has assigned OMB control number
2060–0650 for subpart I. The OMB
control numbers for the EPA’s
regulations in 40 CFR are listed at 40
CFR part 9.
C. Regulatory Flexibility Act
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA)
generally requires an agency to prepare
a regulatory flexibility analysis of any
rule subject to notice and comment
rulemaking requirements under the
Administrative Procedure Act or any
other statute unless the agency certifies
that the rule will not have a significant
economic impact on a substantial
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
number of small entities. Small entities
include small businesses, small
organizations, and small governmental
jurisdictions.
For purposes of assessing the impacts
of this rule on small entities, ‘‘small
entity’’ is defined as: (1) A small
business as defined by the Small
Business Administration’s regulations at
13 CFR 121.201; (2) a small
governmental jurisdiction that is a
government of a city, county, town,
school district or special district with a
population of less than 50,000; or (3) a
small organization that is any not-forprofit enterprise which is independently
owned and operated and is not
dominant in its field. The small entities
directly regulated by this final rule are
facilities included in NAICS codes for
Semiconductor and Related Device
Manufacturing (334413) and Other
Computer Peripheral Equipment
Manufacturing (334119).
After considering the economic
impacts of today’s final rule on small
entities, I certify that this action will not
have a significant economic impact on
a substantial number of small entities.
In determining whether a rule has a
significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities, the
impact of concern is any significant
adverse economic impact on small
entities, since the primary purpose of
the regulatory flexibility analyses is to
identify and address regulatory
alternatives ‘‘which minimize any
significant economic impact of the rule
on small entities.’’ 5 U.S.C. 603 and 604.
Thus, an agency may certify that a rule
will not have a significant economic
impact on a substantial number of small
entities if the rule relieves regulatory
burden, or otherwise has a positive
economic effect on small entities subject
to the rule.
This action (1) amends monitoring
and calculation methodologies in
subpart I; (2) assigns subpart I data
reporting elements into CBI data
categories; and (3) amends subpart A to
reflect final changes to the reporting
requirements in subpart I. In this final
rule, the EPA is taking several steps to
reduce the impact of Part 98 on small
entities. For example, the EPA is
removing the recipe-specific reporting
requirements for subpart I, which the
Petitioner identified by the Petitioner as
economically and technically
burdensome. In addition, the EPA has
provided a number of flexibilities in this
final rule, which allow reporters to
choose the methodologies that are least
burdensome for their facility.
Additional information can be found in
the docket (see file ‘‘Economic Impact
Analysis for the Mandatory Reporting of
PO 00000
Frm 00040
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
Greenhouse Gas Emissions F-Gases:
Subpart I Final Report,’’ August 2012).
We have therefore concluded that this
final rule will relieve regulatory burden
for all affected small entities.
D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
This rule does not contain a Federal
mandate that may result in expenditures
of $100 million or more for State, local,
and tribal governments, in the aggregate,
or the private sector in any one year.
This action (1) Amends monitoring and
calculation methodologies in subpart I;
(2) assigns subpart I data reporting
elements into CBI data categories; and
(3) amends subpart A to reflect
proposed changes to the reporting
requirements in subpart I. In some
cases, the EPA has increased flexibility
in the selection of methods used for
calculating and reporting GHGs. This
action also revises specific provisions to
provide clarity on what is to be
reported. These revisions do not add
additional burden on reporters but offer
flexibility. As part of the process of
finalization of the subpart I rule, the
EPA undertook specific steps to
evaluate the effect of those final rules on
small entities. Based on the final
amendments to subpart I provisions,
burden will stay the same or decrease,
therefore the EPA’s determination
finding of no significant economic
impact on a substantial number of small
entities has not changed. Thus, this
action is not subject to the requirements
of sections 202 or 205 of the Unfunded
Mandates Reform Act (UMRA).
This rule is also not subject to the
requirements of section 203 of UMRA
because it contains no regulatory
requirements that might significantly or
uniquely affect small governments. No
small government entities are engaged
in the electronics manufacturing
processes that are subject to reporting
under subpart I and which would be
affected by these final rule amendments.
E. Executive Order 13132: Federalism
This action does not have federalism
implications. It will not have substantial
direct effects on the States, on the
relationship between the national
government and the States, or on the
distribution of power and
responsibilities among the various
levels of government, as specified in
Executive Order 13132.
This action, which amends
calculation and reporting methodologies
in subpart I, applies to only certain
electronics manufacturers. No State or
local government facilities are known to
be engaged in the activities that are
affected by the provisions in this final
rule. This action also does not limit the
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
power of states or localities to collect
GHG data and/or regulate GHG
emissions. Thus, Executive Order 13132
does not apply to this action. For a more
detailed discussion about how Part 98
relates to existing state programs, please
see Section II of the preamble to the
final rule, Mandatory Reporting of
Greenhouse Gases (74 FR 56266,
October 30, 2009).
F. Executive Order 13175: Consultation
and Coordination With Indian Tribal
Governments
This action does not have tribal
implications, as specified in Executive
Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9,
2000). This action (1) Amends
monitoring and calculation
methodologies in subpart I; (2) assigns
subpart I data reporting elements into
CBI data categories; and (3) amends
subpart A to reflect changes to the
reporting requirements in subpart I. No
tribal facilities are known to be engaged
in the activities affected by this action.
Thus, Executive Order 13175 does not
apply to this action. For a summary of
the EPA’s consultations with tribal
governments and representatives, see
Section VIII.F of the preamble to the
final rule, Mandatory Reporting of
Greenhouse Gases (74 FR 56371,
October 30, 2009).
G. Executive Order 13045: Protection of
Children From Environmental Health
Risks and Safety Risks
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
The EPA interprets Executive Order
13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23, 1997) as
applying to only those regulatory
actions that concern health or safety
risks, such that the analysis required
under section 5–501 of the Executive
Order has the potential to influence the
regulation. This action (1) Amends
monitoring and calculation
methodologies in subpart I; (2) assigns
subpart I data reporting elements into
CBI data categories; and (3) amends
subpart A to reflect changes to the
reporting requirements in subpart I.
This action is not subject to Executive
Order 13045 because it does not
establish an environmental standard
intended to mitigate health or safety
risks.
H. Executive Order 13211: Actions That
Significantly Affect Energy Supply,
Distribution, or Use
This action is not subject to Executive
Order 13211 (66 FR 28355, May 22,
2001) because it is not a significant
regulatory action under Executive Order
12866.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
I. National Technology Transfer and
Advancement Act
Section 12(d) of the National
Technology Transfer and Advancement
Act of 1995 (NTTAA), Public Law 104–
113 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) directs the EPA
to use voluntary consensus standards
(VCS) in its regulatory activities unless
to do so would be inconsistent with
applicable law or otherwise impractical.
Voluntary consensus standards are
technical standards (e.g., materials
specifications, test methods, sampling
procedures, and business practices) that
are developed or adopted by VCS
bodies. The NTTAA directs the EPA to
provide Congress, through OMB,
explanations when the agency decides
not to use available and applicable VCS.
This action, which amends
monitoring and calculation
methodologies in subpart I, involves
technical standards. The EPA is
including a stack testing option that
involves using the following EPA
reference methods:
• Method 1 or 1A at 40 CFR part 60,
appendix A–1, to select sampling port
locations and the number of traverse
points in the exhaust stacks.
• Method 2, 2A, 2C, 2D, 2F, or 2G at
40 CFR part 60, appendix A–1 and A–
2, to determine gas velocity and
volumetric flow rate in the exhaust
stacks.
• Method 3, 3A, or 3B at 40 CFR part
60, appendix A–2, to determine the gas
molecular weight of the exhaust using
the same sampling site and at the same
time as the F–GHG sampling is
performed.
• Method 4 at 40 CFR part 60,
appendix A–3, to measure gas moisture
content in the exhaust stacks.
• Method 301 at 40 CFR part 63,
appendix A, to perform field validations
of alternative methods of measuring F–
GHG emissions and abatement system
DRE.
• Method 320 at 40 CFR part 63,
appendix A, to measure the
concentration of F–GHG in the stack
exhaust.
Consistent with the NTTAA, the EPA
conducted searches to identify VCS in
addition to these EPA methods. The
EPA conducted searches for VCS from at
least three different voluntary consensus
standards bodies, including the
following: American Society of Testing
and Materials (ASTM), American
Society of Mechanical Engineers
(ASME), and International SEMATECH
Manufacturing Initiative (ISMI). No
applicable VCS were identified for EPA
Methods 1A, 2A, 2D, 2F, or 2G. The
method ASME PTC 19.10–1981, Flue
and Exhaust Gas Analyses, is not cited
PO 00000
Frm 00041
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
68201
in this final rule for its manual method
for measuring the oxygen, carbon
dioxide and carbon monoxide content of
the exhaust gas. ASME PTC 19.10–1981
is an acceptable alternative to EPA
Methods 3A and 3B for the manual
procedures only, and not the
instrumental procedures. The VCS
ASTM D6348–03, Determination of
Gaseous Compounds by Extractive
Direct Interface Fourier Transform
(FTIR) Spectroscopy, has been reviewed
by the EPA as a potential alternative to
EPA Method 320; and, in light of public
comments received on the proposed
rule, we acknowledge that several
existing regulations list both EPA
Method 320 and ASTM D6348–03 as
acceptable methods. We also
acknowledge the efficiency of ASTM
D6348–03 as compared to EPA Method
320. For these reasons, we are allowing,
in the final amendments, the use of
ASTM D6348–03 with the requirements
described in Section II.A.1 of this
preamble and 40 CFR 98.94(j) of the
final rule.
This rule revises the current subpart
I provisions for determining abatement
system DRE to incorporate language
based on methods adapted from the
ISMI 2009 Guideline for Environmental
Characterization of Semiconductor
Process Equipment—Revision 2. We are
incorporating applicable portions of the
ISMI 2009 Guideline into the rule in
Appendix A to Subpart I. The EPA is
not incorporating by reference the entire
ISMI 2009 Guideline because the ISMI
2009 Guidelines have not been subject
to the same level of peer review and
validation as other alternative standards
(e.g., ASTM or ASME standards).
Therefore, we are incorporating only
those portions of the 2009 ISMI
Guideline that the EPA has determined
are needed to provide flexibility and
reduce burden in subpart I.
The EPA identified no other VCS that
were potentially applicable for subpart
I in lieu of EPA reference methods.
Therefore, the EPA is not adopting other
standards for this purpose. For the
methods required or referenced by the
final rule, a source may apply to the
EPA for permission to use alternative
test methods or alternative monitoring
requirements in place of any required
testing methods, performance
specifications or procedures, as
specified in proposed 40 CFR part 98,
subpart I.
J. Executive Order 12898: Federal
Actions To Address Environmental
Justice in Minority Populations and
Low-Income Populations
Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629,
February 16, 1994) establishes federal
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
68202
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
executive policy on environmental
justice. Its main provision directs
federal agencies, to the greatest extent
practicable and permitted by law, to
make environmental justice part of their
mission by identifying and addressing,
as appropriate, disproportionately high
and adverse human health or
environmental effects of their programs,
policies, and activities on minority
populations and low-income
populations in the United States.
The EPA has determined that this
final rule will not have
disproportionately high and adverse
human health or environmental effects
on minority or low-income populations
because it does not affect the level of
protection provided to human health or
the environment. This action addresses
only reporting and recordkeeping
procedures.
K. Congressional Review Act
The Congressional Review Act, 5
U.S.C. 801 et seq., as added by the Small
Business Regulatory Enforcement
Fairness Act of 1996, generally provides
that before a rule may take effect, the
agency promulgating the rule must
submit a rule report, which includes a
copy of the rule, to each House of the
Congress and to the Comptroller General
of the United States. The EPA will
submit a report containing this rule and
other required information to the U.S.
Senate, the U.S. House of
Representatives, and the Comptroller
General of the United States. A major
rule cannot take effect until 60 days
after it is published in the Federal
Register. This action is not a ‘‘major
rule’’ as defined by 5 U.S.C. 804(2). This
rule will be effective on January 1, 2014.
List of Subjects 40 CFR Part 98
Environmental protection,
Administrative practice and procedure,
Greenhouse gases, Incorporation by
reference, Reporting and recordkeeping
requirements.
Dated: August 16, 2013.
Gina McCarthy,
Administrator.
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
For the reasons set out in the
preamble, title 40, chapter I, of the Code
of Federal Regulations is amended as
follows:
PART 98—MANDATORY
GREENHOUSE GAS REPORTING
1. The authority citation for part 98
continues to read as follows:
■
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401–7671q.
Subpart A—[Amended]
■
2. Section 98.7 is amended by:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
a. Revising paragraphs (e)(30), (m)(3),
and (n)(1); and
■ b. Removing and reserving paragraph
(n)(2).
The revisions read as follows:
(a)(4) that have listed GWP values in
Table A–1 to subpart A of this part must
be considered for threshold applicability
purposes.
■
§ 98.7 What standardized methods are
incorporated by reference into this part?
*
*
*
*
*
(e) * * *
(30) ASTM D6348–03 Standard Test
Method for Determination of Gaseous
Compounds by Extractive Direct
Interface Fourier Transform Infrared
(FTIR) Spectroscopy, IBR approved for
§ 98.54(b), Table I–9 to subpart I of this
part, § 98.224(b), and § 98.414(n).
*
*
*
*
*
(m) * * *
(3) Protocol for Measuring Destruction
or Removal Efficiency (DRE) of
Fluorinated Greenhouse Gas Abatement
Equipment in Electronics
Manufacturing, Version 1, EPA–430–R–
10–003, March 2010 (EPA 430–R–10–
003), https://www.epa.gov/
semiconductor-pfc/documents/dre_
protocol.pdf, IBR approved for
§ 98.94(f)(4)(i), § 98.94(g)(3),
§ 98.97(d)(4), § 98.98, Appendix A to
subpart I of this part, § 98.124(e)(2), and
§ 98.414(n)(1).
*
*
*
*
*
(n) * * *
(1) Guideline for Environmental
Characterization of Semiconductor
Process Equipment, International
SEMATECH Manufacturing Initiative
Technology Transfer #06124825A–ENG,
December 22, 2006 (International
SEMATECH #06124825A–ENG), IBR
approved for § 98.96(y)(3)(i).
*
*
*
*
*
Table A–7 to subpart A
[Amended]
3. Table A–7 to subpart A of part 98
is amended by removing the entries for
subpart I ‘‘98.96(f)(1),’’ ‘‘98.96(g),’’
‘‘98.96(h),’’ ‘‘98.96(i),’’ ‘‘98.96(j),’’
‘‘98.96(k),’’ ‘‘98.96(l),’’ ‘‘98.96(n),’’
‘‘98.96(o),’’ ‘‘98.96(q)(2),’’ ‘‘98.96(q)(3),’’
‘‘98.96(q)(5)(iv),’’ and ‘‘98.96(r)’’,
‘‘98.96(s)’’.
■
Subpart I—[Amended]
4. Section 98.91 is amended by
revising the definitions of ‘‘Ci’’ in
Equation I–3 of paragraph (a)(3) and
‘‘Wx’’ in Equation I–5 of paragraph (b).
The revisions read as follows:
■
§ 98.91
Reporting threshold.
Ci = Annual fluorinated GHG (input gas i)
purchases or consumption (kg). Only
gases that are used in PV manufacturing
processes listed at § 98.90(a)(1) through
Frm 00042
*
*
(b) * * *
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
*
*
WX = Maximum substrate starts of fab f in
month x (m2 per month).
*
*
*
*
*
5. Section 98.92 is amended by:
a. Revising paragraphs (a)
introductory text and (a)(1);
■ b. Removing and reserving paragraphs
(a)(2) and (a)(3); and
■ c. Revising paragraph (a)(6).
The revisions read as follows:
■
■
§ 98.92
GHGs to report.
(a) You must report emissions of
fluorinated GHGs (as defined in § 98.6),
N2O, and fluorinated heat transfer fluids
(as defined in § 98.98). The fluorinated
GHGs and fluorinated heat transfer
fluids that are emitted from electronics
manufacturing production processes
include, but are not limited to, those
listed in Table I–2 to this subpart. You
must individually report, as
appropriate:
(1) Fluorinated GHGs emitted.
*
*
*
*
*
(6) All fluorinated GHGs and N2O
consumed.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 6. Section 98.93 is amended by:
■ a. Revising paragraphs (a) and (b);
■ b. Revising paragraph (c) introductory
text and the definitions of ‘‘Ci’’, ‘‘IBi’’;
‘‘IEi’’, ‘‘Ai’’, and ‘‘Di’’ in Equation I–11 of
paragraph (c);
■ c. Revising paragraph (d) introductory
text and the definitions of ‘‘Di’’, ‘‘hil’’,
‘‘Fil’’, ‘‘Xi’’, and ‘‘M’’ in Equation I–12 of
paragraph (d);
■ d. Revising paragraph (e) introductory
text and the definitions of ‘‘Ci,j’’, ‘‘fi,j’’,
‘‘Ci’’, and ‘‘j’’ in Equation I–13 of
paragraph (e);
■ e. Removing and reserving paragraph
(f);
■ f. Revising paragraph (g);
■ g. Revising paragraph (h) introductory
text and the definitions of ‘‘EHi’’, ‘‘IiB’’,
‘‘Pi’’, ‘‘Ni’’, ‘‘Ri’’, ‘‘IiE’’, and ‘‘Di’’ in
Equation I–16 of introductory paragraph
(h);
■ h. Removing and reserving paragraph
(h)(2); and
■ i. Adding paragraph (i).
The revisions and addition read as
follows:
§ 98.93
(a) * * *
(3) * * *
PO 00000
*
Calculating GHG emissions.
(a) You must calculate total annual
emissions of each fluorinated GHG
emitted by electronics manufacturing
production processes from each fab (as
defined in § 98.98) at your facility,
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
68203
emissions of each input gas and each
by-product gas.
(1) If you manufacture
semiconductors, you must adhere to the
procedures in paragraphs (a)(2)(i)
through (iii) of this section. You must
calculate annual emissions of each
input gas and of each by-product gas
using Equations I–6 and I–7,
respectively. If your fab uses less than
50 kg of a fluorinated GHG in one
reporting year, you may calculate
emissions as equal to your fab’s annual
consumption for that specific gas as
calculated in Equation I–11 of this
subpart, plus any by-product emissions
of that gas calculated under this
paragraph (a).
Where:
ProcesstypeEi = Annual emissions of input
gas i from the process type on a fab basis
(metric tons).
Eij = Annual emissions of input gas i from
process sub-type or process type j as
calculated in Equation I–8 of this subpart
(metric tons).
N = The total number of process sub-types j
that depends on the electronics
manufacturing fab and emission
calculation methodology. If Eij is
calculated for a process type j in
Equation I–8 of this subpart, N = 1.
i = Input gas.
j = Process sub-type or process type.
Where:
ProcesstypeBEk = Annual emissions of byproduct gas k from the processes type on
a fab basis (metric tons).
BEijk = Annual emissions of by-product gas
k formed from input gas i used for
process sub-type or process type j as
calculated in Equation I–9 of this subpart
(metric tons).
N = The total number of process sub-types j
that depends on the electronics
manufacturing fab and emission
calculation methodology. If BEijk is
calculated for a process type j in
Equation I–9 of this subpart, N = 1.
i = Input gas.
j = Process sub-type, or process type.
k = By-product gas.
(i) You must calculate annual fablevel emissions of each fluorinated GHG
used for the plasma etching/wafer
cleaning process type using default
utilization and by-product formation
rates as shown in Table I–3 or I–4 of this
subpart, and by using Equations I–8 and
I–9 of this subpart.
Where:
Eij = Annual emissions of input gas i from
process sub-type or process type j, on a
fab basis (metric tons).
Cij = Amount of input gas i consumed for
process sub-type or process type j, as
calculated in Equation I–13 of this
subpart, on a fab basis (kg).
Uij = Process utilization rate for input gas i
for process sub-type or process type j
(expressed as a decimal fraction).
aij = Fraction of input gas i used in process
sub-type or process type j with
abatement systems, on a fab basis
(expressed as a decimal fraction).
dij = Fraction of input gas i destroyed or
removed in abatement systems
connected to process tools where process
sub-type, or process type j is used, on a
fab basis (expressed as a decimal
fraction). This is zero unless the facility
adheres to the requirements in § 98.94(f).
UTij = The average uptime factor of all
abatement systems connected to process
tools in the fab using input gas i in
process sub-type or process type j, as
calculated in Equation I–15 of this
subpart, on a fab basis (expressed as a
decimal fraction).
0.001 = Conversion factor from kg to metric
tons.
i = Input gas.
j = Process sub-type or process type.
Where:
BEijk = Annual emissions of by-product gas
k formed from input gas i from process
sub-type or process type j, on a fab basis
(metric tons).
Bijk = By-product formation rate of gas k
created as a by-product per amount of
input gas i (kg) consumed by process
sub-type or process type j (kg).
Cij = Amount of input gas i consumed for
process sub-type, or process type j, as
calculated in Equation I–13 of this
subpart, on a fab basis (kg).
aij = Fraction of input gas i used for process
sub-type, or process type j with
abatement systems, on a fab basis
(expressed as a decimal fraction).
djk = Fraction of by-product gas k destroyed
or removed in abatement systems
connected to process tools where process
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00043
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
ER13NO13.001 ER13NO13.002
ER13NO13.000
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
ER13NO13.003
including each input gas and each byproduct gas. You must use either default
gas utilization rates and by-product
formations rates according to the
procedures in paragraph (a)(1), (a)(2), or
(a)(6) of this section, as appropriate, or
the stack test method according to
paragraph (i) of this section, to calculate
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
sub-type, or process type j is used, on a
fab basis (expressed as a decimal
fraction). This is zero unless the facility
adheres to the requirements in § 98.94(f).
UTijk = The average uptime factor of all
abatement systems connected to process
tools in the fab emitting by-product gas
k, formed from input gas i in process
sub-type or process type j, on a fab basis
(expressed as a decimal fraction). For
this equation, UTijk is assumed to be
equal to UTij as calculated in Equation I–
15 of this subpart.
0.001 = Conversion factor from kg to metric
tons.
i = Input gas.
j = Process sub-type or process type.
k = By-product gas.
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
(ii) You must calculate annual fablevel emissions of each fluorinated GHG
used for each of the process sub-types
associated with the chamber cleaning
process type, including in-situ plasma
chamber clean, remote plasma chamber
clean, and in-situ thermal chamber
clean, using default utilization and byproduct formation rates as shown in
Table I–3 or I–4 of this subpart, and by
using Equations I–8 and I–9 of this
subpart.
Where:
E(N2O)j = Annual emissions of N2O for N2Ousing process j, on a fab basis (metric
tons).
CN2O,j = Amount of N2O consumed for N2Ousing process j, as calculated in Equation
I–13 of this subpart and apportioned to
N2O process j, on a fab basis (kg).
UN2O,j = Process utilization factor for N2Ousing process j (expressed as a decimal
fraction) from Table I–8 of this subpart.
aN2O,j = Fraction of N2O used in N2O-using
process j with abatement systems, on a
fab basis (expressed as a decimal
fraction).
dN2O,j = Fraction of N2O for N2O-using
process j destroyed or removed in
abatement systems connected to process
tools where process j is used, on a fab
basis (expressed as a decimal fraction).
This is zero unless the facility adheres to
the requirements in § 98.94(f).
UTN2O = The average uptime factor of all the
abatement systems connected to process
tools in the fab that use N2O, as
calculated in Equation I–15 of this
subpart, on a fab basis (expressed as a
decimal fraction). For purposes of
calculating the abatement system uptime
for N2O using process tools, in Equation
I–15 of this subpart, the only input gas
i is N2O, j is the N2O using process, and
p is the N2O abatement system
connected to the N2O using tool.
0.001 = Conversion factor from kg to metric
tons.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
(iii) If default values are not available
for a particular input gas and process
type or sub-type combination in Tables
I–3 or I–4, you must follow the
procedures in paragraph (a)(6) of this
section.
(2) If you manufacture MEMS, LCDs,
or PVs, you must calculate annual fablevel emissions of each fluorinated GHG
used for the plasma etching and
chamber cleaning process types using
default utilization and by-product
formation rates as shown in Table I–5,
I–6, or I–7 of this subpart, as
appropriate, and by using Equations I–
8 and I–9 of this subpart. If default
values are not available for a particular
input gas and process type or sub-type
combination in Tables I–5, I–6, or I–7,
you must follow the procedures in
paragraph (a)(6) of this section. If your
fab uses less than 50 kg of a fluorinated
GHG in one reporting year, you may
calculate emissions as equal to your
fab’s annual consumption for that
specific gas as calculated in Equation I–
11 of this subpart, plus any by-product
emissions of that gas calculated under
this paragraph (a).
(3) [Reserved]
(4) [Reserved]
(5) [Reserved]
(6) If you are required, or elect, to
perform calculations using default
emission factors for gas utilization and
by-product formation rates according to
the procedures in paragraphs (a)(1) or
(a)(2) of this section, and default values
are not available for a particular input
gas and process type or sub-type
combination in Tables I–3, I–4, I–5,
I–6, or I–7, you must use the utilization
and by-product formation rates of zero
and use Equations I–8 and I–9 of this
subpart.
(b) You must calculate annual fablevel N2O emissions from all chemical
vapor deposition processes and from the
aggregate of all other electronics
manufacturing production processes
using Equation I–10 of this subpart and
the methods in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2)
of this section. If your fab uses less than
50 kg of N2O in one reporting year, you
may calculate fab emissions as equal to
your fab’s annual consumption for N2O
as calculated in Equation I–11 of this
subpart.
j = Type of N2O-using process, either
chemical vapor deposition or all other
N2O-using manufacturing processes.
IEi = Inventory of input gas i stored in
containers at the end of the reporting
year, including heels, on a fab basis (kg).
For containers in service at the end of a
reporting year, account for the quantity
in these containers as if they were full.
Ai = Acquisitions of input gas i during the
year through purchases or other
transactions, including heels in
containers returned to the electronics
manufacturing facility, on a fab basis
(kg).
Di = Disbursements of input gas i through
sales or other transactions during the
year, including heels in containers
returned by the electronics
manufacturing facility to the chemical
supplier, as calculated using Equation I–
12 of this subpart, on a fab basis (kg).
(1) You must use the factor for N2O
utilization for chemical vapor
deposition processes as shown in Table
I–8 to this subpart.
(2) You must use the factor for N2O
utilization for all other manufacturing
production processes other than
chemical vapor deposition as shown in
Table I–8 to this subpart.
(c) You must calculate total annual
input gas i consumption on a fab basis
for each fluorinated GHG and N2O using
Equation I–11 of this subpart. Where a
gas supply system serves more than one
fab, Equation I–11 is applied to that gas
which has been apportioned to each fab
served by that system using the
apportioning factors determined in
accordance with § 98.94(c).
*
*
*
*
*
Ci = Annual consumption of input gas i, on
a fab basis (kg per year).
IBi = Inventory of input gas i stored in
containers at the beginning of the
reporting year, including heels, on a fab
basis (kg). For containers in service at the
beginning of a reporting year, account for
the quantity in these containers as if they
were full.
PO 00000
Frm 00044
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
*
*
*
*
*
(d) You must calculate disbursements
of input gas i using fab-wide gas-specific
heel factors, as determined in § 98.94(b),
and by using Equation I–12 of this
subpart. Where a gas supply system
serves more than one fab, Equation I–12
is applied to that gas which has been
apportioned to each fab served by that
system using the apportioning factors
determined in accordance with
§ 98.94(c).
*
*
*
*
*
Di = Disbursements of input gas i through
sales or other transactions during the
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
ER13NO13.004
68204
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
*
*
*
*
*
Fil = Full capacity of containers of size and
type l containing input gas i, on a fab
basis (kg).
Xi = Disbursements under exceptional
circumstances of input gas i through
sales or other transactions during the
year, on a fab basis (kg). These include
returns of containers whose contents
have been weighed due to an exceptional
circumstance as specified in
§ 98.94(b)(4).
*
*
*
*
*
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
M = The total number of different sized
container types on a fab basis. If only one
Where:
UTij = The average uptime factor of all
abatement systems connected to process
tools in the fab using input gas i in
process sub-type or process type j
(expressed as a decimal fraction).
Tdijp = The total time, in minutes, that
abatement system p, connected to
process tool(s) in the fab using input gas
i in process sub-type or process type j,
is not in operational mode, as defined in
§ 98.98, when at least one of the tools
connected to abatement system p is in
operation.
UTijp = Total time, in minutes per year, in
which abatement system p has at least
one associated tool in operation. For
determining the amount of tool operating
time, you may assume that tools that
were installed for the whole of the year
were operated for 525,600 minutes per
year. For tools that were installed or
uninstalled during the year, you must
prorate the operating time to account for
the days in which the tool was not
installed; treat any partial day that a tool
was installed as a full day (1,440
minutes) of tool operation. For an
abatement system that has more than one
connected tool, the tool operating time is
525,600 minutes per year if at least one
tool was installed at all times throughout
the year. If you have tools that are idle
with no gas flow through the tool for part
of the year, you may calculate total tool
time using the actual time that gas is
flowing through the tool.
i = Input gas.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
size and container type is used for an
input gas i, M=1.
(e) You must calculate the amount of
input gas i consumed, on a fab basis, for
each process sub-type or process type j,
using Equation I–13 of this subpart.
Where a gas supply system serves more
than one fab, Equation I–13 is applied
to that gas which has been apportioned
to each fab served by that system using
the apportioning factors determined in
accordance with § 98.94(c). If you elect
to calculate emissions using the stack
test method in paragraph (i) of this
section, you must calculate the amount
of input gas i consumed on the
applicable basis by using an appropriate
apportioning factor. For example, when
calculating fab-level emissions of each
fluorinated GHG consumed using
Equation I–21 of this section, you must
substitute the term fij with the
appropriate apportioning factor to
calculate the total consumption of each
j = Process sub-type or process type.
p = Abatement system.
(h) If you use fluorinated heat transfer
fluids, you must calculate the annual
emissions of fluorinated heat transfer
fluids on a fab basis using the mass
balance approach described in Equation
I–16 of this subpart.
*
*
*
*
*
EHi = Emissions of fluorinated heat transfer
fluid i, on a fab basis (metric tons/year).
*
*
*
*
*
IiB = Inventory of fluorinated heat transfer
fluid i, on a fab basis, in containers other
than equipment at the beginning of the
reporting year (in stock or storage) (l).
The inventory at the beginning of the
reporting year must be the same as the
inventory at the end of the previous
reporting year.
Pi = Acquisitions of fluorinated heat transfer
fluid i, on a fab basis, during the
reporting year (l), including amounts
purchased from chemical suppliers,
amounts purchased from equipment
suppliers with or inside of equipment,
and amounts returned to the facility after
off-site recycling.
Ni = Total nameplate capacity (full and
proper charge) of equipment that uses
fluorinated heat transfer fluid i and that
is newly installed in the fab during the
reporting year (l).
Ri = Total nameplate capacity (full and
proper charge) of equipment that uses
fluorinated heat transfer fluid i and that
PO 00000
Frm 00045
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
fluorinated GHG in tools that are vented
to stack systems that are tested.
*
*
*
*
*
Ci,j = The annual amount of input gas i
consumed, on a fab basis, for process
sub-type or process type j (kg).
fi,j = Process sub-type-specific or process
type-specific j, input gas i apportioning
factor (expressed as a decimal fraction),
as determined in accordance with
§ 98.94(c).
Ci = Annual consumption of input gas i, on
a fab basis, as calculated using Equation
I–11 of this subpart (kg).
*
*
*
*
*
j = Process sub-type or process type.
*
*
*
*
*
(g) If you report controlled emissions
pursuant to § 98.94(f), you must
calculate the uptime of all the
abatement systems for each combination
of input gas or by-product gas, and
process sub-type or process type, by
using Equation I–15 of this subpart.
is removed from service in the fab during
the reporting year (l).
IiE = Inventory of fluorinated heat transfer
fluid i, on a fab basis, in containers other
than equipment at the end of the
reporting year (in stock or storage) (l).
The inventory at the beginning of the
reporting year must be the same as the
inventory at the end of the previous
reporting year.
Di = Disbursements of fluorinated heat
transfer fluid i, on a fab basis, during the
reporting year, including amounts
returned to chemical suppliers, sold with
or inside of equipment, and sent off-site
for verifiable recycling or destruction (l).
Disbursements should include only
amounts that are properly stored and
transported so as to prevent emissions in
transit.
*
*
*
*
*
(i) Stack Test Method. As an
alternative to the default emission factor
method in paragraph (a) of this section,
you may calculate fab-level fluorinated
GHG emissions using fab-specific
emission factors developed from stack
testing. To use the method in this
paragraph, you must first make a
preliminary estimate of the fluorinated
GHG emissions from each stack system
in the fab under paragraph (i)(1) of this
section. You must then compare the
preliminary estimate for each stack
system to the criteria in paragraph (i)(2)
of this section to determine whether the
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
ER13NO13.005
reporting year on a fab basis, including
heels in containers returned by the
electronics manufacturing fab to the gas
distributor (kg).
hil = Fab-wide gas-specific heel factor for
input gas i and container size and type
l (expressed as a decimal fraction), as
determined in § 98.94(b). If your fab uses
less than 50 kg of a fluorinated GHG or
N2O in one reporting year, you may
assume that any hil for that fluorinated
GHG or N2O is equal to zero.
68205
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
68206
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
stack system meets the criteria for using
the stack test method described in
paragraph (i)(3) of this section or
whether the stack system meets the
criteria for using the method described
in paragraph (i)(4) of this section to
estimate emissions from the stack
systems that are not tested.
(1) Preliminary estimate of emissions
by stack system in the fab. You must
calculate a preliminary estimate of the
total annual emissions, on a metric ton
CO2e basis, of all fluorinated GHG from
each stack system in the fab using
default utilization and by-product
formation rates as shown in Table I–11,
I–12, I–13, I–14, or I–15 of this subpart,
as applicable, and by using Equations I–
8 and I–9 of this subpart. You must
include any intermittent low-use
fluorinated GHGs, as defined in § 98.98
of this subpart, in any preliminary
estimates. When using Equations I–8
and I–9 of this subpart for the purposes
of this paragraph (i)(1), you must also
adhere to the procedures in paragraphs
(i)(1)(i) to (iv) of this section to calculate
preliminary estimates.
(i) When you are calculating
preliminary estimates for the purpose of
this paragraph (i)(1), you must consider
the subscript ‘‘j’’ in Equations I–8 and
I–9, and I–13 of this subpart to mean
‘‘stack system’’ instead of ‘‘process subtype or process type.’’ For the value of
aij, the fraction of input gas i that is used
in tools with abatement systems, for use
in Equations I–8 and I–9, you may use
the ratio of the number of tools using
input gas i that have abatement systems
that are vented to the stack system for
which you are calculating the
preliminary estimate to the total number
of tools using input gas i that are vented
to that stack system, expressed as a
decimal fraction. In calculating the
preliminary estimates, you must
account for the effect of any fluorinated
GHG abatement system meeting the
definition of abatement system in
§ 98.98. You may use this approach to
determining aij only for this preliminary
estimate.
(ii) You must use representative data
from the previous reporting year to
estimate the consumption of input gas i
as calculated in Equation I–13 of this
subpart and the fraction of input gas i
destroyed in abatement systems for each
stack system as calculated by Equation
I–24 of this subpart. If you were not
required to submit an annual report
under subpart I for the previous
reporting year and data from the
previous reporting year are not
available, you may estimate the
consumption of input gas i and the
fraction of input gas i destroyed in
abatement systems based on
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
representative operating data from a
period of at least 30 days in the current
reporting year. When calculating the
consumption of input gas i using
Equation I–13 of this subpart, the term
‘‘fij’’ is replaced with the ratio of the
number of tools using input gas i that
are vented to the stack system for which
you are calculating the preliminary
estimate to the total number of tools in
the fab using input gas i, expressed as
a decimal fraction. You may use this
approach to determining fij only for this
preliminary estimate.
(iii) You must use representative data
from the previous reporting year to
estimate the total uptime of all
abatement systems for the stack system
as calculated by Equation I–23 of this
subpart, instead of using Equation I–15
of this subpart to calculate the average
uptime factor. If you were not required
to submit an annual report under
subpart I for the previous reporting year
and data from the previous reporting
year are not available, you may estimate
the total uptime of all abatement
systems for the stack system based on
representative operating data from a
period of at least 30 days in the current
reporting year.
(iv) If you anticipate an increase or
decrease in annual consumption or
emissions of any fluorinated GHG, or
the number of tools connected to
abatement systems greater than 10
percent for the current reporting year
compared to the previous reporting
year, you must account for the
anticipated change in your preliminary
estimate. You may account for such a
change using a quantifiable metric (e.g.,
the ratio of the number tools that are
expected to be vented to the stack
system in the current year as compared
to the previous reporting year, ratio of
the expected number of wafer starts in
the current reporting year as compared
to the previous reporting year),
engineering judgment, or other industry
standard practice.
(2) Method selection for stack systems
in the fab. If the calculations under
paragraph (i)(1) of this section, as well
as any subsequent annual measurements
and calculations under this subpart,
indicate that the stack system meets the
criteria in paragraph (i)(2)(i) through
(iii) of this section, then you may
comply with either paragraph (i)(3) of
this section (stack test method) or
paragraph (i)(4) of this section (method
to estimate emissions from the stack
systems that are not tested). If the stack
system does not meet all three criteria
in paragraph (i)(2)(i) through (iii) of this
section, then you must comply with the
stack test method specified in paragraph
(i)(3) of this section. For those
PO 00000
Frm 00046
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
fluorinated GHGs in Tables I–11, I–12,
I–13, I–14, and I–15 of this subpart for
which Table A–1 to subpart A of this
part does not define a GWP value, you
must use a value of 2,000 for the GWP
in calculating metric ton CO2e for that
fluorinated GHG for use in paragraphs
(i)(2)(i) through (iii) of this section.
(i) The sum of annual emissions of
fluorinated GHGs from all of the
combined stack systems that are not
tested in the fab must be less than
10,000 metric ton CO2e per year.
(ii) When all stack systems in the fab
are ordered from lowest to highest
emitting in metric ton CO2e of
fluorinated GHG per year, each of the
stack systems that is not tested must be
within the set of the fab’s lowest
emitting fluorinated GHG stack systems
that together emit 15 percent or less of
total CO2e fluorinated GHG emissions
from the fab.
(iii) Fluorinated GHG emissions from
each of the stack systems that is not
tested can only be attributed to
particular process tools during the test
(that is, the stack system that is not
tested cannot be used as an alternative
emission point or bypass stack system
from other process tools not attributed
to the untested stack system).
(3) Stack system stack test method.
For each stack system in the fab for
which testing is required, measure the
emissions of each fluorinated GHG from
the stack system by conducting an
emission test. In addition, measure the
fab-specific consumption of each
fluorinated GHG by the tools that are
vented to the stack systems tested.
Measure emissions and consumption of
each fluorinated GHG as specified in
§ 98.94(j). Develop fab-specific emission
factors and calculate fab-level
fluorinated GHG emissions using the
procedures specified in paragraph
(i)(3)(i) through (viii) of this section. All
emissions test data and procedures used
in developing emission factors must be
documented and recorded according to
§ 98.97.
(i) You must measure, and, if
applicable, apportion the fab-specific
fluorinated GHG consumption of the
tools that are vented to the stack
systems that are tested during the
emission test as specified in
§ 98.94(j)(3). Calculate the consumption
for each fluorinated GHG for the test
period.
(ii) You must calculate the emissions
of each fluorinated GHG consumed as
an input gas using Equation I–17 of this
subpart and each fluorinated GHG
formed as a by-product gas using
Equation I–18 of this subpart and the
procedures specified in paragraphs
(i)(3)(ii)(A) through (E) of this section. If
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
68207
period would consist of at least 8 time
intervals).
1/103 = Conversion factor (1 kilogram/1,000
grams).
i = Fluorinated GHG input gas.
s = Stack system.
N = Total number of time intervals m in
sampling period.
m = Time interval.
Where:
Eks = Total fluorinated GHG by-product gas
k, emitted from stack system s, during
the sampling period (kg).
Xks = Average concentration of fluorinated
GHG by-product gas k in stack system s,
during the time interval m (ppbv).
MWk = Molecular weight of the fluorinated
GHG by-product gas k (g/g-mole).
Qs = Flow rate of the stack system s, during
the sampling period (m3/min).
SV = Standard molar volume of gas (0.0240
m3/g-mole at 68 °F and 1 atm).
Dtm = Length of time interval m (minutes).
Each time interval in the FTIR sampling
period must be less than or equal to 60
minutes (for example an 8 hour sampling
period would consist of at least 8 time
intervals).
1/103 = Conversion factor (1 kilogram/1,000
grams).
k = Fluorinated GHG by-product gas.
s = Stack system.
N = Total number of time intervals m in
sampling period.
m = Time interval.
(A) If a fluorinated GHG is consumed
during the sampling period, but
emissions are not detected, use one-half
of the field detection limit you
determined for that fluorinated GHG
according to § 98.94(j)(2) for the value of
‘‘Xism’’ in Equation I–17.
(B) If a fluorinated GHG is consumed
during the sampling period and
detected intermittently during the
sampling period, use the detected
concentration for the value of ‘‘Xism’’ in
Equation I–17 when available and use
one-half of the field detection limit you
determined for that fluorinated GHG
according to § 98.94(j)(2) for the value of
‘‘Xism’’ when the fluorinated GHG is not
detected.
(C) If an expected or possible byproduct, as listed in Table I–17 of this
subpart, is detected intermittently
during the sampling period, use the
measured concentration for ‘‘Xksm’’ in
Equation I–18 when available and use
one-half of the field detection limit you
determined for that fluorinated GHG
according to § 98.94(j)(2) for the value of
‘‘Xksm’’ when the fluorinated GHG is not
detected.
(D) If a fluorinated GHG is not
consumed during the sampling period
and is an expected by-product gas as
listed in Table I–17 of this subpart and
is not detected during the sampling
period, use one-half of the field
detection limit you determined for that
fluorinated GHG according to
§ 98.94(j)(2) for the value of ‘‘Xksm’’ in
Equation I–18.
(E) If a fluorinated GHG is not
consumed during the sampling period
and is a possible by-product gas as
listed in Table I–17 of this subpart, and
is not detected during the sampling
period, then assume zero emissions for
that fluorinated GHG for the tested stack
system.
(iii) You must calculate a fab-specific
emission factor for each fluorinated
GHG input gas consumed (in kg of
fluorinated GHG emitted per kg of input
gas i consumed) in the tools that vent to
stack systems that are tested, as
applicable, using Equation I–19 of this
subpart. If the emissions of input gas i
exceed the consumption of input gas i
during the sampling period, then equate
‘‘Eis’’ to the consumption of input gas i
and treat the difference between the
emissions and consumption of input gas
i as a by-product of the other input
gases, using Equation I–20 of this
subpart.
Where:
EFif = Emission factor for fluorinated GHG
input gas i, from fab f, representing 100
percent abatement system uptime (kg
emitted/kg input gas consumed).
Eis = Mass emission of fluorinated GHG input
gas i from stack system s, during the
sampling period (kg emitted).
Activityif = Consumption of fluorinated GHG
input gas i, for fab f, in the tools vented
to the stack systems being tested, during
the sampling period, as determined
following the procedures specified in
§ 98.94(j)(3) (kg consumed).
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00047
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
ER13NO13.006
Qs = Flow rate of the stack system s, during
the sampling period (m3/min).
SV = Standard molar volume of gas (0.0240
m3/g-mole at 68 °F and 1 atm).
Dtm = Length of time interval m (minutes).
Each time interval in the FTIR sampling
period must be less than or equal to 60
minutes (for example an 8 hour sampling
ER13NO13.007 ER13NO13.008
when using Equation I–17 or Equation
I–18 of this subpart.
Where:
Eis = Total fluorinated GHG input gas i,
emitted from stack system s, during the
sampling period (kg).
Xism = Average concentration of fluorinated
GHG input gas i in stack system s, during
the time interval m (ppbv).
MWi = Molecular weight of fluorinated GHG
input gas i (g/g-mole).
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
a stack system is comprised of multiple
stacks, you must sum the emissions
from each stack in the stack system
68208
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
systems connected to process tools in fab
f, as calculated in Equation I–24 of this
subpart (expressed as decimal fraction).
If the stack system does not have
abatement systems on the tools vented to
the stack system, the value of this
parameter is zero.
f = Fab.
i = Fluorinated GHG input gas.
s = Stack system.
(iv) You must calculate a fab-specific
emission factor for each fluorinated
GHG formed as a by-product (in kg of
Where:
EFkf = Emission factor for fluorinated GHG
by-product gas k, from fab f, representing
100 percent abatement system uptime
(kg emitted/kg of all input gases
consumed in tools vented to stack
systems that are tested).
Eks = Mass emission of fluorinated GHG byproduct gas k, emitted from stack system
s, during the sampling period (kg
emitted).
Activityif = Consumption of fluorinated GHG
input gas i for fab f in tools vented to
stack systems that are tested, during the
sampling period as determined following
the procedures specified in § 98.94(j)(3)
(kg consumed).
UTf = The total uptime of all abatement
systems for fab f, during the sampling
period, as calculated in Equation I–23 of
this subpart (expressed as decimal
fraction).
af = Fraction of all fluorinated input gases
used in fab f in tools with abatement
systems (expressed as a decimal
fraction).
dkf = Fraction of fluorinated GHG by-product
gas k destroyed or removed in abatement
Where:
Eif = Annual emissions of fluorinated GHG
input gas i (kg/year) from the stack
systems that are tested for fab f.
EFif = Emission factor for fluorinated GHG
input gas i emitted from fab f, as
calculated in Equation I–19 of this
subpart (kg emitted/kg input gas
consumed).
Cif = Total consumption of fluorinated GHG
input gas i in tools that are vented to
stack systems that are tested, for fab f, for
the reporting year, as calculated using
Equation I–13 of this subpart (kg/year).
UTf = The total uptime of all abatement
systems for fab f, during the reporting
year, as calculated using Equation I–23
of this subpart (expressed as a decimal
fraction).
aif = Fraction of fluorinated GHG input gas
i used in fab f in tools with abatement
systems (expressed as a decimal
fraction).
dif = Fraction of fluorinated GHG input gas
i destroyed or removed in abatement
(vi) You must calculate annual fablevel emissions of each fluorinated GHG
by-product formed using Equation I–22
of this section.
Where:
Ekf = Annual emissions of fluorinated GHG
by-product k (kg/year) from the stack
systems that are tested for fab f.
EFkf = Emission factor for fluorinated GHG
by-product k, emitted from fab f, as
calculated in Equation I–20 of this
subpart (kg emitted/kg of all fluorinated
input gases consumed).
Cif = Total consumption of fluorinated GHG
input gas i in tools that are vented to
stack systems that are tested, for fab f, for
the reporting year, as calculated using
Equation I–13 of this subpart.
UTf = The total uptime of all abatement
systems for fab f, during the reporting
year as calculated using Equation I–23 of
this subpart (expressed as a decimal
fraction).
af = Fraction of fluorinated input gases used
in fab f in tools with abatement systems
(expressed as a decimal fraction).
dkf = Fraction of fluorinated GHG by-product
k destroyed or removed in abatement
systems connected to process tools in fab
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00048
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
fluorinated GHG per kg of total
fluorinated GHG consumed) in the tools
vented to stack systems that are tested,
as applicable, using Equation I–20 of
this subpart. When calculating the byproduct emission factor for an input gas
for which emissions exceeded its
consumption, exclude the consumption
of that input gas from the term
‘‘è(Activityif).’’
systems connected to process tools in fab
f, as calculated in Equation I–24 of this
subpart (expressed as decimal fraction).
f = Fab.
i = Fluorinated GHG input gas.
k = Fluorinated GHG by-product gas.
s = Stack system.
(v) You must calculate annual fablevel emissions of each fluorinated GHG
consumed using Equation I–21 of this
section.
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
ER13NO13.010 ER13NO13.011
systems connected to process tools in fab
f that are included in the stack testing
option, as calculated in Equation I–24 of
this subpart (expressed as decimal
fraction).
f = Fab.
i = Fluorinated GHG input gas.
ER13NO13.009
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
UTf = The total uptime of all abatement
systems for fab f, during the sampling
period, as calculated in Equation I–23 of
this subpart (expressed as decimal
fraction). If the stack system does not
have abatement systems on the tools
vented to the stack system, the value of
this parameter is zero.
aif = Fraction of fluorinated GHG input gas
i used in fab f in tools with abatement
systems (expressed as a decimal
fraction).
dif = Fraction of fluorinated GHG input gas
i destroyed or removed in abatement
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
(vii) When using the stack testing
method described in this paragraph (i),
you must calculate abatement system
uptime on a fab basis using Equation
were installed for the whole of the year
were operated for 525,600 minutes per
year. For tools that were installed or
uninstalled during the year, you must
prorate the operating time to account for
the days in which the tool was not
installed; treat any partial day that a tool
was installed as a full day (1,440
minutes) of tool operation. For an
abatement system that has more than one
connected tool, the tool operating time is
525,600 minutes per year if there was at
least one tool installed at all times
throughout the year. If you have tools
Where:
dif = The average weighted fraction of
fluorinated GHG input gas i destroyed or
removed in abatement systems in fab f
(expressed as a decimal fraction).
Cijf = The amount of fluorinated GHG input
gas i consumed for process type j fed into
abatement systems in fab f as calculated
using Equation I–13 of this subpart (kg).
DREij = Destruction or removal efficiency for
fluorinated GHG input gas i in abatement
systems connected to process tools
where process type j is used (expressed
as a decimal fraction) determined
according to § 98.94(f).
f = fab.
i = Fluorinated GHG input gas.
j = Process type.
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Where:
UTf = The average uptime factor for all
abatement systems in fab f (expressed as
a decimal fraction).
Tdpf = The total time, in minutes, that
abatement system p, connected to
process tool(s) in fab f, is not in
operational mode as defined in § 98.98.
UTpf = Total time, in minutes per year, in
which the tool(s) connected at any point
during the year to abatement system p,
in fab f could be in operation. For
determining the amount of tool operating
time, you may assume that tools that
of this section or that is used in tools
vented to the stack systems that meet
the criteria in paragraph (i)(4)(ii) of this
section. You must use, in place of the
term aij, the fraction of fluorinated GHG
meeting the criteria in paragraph (i)(4)(i)
of this section used in tools with
abatement systems or that is used in
tools with abatement systems that are
vented to the stack systems that meet
the criteria in paragraph (i)(4)(ii) of this
section. You also must use the results of
Equation I–24 of this subpart in place of
the terms dij in Equation I–8 of this
subpart and djk in Equation I–9 of this
subpart, and use the results of Equation
I–23 of this subpart in place of the
results of Equation I–15 of this subpart
for the term UTij.
(i) Calculate emissions from
consumption of each intermittent lowuse fluorinated GHG as defined in
§ 98.98 of this subpart using the default
utilization and by-product formation
rates and equations specified in
paragraph (i)(4) of this section. If a
fluorinated GHG was not being used
during the stack testing and does not
meet the definition of intermittent lowuse fluorinated GHG in § 98.98, then
you must test the stack systems
associated with the use of that
fluorinated GHG at a time when that gas
is in use at a magnitude that would
allow you to determine an emission
(4) Method to calculate emissions
from stack systems that are not tested.
You must calculate annual fab-level
emissions of each fluorinated GHG
input gas and by-product gas for those
fluorinated GHG listed in paragraphs
(i)(4)(i) and (ii) of this section using
default utilization and by-product
formation rates as shown in Tables I–11,
I–12, I–13, I–14, or I–15 of this subpart,
as applicable, and by using Equations
I–8, I–9, and I–13 of this subpart. When
using Equations I–8, I–9, and I–13 of
this subpart to fulfill the requirements
of this paragraph, you must use, in place
of the term Cij in each equation, the total
consumption of each fluorinated GHG
meeting the criteria in paragraph (i)(4)(i)
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00049
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
I–23 of this subpart. When calculating
abatement system uptime for use in
Equation I–19 and I–20 of this subpart,
you must evaluate the variables ‘‘Tdpf’’
and ‘‘UTpf’’ for the sampling period
instead of the reporting year.
that are idle with no gas flow through the
tool, you may calculate total tool time
using the actual time that gas is flowing
through the tool.
f = Fab.
p = Abatement system.
(viii) When using the stack testing
option described in this paragraph (i),
you must calculate the weighted-average
fraction of fluorinated input gas i
destroyed or removed in abatement
systems for each fab f, as applicable, by
using Equation I–24 of this subpart.
factor for that gas according to the
procedures specified in paragraph (i)(3)
of this section.
(ii) Calculate emissions from
consumption of each fluorinated GHG
used in tools vented to stack systems
that meet the criteria specified in
paragraphs (i)(2)(i) through (i)(2)(iii) of
this section, and were not tested
according to the procedures in
paragraph (i)(3) of this section. Calculate
emissions using the default utilization
and by-product formation rates and
equations specified in paragraph (i)(4) of
this section. If you are using a
fluorinated GHG not listed in Tables
I–11, I–12, I–13, I–14, or I–15 of this
subpart, then you must assume
utilization and by-product formation
rates of zero for that fluorinated GHG.
(5) To determine the total emissions
of each fluorinated GHG from each fab
under this stack testing option, you
must sum the emissions of each
fluorinated GHG determined from the
procedures in paragraph (i)(3) of this
section with the emissions of the same
fluorinated GHG determined from the
procedures in paragraph (i)(4) of this
section. Sum the total emissions of each
fluorinated GHG from all fabs at your
facility to determine the facility-level
emissions of each fluorinated GHG.
■
7. Section 98.94 is amended by:
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
ER13NO13.013
k = Fluorinated GHG by-product
ER13NO13.012
f that are included in the stack testing
option, as calculated in Equation I–24 of
this subpart (expressed as decimal
fraction).
f = Fab.
i = Fluorinated GHG input gas.
68209
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
a. Removing and reserving paragraph
(a);
■ b. Revising paragraph (b), paragraph
(c) introductory text, and paragraph
(c)(2);
■ c. Adding paragraph (c)(3);
■ d. Removing and reserving paragraphs
(d) and (e);
■ e. Revising paragraph (f);
■ f. Removing and reserving paragraphs
(g)(1) and (2);
■ g. Revising paragraphs (g)(3) and (4);
■ h. Revising paragraphs (h)
introductory text, (h)(3), and (i); and
■ i. Adding paragraphs (j) and (k).
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
■
§ 98.94 Monitoring and QA/QC
requirements.
*
*
*
*
(b) For purposes of Equation I–12 of
this subpart, you must estimate fab-wide
gas-specific heel factors for each
container type for each gas used,
according to the procedures in
paragraphs (b)(1) through (b)(5) of this
section. This paragraph (b) does not
apply to fluorinated GHGs or N2O that
your fab uses in quantities of less than
50 kg in one reporting year and for
which you calculate emissions as equal
to consumption under § 98.93(a)(1),
(a)(2), or (b), or for any intermittent lowuse fluorinated GHG for which you
calculate emissions according to
§ 98.93(i)(4)(i).
(1) Base your fab-wide gas-specific
heel factors on the trigger point for
change out of a container for each
container size and type for each gas
used. Fab-wide gas-specific heel factors
must be expressed as the ratio of the
trigger point for change out, in terms of
mass, to the initial mass in the
container, as determined by paragraphs
(b)(2) and (3) of this section.
(2) The trigger points for change out
you use to calculate fab-wide gasspecific heel factors in paragraph (b)(1)
of this section must be determined by
monitoring the mass or the pressure of
your containers. If you monitor the
pressure, convert the pressure to mass
using the ideal gas law, as displayed in
Equation I–25 of this subpart, with the
appropriate Z value selected based upon
the properties of the gas.
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
*
Where:
p = Absolute pressure of the gas (Pa).
V = Volume of the gas container (m3).
Z = Compressibility factor.
n = Amount of substance of the gas (moles).
R = Gas constant (8.314 Joule/Kelvin mole).
T = Absolute temperature (K).
(3) The initial mass you use to
calculate a fab-wide gas-specific heel
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
factor in paragraph (b)(1) of this section
may be based on the weight of the gas
provided to you in gas supplier
documents; however, you remain
responsible for the accuracy of these
masses and weights under this subpart.
(4) If a container is changed in an
exceptional circumstance, as specified
in paragraphs (b)(4)(i) and (ii) of this
section, you must weigh that container
or measure the pressure of that
container with a pressure gauge, in
place of using a heel factor to determine
the residual weight of gas. When using
mass-based trigger points for change
out, you must determine if an
exceptional circumstance has occurred
based on the net weight of gas in the
container, excluding the tare weight of
the container.
(i) For containers with a maximum
storage capacity of less than 9.08 kg (20
lbs) of gas, an exceptional circumstance
is a change out point that differs by
more than 50 percent from the trigger
point for change out used to calculate
your fab-wide gas-specific heel factor for
that gas and container type.
(ii) For all other containers, an
exceptional circumstance is a change
out point that differs by more than 20
percent from the trigger point for change
out used to calculate your fab-wide gasspecific heel factor for that gas and
container type.
(5) You must re-calculate a fab-wide
gas-specific heel factor if you execute a
process change to modify the trigger
point for change out for a gas and
container type that differs by more than
5 percent from the previously used
trigger point for change out for that gas
and container type.
(c) You must develop apportioning
factors for fluorinated GHG and N2O
consumption (including the fraction of
gas consumed by process tools
connected to abatement systems as in
Equations I–8, I–9, I–10, I–19, I–20, I–
21, and I–22 of this subpart), to use in
the equations of this subpart for each
input gas i, process sub-type, process
type, stack system, and fab as
appropriate, using a fab-specific
engineering model that is documented
in your site GHG Monitoring Plan as
required under § 98.3(g)(5). This model
must be based on a quantifiable metric,
such as wafer passes or wafer starts, or
direct measurement of input gas
consumption as specified in paragraph
(c)(3) of this section. To verify your
model, you must demonstrate its
precision and accuracy by adhering to
the requirements in paragraphs (c)(1)
and (2) of this section.
*
*
*
*
*
(2) You must demonstrate the
accuracy of your fab-specific model by
PO 00000
Frm 00050
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
comparing the actual amount of input
gas i consumed and the modeled
amount of input gas i consumed in the
fab, as follows:
(i) You must analyze actual and
modeled gas consumption for a period
when the fab is at a representative
operating level (as defined in § 98.98)
lasting at least 30 days but no more than
the reporting year.
(ii) You must compare the actual gas
consumed to the modeled gas consumed
for one fluorinated GHG reported under
this subpart for the fab. You must certify
that the fluorinated GHG selected for
comparison corresponds to the largest
quantity, on a mass basis, of fluorinated
GHG consumed at the fab during the
reporting year for which you are
required to apportion following the
procedures specified in § 98.93(a), (b),
or (i). You may compare the actual gas
consumed to the modeled gas consumed
for two fluorinated GHGs and
demonstrate conformance according to
paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this section on an
aggregate use basis for both fluorinated
GHGs if one of the fluorinated GHGs
selected for comparison corresponds to
the largest quantity, on a mass basis, of
fluorinated GHGs used at each fab that
requires apportionment during the
reporting year.
(iii) You must demonstrate that the
comparison performed for the largest
quantity of gas(es), on a mass basis,
consumed in the fab in paragraph
(c)(2)(ii) of this section, does not result
in a difference between the actual and
modeled gas consumption that exceeds
20 percent relative to actual gas
consumption, reported to two
significant figures using standard
rounding conventions.
(iv) If you are required to apportion
gas consumption and you use the
procedures in § 98.93(i) to calculate
annual emissions from a fab, you must
verify your apportioning factors using
the procedures in paragraphs (c)(2)(ii)
and (iii) of this section such that the
time period specified in paragraph
(c)(2)(i) of this section and the last day
you perform the sampling events
specified under § 98.93(i)(3) occur in the
same accounting month.
(v) If your facility has multiple fabs
with a single centralized fluorinatedGHG supply system, you must verify
that your apportioning model can
apportion fluorinated GHG
consumption among the fabs by
adhering to the procedures in
paragraphs (c)(2)(ii) through (c)(2)(iv) of
this section.
(3) As an alternative to developing
apportioning factors for fluorinated
GHG and N2O consumption using a fabspecific engineering model, you may
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
ER13NO13.014
68210
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
develop apportioning factors through
the use of direct measurement using gas
flow meters and weigh scales to
measure process sub-type, process type,
stack system, or fab-specific input gas
consumption. You may use a
combination of apportioning factors
developed using a fab-specific
engineering model and apportioning
factors developed through the use of
direct measurement, provided this is
documented in your site GHG
Monitoring Plan as required under
98.3(g)(5).
*
*
*
*
*
(f) If your fab employs abatement
systems and you elect to reflect
emission reductions due to these
systems, or if your fab employs
abatement systems designed for
fluorinated GHG abatement and you
elect to calculate fluorinated GHG
emissions using the stack test method
under 98.93(i), you must comply with
the requirements of paragraphs (f)(1)
through (f)(3) of this section. If you use
an average of properly measured
destruction or removal efficiencies for a
gas and process sub-type or process type
combination, as applicable, in your
emission calculations under § 98.93(a),
(b), and/or (i), you must also adhere to
procedures in paragraph (f)(4) of this
section.
(1) You must certify and document
that the abatement systems are properly
installed, operated, and maintained
according to the site maintenance plan
for abatement systems that is developed
and maintained in your records as
specified in § 98.97(d)(9).
(2) You must calculate and document
the uptime of abatement systems using
Equation I–15 or I–23 of this subpart, as
applicable.
(3) If you use default destruction and
removal efficiency values in your
emissions calculations under § 98.93(a),
(b), and/or (i), you must certify and
document that the abatement systems at
your facility for which you use default
destruction or removal efficiency values
are specifically designed for fluorinated
GHG or N2O abatement, as applicable. If
you elect to calculate fluorinated GHG
emissions using the stack test method
under § 98.93(i), you must also certify
that you have included and accounted
for all abatement systems designed for
fluorinated GHG abatement and any
respective downtime in your emissions
calculations under § 98.93(i)(3).
(4) If you do not use the default
destruction or removal efficiency values
in Table I–16 of this subpart to calculate
and report controlled emissions,
including situations in which your fab
employs abatement systems not
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
specifically designed for fluorinated
GHG or N2O abatement and you elect to
reflect emission reduction due to these
systems, you must use an average of
properly measured destruction or
removal efficiencies for each gas and
process sub-type or process type
combination, as applicable, determined
in accordance with procedures in
paragraphs (f)(4)(i) through (vi) of this
section. You must not use a default
value from Table I–16 of this subpart for
any abatement system not specifically
designed for fluorinated GHG and N2O
abatement, or for any gas and process
type combination for which you have
measured the destruction or removal
efficiency according to the requirements
of paragraphs (f)(4)(i) through (vi) of this
section.
(i) A properly measured destruction
or removal efficiency value must be
determined in accordance with EPA
430–R–10–003 (incorporated by
reference, see § 98.7), or according to an
alternative method approved by the
Administrator (or authorized
representative) as specified in paragraph
(k) of this section. If you are measuring
destruction or removal efficiency
according to EPA 430–R–10–003
(incorporated by reference, see § 98.7),
you may follow the alternative
procedures specified in Appendix A to
this subpart.
(ii) You must select and properly
measure the destruction or removal
efficiency for a random sample of
abatement systems to include in a
random sampling abatement system
testing program in accordance with
procedures in paragraphs (f)(4)(ii)(A)
and (B) of this section.
(A) For the first 2 years for which
your fab is required to report emissions
of fluorinated GHG and N2O, for each
abatement system gas and process subtype or process type combination, as
applicable, a random sample of a
minimum of 10 percent of installed
abatement systems must be tested
annually for a total of a minimum of 20
percent, or a minimum of 20 percent
may be tested in the first year. For every
3-year period following the initial 2-year
period, a random sample of at least 15
percent of installed abatement systems
must be tested for each gas and process
sub-type or process type combination;
you may test 15-percent in the first year
of the 3-year period, but you must test
at least 5 percent each year until 15
percent are tested. For each 3-year
period, you must determine the number
of abatement systems to be tested based
on the average number of abatement
systems in service over the 3-year
period. If the required percent of the
total number of abatement systems to be
PO 00000
Frm 00051
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
68211
tested for each gas and process sub-type
or process type combination does not
equate to a whole number, the number
of systems to be tested must be
determined by rounding up to the
nearest integer. Except as provided in
paragraph (f)(4)(v) of this section, you
may not retest an abatement system for
any gas and process sub-type or process
type combination, as applicable, until
all of the abatement systems for that gas
and process sub-type or process type
combination have been tested.
(B) If testing of a randomly selected
abatement system would be disruptive
to production, you may replace that
system with another randomly selected
system for testing and return the system
to the sampling pool for subsequent
testing. Any one abatement system must
not be replaced by another randomly
selected system for more than three
consecutive selections. When you have
to replace a system in one year, you may
select that specific system to be tested
in one of the next two sampling years
so that you may plan testing of that
abatement system to avoid disrupting
production.
(iii) If you elect to take credit for
abatement system destruction or
removal efficiency before completing
testing on 20 percent of the abatement
systems for that gas and process subtype or process type combination, as
applicable, you must use default
destruction or removal efficiencies for a
gas and process type combination. You
must not use a default value from Table
I–16 of this subpart for any abatement
system not specifically designed for
fluorinated GHG and N2O abatement,
and must not take credit for abatement
system destruction or removal efficiency
before completing testing on 20 percent
of the abatement systems for that gas
and process sub-type or process type
combination, as applicable. Following
testing on 20 percent of abatement
systems for that gas and process subtype or process type combination, you
must calculate the average destruction
or removal efficiency as the arithmetic
mean of all test results for that gas and
process sub-type or process type
combination, until you have tested at
least 30 percent of all abatement
systems for each gas and process subtype or process type combination. After
testing at least 30 percent of all systems
for a gas and process sub-type or process
type combination, you must use the
arithmetic mean of the most recent 30
percent of systems tested as the average
destruction or removal efficiency. You
may include results of testing conducted
on or after January 1, 2011 for use in
determining the site-specific destruction
or removal efficiency for a given gas and
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
68212
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
process sub-type or process type
combination if the testing was
conducted in accordance with the
requirements of paragraph (f)(4)(i) of
this section.
(iv) If a measured destruction or
removal efficiency is below the
manufacturer-claimed fluorinated GHG
or N2O destruction or removal efficiency
for any abatement system specifically
designed for fluorinated GHG or N2O
abatement and the abatement system is
installed, operated, and maintained in
accordance with the site maintenance
plan for abatement systems that is
developed and maintained in your
records as specified in § 98.97(d)(9), the
measured destruction or removal
efficiency must be included in the
calculation of the destruction or
removal efficiency value for that gas and
process sub-type or process type.
(v) If a measured destruction or
removal efficiency is below the
manufacturer-claimed fluorinated GHG
or N2O destruction or removal efficiency
for any abatement system specifically
designed for fluorinated GHG or N2O
abatement and the abatement system is
not installed, operated, or maintained in
accordance with the site maintenance
plan for abatement systems that is
developed and maintained in your
records as specified in § 98.97(d)(9), you
must implement corrective action and
perform a retest to replace the measured
value within the reporting year. In lieu
of retesting within the reporting year,
you may use the measured value in
calculating the average destruction or
removal efficiency for the reporting
year, implement corrective action, and
then include the same system in the
next abatement system testing period in
addition to the testing of randomly
selected systems for that next testing
period. Regardless of whether you use
the lower measured destruction or
removal efficiency and when you
perform the retest of the abatement
system, you must count the time that
the abatement system is not operated
and maintained according to the site
maintenance plan for abatement systems
as not being in operational mode for
purposes of calculating abatement
system uptime.
(vi) If your fab uses redundant
abatement systems, you may account for
the total abatement system uptime (that
is, the time that at least one abatement
system is in operational mode)
calculated for a specific exhaust stream
during the reporting year.
(g) * * *
(3) Follow the QA/QC procedures in
accordance with those in EPA 430–R–
10–003 (incorporated by reference, see
§ 98.7), or the applicable QA/QC
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
procedures specified in an alternative
method approved by the Administrator
(or authorized representative) according
to paragraph (k) of this section, when
calculating abatement systems
destruction or removal efficiencies. If
you are measuring destruction or
removal efficiency according to EPA
430–R–10–003 (incorporated by
reference, see § 98.7), and you elect to
follow the alternative procedures
specified in Appendix A to this subpart
according to paragraph (f)(4)(i) of this
section, you must follow any additional
QA/QC procedures specified in
Appendix A to this subpart.
(4) As part of normal operations for
each fab, the inventory of gas stored in
containers at the beginning of the
reporting year must be the same as the
inventory of gas stored in containers at
the end of the previous reporting year.
You must maintain records
documenting the year end and year
beginning inventories under § 98.97(a).
(h) You must adhere to the QA/QC
procedures of this paragraph (h) when
calculating annual gas consumption for
each fluorinated GHG and N2O used at
each fab and emissions from the use of
each fluorinated heat transfer fluid on a
fab basis.
*
*
*
*
*
(3) Ensure that the inventory at the
beginning of one reporting year is
identical to the inventory at the end of
the previous reporting year. You must
maintain records documenting the year
end and year beginning inventories
under § 98.97(a) and (r).
*
*
*
*
*
(i) All flow meters, weigh scales,
pressure gauges, and thermometers used
to measure quantities that are monitored
under this section or used in
calculations under § 98.93 must meet
the calibration and accuracy
requirements specified in § 98.3(i).
(j) Stack test methodology. For each
fab for which you calculate annual
emissions for any fluorinated GHG
emitted from your facility using the
stack test method according to the
procedure specified in § 98.93(i)(3), you
must adhere to the requirements in
paragraphs (j)(1) through (8) of this
section. You may request approval to
use an alternative stack test method and
procedure according to paragraph (k) of
this section.
(1) Stack system testing. Conduct an
emissions test for each applicable stack
system according to the procedures in
paragraphs (j)(1)(i) through (iv) of this
section.
(i) You must conduct an emission test
during which the fab is operating at a
representative operating level, as
PO 00000
Frm 00052
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
defined in § 98.98, and with the
abatement systems connected to the
stack system being tested operating with
at least 90 percent uptime, averaged
over all abatement systems, during the
8-hour (or longer) period for each stack
system, or at no less than 90 percent of
the abatement system uptime rate
measured over the previous reporting
year, averaged over all abatement
systems.
(ii) You must measure for the
expected and possible by-products
identified in Table I–17 of this subpart
and those fluorinated GHGs used as
input fluorinated GHG in process tools
vented to the stack system, except for
any intermittent low-use fluorinated
GHG as defined in § 98.98. You must
calculate annual emissions of
intermittent low-use fluorinated GHGs
by adhering to the procedures in
§ 98.93(i)(4)(i).
(iii) If a fluorinated GHG being
consumed in the reporting year was not
being consumed during the stack testing
and does not meet the definition of
intermittent low-use fluorinated GHG in
§ 98.98, then you must test the stack
systems associated with the use of that
fluorinated GHG at a time when that gas
is in use at a magnitude that would
allow you to determine an emission
factor for that gas. If a fluorinated GHG
consumed in the reporting year was not
being consumed during the stack testing
and is no longer in use by your fab (e.g.,
use of the gas has become obsolete or
has been discontinued), then you must
calculate annual emissions for that
fluorinated GHG according to the
procedure specified in § 98.93(i)(4).
(iv) Although all applicable stack
systems are not required to be tested
simultaneously, you must certify that no
significant changes in stack flow
configuration occur between tests
conducted for any particular fab in a
reporting year. You must certify that no
more than 10 percent of the total
number of fluorinated GHG emitting
process tools are connected or
disconnected from a stack system
during testing. You must also certify
that no process tools that were in
operation at the start of the test period
have been moved to a different stack
system during the test period (i.e.,
during or in between testing of
individual stack systems) and that no
point-of-use abatement systems have
been permanently removed from service
during the test period. You must
document any changes in stack flow
configuration in the emissions test data
and report required to be kept as records
under § 98.97(i)(4).
(2) Test methods and procedures. You
must adhere to the applicable test
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
methods and procedures specified in
Table I–9 to this subpart, or adhere to
an alternative method approved by the
Administrator (or authorized
representative) according to paragraph
(k) of this section. If you select Method
320 of 40 CFR part 63, Appendix A to
measure the concentration of each
fluorinated GHG in the stack system,
you must complete a method validation
according to Section 13 of Method 320
of 40 CFR part 63, Appendix A for each
FTIR system (hardware and software)
and each tester (testing company).
Method 320 validation is necessary
when any change occurs in
instrumentation, tester (i.e., testing
company), or stack condition (e.g., acid
gas vs. base). Measurement of new
compounds require validation for those
compounds according to Section 13 of
Method 320 of 40 CFR part 63,
Appendix A. The field detection limits
achieved under your test methods and
procedures must fall at or below the
maximum field detection limits
specified in Table I–10 to this subpart.
(3) Fab-specific fluorinated GHG
consumption measurements. You must
determine the amount of each
fluorinated GHG consumed by each fab
during the sampling period for all
process tools connected to the stack
systems tested under § 98.93(i)(3),
according to the procedures in
paragraphs (j)(3)(i) and (ii) of this
section. This determination must
include apportioning gas consumption
between stack systems that are being
tested and those that are not tested
under § 98.93(i)(2).
(i) Measure fluorinated GHG
consumption using gas flow meters,
scales, or pressure measurements.
Measure the mass or pressure, as
applicable, at the beginning and end of
the sampling period and when
containers are changed out. If you elect
to measure gas consumption using
pressure (i.e., because the gas is stored
in a location above its critical
temperature) you must estimate
consumption as specified in paragraphs
(j)(3)(i)(A) and (B) of this section.
(A) For each fluorinated GHG, you
must either measure the temperature of
the fluorinated GHG container(s) when
the sampling periods begin and end and
when containers are changed out, or
measure the temperature of the
fluorinated GHG container(s) every hour
for the duration of the sampling period.
Temperature measurements of the
immediate vicinity of the containers
(e.g., in the same room, near the
containers) shall be considered
temperature measurements of the
containers.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
(B) Convert the sampling periodbeginning, sampling period-ending, and
container change-out pressures to
masses using Equation I–25 of this
subpart, with the appropriate Z value
selected based upon the properties of
the gas (e.g., the Z value yielded by the
Redlich, Kwong, Soave equation of state
with appropriate values for that gas).
Apply the temperatures measured at or
nearest to the beginning and end of the
sampling period and to the time(s) when
containers are changed out, as
applicable. For each gas, the
consumption during the sampling
period is the difference between the
masses of the containers of that gas at
the beginning and at the end of the
sampling period, summed across
containers, including containers that are
changed out.
(ii) For each fluorinated GHG gas for
which consumption is too low to be
accurately measured during the
sampling period using gas flow meters,
scales, or pressure measurements as
specified in paragraph (j)(3)(i) of this
section, you must follow at least one of
the procedures listed in paragraph
(j)(3)(ii)(A) through (C) of this section to
obtain a consumption measurement.
(A) Draw the gas from a single gas
container if it is normally supplied from
multiple containers connected by a
shared manifold.
(B) Calculate consumption from prorated long-term consumption data (for
example, calculate and use hourly
consumption rates from monthly
consumption data).
(C) Increase the duration of the
sampling period for consumption
measurement beyond the minimum
duration specified in Table I–9 of this
subpart.
(4) Emission test results. The results
of an emission test must include the
analysis of samples, number of test runs,
the average emission factor for each
fluorinated GHG measured, the
analytical method used, calculation of
emissions, the fluorinated GHGs
consumed during the sampling period,
an identification of the stack systems
tested, and the fluorinated GHGs that
were included in the test. The emissions
test report must contain all information
and data used to derive the fab-specific
emission factor.
(5) Emissions testing frequency. You
must conduct emissions testing to
develop fab-specific emission factors on
a frequency according to the procedures
in paragraph (j)(5)(i) or (ii) of this
section.
(i) Annual testing. You must conduct
an annual emissions test for each stack
system for which emissions testing is
required under § 98.93(i)(3), unless you
PO 00000
Frm 00053
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
68213
meet the criteria in paragraph (j)(5)(ii) of
this section to skip annual testing. Each
set of emissions testing for a stack
system must be separated by a period of
at least 2 months.
(ii) Criteria to test less frequently.
After the first 3 years of annual testing,
you may calculate the relative standard
deviation of the emission factors for
each fluorinated GHG included in the
test and use that analysis to determine
the frequency of any future testing. As
an alternative, you may conduct all
three tests in less than 3 calendar years
for purposes of this paragraph (j)(5)(ii),
but this does not relieve you of the
obligation to conduct subsequent annual
testing if you do not meet the criteria to
test less frequently. If the criteria
specified in paragraphs (j)(5)(ii)(A) and
(B) of this section are met, you may use
the arithmetic average of the three
emission factors for each fluorinated
GHG and fluorinated GHG by-product
for the current year and the next 4 years
with no further testing unless your fab
operations are changed in way that
triggers the re-test criteria in paragraph
(j)(8) of this section. In the fifth year
following the last stack test included in
the previous average, you must test each
of the stack systems for which testing is
required and repeat the relative
standard deviation analysis using the
results of the most recent three tests
(i.e., the new test and the two previous
tests conducted prior to the 4 year
period). If the criteria specified in
paragraphs (j)(5)(ii)(A) and (B) of this
section are not met, you must use the
emission factors developed from the
most recent testing and continue annual
testing. You may conduct more than one
test in the same year, but each set of
emissions testing for a stack system
must be separated by a period of at least
2 months. You may repeat the relative
standard deviation analysis using the
most recent three tests, including those
tests conducted prior to the 4 year
period, to determine if you are exempt
from testing for the next 4 years.
(A) The relative standard deviation of
the total CO2e emission factors
calculated from each of the three tests
(expressed as the total CO2e fluorinated
GHG emissions of the fab divided by the
total CO2e fluorinated GHG use of the
fab) is less than or equal to 15 percent.
(B) The relative standard deviation for
all single fluorinated GHGs that
individually accounted for 5 percent or
more of CO2e emissions were less than
20 percent.
(C) For those fluorinated GHG that do
not have GWP values listed in Table A–
1 to subpart A of this part, you must use
a GWP value of 2,000 in calculating
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
68214
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
CO2e in paragraphs (j)(5)(ii)(A) and (B)
of this section.
(6) Subsequent measurements. You
must make an annual determination of
each stack system’s exemption status
under § 98.93(i)(2) by March 31 each
year. If a stack system that was
previously not required to be tested per
§ 98.93(i)(2), no longer meets the criteria
in § 98.93(i)(2), you must conduct the
emissions testing for the stack system
during the current reporting and
develop the fab-specific emission factor
from the emissions testing.
(7) Previous measurements. You may
include the results of emissions testing
conducted on or after January 1, 2011
for use in the relative standard deviation
calculation in paragraph (j)(5)(ii) of this
section if the previous results were
determined using a method meeting the
requirements in paragraph (j)(2) of this
section. You may request approval to
use results of emissions testing
conducted between January 1, 2011 and
January 1, 2014 using a method that
deviated from the requirements in
paragraph (j)(2) of this section by
adhering to the requirements in
paragraphs (j)(7)(i) through (j)(7)(iv) of
this section.
(i) Notify the Administrator (or an
authorized representative) of your
intention to use the results of the
previous emissions testing. You must
include in the notification the data and
results you intend to use for meeting
either reporting or recordkeeping
requirements, a description of the
method, and any deviations from the
requirements in paragraph (j)(2) of this
section. Your description must include
an explanation of how any deviations
do not affect the quality of the data
collected.
(ii) The Administrator will review the
information submitted under paragraph
(j)(7)(i) and determine whether the
results of the previous emissions testing
are adequate and issue an approval or
disapproval of the use of the results
within 120 days of the date on which
you submit the notification specified in
paragraph (j)(7)(i) of this section.
(iii) If the Administrator finds
reasonable grounds to disapprove the
results of the previous emissions testing,
the Administrator may request that you
provide additional information to
support the use of the results of the
previous emissions testing. Failure to
respond to any request made by the
Administrator does not affect the 120
day deadline specified in paragraph
(j)(7)(ii) of this section.
(iv) Neither the approval process nor
the failure to obtain approval for the use
of results from previous emissions
testing shall abrogate your responsibility
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
to comply with the requirements of this
subpart.
(8) Scenarios that require a stack
system to be re-tested. By March 31 of
each reporting year, you must evaluate
and determine whether any changes to
your fab operations meet the criteria
specified in paragraphs (j)(8)(i) through
(vi) of this section. If any of the
scenarios specified in paragraph (j)(8)(i)
through (vi) of this section occur, you
must perform a re-test of any applicable
stack system, irrespective of whether
you have met the criteria for less
frequent testing in paragraph (j)(5)(ii) of
this section, before the end of the year
in which the evaluation was completed.
You must adhere to the methods and
procedures specified in § 98.93(i)(3) for
performing a stack system emissions test
and calculating emissions. If you meet
the criteria for less frequent testing in
paragraph (j)(5)(ii), and you are required
to perform a re-test as specified in
paragraph (j)(8)(i) through (vi) of this
section, the requirement to perform a retest does not extend the date of the next
scheduled test that was established
prior to meeting the requirement to
perform a re-test. If the criteria specified
in paragraph (j)(5)(ii) of this section are
not met using the results from the re-test
and the two most recent stack tests, you
must use the emission factors developed
from the most recent testing to calculate
emissions and resume annual testing.
You may resume testing less frequently
according to your original schedule if
the criteria specified in paragraph
(j)(5)(ii) of this section are met using the
most recent three tests.
(i) Annual consumption of a
fluorinated GHG used during the most
recent emissions test (expressed in
CO2e) changes by more than 10 percent
of the total annual fluorinated GHG
consumption, relative to gas
consumption in CO2e for that gas during
the year of the most recent emissions
test (for example, if the use of a single
gas goes from 25 percent of CO2e to
greater than 35 percent of CO2e, this
change would trigger a re-test). For
those fluorinated GHGs that do not have
GWP values listed in Table A–1 to
subpart A of this part, you must use a
GWP value of 2,000 in calculating CO2e
for purposes of this paragraph.
(ii) A change in the consumption of
an intermittent low-use fluorinated GHG
(as defined in § 98.98) that was not used
during the emissions test and not
reflected in the fab-specific emission
factor, such that it no longer meets the
definition of an intermittent low-use
fluorinated GHG.
(iii) A decrease by more than 10
percent in the fraction of tools with
abatement systems, compared to the
PO 00000
Frm 00054
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
number during the most recent
emissions test.
(iv) A change in the wafer size
manufactured by the fab since the most
recent emissions test.
(v) A stack system that formerly met
the criteria specified under § 98.93(i)(2)
for not being subject to testing no longer
meets those criteria.
(vi) If a fluorinated GHG being
consumed in the reporting year was not
being consumed during the stack test
and does not meet the definition of
intermittent, low-use fluorinated GHG
in § 98.98, then you must test the stack
systems associated with the use of that
fluorinated GHG at a time when that gas
is in use as required in paragraph
(j)(1)(iii) of this section.
(k) You may request approval to use
an alternative stack test method and
procedure or to use an alternative
method to determine abatement system
destruction or removal efficiency by
adhering to the requirements in
paragraphs (k)(1) through (6) of this
section. An alternative method is any
method of sampling and analyzing for a
fluorinated GHG or N2O, or the
determination of parameters other than
concentration, for example, flow
measurements, that is not a method
specified in this subpart and that has
been demonstrated to the
Administrator’s satisfaction, using
Method 301 in appendix A of part 63,
to produce results adequate for the
Administrator’s determination that it
may be used in place of a method
specified elsewhere in this subpart.
(1) You may use an alternative
method from that specified in this
subpart provided that you:
(i) Notify the Administrator (or an
authorized representative) of your
intention to use an alternative method.
You must include in the notification a
site-specific test plan describing the
alternative method and procedures (the
alternative test plan), the range of test
conditions over which the validation is
intended to be applicable, and an
alternative means of calculating the fablevel fluorinated GHG or N2O emissions
or determining the abatement system
destruction or removal efficiency if the
Administrator denies the use of the
results of the alternative method under
paragraph (k)(2) or (3) of this section.
(ii) Use Method 301 in appendix A of
part 63 of this chapter to validate the
alternative method. This may include
the use of only portions of specific
procedures of Method 301 if use of such
procedures are sufficient to validate the
alternative method; and
(iii) Submit the results of the Method
301 validation process along with the
notification of intention and the
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
rationale for not using the specified
method.
(2) The Administrator will determine
whether the validation of the proposed
alternative method is adequate and
issue an approval or disapproval of the
alternative test plan within 120 days of
the date on which you submit the
notification and alternative test plan
specified in paragraph (k)(1) of this
section. If the Administrator approves
the alternative test plan, you are
authorized to use the alternative
method(s) in place of the methods
described in paragraph (f)(4)(i) of this
section for measuring destruction or
removal efficiency or paragraph (j) of
this section for conducting the stack
test, as applicable, taking into account
the Administrator’s comments on the
alternative test plan. Notwithstanding
the requirement in the preceding
sentence, you may at any time prior to
the Administrator’s approval or
disapproval proceed to conduct the
stack test using the methods specified in
paragraph (j) of this section or the
destruction or removal efficiency
determination specified in (f)(4)(i) of
this section if you use a method
specified in this subpart instead of the
requested alternative. If an alternative
test plan is not approved and you still
want to use an alternative method, you
must recommence the process to have
an alternative test method approved
starting with the notification of intent to
use an alternative test method specified
in paragraph (k)(1)(i) of this section.
(3) You must report the results of
stack testing or destruction or removal
efficiency determination using the
alternative method and procedure
specified in the approved alternative
test plan. You must include in your
report for an alternative stack test
method and for an alternative abatement
system destruction or removal efficiency
determination the information specified
in paragraph (j)(4) of this section,
including all methods, calculations and
data used to determine the fluorinated
GHG emission factor or the abatement
system destruction or removal
efficiency. The Administrator will
review the results of the test using the
alternative methods and procedure and
then approve or deny the use of the
results of the alternative test method
and procedure no later than 120 days
after they are submitted to EPA.
(4) If the Administrator finds
reasonable grounds to dispute the
results obtained by an alternative
method for the purposes of determining
fluorinated GHG emissions or
destruction or removal efficiency of an
abatement system, the Administrator
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:21 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
may require the use of another method
specified in this subpart.
(5) Once the Administrator has
approved the use of the alternative
method for the purposes of determining
fluorinated GHG emissions for specific
fluorinated GHGs and types of stack
systems or abatement system
destruction or removal efficiency, that
method may be used at any other
facility for the same fluorinated GHGs
and types of stack systems, or
fluorinated GHGs and abatement
systems, if the approved conditions
apply to that facility. In granting
approval, the Administrator may limit
the range of test conditions and
emission characteristics for which that
approval is granted and under which
the alternative method may be used
without seeking approval under
paragraphs (k)(1) through (4) of this
section. The Administrator will specify
those limitations, if any, in the approval
of the alternative method.
(6) Neither the validation and
approval process nor the failure to
validate or obtain approval of an
alternative method shall abrogate your
responsibility to comply with the
requirements of this subpart.
■ 8. Section 98.96 is amended by:
■ a. Revising paragraphs (a) and (b);
■ b. Revising paragraphs (c)
introductory text and (c)(1) through (3);
■ c. Adding paragraph (c)(5);
■ d. Removing and reserving paragraphs
(f) through (l);
■ e. Revising paragraph (m)
introductory text;
■ f. Redesignating paragraphs (m)(i)
through (m)(iv) as paragraphs (m)(1)
through (m)(4), and revising newly
redesignated paragraphs (m)(1), (3), and
(4);
■ g. Adding paragraph (m)(5);
■ h. Removing and reserving paragraphs
(n) and (o);
■ i. Revising paragraphs (p) through (s);
■ j. Removing and reserving paragraphs
(t) through (v); and
■ k. Adding paragraphs (w), (x), and (y).
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
§ 98.96
Data reporting requirements.
*
*
*
*
*
(a) Annual manufacturing capacity of
each fab at your facility used to
determine the annual manufacturing
capacity of your facility in Equation I–
5 of this subpart.
(b) For facilities that manufacture
semiconductors, the diameter of wafers
manufactured at each fab at your facility
(mm).
(c) Annual emissions, on a fab basis
as described in paragraph (c)(1) through
(5) of this section.
PO 00000
Frm 00055
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
68215
(1) When you use the procedures
specified in § 98.93(a) of this subpart,
each fluorinated GHG emitted from each
process type for which your fab is
required to calculate emissions as
calculated in Equations I–6 and I–7 of
this subpart.
(2) Each fluorinated GHG emitted
from each process type or process subtype as calculated in Equations I–8 and
I–9 of this subpart, as applicable.
(3) N2O emitted from all chemical
vapor deposition processes and N2O
emitted from the aggregate of other N2Ousing manufacturing processes as
calculated in Equation I–10 of this
subpart.
*
*
*
*
*
(5) When you use the procedures
specified in § 98.93(i) of this subpart,
annual emissions of each fluorinated
GHG, on a fab basis.
*
*
*
*
*
(m) For the fab-specific apportioning
model used to apportion fluorinated
GHG and N2O consumption under
§ 98.94(c), the following information to
determine it is verified in accordance
with procedures in § 98.94(c)(1) and (2):
(1) Identification of the quantifiable
metric used in your fab-specific
engineering model to apportion gas
consumption for each fab, and/or an
indication if direct measurements were
used in addition to, or instead of, a
quantifiable metric.
*
*
*
*
*
(3) Certification that the gas(es) you
selected under § 98.94(c)(2)(ii) for each
fab corresponds to the largest
quantity(ies) consumed, on a mass basis,
of fluorinated GHG used at your fab
during the reporting year for which you
are required to apportion.
(4) The result of the calculation
comparing the actual and modeled gas
consumption under § 98.94(c)(2)(iii) and
(iv), as applicable.
(5) If you are required to apportion
fluorinated GHG consumption between
fabs as required by § 98.94(c)(2)(v),
certification that the gas(es) you selected
under § 98.94(c)(2)(ii) corresponds to
the largest quantity(ies) consumed on a
mass basis, of fluorinated GHG used at
your facility during the reporting year
for which you are required to apportion.
*
*
*
*
*
(p) Inventory and description of all
abatement systems through which
fluorinated GHGs or N2O flow at your
facility and for which you are claiming
destruction or removal efficiency,
including:
(1) The number of abatement systems
controlling emissions for each process
sub-type, or process type, as applicable,
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
68216
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
(2) If you use default destruction or
removal efficiency values in your
emissions calculations under § 98.93(a),
(b), or (i), certification that the site
maintenance plan for abatement systems
for which emissions are being reported
contains manufacturer’s
recommendations and specifications for
installation, operation, and maintenance
for each abatement system.
(3) If you use default destruction or
removal efficiency values in your
emissions calculations under § 98.93(a),
(b), and/or (i), certification that the
abatement systems for which emissions
are being reported were specifically
designed for fluorinated GHG or N2O
abatement, as applicable. You must
support this certification by providing
abatement system supplier
documentation stating that the system
was designed for fluorinated GHG or
N2O abatement, as applicable.
(4) For all stack systems for which
you calculate fluorinated GHG
emissions according to the procedures
specified in § 98.93(i)(3), certification
that you have included and accounted
for all abatement systems and any
respective downtime in your emissions
calculations under § 98.93(i)(3).
(r) You must report an effective fabwide destruction or removal efficiency
value for each fab at your facility
calculated using Equation I–26, I–27,
and I–28 of this subpart, as appropriate.
Where:
DREFAB = Fab-wide effective destruction or
removal efficiency value, expressed as a
decimal fraction.
FGHGi = Total emissions of each fluorinated
GHG i emitted from electronics
manufacturing processes in the fab,
calculated according to the procedures in
§ 98.93.
N2Oj = Emissions of N2O from each N2Oemitting electronics manufacturing
process j in the fab, expressed in metric
ton CO2 equivalents, calculated
according to the procedures in § 98.93.
UAFGHG = Total unabated emissions of
fluorinated GHG emitted from
electronics manufacturing processes in
the fab, expressed in metric ton CO2
equivalents as calculated in Equation I–
27 of this subpart.
SFGHG = Total unabated emissions of
fluorinated GHG emitted from
electronics manufacturing processes in
the fab, expressed in metric ton CO2
equivalents, as calculated in Equation I–
28 of this subpart.
CN2O,j = Consumption of N2O in each N2O
emitting process j, expressed in metric
ton CO2 equivalents.
1–UN2O,j = N2O emission factor for each N2O
emitting process j from Table I–8 of this
subpart.
GWPi = GWP of emitted fluorinated GHG i
from Table A–1 of this part. For those
fluorinated GHGs for which Table A–1 to
subpart A of this part does not define a
GWP value, use a GWP value of 2,000 for
purposes of this equation.
GWPN2O = GWP of N2O from Table A–1 of
this part.
i = Fluorinated GHG.
j = Process Type.
Where:
UAFGHG = Total unabated emissions of
fluorinated GHG emitted from
electronics manufacturing processes in
the fab, expressed in metric ton CO2e for
which you calculated total emission
according to the procedures in § 98.93(a)
or § 98.93(i)(4).
Cij = Total consumption of fluorinated GHG
i, apportioned to process j, expressed in
metric ton CO2e, which you used to
calculate total emissions according to the
procedures in § 98.93(a) or § 98.93(i)(4).
Uij = Process utilization rate for fluorinated
GHG i, process type j, which you used
to calculate total emissions according to
the procedures in § 98.93(a) or
§ 98.93(i)(4).
GWPi = GWP of emitted fluorinated GHG i
from Table A–1 of this part. For those
fluorinated GHGs for which Table A–1 to
subpart A of this part does not define a
GWP value, use a GWP value of 2,000 for
purposes of this equation.
GWPk = GWP of emitted fluorinated GHG byproduct k, from Table A–1 of this part.
For those fluorinated GHGs for which
Table A–1 to subpart A of this part does
not define a GWP value, use a GWP
value of 2,000 for purposes of this
equation.
Bijk = By-product formation rate of
fluorinated GHG k created as a by-
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00056
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(1) Use Equation I–27 of this subpart
to calculate total unabated emissions, in
metric tons CO2e, of all fluorinated GHG
emitted from electronics manufacturing
processes whose emissions of
fluorinated GHG you calculated
according to the default utilization and
by-product formation rate procedures in
§ 98.93(a) or § 98.93(i)(4). For each
fluorinated GHG i in process j, use the
same consumption (Cij), emission
factors (1¥Uij), and by-product
formation rates (Bijk) to calculate
unabated emissions as you used to
calculate emissions in § 98.93(a) or
§ 98.93(i)(4).
(2) Use Equation I–28 to calculate
total unabated emissions, in metric ton
CO2e, of all fluorinated GHG emitted
from electronics manufacturing
processes whose emissions of
fluorinated GHG you calculated
according to the stack testing
procedures in § 98.93(i)(3). For each set
of processes, use the same input gas
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
ER13NO13.016
product per amount of fluorinated GHG
input gas i (kg) consumed by process
type j (kg).
i = Fluorinated GHG.
j = Process Type.
k = Fluorinated GHG by-product.
ER13NO13.015
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
for each gas used in the process subtype or process type.
(2) The basis of the destruction or
removal efficiency being used (default
or site specific measurement according
to § 98.94(f)(4)(i)) for each process subtype or process type and for each gas.
(q) For all abatement systems through
which fluorinated GHGs or N2O flow at
your facility, for which you are
reporting controlled emissions, the
following:
(1) Certification that all abatement
systems at the facility have been
installed, maintained, and operated in
accordance with the site maintenance
plan for abatement systems that is
developed and maintained in your
records as specified in § 98.97(d)(9).
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
68217
(aif and af), and destruction efficiencies
(dif and dkf) to calculate unabated
emissions as you used to calculate
emissions.
Where:
SFGHG = Total unabated emissions of
fluorinated GHG emitted from
electronics manufacturing processes in
the fab, expressed in metric ton CO2e for
which you calculated total emission
according to the procedures in
§ 98.93(i)(3).
EFif = Emission factor for fluorinated GHG
input gas i, emitted from fab f, as
calculated in Equation I–19 of this
subpart (kg emitted/kg input gas
consumed).
aif = Fraction of fluorinated GHG input gas
i used in fab f in tools with abatement
systems (expressed as a decimal
fraction).
dif = Fraction of fluorinated GHG i destroyed
or removed in abatement systems
connected to process tools in fab f,
which you used to calculate total
emissions according to the procedures in
§ 98.93(i)(3) (expressed as a decimal
fraction).
Cif = Total consumption of fluorinated GHG
input gas i, of tools vented to stack
systems that are tested, for fab f, for the
reporting year, expressed in metric ton
CO2e, which you used to calculate total
emissions according to the procedures in
§ 98.93(i)(3) (expressed as a decimal
fraction).
EFkf = Emission factor for fluorinated GHG
by-product gas k, emitted from fab f, as
calculated in Equation I–20 of this
subpart (kg emitted/kg of all input gases
consumed in tools vented to stack
systems that are tested).
af = Fraction of input gases used in fab f in
tools with abatement systems (expressed
as a decimal fraction).
dkf = Fraction of fluorinated GHG by-product
k destroyed or removed in abatement
systems connected to process tools in fab
f, which you used to calculate total
emissions according to the procedures in
§ 98.93(i)(3) (expressed as a decimal
fraction).
GWPi = GWP of emitted fluorinated GHG i
from Table A–1 of this part. For those
fluorinated GHGs for which Table A–1 of
subpart A to this part does not define a
GWP value, use a GWP value of 2,000 for
purposes of this equation.
GWPk = GWP of emitted fluorinated GHG byproduct k, from Table A–1 of this part.
For those fluorinated GHGs for which
Table A–1 to subpart A of this part does
not define a GWP value, use a GWP
value of 2,000 for purposes of this
equation.
i = Fluorinated GHG.
k = Fluorinated GHG by-product.
fluorinated heat transfer fluid mass
balance equation under § 98.95(b), the
number of times missing data
procedures were followed in the
reporting year and the method used to
estimate the missing data.
*
*
*
*
*
(w) If you elect to calculate fab-level
emissions of fluorinated GHG using the
stack test methods specified in
§ 98.93(i), you must report the following
in paragraphs (w)(1) and (2) for each
stack system, in addition to the relevant
data in paragraphs (a) through (v) of this
section:
(1) The date of any stack testing
conducted during the reporting year,
and the identity of the stack system
tested.
(2) An inventory of all stack systems
from which process fluorinated GHG are
emitted. For each stack system, indicate
whether the stack system is among those
for which stack testing was performed
as per § 98.93(i)(3) or not performed as
per § 98.93(i)(2).
(x) If the emissions you report under
paragraph (c) of this section include
emissions from research and
development activities, as defined in
§ 98.6, report the approximate
percentage of total GHG emissions, on a
metric ton CO2e basis, that are
attributable to research and
development activities, using the
following ranges: less than 5 percent, 5
percent to less than 10 percent, 10
percent to less than 25 percent, 25
percent to less than 50 percent, 50
percent and higher. For those
fluorinated GHG that do not have GWP
values listed in Table A–1 of subpart A
of this part, you must use a GWP value
of 2,000 in calculating CO2e for
purposes of this paragraph.
(y) If your semiconductor
manufacturing facility emits more than
40,000 metric ton CO2e of GHG
emissions, based on your most recently
submitted annual report (beginning with
the 2015 reporting year) as required in
paragraph (c) of this section, from the
electronics manufacturing processes
subject to reporting under this subpart,
you must prepare and submit a triennial
(every 3 years) technology assessment
report to the Administrator (or an
authorized representative) that meets
the requirements specified in
paragraphs (y)(1) through (6) of this
section. Any other semiconductor
manufacturing facility may voluntarily
submit this report to the Administrator.
(1) The first report must be submitted
with the annual GHG emissions report
that is due no later than March 31, 2017,
and subsequent reports must be
delivered every 3 years no later than
March 31 of the year in which it is due.
(2) The report must include the
information described in paragraphs
(y)(2)(i) through (v) of this section.
(i) It must describe how the gases and
technologies used in semiconductor
manufacturing using 200 mm and 300
mm wafers in the United States have
changed in the past 3 years and whether
any of the identified changes are likely
to have affected the emissions
characteristics of semiconductor
manufacturing processes in such a way
that the default utilization and byproduct formation rates or default
destruction or removal efficiency factors
of this subpart may need to be updated.
(ii) It must describe the effect on
emissions of the implementation of new
process technologies and/or finer line
width processes in 200 mm and 300 mm
technologies, the introduction of new
tool platforms, and the introduction of
new processes on previously tested
platforms.
(iii) It must describe the status of
implementing 450 mm wafer technology
and the potential need to create or
update default emission factors
compared to 300 mm technology.
(iv) It must provide any utilization
and by-product formation rates and/or
destruction or removal efficiency data
that have been collected in the previous
3 years that support the changes in
semiconductor manufacturing processes
described in the report.
(v) It must describe the use of a new
gas, use of an existing gas in a new
process type or sub-type, or a
fundamental change in process
technology.
(3) If, on the basis of the information
reported in paragraph (y)(2) of this
section, the report indicates that GHG
emissions from semiconductor
manufacturing may have changed from
those represented by the default
utilization and by-product formation
(s) Where missing data procedures
were used to estimate inputs into the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00057
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
ER13NO13.017
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
consumption (Cif), input gas emission
factors (EFif), by-product gas emission
factors (EFkf), fractions of tools abated
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
68218
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
rates in Tables I–3 or I–4, or the default
destruction or removal efficiency values
in Table I–16 of this subpart, the report
must lay out a data gathering and
analysis plan focused on the areas of
potential change. The plan must
describe the elements in paragraphs
(y)(3)(i) and (ii).
(i) The testing of tools to determine
the potential effect on current
utilization and by-product formation
rates and destruction or removal
efficiency values under the new
conditions. You must follow the QA/QC
procedures in the International
SEMATECH #60124825A–ENG
(incorporated by reference, see § 98.7)
when measuring and calculating process
sub-type and process type fluorinated
GHG and N2O utilization and byproduct formation rates.
(ii) A planned analysis of the effect on
overall facility emissions using a
representative gas-use profile for a 200
mm, 300 mm, or 450 mm fab
(depending on which technology is
under consideration).
(4) Multiple semiconductor
manufacturing facilities may submit a
single consolidated 3-year report as long
as the facility identifying information in
§ 98.3(c)(1) and the certification
statement in § 98.3(c)(9) is provided for
each facility for which the consolidated
report is submitted.
(5) The Administrator will review the
report received and determine whether
it is necessary to update the default
utilization rates and by-product
formation rates in Tables I–3, I–4, I–11,
and I–12 of this subpart and default
destruction or removal efficiency values
in Table I–16 of this subpart based on
the following:
(i) Whether the revised default
utilization and by-product formation
rates and destruction or removal
efficiency values will result in a
projected shift in emissions of 10
percent or greater.
(ii) Whether new platforms, processes,
or facilities that are not captured in
current default utilization and byproduct formation rates and destruction
or removal efficiency values should be
included in revised values.
(iii) Whether new data are available
that could expand the existing data set
to include new gases, tools, or processes
not included in the existing data set (i.e.
gases, tools, or processes for which no
data are currently available).
(6) The Administrator will review the
reports within 120 days and will notify
you of a determination whether it is
necessary to update any default
utilization and by-product formation
rates and/or destruction or removal
efficiency values. If the Administrator
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
determines it is necessary to update
default utilization and by-product
formation rates and/or destruction or
removal efficiency values, you will then
have 180 days from the date you receive
notice of the determination to execute
the data collection and analysis plan
described in the report and submit those
data to the Administrator.
■ 9. Section 98.97 is amended by:
■ a. Removing and reserving paragraph
(b);
■ b. Revising paragraph (c);
■ c. Revising paragraphs (d)
introductory text, (d)(1), and (4), and
add paragraphs (d)(5) through (9); and
■ d. Adding paragraphs (i) through (s).
The revisions and additions read as
follows:
§ 98.97
Records that must be retained.
*
*
*
*
*
(c) Documentation for the fab-specific
engineering model used to apportion
fluorinated GHG and N2O consumption.
This documentation must be part of
your site GHG Monitoring Plan as
required under § 98.3(g)(5). At a
minimum, you must retain the
following:
(1) A clear, detailed description of the
fab-specific model, including how it
was developed; the quantifiable metric
used in the model; all sources of
information, equations, and formulas,
each with clear definitions of terms and
variables; all apportioning factors used
to apportion fluorinated GHG and N2O;
and a clear record of any changes made
to the model while it was used to
apportion fluorinated GHG and N2O
consumption across process sub-types,
process types, tools with and without
abatement systems, stack systems, and/
or fabs.
(2) Sample calculations used for
developing the gas apportioning factors
(fij) for the two fluorinated GHGs used
at your facility in the largest quantities,
on a mass basis, during the reporting
year.
(3) If you develop apportioning factors
through the use of direct measurement
according to § 98.94(c)(3), calculations
and data used to develop each gas
apportioning factor.
(4) Calculations and data used to
determine and document that the fab
was operating at representative
operating levels, as defined in § 98.98,
during the apportioning model
verification specified in § 98.94(c).
(d) For all abatement systems through
which fluorinated GHGs or N2O flow at
your facility, and for which you are
reporting controlled emissions, the
following in paragraphs (d)(1) to (9) of
this section:
PO 00000
Frm 00058
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
(1) Records of the information in
paragraphs (d)(1)(i) though (iv) of this
section:
(i) Documentation to certify that each
abatement system or group of abatement
systems is installed, maintained, and
operated in accordance with the site
maintenance plan for abatement systems
that is specified in paragraph (d)(9) of
this section.
(ii) Documentation from the
abatement system supplier describing
the abatement system’s designed
purpose and emission control
capabilities for fluorinated GHG and
N2O for which the systems or group of
systems is certified to abate, where
available.
(iii) If you use default destruction or
removal efficiency values in your
emissions calculations under § 98.93(a),
(b), and/or (i), certification that the
abatement systems for which emissions
are being reported were specifically
designed for fluorinated GHG and N2O
abatement, as required under
§ 98.94(f)(3), and certification that the
site maintenance plan includes
manufacturer’s recommendations and
specifications for installation, operation,
and maintenance for all applicable
abatement systems.
(iv) Certification that you have
included and accounted for all
abatement systems and any respective
downtime in your emissions
calculations under § 98.93(i)(3), as
required under § 98.94(f)(3).
*
*
*
*
*
(4) Where properly measured sitespecific destruction or removal
efficiencies are used to report emissions,
the information in paragraphs (d)(4)(i)
though (vi) of this section:
(i) Dated certification by the
technician who made the measurement
that the destruction or removal
efficiency is calculated in accordance
with methods in EPA 430–R–10–003
(incorporated by reference, see § 98.7)
and, if applicable Appendix A of this
subpart, or an alternative method
approved by the Administrator as
specified in § 98.94(k), complete
documentation of the results of any
initial and subsequent tests, the final
report as specified in EPA 430–R–10–
003 (incorporated by reference, see
§ 98.7) and, if applicable, the records
and documentation specified in
Appendix A of this subpart including
the information required in paragraph
(b)(7) of Appendix A of this subpart, or
a final report as specified in an
alternative method approved by the
Administrator as specified in § 98.94(k).
(ii) The average destruction or
removal efficiency of the abatement
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
systems operating during the reporting
year for each process type and gas
combination.
(iii) A description of the calculation
used to determine the average
destruction or removal efficiency for
each process type and gas combination,
including all inputs to the calculation.
(iv) The records of destruction or
removal efficiency measurements for
abatement systems for all tests that have
been used to determine the site-specific
destruction or removal efficiencies
currently being used.
(v) A description of the method used
for randomly selecting abatement
systems for testing.
(vi) The total number of systems for
which destruction or removal efficiency
was properly measured for each process
type and gas combination for the
reporting year.
(5) In addition to the inventory
specified in § 98.96(p), the information
in paragraphs (d)(5)(i) though (iii) of this
section:
(i) The number of abatement systems
of each manufacturer, and model
numbers, and the manufacturer’s
claimed fluorinated GHG and N2O
destruction or removal efficiency, if any.
(ii) Records of destruction or removal
efficiency measurements over the in-use
life of each abatement system.
(iii) A description of the tool, with the
process type or sub-type, for which the
abatement system treats exhaust.
(6) Records of all inputs and results of
calculations made accounting for the
uptime of abatement systems used
during the reporting year, in accordance
with Equations I–15 or I–23 of this
subpart, as applicable. The inputs
should include an indication of whether
each value for destruction or removal
efficiency is a default value or a
measured site-specific value.
(7) Records of all inputs and results of
calculations made to determine the
average weighted fraction of each gas
destroyed or removed in the abatement
systems for each stack system using
Equation I–24 of this subpart, if
applicable. The inputs should include
an indication of whether each value for
destruction or removal efficiency is a
default value or a measured site-specific
value.
(8) Records of all inputs and the
results of the calculation of the facilitywide emission destruction or removal
efficiency factor calculated according to
Equations I–26, I–27, and I–28 of this
subpart.
(9) A site maintenance plan for
abatement systems, which must be
maintained on-site at the facility as part
of the facility’s GHG Monitoring Plan as
described in § 98.3(g)(5), and be
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
developed and implemented according
to paragraphs (d)(9)(i) through (iii) of
this section.
(i) The site maintenance plan for
abatement systems must be based on the
abatement system manufacturer’s
recommendations and specifications for
installation, operation, and maintenance
if you use default destruction and
removal efficiency values in your
emissions calculations under § 98.93(a),
(b), and/or (i). If the manufacturer’s
recommendations and specifications for
installation, operation, and maintenance
are not available, you cannot use default
destruction and removal efficiency
values in your emissions calculations
under § 98.93(a), (b), and/or (i). If you
use an average of properly measured
destruction or removal efficiencies
determined in accordance with the
procedures in § 98.94(f)(4)(i) through
(vi), the site maintenance plan for
abatement systems must be based on the
abatement system manufacturer’s
recommendations and specifications for
installation, operation, and
maintenance, where available. If you
deviate from the manufacturer’s
recommendations and specifications,
you must include documentation that
demonstrates how the deviations do not
negatively affect the performance or
destruction or removal efficiency of the
abatement systems.
(ii) The site maintenance plan for
abatement systems must include a
defined preventative maintenance
process and checklist.
(iii) The site maintenance plan for
abatement systems must include a
corrective action process that you must
follow whenever an abatement system is
found to be not operating properly.
*
*
*
*
*
(i) Retain the following records for
each fab for which you elect to calculate
fab-level emissions of fluorinated GHG
using the procedures specified in
§ 98.93(i)(3) or (4).
(1) Document all stack systems with
emissions of fluorinated GHG that are
less than 10,000 metric tons of CO2e per
year and all stack systems with
emissions of 10,000 metric tons CO2e
per year or more. Include the data and
calculation used to develop the
preliminary estimate of emissions for
each stack system.
(2) For each stack system, identify the
method used to calculate annual
emissions; either § 98.93(i)(3) or (4).
(3) The identity and total annual
consumption of each gas identified as
an intermittent low use fluorinated GHG
as specified in § 98.93(i)(4)(i) and
defined in § 98.98.
(4) The emissions test data and
reports (see § 98.94(j)(4)) and the
PO 00000
Frm 00059
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
68219
calculations used to determine the fabspecific emission factor, including the
actual fab-specific emission factor, the
average hourly emission rate of each
fluorinated GHG from the stack system
during the test and the stack system
activity rate during the test. The report
must also contain any changes in the
stack system configuration during or
between tests in a reporting year.
(5) The fab-specific emission factor
and the calculations and data used to
determine the fab-specific emission
factor for each fluorinated GHG and byproduct, as calculated using Equations
I–19 and I–20 of § 98.93(i)(3).
(6) Calculations and data used to
determine annual emissions of each
fluorinated GHG for each fab.
(7) Calculations and data used to
determine and document that the fab
was operating at representative
operating levels, as defined in § 98.98,
during the stack testing period.
(8) A copy of the certification that no
significant changes in stack system flow
configuration occurred between tests
conducted for any particular fab in a
reporting year, as required by
§ 98.94(j)(1)(iv) and any calculations
and data supporting the certification.
(9) The number of tools vented to
each stack system in the fab.
(j) If you report the approximate
percentage of total GHG emissions from
research and development activities
under § 98.96(x), documentation for the
determination of the percentage of total
emissions of each fluorinated GHG and/
or N2O attributable to research and
development activities, as defined in
§ 98.6.
(k) Annual gas consumption for each
fluorinated GHG and N2O as calculated
in Equation I–11 of this subpart,
including where your fab used less than
50 kg of a particular fluorinated GHG or
N2O used at your facility for which you
have not calculated emissions using
Equations I–6, I–7, I–8, I–9, I–10, I–21,
or I–22 of this subpart, the chemical
name of the GHG used, the annual
consumption of the gas, and a brief
description of its use.
(l) All inputs used to calculate gas
consumption in Equation I–11 of this
subpart, for each fluorinated GHG and
N2O used.
(m) Annual amount of each
fluorinated GHG consumed for process
sub-type, process type, stack system, or
fab, as appropriate, and the annual
amount of N2O consumed for the
aggregate of all chemical vapor
deposition processes and for the
aggregate of all other electronics
manufacturing production processes, as
calculated using Equation I–13 of this
subpart.
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
68220
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
(n) Disbursements for each fluorinated
GHG and N2O during the reporting year,
as calculated using Equation I–12 of this
subpart and all inputs used to calculate
disbursements for each fluorinated GHG
and N2O used in Equation I–12 of this
subpart, including all fab-wide gasspecific heel factors used for each
fluorinated GHG and N2O. If your fab
used less than 50 kg of a particular
fluorinated GHG during the reporting
year, fab-wide gas-specific heel factors
do not need to be reported for those
gases.
(o) Fraction of each fluorinated GHG
or N2O fed into a process sub-type,
process type, stack system, or fab that is
fed into tools connected to abatement
systems.
(p) Fraction of each fluorinated GHG
or N2O destroyed or removed in
abatement systems connected to process
tools where process sub-type, process
type j is used, or to process tools vented
to stack system j or fab f.
(q) All inputs and results of
calculations made accounting for the
uptime of abatement systems used
during the reporting year, or during an
emissions sampling period, in
accordance with Equations I–15 and/or
I–23 of this subpart, as applicable.
(r) For fluorinated heat transfer fluid
emissions, inputs to the fluorinated heat
transfer fluid mass balance equation,
Equation I–16 of this subpart, for each
fluorinated heat transfer fluid used.
(s) Where missing data procedures
were used to estimate inputs into the
fluorinated heat transfer fluid mass
balance equation under § 98.95(b), the
estimates of those data.
■ 10. Section 98.98 is amended by:
■ a. Revising the definitions of
‘‘Abatement system’’ and ‘‘By-product
formation’’;
■ b. Removing the definition of ‘‘Class’’;
■ c. Adding a definition for ‘‘Fab’’ and
‘‘Fully fluorinated GHGs’’;
■ d. Revising the definition of ‘‘Gas
utilization’’;
■ e. Removing the definition of
‘‘Individual recipe’’;
■ f. Adding definitions for ‘‘Input gas’’
and ‘‘Intermittent low-use fluorinated
GHG’’;
■ g. Removing the term ‘‘Maximum
designed substrate starts’’;
■ h. Adding the term ‘‘Maximum
substrate starts’’;
■ i. Revising the definitions of
‘‘Operational mode,’’ ‘‘Process types,’’
‘‘Properly measured destruction or
removal efficiency’’ and ‘‘Redundant
abatement systems’’;
■ j. Adding a definition for
‘‘Representative operating levels’’;
■ k. Removing the definitions of
‘‘Similar, with respect to recipes’’;
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
l. Adding a definition for ‘‘Stack
system’’;
■ m. Revising the definitions of ‘‘Trigger
point for change out,’’
■ n. Adding a definition for ‘‘Unabated
emissions’’; and
■ o. Revising the definitions of
‘‘Uptime’’ and ‘‘Wafer passes.’’
The revisions read as follows:
■
§ 98.98
Definitions.
*
*
*
*
*
Abatement system means a device or
equipment that is designed to destroy or
remove fluorinated GHGs or N2O in
exhaust streams from one or more
electronics manufacturing production
processes, or for which the destruction
or removal efficiency for a fluorinated
GHG or N2O has been properly
measured according to the procedures
under § 98.94(f)(4), even if that
abatement system is not designed to
destroy or remove fluorinated GHGs or
N2O. The device or equipment is only
an abatement system for the individual
fluorinated GHGs or N2O that it is
designed to destroy or remove or for the
individual fluorinated GHGs or N2O for
which destruction or removal
efficiencies were properly measured
according to the procedures under
§ 98.94(f)(4).
*
*
*
*
*
By-product formation means the
creation of fluorinated GHGs during
electronics manufacturing production
processes or the creation of fluorinated
GHGs by an abatement system. Where
the procedures in § 98.93(a) are used to
calculate annual emissions, by-product
formation is the ratio of the mass of the
by-product formed to the mass flow of
the input gas. Where the procedures in
§ 98.93(i) are used to calculate annual
emissions, by-product formation is the
ratio of the mass of the by-product
formed to the total mass flow of all
fluorinated GHG input gases.
*
*
*
*
*
Fab means the portion of an
electronics manufacturing facility
located in a separate physical structure
that began manufacturing on a certain
date.
*
*
*
*
*
Fully fluorinated GHGs means
fluorinated GHGs that contain only
single bonds and in which all available
valence locations are filled by fluorine
atoms. This includes, but is not limited
to, saturated perfluorocarbons, SF6, NF3,
SF5CF3, C4F8O, fully fluorinated linear,
branched, and cyclic alkanes, fully
fluorinated ethers, fully fluorinated
tertiary amines, fully fluorinated
aminoethers, and perfluoropolyethers.
Gas utilization means the fraction of
input N2O or fluorinated GHG converted
PO 00000
Frm 00060
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
to other substances during the etching,
deposition, and/or wafer and chamber
cleaning processes. Gas utilization is
expressed as a rate or factor for specific
electronics manufacturing process subtypes or process types.
*
*
*
*
*
Input gas means a fluorinated GHG or
N2O used in one of the processes
described in § 98.90(a)(1) through (4)
Intermittent low-use fluorinated GHG,
for the purposes of determining
fluorinated GHG emissions using the
stack testing method, means a
fluorinated GHG that meets all of the
following:
(1) The fluorinated GHG is used by
the fab but is not used during the period
of stack testing for the fab/stack system.
(2) The emissions of the fluorinated
GHG, estimated using the methods in
§ 98.93(i)(4) do not constitute more than
5 percent of the total fluorinated GHG
emissions from the fab on a CO2e basis.
(3) The sum of the emissions of all
fluorinated GHGs that are considered
intermittent low use gases does not
exceed 10,000 metric tons CO2e for the
fab for that year, as calculated using the
procedures specified in § 98.93(i)(1) of
this subpart.
(4) The fluorinated GHG is not an
expected or possible by-product
identified in Table I–17 of this subpart.
Maximum substrate starts means for
the purposes of Equation I–5 of this
subpart, the maximum quantity of
substrates, expressed as surface area,
that could be started each month during
a reporting year based on the equipment
installed in that facility and assuming
that the installed equipment were fully
utilized. Manufacturing equipment is
considered installed when it is on the
manufacturing floor and connected to
required utilities.
*
*
*
*
*
Operational mode means the time in
which an abatement system is properly
installed, maintained, and operated
according to the site maintenance plan
for abatement systems as required in
§ 98.94(f)(1) and defined in
§ 98.97(d)(9). This includes being
properly operated within the range of
parameters as specified in the site
maintenance plan for abatement
systems.
*
*
*
*
*
Process types are broad groups of
manufacturing steps used at a facility
associated with substrate (e.g., wafer)
processing during device manufacture
for which fluorinated GHG emissions
and fluorinated GHG consumption is
calculated and reported. The process
types are Plasma etching/Wafer
Cleaning and Chamber cleaning.
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Properly measured destruction or
removal efficiency means destruction or
removal efficiencies measured in
accordance with EPA 430–R–10–003
(incorporated by reference, see § 98.7),
and, if applicable, Appendix A to this
subpart, or by an alternative method
approved by the Administrator as
specified in § 98.94(k).
*
*
*
*
*
Redundant abatement systems means
a system that is specifically designed,
installed and operated for the purpose
of destroying fluorinated GHGs and N2O
gases, or for which the destruction or
removal efficiency for a fluorinated
GHG or N2O has been properly
measured according to the procedures
under § 98.94(f)(4), and that is used as
a backup to the main fluorinated GHGs
and N2O abatement system during those
times when the main system is not
functioning or operating in accordance
with design and operating
specifications.
*
*
*
*
*
Representative operating levels means
(for purposes of verification of the
apportionment model or for determining
the appropriate conditions for stack
testing) operating the fab, in terms of
substrate starts for the period of testing
or monitoring, at no less than 50 percent
of installed production capacity or no
less than 70 percent of the average
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
production rate for the reporting year,
where production rate for the reporting
year is represented in average monthly
substrate starts. For the purposes of
stack testing, the period for determining
the representative operating level must
be the period ending on the same date
on which testing is concluded.
Stack system means one or more
stacks that are connected by a common
header or manifold, through which a
fluorinated GHG-containing gas stream
originating from one or more fab
processes is, or has the potential to be,
released to the atmosphere. For
purposes of this subpart, stack systems
do not include emergency vents or
bypass stacks through which emissions
are not usually vented under typical
operating conditions.
Trigger point for change out means
the residual weight or pressure of a gas
container type that a facility uses as an
indicator that operators need to change
out that gas container with a full
container. The trigger point is not the
actual residual weight or pressure of the
gas remaining in the cylinder that has
been replaced.
Unabated emissions means a gas
stream containing fluorinated GHG or
N2O that has exited the process, but
which has not yet been introduced into
an abatement system to reduce the mass
of fluorinated GHG or N2O in the
PO 00000
Frm 00061
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
68221
stream. If the emissions from the
process are not routed to an abatement
system, or are routed to an abatement
device that is not in an operational
mode, unabated emissions are those
fluorinated GHG or N2O released to the
atmosphere.
Uptime means the ratio of the total
time during which the abatement
system is in an operational mode, to the
total time during which production
process tool(s) connected to that
abatement system are normally in
operation.
*
*
*
*
*
Wafer passes is a count of the number
of times a wafer substrate is processed
in a specific process sub-type, or type.
The total number of wafer passes over
a reporting year is the number of wafer
passes per tool multiplied by the
number of operational process tools in
use during the reporting year.
*
*
*
*
*
■ 11. Table I–1 to subpart I of Part 98
is amended by revising the Note to read
as follows:
Table I–1 to Subpart I of Part 98—
Default Emission Factors for Threshold
Applicability Determination
*
*
*
*
*
Notes: NA denotes not applicable based
on currently available information.
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
68222
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
12. Table I–3 to subpart I of Part 98
is revised to read as follows:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00062
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
ER13NO13.018
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
■
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
68223
13. Table I–4 to subpart I of Part 98
is revised to read as follows:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00063
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
ER13NO13.019
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
■
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00064
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
ER13NO13.020
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
68224
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
■
14. Table I–5 to subpart I of Part 98
is amended by revising the heading and
entries for ‘‘CVD 1–Ui,’’ ‘‘CVD BCF4,’’
and ‘‘CVD BC3F8;’’ and by revising the
15. Table I–6 to subpart I of Part 98
is amended by revising the heading,
entries for ‘‘CVD 1–Ui’’ and by the Note
to read as follows:
Note to read as follows:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00065
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
ER13NO13.021
ER13NO13.022
■
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
68225
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
16. Table I–7 to subpart I of part 98
is amended by revising the heading,
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
■
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
entries for ‘‘CVD 1–Ui’’ and ‘‘CVD BCF4’’
and the Note to read as follows:
PO 00000
Frm 00066
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
ER13NO13.030
68226
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
68227
17. Subpart I is amended by adding
Table I–9 to subpart I to read as follows:
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00067
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
ER13NO13.031
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
■
68228
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
18. Subpart I is amended by adding
Table I–10 to subpart I to read as
follows:
■
TABLE I–10 TO SUBPART I OF PART 98—MAXIMUM FIELD DETECTION LIMITS APPLICABLE TO FLUORINATED GHG
CONCENTRATION MEASUREMENTS FOR STACK SYSTEMS
Maximum field
detection
limit (ppbv)
Fluorinated GHG Analyte
CF4 ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
C2F6 .................................................................................................................................................................................................
C3F8 .................................................................................................................................................................................................
C4F6 .................................................................................................................................................................................................
C5F8 .................................................................................................................................................................................................
c–C4F8 ..............................................................................................................................................................................................
CH2F2 ...............................................................................................................................................................................................
CH3F ................................................................................................................................................................................................
CHF3 ................................................................................................................................................................................................
NF3 ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
SF6 ...................................................................................................................................................................................................
Other fully fluorinated GHGs ...........................................................................................................................................................
Other fluorinated GHGs ...................................................................................................................................................................
20
20
20
20
20
20
40
40
20
20
4
20
40
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00068
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
ER13NO13.032
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
ppbv—Parts per billion by volume.
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:21 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
follows:
PO 00000
Frm 00069
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
ER13NO13.023
19. Subpart I is amended by adding
Table I–11 to subpart I to read as
■
68229
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
20. Subpart I is amended by adding
Table I–12 to subpart I to read as
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
■
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:21 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
follows:
PO 00000
Frm 00070
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
ER13NO13.024
68230
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:21 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
follows:
PO 00000
Frm 00071
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
ER13NO13.025
21. Subpart I is amended by adding
Table I–13 to subpart I to read as
■
68231
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
22. Subpart I is amended by adding
Table I–14 to subpart I to read as
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
■
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:21 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
follows:
PO 00000
Frm 00072
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
ER13NO13.026
68232
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
VerDate Mar<15>2010
19:21 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
follows:
PO 00000
Frm 00073
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4725
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
ER13NO13.027
23. Subpart I is amended by adding
Table I–15 to subpart I to read as
■
68233
68234
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
24. Subpart I is amended by adding
Table I–16 to read as follows:
■
TABLE I–16 TO SUBPART I OF PART 98—DEFAULT EMISSION DESTRUCTION OR REMOVAL EFFICIENCY (DRE) FACTORS
FOR ELECTRONICS MANUFACTURING
Default
DRE
(percent)
Manufacturing type/process type/gas
MEMS, LCDs, and PV Manufacturing .........................................................................................................................................
Semiconductor Manufacturing:
Plasma Etch/Wafer Clean Process Type:
CF4 ................................................................................................................................................................................
CH3F ..............................................................................................................................................................................
CHF3 ..............................................................................................................................................................................
CH2F2 ............................................................................................................................................................................
C2F6 ...............................................................................................................................................................................
C3F8 ...............................................................................................................................................................................
C4F6 ...............................................................................................................................................................................
C4F8 ...............................................................................................................................................................................
C5F8 ...............................................................................................................................................................................
SF6 .................................................................................................................................................................................
NF3 ................................................................................................................................................................................
All other carbon-based plasma etch/wafer clean fluorinated GHG .............................................................................................
Chamber Clean Process Type:
NF3 ........................................................................................................................................................................................
All other chamber clean fluorinated GHG ............................................................................................................................
N2O Processes:
CVD and all other N2O-using processes .............................................................................................................................
60
75
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
97
96
60
88
60
................................
60
25. Subpart I is amended by adding
Table I–17 to subpart I to read as
follows:
■
TABLE I–17 TO SUBPART I OF PART 98—EXPECTED AND POSSIBLE BY-PRODUCTS FOR ELECTRONICS MANUFACTURING
For each stack system for
which you use the ‘‘stack
test method’’ to calculate
annual emissions, you must
measure the following:
Expected By-products: ........
CF4
C2F6
CHF3
CH2F2
CH3F
Possible By-products: .........
C3F8
C4F6
c-C4F8
C5F8
If emissions are detected intermittently, use the
following procedures:
If emissions are not detected, use the
following procedures:
Use the measured concentration for ‘‘Xksm’’ in Equation
I–18 when available and use one-half of the field detection limit you determined for the fluorinated GHG
according to § 98.94(j)(2) for the value of ‘‘Xksm’’ when
the fluorinated GHG is not detected.
Use one-half of the field detection limit you determined
for the fluorinated GHG according to § 98.94(j)(2) for
the value of ‘‘Xksm’’ in Equation I–18.
Use the measured concentration for ‘‘Xksm’’ in Equation
I–18 when available and use one-half of the field detection limit you determined for the fluorinated GHG
according to § 98.94(j)(2) for the value of ‘‘Xksm’’ when
the fluorinated GHG is not detected.
Assume zero emissions for that fluorinated GHG for the
tested stack system.
26. Subpart I is amended by adding
Appendix A to Subpart I of Part 98 to
read as follows:
■
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Appendix A to Subpart I of Part 98—
Alternative Procedures for Measuring
Point-of-Use Abatement Device
Destruction or Removal Efficiency
If you are measuring destruction or
removal efficiency of a point-of-use
abatement device according to EPA 430–R–
10–003 (incorporated by reference, see § 98.7)
as specified in § 98.94(f)(4), you may follow
the alternative procedures specified in
paragraphs (a) through (c) of this appendix.
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
(a) In place of the Quadrupole Mass
Spectrometry protocol requirements
specified in section 2.2.4 of EPA 430–R–10–
003 (incorporated by reference, see § 98.7),
you must conduct mass spectrometry testing
in accordance with the provisions in
paragraph (a)(1) through (a)(15) of this
appendix.
(1) Detection limits. The mass spectrometer
chosen for this application must have the
necessary sensitivity to detect the selected
effluent species at or below the maximum
field detection limits specified in Table 3 of
section 2.2.7 of EPA 430–R–10–003
(incorporated by reference, see § 98.7).
(2) Sampling location. The sample at the
inlet of the point-of-use abatement device
PO 00000
Frm 00074
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
must be taken downstream of the process tool
and pump package. The sample exhaust must
be vented back into the corrosive house
ventilation system at a point downstream of
the sample inlet location.
(3) Sampling conditions. For etch
processes, destruction or removal efficiencies
must be determined while etching a substrate
(product, dummy, or test). For chemical
vapor deposition processes, destruction or
removal efficiencies must be determined
during a chamber clean after deposition
(destruction or removal efficiencies must not
be determined in a clean chamber). All
sampling must be performed non-intrusively
during wafer processing. Samples must be
drawn through the mass spectrometer source
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
by an external sample pump. Because of the
volatility, vapor pressure, stability and
inertness of CF4, C2F6, C3F8, CHF3, NF3, and
SF6, the sample lines do not need to be
heated.
(4) Mass spectrometer parameters. The
specific mass spectrometer operating
conditions such as electron energy,
secondary electron multiplier voltage,
emission current, and ion focusing voltage
must be selected according to the
specifications provided by the mass
spectrometer manufacturer, the mass
spectrometer system manual, basic mass
spectrometer textbook, or other such sources.
The mass spectrometer responses to each of
the target analytes must all be calibrated
under the same mass spectrometer operating
conditions.
(5) Flow rates. A sample flow rate of 0.5–
1.5 standard liters per minute (slm) must be
drawn from the process tool exhaust stream
under study.
(6) Sample frequency. The mass
spectrometer sampling frequency for etch
processes must be in the range of 0.5 to 1
cycles per second, and for chemical vapor
deposition processes must be in the range of
0.25 to 0.5 cycles per second. As an
alternative you may use the sampling
frequencies specified in section 2.2.4 of EPA
430–R–10–003 (incorporated by reference,
see § 98.7).
(7) Dynamic dilution calibration
parameters. The quadrupole mass
spectrometer must be calibrated for both
mass location and response to analytes. A
dynamic dilution calibration system may be
used to perform both types of mass
spectrometer system calibrations using two
mass flow controllers. Use one mass flow
controller to regulate the flow rate of the
standard component used to calibrate the
system and the second mass flow controller
to regulate the amount of diluent gas used to
mix with the standard to generate the
calibration curve for each compound of
interest. The mass flow controller must be
calibrated using the single component gas
being used with them, for example, nitrogen
(N2) for the diluent. A mass flow controller
used with calibration mixtures must be
calibrated with the calibration mixture
balance gas (for example, N2 or He) if the
analyte components are 2 percent or less of
the volume of the sample. All calibration
mixtures must be National Institute of
Standards and Technology Traceable gases or
equivalent. They must be calibrated over
their range of use and must be operated in
their experimentally determined dynamic
linear range. If compressed gas standards
cannot be brought into the fab, metered gas
flows of target compounds into the process
chamber, under no thermal or plasma
conditions and with no wafer(s) present, and
with no process emissions from other tools
contributing to the sample location, must
then be performed throughout the
appropriate concentration ranges to derive
calibration curves for the subsequent
destruction or removal efficiency tests.
(8) Mass location calibration. A mixture
containing 1 percent He, Ar, Kr, and Xe in
a balance gas of nitrogen must be used to
assure the alignment of the quadrupole mass
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
filter (see EPA Method 205 at 40 CFR part 51,
appendix M as reference). The mass
spectrometer must be chosen so that the mass
range is sufficient to detect the predominant
peaks of the components under study.
(9) Quadrupole mass spectrometer
response calibration. A calibration curve
must be generated for each compound of
interest.
(10) Calibration frequency. The mass
spectrometer must be calibrated at the start
of testing a given process. The calibration
must be checked at the end of testing.
(11) Calibration range. The mass
spectrometer must be calibrated over the
expected concentration range of analytes
using a minimum of five concentrations
including a zero. The zero point is defined
as diluent containing no added analyte.
(12) Operating procedures. You must
follow the operating procedures specified in
paragraphs (a)(12)(i) through (v) of this
appendix.
(i) You must perform a qualitative mass
calibration by running a standard (or by
flowing chamber gases under non-process
conditions) containing stable components
such as Ar, Kr, and Xe that provide
predominant signals at m/e values
distributed throughout the mass range to be
used. You must adjust the quadrupole mass
filter as needed to align with the inert gas
fragments.
(ii) You must quantitatively calibrate the
quadrupole mass spectrometer for each
analyte of interest. The analyte
concentrations during calibration must
include the expected concentrations in the
process effluent. The calibration must be
performed under the same operating
conditions, such as inlet pressure, as when
sampling process exhaust. If the calibration
inlet pressure differs from the sampling inlet
pressure then the relationship between inlet
pressure and quadrupole mass spectrometer
signal response must be empirically
determined and applied to correct for any
differences between calibration and process
emissions monitoring data.
(iii) To determine the response time of the
instrument to changes in a process, a process
gas such as C2F6 must be turned on at the
process tool for a fixed period of time (for
example, 20 seconds), after which the gas is
shut off. The sample flow rate through the
system must be adjusted so that the signal
increases to a constant concentration within
a few seconds and decreases to background
levels also within a few seconds.
(iv) You must sample the process effluent
through the quadrupole mass spectrometer
and acquire data for the required amount of
time to track the process, as determined in
paragraph (a)(12)(iii) of this appendix. You
must set the sample frequency to monitor the
changes in the process as specified in
paragraph (a)(6) of this appendix. You must
repeat this for at least five substrates on the
same process and calculate the average and
standard deviation of the analyte
concentration.
(v) You must repeat the quantitative
calibration at the conclusion of sampling to
identify any drifts in quadrupole mass
spectrometer sensitivity. If drift is observed,
you must use an internal standard to correct
for changes in sensitivity.
PO 00000
Frm 00075
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
68235
(13) Sample analysis. To determine the
concentration of a specific component in the
sample, you must divide the ion intensity of
the sample response by the calibrated
response factor for each component.
(14) Deconvolution of interfering peaks.
The effects of interfering peaks must be
deconvoluted from the mass spectra for each
target analyte.
(15) Calculations. Plot ion intensity versus
analyte concentration for a given compound
obtained when calibrating the analytical
system. Determine the slope and intercept for
each calibrated species to obtain response
factors with which to calculate
concentrations in the sample. For an
acceptable calibration, the R2 value of the
calibration curve must be at least 0.98.
(b) In place of the Fourier Transform
Infrared Spectroscopy protocol requirements
specified in section 2.2.4 of EPA 430–R–10–
003 (incorporated by reference, see § 98.7),
you may conduct Fourier Transform Infrared
Spectroscopy testing in accordance with the
provisions in paragraph (b)(1) through (17) of
this appendix, including the laboratory study
phase described in paragraphs (b)(1) through
(7), and the field study phase described in
paragraphs (b)(8) through (17) of this
appendix.
(1) Conformance with provisions
associated with the Calibration Transfer
Standard. This procedure calls for the use of
a calibration transfer standard in a number of
instances. The use of a calibration transfer
standard is necessary to validate optical
pathlength and detector response for
spectrometers where cell temperature, cell
pressure, and cell optical pathlength are
potentially variable. For fixed pathlength
spectrometers capable of controlling cell
temperature and pressure to within +/¥ 10
percent of a desired set point, the use of a
calibration transfer standard, as described in
paragraphs (b)(2) to (17) this appendix is not
required.
(2) Defining spectroscopic conditions.
Define a set of spectroscopic conditions
under which the field studies and subsequent
field applications are to be carried out. These
include the minimum instrumental linewidth, spectrometer wave number range,
sample gas temperature, sample gas pressure,
absorption pathlength, maximum sampling
system volume (including the absorption
cell), minimum sample flow rate, and
maximum allowable time between
consecutive infrared analyses of the effluent.
(3) Criteria for reference spectral libraries.
On the basis of previous emissions test
results and/or process knowledge (including
the documentation of results of any initial
and subsequent tests, and the final reports
required in § 98.97(d)(4)(i)), estimate the
maximum concentrations of all of the
analytes in the effluent and their minimum
concentrations of interest (those
concentrations below which the
measurement of the compounds is of no
importance to the analysis). Values between
the maximum expected concentration and
the minimum concentration of interest are
referred to below as the ‘‘expected
concentration range.’’ A minimum of three
reference spectra is sufficient for a small
expected concentration range (e.g., a
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
68236
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
difference of 30 percent of the range between
the low and high ends of the range), but a
minimum of four spectra are needed where
the range is greater, especially for
concentration ranges that may differ by
orders of magnitude. If the measurement
method is not linear then multiple linear
ranges may be necessary. If this approach is
adopted, then linear range must be
demonstrated to pass the required quality
control. When the set of spectra is ordered
according to absorbance, the absorbance
levels of adjacent reference spectra should
not differ by more than a factor of six.
Reference spectra for each analyte should be
available at absorbance levels that bracket the
analyte’s expected concentration range;
minimally, the spectrum whose absorbance
exceeds each analyte’s expected maximum
concentration or is within 30 percent of it
must be available. The reference spectra must
be collected at or near the same temperature
and pressure at which the sample is to be
analyzed under. The gas sample pressure and
temperature must be continuously monitored
during field testing and you must correct for
differences in temperature and pressure
between the sample and reference spectra.
Differences between the sample and
reference spectra conditions must not exceed
50 percent for pressure and 40 °C for
temperature.
(4) Spectra without reference libraries. If
reference spectral libraries meeting the
criteria in paragraph (b)(3) of this appendix
do not exist for all the analytes and
interferants or cannot be accurately generated
from existing libraries exhibiting lower
minimum instrumental line-width values
than those proposed for the testing, prepare
the required spectra according to the
procedures specified in paragraphs (b)(4)(i)
and (ii) of this appendix.
(i) Reference spectra at the same
absorbance level (to within 10 percent) of
independently prepared samples must be
recorded. The reference samples must be
prepared from neat forms of the analyte or
from gas standards of the highest quality
commonly available from commercial
sources. Either barometric or volumetric
methods may be used to dilute the reference
samples to the required concentrations, and
the equipment used must be independently
calibrated to ensure suitable accuracy.
Dynamic and static reference sample
preparation methods are acceptable, but
dynamic preparations must be used for
reactive analytes. Any well characterized
absorption pathlength may be employed in
recording reference spectra, but the
temperature and pressure of the reference
samples should match as closely as possible
those of the proposed spectroscopic
conditions.
(ii) If a mercury cadmium telluride or other
potentially non-linear detector (i.e., a
detector whose response vs. total infrared
power is not a linear function over the range
of responses employed) is used for recording
the reference spectra, you must correct for
the effects of this type of response on the
resulting concentration values. As needed,
spectra of a calibration transfer standard
must be recorded with the laboratory
spectrometer system to verify the absorption
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
pathlength and other aspects of the system
performance. All reference spectral data must
be recorded in interferometric form and
stored digitally.
(5) Sampling system preparation.
Construct a sampling system suitable for
delivering the proposed sample flow rate
from the effluent source to the infrared
absorption cell. For the compounds of
interest, the surfaces of the system exposed
to the effluent stream may need to be
stainless steel or Teflon; because of the
potential for generation of inorganic
automated gases, glass surfaces within the
sampling system and absorption cell may
need to be Teflon-coated. The sampling
system should be able to deliver a volume of
sample that results in a necessary response
time.
(6) Preliminary analytical routines. For the
proposed absorption pathlength to be used in
actual emissions testing, you must prepare an
analysis method containing of all the effluent
compounds at their expected maximum
concentrations plus the field calibration
transfer standard compound at 20 percent of
its full concentration as needed.
(7) Documentation. The laboratory
techniques used to generate reference spectra
and to convert sample spectral information to
compound concentrations must be
documented. The required level of detail for
the documentation is that which allows an
independent analyst to reproduce the results
from the documentation and the stored
interferometric data.
(8) Spectroscopic system performance. The
performance of the proposed spectroscopic
system, sampling system, and analytical
method must be rigorously examined during
and after a field study. Several iterations of
the analysis method may need to be applied
depending on observed concentrations,
absorbance intensities, and interferences.
During the field study, all the sampling and
analytical procedures envisioned for future
field applications must be documented.
Additional procedures not required during
routine field applications, notably dynamic
spiking studies of the analyte gases, may be
performed during the field study. These
additional procedures need to be performed
only once if the results are acceptable and if
the effluent sources in future field
applications prove suitably similar to those
chosen for the field study. If changes in the
effluent sources in future applications are
noted and require substantial changes to the
analytical equipment and/or conditions, a
separate field study must be performed for
the new set of effluent source conditions. All
data recorded during the study must be
retained and documented, and all spectral
information must be permanently stored in
interferometric form.
(9) System installation. The spectroscopic
and sampling sub-systems must be assembled
and installed according to the manufacturers’
recommendations. For the field study, the
length of the sample lines used must not be
less than the maximum length envisioned for
future field applications. The system must be
given sufficient time to stabilize before
testing begins.
(10) Pre-Test calibration. Record a suitable
background spectrum using pure nitrogen
PO 00000
Frm 00076
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
gas; alternatively, if the analytes of interest
are in a sample matrix consistent with
ambient air, it is beneficial to use an ambient
air background to control interferences from
water and carbon dioxide. For variable
pathlength Fourier Transform Infrared
Spectrometers, introduce a sample of the
calibration transfer standard gas directly into
the absorption cell at the expected sample
pressure and record its absorbance spectrum
(the ‘‘initial field calibration transfer
standard spectrum’’). Compare it to the
laboratory calibration transfer standard
spectra to determine the effective absorption
pathlength. If possible, record spectra of field
calibration gas standards (single component
standards of the analyte compounds) and
determine their concentrations using the
reference spectra and analytical routines
developed in paragraphs (b)(2) through (7) of
this appendix; these spectra may be used
instead of the reference spectra in actual
concentration and uncertainty calculations.
(11) Deriving the calibration transfer
standard gas from tool chamber gases. The
calibration transfer standard gas may be
derived by flowing appropriate
semiconductor tool chamber gases under
non-process conditions (no thermal or
plasma conditions and with no wafer(s)
present) if compressed gas standards cannot
be brought on-site.
(12) Reactivity and response time checks.
While sampling ambient air and
continuously recording absorbance spectra,
suddenly replace the ambient air flow with
calibration transfer standard gas introduced
as close as possible to the probe tip. Examine
the subsequent spectra to determine whether
the flow rate and sample volume allow the
system to respond quickly enough to changes
in the sampled gas. Should a corrosive or
reactive gas be of interest in the sample
matrix it would be beneficial to determine
the reactivity in a similar fashion, if practical.
Examine the subsequent spectra to ensure
that the reactivities of the analytes with the
exposed surfaces of the sampling system do
not limit the time response of the analytical
system. If a pressure correction routine is not
automated, monitor the absorption cell
temperature and pressure; verify that the
(absolute) pressure remains within 2 percent
of the pressure specified in the proposed
system conditions.
(13) Analyte spiking. Analyte spiking must
be performed. While sampling actual source
effluent, introduce a known flow rate of
calibration transfer standard gas into the
sample stream as close as possible to the
probe tip or between the probe and extraction
line. Measure and monitor the total sample
flow rate, and adjust the spike flow rate until
it represents 10 percent to 20 percent of the
total flow rate. After waiting until at least
four absorption cell volumes have been
sampled, record four spectra of the spiked
effluent, terminate the calibration transfer
standard spike flow, pause until at least four
cell volumes are sampled, and then record
four (unspiked) spectra. Repeat this process
until 12 spiked and 12 unspiked spectra have
been obtained. If a pressure correction
routine is not automated, monitor the
absorption cell temperature and pressure;
verify that the pressure remains within 2
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
68237
compounds that are potentially reactive with
either the sampling system components or
with other effluent compounds. The gas
spike is delivered by a mass flow controller,
and the expected concentration of analyte of
interest (AOITheoretical) is calculated as
follows:
procedures demonstrated in the field
study specified in paragraphs (b)(8)
through (16) of this appendix must be
adhered to as closely as possible, with
the following exceptions specified in
paragraphs (b)(17)(i) through (iii) of this
appendix:
(i) The sampling lines employed
should be as short as practically
possible and not longer than those used
in the field study.
(ii) Analyte spiking and reactivity
checks are required after the installation
of or major repair to the sampling
system or major change in sample
matrix. In these cases, perform three
spiked/unspiked samples with
calibration transfer standard or a
surrogate analyte on a daily basis if time
permits and gas standards are easy to
obtain and get on-site.
(iii) Sampling and other operational
data must be recorded and documented
as during the field study, but only the
interferometric data needed to
sufficiently reproduce actual test and
spiking data must be stored
permanently. The format of this data
does not need to be interferograms but
may be absorbance spectra or single
beams.
(c) When using the flow and dilution
measurement protocol specified in
section 2.2.6 of EPA 430–R–10–003
(incorporated by reference, see § 98.7),
you may determine point-of-use
abatement device total volume flow
with the modifications specified in
paragraphs (c)(1) through (3) of this
appendix.
(1) You may introduce the nonreactive, non-native gas used for
determining total volume flow and
dilution across the point-of-use
abatement device at a location in the
exhaust of the point-of-use abatement
device. For abatement systems operating
in a mode where specific F–GHG are not
readily abated, you may introduce the
non-reactive, non-native gas used for
determining total volume flow and
dilution across the point-of-use
abatement device prior to the point-ofuse abatement system; in this case, the
tracer must be more difficult to destroy
than the target compounds being
measured based on the thermal stability
of the tracer and target.
(2) You may select a location for
downstream non-reactive, non-native
gas analysis that complies with the
requirements in this paragraph (c)(2) of
this appendix. The sampling location
should be traversed with the sampling
probe measuring the non-reactive, nonnative gas concentrations to ensure
homogeneity of the non-reactive gas and
point-of-use abatement device effluent
(i.e., stratification test). To test for
stratification, measure the non-reactive,
non-native gas concentrations at three
points on a line passing through the
centroidal area. Space the three points
at 16.7, 50.0, and 83.3 percent of the
measurement line. Sample for a
minimum of twice the system response
time, determined according to
paragraph (c)(3) of this appendix, at
each traverse point. Calculate the
individual point and mean non-reactive,
non-native gas concentrations. If the
non-reactive, non-native gas
concentration at each traverse point
differs from the mean concentration for
all traverse points by no more than ±5.0
percent of the mean concentration, the
gas stream is considered unstratified
and you may collect samples from a
single point that most closely matches
the mean. If the 5.0 percent criterion is
not met, but the concentration at each
traverse point differs from the mean
concentration for all traverse points by
no more than ±10.0 percent of the mean,
you may take samples from two points
and use the average of the two
measurements. Space the two points at
16.7, 50.0, or 83.3 percent of the
measurement line. If the concentration
at each traverse point differs from the
mean concentration for all traverse
points by more than ±10.0 percent of the
mean but less than 20.0 percent, take
samples from three points at 16.7, 50.0,
and 83.3 percent of the measurement
line and use the average of the three
measurements. If the gas stream is found
to be stratified because the 20.0 percent
criterion for a 3-point test is not met,
locate and sample the non-reactive, non-
(14) Post-test calibration. At the end
of a sampling run and at the end of the
field study, record the spectrum of the
calibration transfer standard gas. The
resulting ‘‘final field calibration transfer
standard spectrum’’ must be compared
to the initial field calibration transfer
standard spectrum to verify suitable
stability of the spectroscopic system
throughout the course of the field study.
(15) Amendment of analytical
routines. The presence of unanticipated
interferant compounds and/or the
observation of compounds at
concentrations outside their expected
concentration ranges may necessitate
the repetition of portions of the
procedures in paragraphs (b)(2) through
(14) of this appendix. Such amendments
are allowable before final analysis of the
data, but must be represented in the
documentation required in paragraph
(b)(16) of this appendix.
(16) Documentation. The sampling
and spiking techniques used to generate
the field study spectra and to convert
sample spectral information to
concentrations must be documented at a
level of detail that allows an
independent analyst to reproduce the
results from the documentation and the
stored interferometric data.
(17) Method application. When the
required laboratory and field studies
have been completed and if the results
indicate a suitable degree of accuracy,
the methods developed may be applied
to practical field measurement tasks.
During field applications, the
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
PO 00000
Frm 00077
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 4700
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
ER13NO13.028
dilution (as opposed to measured flow rates)
of the injected calibration transfer standard
(or analyte). The spectroscopic tracer should
be a component not in the gas matrix that is
easily detectable and maintains a linear
absorbance over a large concentration range.
Repeat this spiking process with all effluent
Where:
AOITheoretical = Theoretical analyte of
interest concentration (parts per million
(ppm)).
Tracersample = Tracer concentration (ppm)
as seen by the Fourier Transform
Infrared Spectrometer during spiking.
Tracercylinder = The concentration (ppm) of
tracer recorded during direct injection of
the cylinder to the Fourier Transform
Infrared Spectrometer cell.
AOIcylinder = The supplier-certified
concentration (ppm) of the analyte of
interest gas standard.
AOInative = The native AOI concentration
(ppm) of the effluent during stable
conditions.
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
percent of the pressure specified in the
proposed system conditions. Calculate the
expected calibration transfer standard
compound concentrations in the spectra and
compare them to the values observed in the
spectrum. This procedure is best performed
using a spectroscopic tracer to calculate
68238
Federal Register / Vol. 78, No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 / Rules and Regulations
emcdonald on DSK67QTVN1PROD with RULES2
native gas from traverse points for the
test in accordance with Sections 11.2
and 11.3 of EPA Method 1 in 40 CFR
part 60, Appendix A–1. A minimum of
40 non-reactive gas concentration
measurements will be collected at three
to five different injected non-reactive
gas flow rates for determination of
point-of-use abatement device effluent
flow. The total volume flow of the
point-of-use abatement device exhaust
will be calculated consistent with the
EPA 430–R–10–003 (incorporated by
VerDate Mar<15>2010
17:35 Nov 12, 2013
Jkt 232001
reference, see § 98.7) Equations 1
through 7.
(3) You must determine the
measurement system response time
according to paragraphs (c)(3)(i) through
(iii) of this appendix.
(i) Before sampling begins, introduce
ambient air at the probe upstream of all
sample condition components in system
calibration mode. Record the time it
takes for the measured concentration of
a selected compound (for example,
carbon dioxide) to reach steady state.
PO 00000
Frm 00078
Fmt 4701
Sfmt 9990
(ii) Introduce nitrogen in the system
calibration mode and record the time
required for the concentration of the
selected compound to reach steady
state.
(iii) Observe the time required to
achieve 95 percent of a stable response
for both nitrogen and ambient air. The
longer interval is the measurement
system response time.
[FR Doc. 2013–23804 Filed 11–12–13; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6560–50–P
E:\FR\FM\13NOR2.SGM
13NOR2
Agencies
[Federal Register Volume 78, Number 219 (Wednesday, November 13, 2013)]
[Rules and Regulations]
[Pages 68161-68238]
From the Federal Register Online via the Government Printing Office [www.gpo.gov]
[FR Doc No: 2013-23804]
[[Page 68161]]
Vol. 78
Wednesday,
No. 219
November 13, 2013
Part II
Environmental Protection Agency
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
40 CFR Part 98
Greenhouse Gas Reporting Program: Final Amendments and Confidentiality
Determinations for Electronics Manufacturing; Final Rule
Federal Register / Vol. 78 , No. 219 / Wednesday, November 13, 2013 /
Rules and Regulations
[[Page 68162]]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
40 CFR Part 98
[EPA-HQ-OAR-2011-0028; FRL-9845-6]
RIN 2060-AR61
Greenhouse Gas Reporting Program: Final Amendments and
Confidentiality Determinations for Electronics Manufacturing
AGENCY: Environmental Protection Agency (EPA).
ACTION: Final rule; Notice of Final Action on Reconsideration.
-----------------------------------------------------------------------
SUMMARY: The EPA is amending the calculation and monitoring
methodologies for electronics manufacturers covered by the Greenhouse
Gas Reporting Rule. These changes include revising certain calculation
methods and adding a new method, amending data reporting requirements,
and clarifying terms and definitions. The EPA is also making
confidentiality determinations for new and revised data elements
pertaining to electronics manufacturing. This rule also finalizes
amendments to the general provisions of the Greenhouse Gas Reporting
Rule to remove entries for data elements that are being moved from
reporting to recordkeeping.
DATES: This final rule is effective on January 1, 2014. The
incorporation by reference of certain publications listed in this rule
is approved by the Director of the Federal Register as of January 1,
2014.
ADDRESSES: The EPA has established a docket for this action under
Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2011-0028. All documents in the docket are
listed in the https://www.regulations.gov index. Although listed in the
index, some information is not publicly available, e.g., confidential
business information (CBI) or other information whose disclosure is
restricted by statute. Certain other material, such as copyrighted
material, will be publicly available only in hard copy. Publicly
available docket materials are available either electronically in
https://www.regulations.gov or in hard copy at the Air Docket, EPA/DC,
EPA West, Room B102, 1301 Constitution Ave. NW., Washington, DC. This
Docket Facility is open from 8:30 a.m. to 4:30 p.m., Monday through
Friday, excluding legal holidays. The telephone number for the Public
Reading Room is (202) 566-1744, and the telephone number for the Air
Docket is (202) 566-1742.
FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Carole Cook, Climate Change Division,
Office of Atmospheric Programs (MC-6207J), Environmental Protection
Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460; telephone
number: (202) 343-9263; fax number: (202) 343-2342; email address:
GHGReportingRule@epa.gov. For technical information and implementation
materials, please go to the Greenhouse Gas Reporting Rule Program Web
site at https://www.epa.gov/ghgreporting/. To submit a question, select
Rule Help Center, followed by ``Contact Us.''
Worldwide Web (WWW). In addition to being available in the docket,
an electronic copy of this final rule will also be available through
the WWW. Following the Administrator's signature, a copy of this action
will be posted on the EPA's Greenhouse Gas Reporting Program Web site
at https://www.epa.gov/ghgreporting/.
SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION: Regulated Entities. The Administrator
determined that this action is subject to the provisions of Clean Air
Act (CAA) section 307(d). These amended regulations may affect owners
or operators of certain electronic manufacturing facilities. Regulated
categories and entities may include those listed in Table 1 of this
preamble:
Table 1--Examples of Affected Entities by Category
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Source category NAICS Examples of affected facilities
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Electronics Manufacturing...................... 334111 Microcomputers manufacturing facilities.
334413 Semiconductor, photovoltaic (solid-state) device manufacturing facilities.
334419 Liquid Crystal Display (LCD) unit screens manufacturing facilities.
334419 Micro-electro-mechanical systems (MEMS) manufacturing facilities.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Table 1 of this preamble is not intended to be exhaustive, but
rather provides a guide for readers regarding facilities likely to be
affected by this action. Table 1 of this preamble lists the types of
facilities of which the EPA is aware may be potentially affected by the
reporting requirements. Other types of facilities not listed in the
table may also be affected. To determine whether you are affected by
this action, you should carefully examine the applicability criteria
found in 40 CFR part 98, subpart A and 40 CFR part 98, subpart I. If
you have questions regarding the applicability of this action to a
particular facility, consult the person listed in the preceding FOR
FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT section.
Judicial Review. Under CAA section 307(b)(1), judicial review of
this final rule is available only by filing a petition for review in
the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit (the
Court) by January 13, 2014. Under CAA section 307(d)(7)(B), only an
objection to this final rule that was raised with reasonable
specificity during the period for public comment can be raised during
judicial review. Section 307(d)(7)(B) of the CAA also provides a
mechanism for the EPA to convene a proceeding for reconsideration,
``[i]f the person raising an objection can demonstrate to EPA that it
was impracticable to raise such objection within [the period for public
comment] or if the grounds for such objection arose after the period
for public comment (but within the time specified for judicial review)
and if such objection is of central relevance to the outcome of the
rule.'' Any person seeking to make such a demonstration to us should
submit a Petition for Reconsideration to the Office of the
Administrator, Environmental Protection Agency, Room 3000, Ariel Rios
Building, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW., Washington, DC 20460, with a copy
to the person listed in the preceding FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT
section, and the Associate General Counsel for the Air and Radiation
Law Office, Office of General Counsel (Mail Code 2344A), Environmental
Protection Agency, 1200 Pennsylvania Ave. NW. Washington, DC 20004.
Note that under CAA section 307(b)(2), the requirements established
[[Page 68163]]
by this final rule may not be challenged separately in any civil or
criminal proceedings brought by the EPA to enforce these requirements.
Acronyms and Abbreviations. The following acronyms and
abbreviations are used in this document.
ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers
ASTM American Society of Testing and Materials
BAMM best available monitoring methods
CAA Clean Air Act
CBI confidential business information
CFR Code of Federal Regulations
CO2 carbon dioxide
CO2e carbon dioxide equivalent
CVD chemical vapor deposition
DRE destruction or removal efficiency
EIA Economic Impact Analysis
EPA U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FDL field detection limit
F-GHG fluorinated greenhouse gas
FR Federal Register
FTIR Fourier transform infrared
GHG greenhouse gas
GHGRP Greenhouse gas reporting period
GWP global warming potential
HQ Headquarters
HTF heat transfer fluid
IBM International Business Machines Corporation
IPCC Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change
ISMI International SEMATECH Manufacturing Initiative
kg kilograms
LCD liquid crystal display
MACT Maximum Achievable Control Technology
MEMS micro-electro-mechanical systems
mtCO2e metric ton carbon dioxide equivalent
N2O nitrous oxide
NAICS North American Industrial Classification System
NF3 nitrogen trifluoride
NTTAA National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act of 1995
OMB Office of Management & Budget
POU point of use
ppbv parts per billion by volume
ppm parts per million
PV photovoltaic
QA/QC quality assurance/quality control
QMS quadrupole mass spectroscopy
R&D research and development
RFA Regulatory Flexibility Act
RICE Reciprocating Internal Combustion Engines
RIN Regulatory Information Number
RSASTP random sampling abatement system testing program
RSD relative standard deviation
SEMATECH Semiconductor Manufacturing Technology
SIA Semiconductor Industry Association
TI Texas Instruments Incorporated
U.S. United States
UMRA Unfunded Mandates Reform Act of 1995
VCS voluntary consensus standard
VOC volatile organic compound
WWW Worldwide Web
I. General Information
A. Organization of This Preamble
The following outline is provided to aid in locating information in
this preamble.
I. General Information
A. Organization of this Preamble
B. Background
C. Legal Authority
D. How do these amendments apply to 2013 and 2014 reports?
II. Overview of Final Amendments to the Electronics Manufacturing
Source Category and Responses to Major Public Comments
A. Final Amendments to the Electronics Manufacturing Source
Category
B. Responses to Major Comments Submitted on the Electronics
Manufacturing Source Category
III. Confidentiality Determinations for New and Revised Subpart I
Data Elements and Responses to Public Comments
A. Final Confidentiality Determinations for New and Revised
Subpart I Data Elements
B. Public Comments on the Proposed Confidentiality
Determinations
IV. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews
A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory Planning and Review and
Executive Order 13563: Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review
B. Paperwork Reduction Act
C. Regulatory Flexibility Act
D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
E. Executive Order 13132: Federalism
F. Executive Order 13175: Consultation and Coordination With
Indian Tribal Governments
G. Executive Order 13045: Protection of Children From
Environmental Health Risks and Safety Risks
H. Executive Order 13211: Actions That Significantly Affect
Energy Supply, Distribution, or Use
I. National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act
J. Executive Order 12898: Federal Actions To Address
Environmental Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income
Populations
K. Congressional Review Act
B. Background
The GHG reporting requirements for subpart I were finalized on
December 1, 2010 (75 FR 74774, hereafter referred to as ``final subpart
I rule''). Following the publication of the final subpart I rule in the
Federal Register, the Semiconductor Industry Association (hereafter
referred to as the ``SIA'' or ``the Petitioner'') submitted on January
31, 2011 an administrative petition titled ``Petition for
Reconsideration and Request for Stay Pending Reconsideration of Subpart
I of the Final Rule for Mandatory Reporting of Greenhouse Gases''
(hereafter referred to as the ``Petition for Reconsideration,''
available in docket EPA-HQ-OAR-2009-0927), requesting reconsideration
of numerous provisions in the final subpart I rule. Since that petition
was filed, the EPA has published five actions related to subpart I.
Additional Sources of Fluorinated GHGs: Extension of Best
Available Monitoring Provisions for Electronics Manufacturing (76 FR
36339, published June 22, 2011). Granted the Petition for
Reconsideration with respect to the provisions for the use of Best
Available Monitoring Methods (BAMM). Extended three of the deadlines in
subpart I related to using the BAMM provisions from June 30, 2011 to
September 30, 2011.
Changes to Provisions for Electronics Manufacturing to
Provide Flexibility (76 FR 59542, published September 27, 2011).
Amended the calculation and monitoring provisions for the largest
semiconductor manufacturing facilities to provide flexibility through
the end of 2013 and extended two deadlines in the BAMM provisions.
Proposed Confidentiality Determinations for Subpart I and
Proposed Amendments to Subpart I Best Available Monitoring Methods
Provisions (77 FR 10434, published February 22, 2012). Re-proposed
confidentiality determinations for data elements in subpart I and
proposed amendments to the provisions regarding the calculation and
reporting of emissions from facilities that use BAMM.
Revisions to Heat Transfer Fluid Provisions (77 FR 10373,
published February 22, 2012). Amended the definition of fluorinated
heat transfer fluids (fluorinated HTFs) and the provisions to estimate
and report emissions from fluorinated HTFs.
Final Confidentiality Determinations for Nine Subparts and
Amendments to Subparts A and I under the Mandatory Reporting of
Greenhouse Gases Rule; Final Rule (77 FR 48072, published August 13,
2012). Final confidentiality determinations for data elements in
subpart I and final amendments to the provisions regarding the
calculation and reporting of emissions from facilities that use BAMM.
In response to the Petition for Reconsideration, the EPA published
a proposal to amend provisions in subpart I related to calculation and
monitoring methodologies, data reporting and recordkeeping
requirements, clarifying terms and definitions, and confidentiality
determinations to provide greater flexibility to facilities. The
proposal was published on October 16, 2012 (77 FR 63538). The public
[[Page 68164]]
comment period for the proposed rule amendments was initially scheduled
to end on December 17, 2012. The EPA received a request to extend the
public comment period and published a notice in the Federal Register on
November 20, 2012 (77 FR 69585) extending the public comment period to
January 16, 2013.
In this action, the EPA is finalizing amendments to provisions in
the final subpart I that were proposed in the October 16, 2012 notice.
Responses to comments submitted on the proposed amendments can be found
in Sections II.B and III.B of this preamble and the document,
``Greenhouse Gas Reporting Rule--Technical Revisions to the Electronics
Manufacturing Category of the Greenhouse Gas Reporting Rule: EPA's
Responses to Public Comments'' (see Docket Id. No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2011-
0028).
C. Legal Authority
The EPA is promulgating these rule amendments to Part 98 under its
existing CAA authority, specifically authorities provided in CAA
section 114.
As stated in the preamble to the 2009 final rule (74 FR 56260,
October 30, 2009) and the Response to Comments on the Proposed Rule,
Volume 9, Legal Issues, CAA section 114 provides the EPA broad
authority to obtain the information in Part 98, including subpart I,
because such data would inform and are relevant to the EPA's carrying
out a wide variety of CAA provisions. As discussed in the preamble to
the initial Part 98 proposal (74 FR 16448, April 10, 2009), CAA section
114(a)(1) authorizes the Administrator to require emissions sources,
persons subject to the CAA, manufacturers of control or process
equipment, or persons whom the Administrator believes may have
necessary information to monitor and report emissions and provide such
other information the Administrator requests for the purposes of
carrying out any provision of the CAA.
In addition, the EPA has made confidentiality determinations for
subpart I data elements that are added or revised by this rule under
its authorities provided in sections 114, 301, and 307 of the CAA. As
mentioned in the previous paragraph, CAA section 114 provides the EPA
authority to obtain the information in Part 98, including those in
subpart I. Section 114(c) requires that the EPA make publicly available
information obtained under section 114 except for information
(excluding emission data) that qualifies for confidential treatment.
The Administrator has determined that this action (finalized
amendments and confidentiality determinations) is subject to the
provisions of section 307(d) of the CAA.
D. How do these amendments apply to 2013 and 2014 reports?
These final amendments are effective on January 1, 2014. Facilities
are required to follow one of the methods in subpart I as amended
through this action to estimate emissions beginning in 2014. The first
reports of emissions estimated using the new methods will be submitted
in early 2015. As a result of these finalized amendments, the EPA does
not expect reporters will need to purchase and install any new
monitoring equipment to continue to comply with subpart I since
reporters will still have the option to use default utilization and by-
product formation rates. Additionally, unless reporters choose to
estimate F-GHG emissions using the optional stack test method, the EPA
does not expect reporters will be required to make any substantial
modifications to their recordkeeping procedures. For the reasons
discussed here, in addition to the absence of any opposition to the
timeline received during the public comment period, the EPA believes
that the effective date of January 1, 2014 is reasonable.
For the reports of emissions in calendar year 2013 (reporting year
2013) that are to be submitted in early 2014, reporters must calculate
emissions and other relevant data using the requirements under Part 98
that predated today's revisions. Those requirements include the
flexibility for the largest semiconductor manufacturing facilities
added in the September 27, 2011 rule titled ``Changes to Provisions for
Electronics Manufacturing to Provide Flexibility.''
II. Overview of Final Amendments to the Electronics Manufacturing
Source Category and Responses to Major Public Comments
The EPA is finalizing amendments to the calculation and monitoring
methodologies in the final subpart I rule. In addition, the EPA is
finalizing conforming changes to the reporting and recordkeeping
requirements of subpart I. Changes include revising certain calculation
methods and adding a new method, amending data reporting requirements,
and clarifying terms and definitions. The EPA is finalizing these
amendments to (1) Modify calculation methods and data requirements to
better reflect new industry data and current practice; (2) provide
additional calculation methods to allow individual facilities to choose
the method best suited for their operations; (3) reduce the burden
associated with existing requirements; and (4) address potential
disclosure concerns raised by members of the SIA. Amendments being
finalized today affect all facilities subject to subpart I that
manufacture electronics including those that manufacture semiconductors
(including light emitting diodes), micro-electro-mechanical systems
(MEMS), liquid crystal displays (LCDs), or photovoltaic (PV) cells.
Because the effective date of these final amendments is January 1,
2014, those provisions that apply to reporting year 2013, but not
thereafter, will no longer appear in the text of the regulation.
Section II.A describes the final amendments to the subpart I rule,
including a detailed summary of the changes in the final amendments
since proposal. Section II.B, Response to Major Comments Submitted on
the Electronics Manufacturing Source Category, discusses the EPA's
responses to major comments on the proposed amendments. For a full
description of the rationale for these and any other amendments to the
final subpart I rule, please refer to the ``Greenhouse Gas Reporting
Rule--Revisions to the Electronics Manufacturing Category of the
Greenhouse Gas Reporting Rule: EPA's Response to Public Comment'' in
addition to Sections II.A and II.B of this preamble.
A. Final Amendments to the Electronics Manufacturing Source Category
In this rulemaking, the EPA is taking final action on its proposed
reconsideration on all issues in the Petition for Reconsideration not
already addressed in the final rules published June 22, 2011
(Additional Sources of Fluorinated GHGs: Extension of Best Available
Monitoring Provisions for Electronics Manufacturing); September 27,
2011 (Changes to Provisions for Electronics Manufacturing to Provide
Flexibility); and August 13, 2012 (Confidentiality Determinations for
Subpart I and Amendments to Subpart I Best Available Monitoring Methods
Provisions). Those final rules are described in Section I.B of this
preamble. Section II.A discusses the final amendments to the subpart I
rule in response to the petition. The EPA is completing its response to
the Petition for Reconsideration through this rulemaking.
The major changes to the final rule since proposal are the
following:
Default Emission Factors:
Etch emission factors: The proposed etch emission factors
and by-product
[[Page 68165]]
formation rates for semiconductor manufacturing have been updated since
proposal to account for new data submitted in public comments.
Nitrous oxide (N2O) emission factors: The
proposed revised emission factor for all ``other'' (e.g., non-CVD)
N2O emitting processes is not being adopted in the final
rule.
Abatement System Requirements:
The proposed default abatement system destruction or
removal efficiency (DRE) factors have been updated since proposal to
account for new data submitted in public comments and for a revised
statistical approach to calculating the default DRE factors.
The certification requirements for abatement systems have
been revised to refer to the site maintenance plan for abatement
systems.
The abatement system requirements have been revised to
allow the use of either default DREs or site-specific measured DRE
values; however, if an abatement system was not specifically designed
for F-GHG removal and the reporter elects to account for the effect of
that abatement system when using either the emission factors and
calculation methods in 40 CFR 98.93(a) and (b) or the stack testing
alternative in 40 CFR 98.93(i), site-specific DRE values must be used.
The calculation of abatement system uptime has been
revised so that only a single equation is used to calculate uptime for
both input gases and their associated by-product gases for a given
input gas and process combination.
Stack Testing Alternative:
The rule designates a list of five ``expected'' by-product
gases (CF4, CHF3, CH3F,
C2F6, and CH2F2) and four
``possible'' by-product gases (C3F8,
C4F6, c-C4F8, and
C5F8) that must be measured in stack testing.
These two lists replace the proposed requirement to perform an analysis
to identify potential by-products to include in testing. The proposed
analysis would have considered for testing the by-products from the
applicable gas and process combinations in Tables I-3 to I-7 of subpart
I.
The maximum allowed field detection limits (FDLs) have
been increased by a factor of four compared to the proposed FDLs.
The final rule allows the use of ASTM D6348-03, Standard
Test Method for Determination of Gaseous Compounds by Extractive Direct
Interface Fourier Transform Infrared (FTIR) Spectroscopy, as an
alternative to EPA Method 320.
The Tier 2a emission factors on Tables I-11 and I-12 for
semiconductors have been updated since proposal to account for new data
submitted in public comments, and to include weighting by the amount of
gas used in each process type (as opposed to not being weighted).
Facility-Wide DRE Calculation:
Equations I-26, I-27, and I-28 have been revised to
calculate only a fab-wide DRE, not a facility-wide DRE, when more than
one fab is present.
The following sections of this preamble summarize the final
amendments to subpart I.
1. Stack Testing as an Alternative Emission Monitoring Method for
Facilities That Manufacture Electronics
The EPA is promulgating amendments to revise subpart I to include a
stack testing option for estimating annual F-GHG emissions at 40 CFR
98.93(i). This option applies to all electronic manufacturing
facilities, including those making semiconductors, MEMS, LCDs, and PV
cells. The stack testing option is not available for estimating
N2O emissions. The finalized amendments to the provisions
and emission factors for estimating N2O emissions are
discussed in Section II.A.9 of this preamble.
In this action, we are also finalizing the option to allow all
electronics manufacturing facilities to use separate methods (i.e.,
stack testing or default utilization and by-product formation rates) to
estimate emissions from each fab within a single facility. (A facility
must use only a single method for each fab.) Additionally, we are also
finalizing the requirements for facilities to report GHG emissions on a
fab basis but submit reports on a ``facility'' basis, as defined in 40
CFR 98.6. There may be one or more fabs at each facility. A ``fab'' is
defined in subpart I as ``the portion of an electronics manufacturing
facility located in a separate physical structure that began
manufacturing on a certain date.''
Selection of Stack Systems for Testing. Under the final amendments,
reporters are required to develop a preliminary estimate of the annual
emissions from each ``stack system'' in a fab and are not required to
test those stack systems that account for relatively small emissions. A
stack system is considered to be one or more stacks that are connected
by a common header or manifold, through which a F-GHG-containing gas
stream originating from one or more fab processes is, or has the
potential to be, released to the atmosphere. For purposes of subpart I,
stack systems do not include emergency vents or bypass stacks through
which emissions are not usually vented under typical operating
conditions.
The reporter must develop a preliminary estimate of F-GHG emissions
from each stack system on a metric ton carbon dioxide equivalent
(mtCO2e) basis. To develop the preliminary estimate, the
reporter must use the gas consumption in the tools associated with the
stack system and gas utilization rates and by-product formation rates
in Tables I-11 through I-15. Facilities must also include any
intermittent low-use F-GHGs in the preliminary estimate. The reporter
must also account for the DRE of the ``point of use'' (POU) abatement
systems and the uptime of the POU systems (the fraction of time the
system is operating within the parameters specified in the facility's
site maintenance plan for abatement systems). The gas utilization rates
and by-product formation rates in Tables I-13 and I-14 are based on the
2006 Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) Tier 2a factors
\1\ for LCD and PV manufacturing, respectively. The factors in Table I-
13 for MEMs manufacturing are based on the 2006 IPCC Tier 2a factors
for semiconductor manufacturing due to the similarities in the
manufacturing processes. The factors in Tables I-11 and I-12 for
semiconductor manufacturing facilities were updated from the 2006 IPCC
factors based on utilization rate and by-production formation rate data
collected by the Petitioner (see ``Technical Support for Modifications
to the Fluorinated Greenhouse Gas Emission Estimation Method Option for
Semiconductor Facilities under Subpart I,'' Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-
2011-0028) in addition to data submitted to the EPA during the comment
period. The default factors for each gas in Tables I-11 and I-12 were
also updated by weighting the emission factor data for each gas and
process type or subtype based on the gas consumption for that process
type or sub-type. The EPA did not update the factors in Tables I-13
through I-15 based on the data collected by the Petitioner or submitted
during the comment period because none of the data were for LCD, PV, or
MEMS manufacturing. The EPA did not receive additional data on LCD, PV,
or MEMs manufacturing processes, therefore, it was not feasible to
propose revised factors for these processes. Furthermore, because MEMS
are generally
[[Page 68166]]
manufactured on older semiconductor manufacturing tools (i.e., 150 mm
and 200 mm wafer sizes), we have determined that the 2006 IPCC factors
for semiconductor manufacturers remain appropriate.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ 2006 IPCC Guidelines for National Greenhouse Gas
Inventories, Prepared by the National Greenhouse Gas Inventories
Programme, Eggleston H.S., Buendia L., Miwa K., Ngara T. and Tanabe
K. (eds). Hayama, Kanagawa, Japan.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In the preliminary estimate, reporters are required to use data
from the previous reporting year for the total uptime of all abatement
systems in each stack system, and either a default DRE or measured
site-specific DRE; the reporter must use the measured site-specific DRE
if the abatement system was not specifically designed to abate F-GHG.
If uptime data from the previous reporting year are not available
(either because the fab is new or the facility was not required to
report in the previous reporting year), the reporter must use
representative operating data from a period of 30 days or more. The
reporter must account for any anticipated change in activity for the
fab (i.e., an increase or decrease in the annual consumption and
emissions of any F-GHG) greater than 10 percent for the current
reporting year compared to the previous reporting year. To estimate the
expected change in activity, the reporter must use a quantifiable
metric (e.g., the ratio of the number tools that are expected to be
vented to the stack system in the current year as compared to the
previous reporting year), engineering judgment, or other industry
standard practice.
The consumption of each F-GHG in each stack system is estimated as
the total gas consumption of that F-GHG in the fab, times the ratio of
the number of tools using that F-GHG that are feeding to that stack
system to the total number of tools in the fab using that F-GHG. The
reporter must convert the F-GHG emissions to CO2e using the
global warming potential (GWP) values for F-GHGs in Table A-1 of
subpart A of Part 98. For F-GHGs in Tables I-11 through I-15 for which
Table A-1 of subpart A of Part 98 does not list a GWP value, reporters
must use a default value of 2,000 for the GWP for the purposes of this
estimate. Based on this preliminary estimate, the reporter must rank
the F-GHG emitting stack systems at the facility from the lowest to
highest emitting. The reporter is not required to test emissions from
low-emitting stack systems if those F-GHG emitting stack systems meet
all of the following three criteria:
(1) The sum of the F-GHG emissions from all combined stack systems
in the fab that are not tested is less than 10,000 mtCO2e
per year;
(2) Each of the stack systems that are not tested are within the
fab's lowest F-GHG emitting stack systems that together emit 15 percent
or less of total CO2e F-GHG emissions from the fab; and
(3) The F-GHG emissions from each of the stack systems that are not
tested can be attributed to only one particular collection of process
tools during the test (i.e., the stack cannot be used as a bypass from
other tools that are normally vented through a stack system that does
not meet these criteria).
For those low-emitting stack systems that are not tested, the
reported F-GHG emissions are calculated using the annual gas
consumption in the tools vented to those stacks and the gas utilization
rates and by-product formation rates in Tables I-11 through I-15 in
subpart I, accounting for the DRE and uptime of the POU abatement
systems, as discussed above.
Stack testing requirements. For those higher-emitting stack systems
in each fab that are not exempt from measurement, the reporter must
measure each F-GHG concentration (in parts per billion by volume, or
ppbv) and the total stack flow to determine the hourly mass flow rate
(kg/hr) of each F-GHG emitted from each applicable stack system. If a
stack system has more than one stack from a common header, the reporter
is required to measure F-GHG concentration and flow in each stack from
that header. The reporter must use EPA Method 320, ASTM D6348-03 or
another approved method to measure F-GHG concentration (per the
requirements of 40 CFR 98.94(k)), and EPA Methods 1 through 4 at 40 CFR
part 60, appendices A-1, A-2, and A-3 to measure other stack gas
parameters needed to convert F-GHG concentration to mass emissions for
the test period. Reporters must also measure the fab-specific
consumption of each F-GHG for the test period.
Reporters are required to measure emissions for all F-GHGs used as
input gases and any expected or possible by-product F-GHGs listed in
Table I-17 to subpart I. Reporters are not required to measure
emissions for any intermittent low-use F-GHGs. Intermittent low-use F-
GHGs are defined as F-GHGs that meet all of the following:
(1) The F-GHG is used by the fab but was not used on the day of the
actual stack testing;
(2) The emissions of that F-GHG do not constitute more than 5
percent of the total annual F-GHG emissions from the fab on a
CO2e basis;
(3) The sum of all F-GHGs that are considered intermittent low-use
F-GHGs does not exceed 10,000 mtCO2e for that year; and
(4) The F-GHG is not an expected or possible by-product identified
in Table I-17 of subpart I.
Reporters must calculate annual emissions of intermittent low-use
F-GHGs using the gas consumption and the gas utilization rates and by-
product formation rates in Tables I-11 through I-15 in the rule,
accounting for the DRE and uptime of the POU systems during the year
for which emissions are being estimated.
The testing period must be at least 8 hours for each stack,
although reporters may choose to conduct testing over a longer period.
Reporters are not required to measure all stacks simultaneously,
but reporters must certify that no significant changes in stack flow
configuration occur during and in between tests conducted for any
particular fab in a reporting year. Specifically, reporters must
certify that no more than 10 percent of the total number of F-GHG
emitting process tools have been connected or disconnected from the
stack system during testing. Reporters must also certify that no
process tools that were in operation at the start of the testing period
were moved to a different stack system during testing and that no POU
abatement systems have been permanently removed from service during the
testing period. Reporters must document and keep records of any changes
in the number of tools connected to or disconnected from the stack
system and the uptime of each POU abatement system during the testing
period for each system.
The tests must be conducted during a period in which the fab is
operating at a representative operating level and with the POU
abatement systems connected to the stack being tested operating with at
least 90 percent average uptime during the 8-hour (or longer) period,
or at no less than 90 percent of the uptime measured during the
previous reporting year, averaged over all abatement systems connected
to the stack being tested. The representative operating level is
defined in subpart I as operating the fab, in terms of substrate starts
for the period of testing, at no less than 50 percent of installed
production capacity or no less than 70 percent of the average
production rate for the reporting year, where production rate for the
reporting year is represented in average monthly substrate starts. For
the purposes of stack testing, the period for determining the
representative operating level must be the 30-day period ending on the
same date on which testing is concluded.
To convert the measured F-GHG emission rates into fab-specific
emission
[[Page 68167]]
factors, the reporter must measure the consumption of each F-GHG used
in the tools associated with the stack systems being tested, excluding
gas consumption allocated to tools venting to low-emitting stack
systems that are not tested. Consumption may be measured using gas flow
meters, weigh scales, or pressure measurement equipment (with
measurements corrected for temperature and non-ideal gas behavior). For
gases with low volume consumption for which it is infeasible to measure
consumption accurately over the 8-hour testing duration, short-term
consumption may be estimated by using one or more of the following:
(1) Drawing from single gas containers in cases where gas is
normally drawn from a series of containers supplying a manifold;
(2) Increasing the length of the test period to greater than 8
hours; or
(3) Calculating consumption from long-term consumption (e.g.,
monthly) that is pro-rated to the test duration.
Stack test methods. The EPA is finalizing the requirement that the
F-GHG concentrations in stacks systems be measured using EPA Method
320. We are also allowing the use of ASTM D6348-03 as an alternative to
EPA Method 320 with the following additional requirements: (1) The test
plan preparation and implementation in the Annexes to ASTM D6348-03,
Sections A1 through A8 are mandatory; and (2) In ASTM D6348-03 Annex A5
(Analyte Spiking Technique), the percent recovery (%R) must be
determined for each target analyte (Equation A5.5). The reporter must
also follow Section 4.1 of ASTM D6348-03 to ensure the F-GHG remains in
the gas phase. In order for the test data to be acceptable for a
compound, the percent recovery must be between 70 and 130 percent. If
the percent recovery does not meet this criterion for a target
compound, the test data are not acceptable for that compound and the
test must be repeated for that analyte (i.e., the sampling and/or
analytical procedure should be adjusted before a retest). The percent
recovery value for each compound must be reported in the test report,
required under 40 CFR 98.94(j)(4), and all field measurements must be
corrected with the calculated percent recovery value for that compound.
The use of ASTM D6348-03 was added since proposal, as discussed in
section II.B of this preamble.
F-GHGs not detected. We are also finalizing the following
provisions to account for different scenarios in which a F-GHG is used,
expected to be emitted as a by-product, or possibly emitted as a by-
product, but may occur in concentrations that are below the FDL. The
FDL of a by-product is the lowest concentration of the by-product that
should be detectable through measurements, as defined in Method 320.
If a F-GHG is consumed during testing, but emissions are
not detected, the reporter must use one-half of the FDL for the
concentration of that F-GHG in calculations.
If a F-GHG is consumed during testing and detected
intermittently during the test run, the reporter must use the measured
concentration for the value of that F-GHG when available and use one-
half of the FDL for the value when the F-GHG is not detected.
If a F-GHG is not consumed during testing but is detected
intermittently as a by-product gas, the reporter must use the measured
concentration when available and use one-half of the FDL for the value
when the F-GHG is not detected.
If a F-GHG is an expected by-product as listed in Table I-
17 to subpart I and is not detected during the test run, use one-half
of the FDL for the value of that F-GHG.
If a F-GHG is a possible by-product as listed in Table I-
17 to subpart I and is not detected during the test run, then assume
zero emissions for that F-GHG for the tested stack system.
If a F-GHG is not used, and is not an expected or possible
by-product of the stack system and is not detected, then assume zero
emissions for that F-GHG for the tested stack system.
Under the stack testing option, reporters are required to achieve
FDLs that are less than or equal to the maximum FDLs in Table I-10 of
the regulatory textAlso since proposal, the maximum values for FDLs for
stack testing have been increased by a factor of four. The rationale
for these changes is discussed in Section II.B of this preamble.
Alternative stack test methods. We are finalizing the option for
reporters to use an alternative stack test method (other than EPA
Method 320 or ASTM D6348-03) to measure the concentration of each F-GHG
in each stack provided that the method is validated using EPA Method
301 of 40 CFR part 63, appendix A (hereafter ``EPA Method 301''), and
the EPA approves its use.
Under the promulgated approval process in 40 CFR 98.94(k), the
reporter is required to notify the Administrator (or authorized
representative) of the intent to use an alternative test method. The
notification must include a test plan describing the alternative method
and procedures, the range of test conditions over which the validation
is intended to be applicable, and an alternative means of calculating
the fab-level F-GHG emissions if the Administrator denies the use of
the results of the alternative method. The reporter must validate the
alternative method using EPA Method 301 and submit the results of the
Method 301 validation process along with the notification of intention
and a rationale for not using the specified method.
The Administrator will review and determine whether the validation
of the proposed alternative method is adequate and issue an approval or
disapproval of the alternative test plan within 120 days of the
reporter submitting the notification and test plan. The reporter is
required to respond to any of the Administrator's questions on the test
plan before obtaining approval and to take into account the
Administrator's comments on the test plan in conducting the test using
the alternative method. The reporter must respond to the
Administrator's questions or request for additional information on the
plan during the 120-day review period and the Administrator's questions
or request for additional information will not extend that review
period. Therefore, it is the reporter's obligation to respond in a
timely manner. If an alternative test plan is not approved within the
120-day period and the reporter still opts to use that method, a
reporter must recommence the process to have an alternative test method
approved starting with the notification of intent to use an alternative
test method.
The reporter must report the results of stack testing using the
alternative method and procedure specified in the approved test plan.
The report must include all methods, calculations and data used to
determine F-GHG emissions. The Administrator will review the results of
the test using the alternative methods and procedure and then approve
or deny the use of the results of the alternative test method and
procedure no later than 120 days after they are submitted to the EPA.
During this 120-day period, the reporter is required to respond to any
of the Administrator's questions on the test report before obtaining
approval of the final test results using the alternative method. If the
Administrator finds reasonable grounds to dispute the results obtained
by the alternative method, the Administrator may require the use of the
method specified in subpart I instead of the alternative method.
Once the Administrator approves the use of the alternative method,
that method may be used by any other facility for the same F-GHGs and
types
[[Page 68168]]
of stack systems, if the approved conditions apply to that facility. In
granting approval, the Administrator will limit the range of test
conditions and emission characteristics for which that approval is
granted and under which the alternative method may be used without
seeking further approval. The Administrator will specify those
limitations, if any, in the approval of the alternative method.
Accounting for Abatement System Downtime. To account for the effect
of POU abatement system downtime in estimating emissions using the
stack testing method, reporters must record the abatement system
downtime in each fab during testing and for the entire reporting year.
Using the downtime measured during testing, reporters are required to
correct the measured emission factors to assume no abatement system
downtime (i.e., 100 percent abatement system uptime). The downtime
measured over the entire reporting year is then used to calculate the
excess F-GHG emissions that occur as a result of abatement system
downtime events.
The reporter is required to measure the amount of POU abatement
system downtime (in minutes) during the emission tests for any tools
that are vented to the stacks being tested. For example, if five POU
abatement systems are down for times of 10, 15, 25, 30, and 40 minutes
during an 8-hour test, the total POU system downtime would be 120
minutes, or 5.0 percent of the total possible abatement system and tool
operating time for the five tools (2,400 minutes). Using these data and
the average DRE for the POU abatement systems, the emission factor
measured during the testing is adjusted to an emission factor
representing POU abatement systems with 100 percent uptime (zero
percent downtime). The DRE for the abatement systems may be a default
DRE or a site-specific measured DRE; however, the reporter must use a
site-specific measured DRE if the abatement system is not specifically
designed for F-GHG abatement.
The downtime measured over the year is used to determine an average
uptime factor that is an aggregate for all abatement systems in the
fab, and calculated using Equation I-23 in subpart I. Abatement system
downtime is considered any time during which the abatement system was
not operating according to the site maintenance plan for abatement
systems. The reporter must determine the sum of the downtime for all
abatement systems during the year, and divide this sum by the sum of
the possible annual operating time for each of the tools connected to
those abatement systems in the fab to determine the downtime fraction.
The downtime fraction is the decimal fraction of operating time that
the abatement systems were not operating according to the site
maintenance plan for abatement systems. The average uptime factor used
in the emissions calculations is equal to 1 minus the downtime
fraction.
The total possible annual tool operating time is calculated by
assuming that tools that were installed for the whole of the reporting
year were operated for the entire year. The total possible tool
operating time is prorated to account for the days in which a tool was
not installed; any partial day that a tool was installed is treated as
a full day of tool operation. For an abatement system with more than
one connected tool, the tool operating time is equivalent to a full
year if at least one tool was installed at all times throughout the
year. The reporter has the option to account for time that tools are
idle and no gas is flowing through the tools to the abatement system.
It is important to note that the calculation of the uptime factor
is different when a reporter is using the promulgated stack testing
method than when the reporter is using the default gas utilization rate
and by-product formation rate method. In the stack testing method,
uptime is not determined for each gas and process type combination, as
it is under the final revisions to the default emission factor method.
Instead, the uptime factor is based on an aggregate for all tools and
gases in the fab for which the stack testing method is being used. In
contrast, the default gas utilization rates and by-product formation
rates are based on ``unabated emissions'' of each gas, and the uptime
factor needs to be determined for each gas and process type combination
to determine the portion of emissions that have been abated. ``Unabated
emissions'' are gas streams containing F-GHG or N2O which
has exited the process, but which has not yet been introduced into an
abatement system to reduce the mass of F-GHG or N2O in the
stream. If the emissions from the process are not routed to an
abatement system, or are routed to an abatement device that is not in
an operation mode, unabated emissions are those F-GHG or N2O
released to the atmosphere.
To calculate an unabated emission factor during periods of downtime
in the stack testing method, the reporter must divide the abated
emission factor by (1--dif), where dif) is the average weighted
fraction of F-GHG is destroyed or removed in the POU abatement
system(s) in the fab. The factor dif) is calculated using Equation I-24
in subpart I, based on the gas consumption and destruction and removal
efficiency (DRE) for the abatement system(s) for each gas and process
type combination.
When calculating annual emissions, the reporter must continue to
collect abatement system downtime data and calculate the fraction of
abatement system uptime for the fab. Excess emissions from abatement
system downtime events are determined based on the actual amount of
downtime as a percent of the total annual abatement system operating
time for the reporting year. For example, if a fab had 2.0 percent
downtime for the year, then the unabated emission factor is applied to
2.0 percent of the gas consumption for the year to calculate the excess
emissions. The abated emission factor is applied to the other 98
percent of gas consumption for the fab. The excess emissions and the
abated emissions are added together to determine the total annual
emission from the fab.
Calculating an average fab-specific emission factor. The reporter
must calculate an average fab-specific emission factor using Equation
I-19 in subpart I for each input F-GHG and Equation I-20 for each by-
product F-GHG, based on the testing results (average kg/hr) and the F-
GHG gas consumption (average kg/hr). The fab-specific emission factor
for each input F-GHG and each F-GHG formed as a by-product takes into
account the mass emission rate, the gas consumption, the abatement
system uptime, and the F-GHG destroyed or removed from the abatement
systems. The fab-specific emission factor for input gases is in units
of kilograms (kg) gas emitted per kg of the same gas consumed (kg/kg).
For gases generated as by-products, the fab-specific emission
factor is the mass of the by-product emitted divided by the summed
masses of all the F-GHGs consumed, as presented in Equation I-20. This
equation applies to those F-GHGs that are emitted as by-products and is
not used for gases consumed as input gases.
The reporter must calculate annual emissions for each F-GHG by-
product gas as the product of the fab-specific emission factor and the
total annual amount of F-GHG consumed, corrected for any POU abatement
system downtime as described in this section of the preamble.
In some cases, emissions of a particular F-GHG input gas may exceed
consumption of that gas because the F-GHG is generated as a by-product
of the
[[Page 68169]]
other input gases. This is often the case for CF4. In these
cases, the reporter must use 1.0 as the input F-GHG emission factor and
treat the remainder of that F-GHG's emissions as a by-product of the
other input gases. The reporter must use Equation I-20 to calculate the
emission factor for the by-product emissions. For example, if during
the testing, the fab consumed 100 kg of an F-GHG, but the stack testing
measured 300 kg of that gas, the reporter must assign 100 kg of that F-
GHG as an input gas used in proposed Equation I-19, and 200 kg of that
gas as a by-product gas used in proposed Equation I-20. In this
instance, the denominator in Equation I-20 includes the consumption of
all other F-GHGs, with the exception of the F-GHG being included in the
numerator. This treatment of the denominator reflects the fact that we
are assuming that the F-GHG in the numerator is formed as a by-product
from all other F-GHGs, while the emissions from the actual consumption
of that F-GHG as an input are being accounted by Equation I-19. For
calculating emissions from an F-GHG with an input emission factor equal
to 1.0 and with a by-product emission factor, the input F-GHG emissions
are assumed to equal consumption of that F-GHG, and the by-product
emissions are determined by multiplying the by-product emission factor
by the sum of the consumption of all F-GHGs excluding the by-product F-
GHG.
Testing frequency. The EPA is finalizing in 40 CFR 98.94(j)(5)(i)
the requirement for annual testing of each stack system and annual
calculation of emission factors, excluding those low-emitting stack
systems that are exempt from testing. However, to offer flexibility,
the EPA is also promulgating in 40 CFR 98.94(j)(5)(ii) an option to
allow reduced testing frequency based on variability in measured
emission factors. If the reporter meets criteria for low measured
variability in emission factors calculated from the test results, then
testing frequency may be reduced to every 5 years instead of annually.
Under this option, a reporter must conduct a minimum of three emission
tests for each non-exempt stack, with at least 2 months between the
tests on a single stack system. All tests may be done in one year, or
the reporter may use three annual tests for this analysis. If the
relative standard deviation (RSD) of the emission factors calculated
from each of the three tests, expressed as CO2e for all F-
GHG combined, is less than or equal to 15 percent, and the RSD of the
emission factors for each single F-GHG that individually accounts for 5
percent or more of CO2e emissions is less than 20 percent,
the facility may use the averages of the three emission factors for
each F-GHG for annual reporting for that year and the next 4 years
without testing, unless conditions change that affect the emission
factors and trigger retesting, as specified in 40 CFR 98.94(j)(8) and
described in this section of the preamble. If the variability among the
three tests does not meet these criteria, then the facility must use
the emission factors from the most recent testing for reporting for
that year and continue the annual testing. Facilities may repeat the
RSD analysis each year using the previous three sets of data.
In addition, previously completed tests that were performed and
verified according to EPA Method 320, ASTM D6348-03, or an alternative
method validated using EPA Method 301 may be applied towards the three
tests required under this option, as long as all three tests were
completed no earlier than January 1, 2011 and they meet the final rule
requirements for stack testing under 40 CFR 98.94(j). We are also
allowing reporters to use previously completed tests that include minor
deviations from the requirements for stack testing. However, the use of
such data must be approved by the Administrator (or an authorized
representative) on a case-by-case basis, according to the review
procedure specified in 40 CFR 98.94(j)(7). This procedure is similar to
that specified for review and approval of an alternative stack testing
method in 40 CFR 98.94(k), but it does not require the use of EPA
Method 301 to validate the prior test data. The EPA retains the right
to not approve the use of data that do not meet the data quality
requirements in 40 CFR 98.94(j)(7).
Reporters are required to conduct testing of each stack system that
is not a low-emitting stack system, regardless of the results of the
most recent stack tests, if certain changes take place in the
reporters' annual consumption of F-GHGs or in the equipment and
processes at the fab. Testing must be repeated to develop a new fab-
specific emission factor if consumption of a specific input gas used
during the emissions test changes by more than 10 percent of total
annual gas consumption in CO2e, relative to gas consumption
in CO2e for that gas during the year in which the most
recent emissions test was conducted. For example, if use of a single
gas goes from 25 percent of CO2e to more than 35 percent of
CO2e, that would trigger the need for a new test. If there
is a change in the reporter's use of an intermittent low-use F-GHG that
was not used during the emissions test and not reflected in the fab-
specific emission factor, such that it no longer meets the definition
of intermittent low-use F-GHG (see ``Stack testing requirements'' in
Section II.A.1 of this preamble), the reporter is required to re-test
using that gas. Additionally, if there is: (1) A decrease by more than
10 percent in the fraction of tools with abatement systems, compared to
the fraction of tools with abatement systems during the most recent
emissions test; (2) a change in the wafer or substrate size used by the
fab since the most recent emissions test; or (3) a change in a stack
system that formerly met the criteria as a low-emitting stack system
for not being subject to testing, such that it no longer meets those
criteria, then the reporter is also required to re-test.
Finally, if a reporter is using a F-GHG that was not used during
the emissions test, the reporter is required to conduct additional
stack tests in that year during a period when that gas is being used to
determine an emission factor for that gas. If a F-GHG is no longer used
or is an intermittent low-use gas, re-testing is not required, and F-
GHG emissions must be calculated according to the process for
intermittent low-use gases.
As stacks are re-tested, reporters must update the fab-specific
emission factors with the new data from those stacks, replacing the
data from the earlier testing of the same stack. The reporters are also
required to annually review the current data for determining which
stacks were exempt from testing to ensure that the low-emitting stacks
still qualify for exemption. If a stack no longer meets the criteria
for exemption from testing as a low-emitting stack, it must be tested
and the fab-specific emission factor must be recalculated including
those data.
Finally, if a requirement to re-test stacks is triggered, the
reporter must re-evaluate the RSD of the emission factors, including
the most recent test results and the previous two test results, to
determine if the fab still complies with the provisions that allow the
fab to skip testing. If the fab does not meet those provisions, annual
testing must resume and three stack tests must be completed and a new
RSD analysis must be performed. Even if the fab meets those
requirements to skip testing, annual testing still must resume no later
than the fifth year after the original RSD analysis that was performed
before the retesting requirement was triggered.
[[Page 68170]]
2. Revise the Default Gas Utilization Rates and By-Product Formation
Rates for the Plasma Etch Process Category for Facilities That
Manufacture Semiconductors
The EPA is amending the default plasma etch and chamber cleaning
gas utilization rates and by-product formation rates and the
requirements in 40 CFR 98.93(a)(2) for estimating F-GHG emissions from
plasma etch processes at semiconductor manufacturing facilities. The
EPA is not amending the default emission factors for other types of
electronics manufacturing facilities.
First, the EPA is providing that all semiconductor manufacturing
facilities, regardless of manufacturing capacity, have the option to
calculate F-GHG emissions from the plasma etching process type using
the appropriate default gas utilization rates and by-product formation
rates provided in Tables I-3 and I-4 of subpart I. Under these final
amendments, no electronics manufacturing facility has the option to
determine and use recipe-specific gas utilization rates and by-product
formation rates for the plasma etch process type. The EPA is removing
the distinction between large and other semiconductor facilities, such
that all semiconductor manufacturing facilities may use the default gas
utilization rates and by-product formation rates, independent of
facility size.
Second, we are revising the default emission factors for the plasma
etch process type in Tables I-3 and I-4 of subpart I. The revised
default emission factors are based on an expanded data set provided to
the EPA by semiconductor manufacturing facilities after subpart I was
originally promulgated in December 2010 in addition to data provided by
commenters during the public comment period. The revised emission
factors have been updated since proposal to account for the new data
that were submitted during the public comment period, as discussed in
Section II.B of this preamble. For more information regarding the
revised by-product emission factor calculation methodology, please
refer to ``Technical Support for Modifications to the Fluorinated
Greenhouse Gas Emission Estimation Method Option for Semiconductor
Facilities under Subpart I,'' Docket ID No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2011-0028.
Finally, as the EPA proposed, the EPA is combining the
semiconductor wafer cleaning process type with the plasma etch process
type; the amended rule does not have separate default emission factors
for semiconductor wafer cleaning in the revised Table I-3 and I-4 of
subpart I.
For the chamber clean process type, semiconductor manufacturing
facilities must estimate emissions from chamber clean and plasma etch
processes using the following four process types/sub-types: (1) Plasma
etch/wafer cleaning process type; and (2) chamber cleaning process
type, including (2a) in situ plasma chamber cleaning; (2b) remote
plasma chamber cleaning; and (2c) in situ thermal chamber cleaning.
If gas utilization rates and by-product formation rates are not
available for a gas/process combination in Tables I-3 or I-4 of subpart
I, reporters must assume that the utilization and by-product formation
rates are zero (i.e., assume that emissions of a gas equals consumption
of that gas). This approach is consistent with the methodology in the
current subpart I rule, except that we are removing the option for
facilities to develop recipe-specific factors.
All other provisions related to the method using default gas
utilization rates and by-product formation rates, such as the wafer
size classes used for the default emission factors in Tables I-3 and I-
4, remain the same. The only exception is that the default emission
factors in Table I-4 that apply to 300 mm wafers also apply to 450 mm
wafers. As more data (i.e., utilization and by-product formation rates)
become available for the semiconductor manufacturing industry in the
future, the EPA will consider adding new default emission factors to
Tables I-3 and I-4 for new gas and process type/sub-type combinations,
including adding any new default emission factors specifically for
semiconductor manufacturing facilities using 450 mm wafers. However,
for these final amendments, facilities using wafers greater than 300 mm
diameter must use the same default emission factors as those using 300
mm wafers. Section II.A.12 of this preamble describes the process that
EPA will follow for updating default emission factors as more
information is collected from the electronics manufacturing industry.
3. Removing the Provisions for Using Recipe-Specific Gas Utilization
Rates and By-Product Formation Rates for Facilities That Manufacture
Electronics
The EPA is removing the provisions to use recipe-specific gas
utilization rates and by-product formation rates in 40 CFR
98.93(a)(2)(ii)(A), (a)(3), and (a)(4), as proposed.
Although the EPA has deferred the mandatory use of recipe-specific
gas utilization rates and by-product formation rates through the end of
2013 (76 FR 59542, September 27, 2011), as a result of these final
amendments, no semiconductor manufacturing facility has the option to
use the recipe-specific method or report those data elements after the
end of 2013. In addition, we are removing the recipe-specific method as
an option for other electronics manufacturing facilities.
No facilities have used the recipe-specific emission factor methods
in 40 CFR 98.93(a)(2)(ii)(A), (a)(3), (a)(4), or (a)(6) for reporting
emissions for 2011 or 2012. According to information the EPA has
received from industry members, no facilities are known to be planning
to use the recipe specific methods in 2013 for emissions reported in
2014. All comments received by the EPA supported removing the recipe
specific method, and the EPA received no comments asking that this
method be retained in Subpart I. However, reporters may still use the
recipe-specific methods for estimating 2013 emissions reported in 2014.
Following the January 1, 2014 effective date of this rule, reporters
are required to select calculation methods to estimate emissions for
2014 reported in 2015, and thereafter, based on the options in these
final amendments to subpart I.
Finally, we are revising 40 CFR 98.93(a)(6) to remove the option to
develop recipe-specific gas utilization rates and by-product formation
rates for F-GHG and process combinations for which no default emission
factors are available. We are also revising 40 CFR 98.93(b)(1)(i) and
(b)(2)(i) to remove the option to develop facility-specific
N2O emission factors. Under 40 CFR 98.93(a)(6), for gas and
process combinations without default factors, facilities must assume
that F-GHG emissions equal F-GHG consumption, which is equivalent to
treating the utilization and by-product formation rates as both zero.
Under the final revisions to 40 CFR 98.93(b), facilities must use
default N2O emission factors for both CVD processes and for
the aggregate of all other manufacturing production processes, and do
not have the option to develop facility-specific N2O
emission factors. EPA is not revising the current default
N2O emission factors in this final rule. The emission factor
for CVD processes is 0.8 and the emission factor for the aggregate of
all other manufacturing production processes is 1.0.
4. Applicability and Calculating Annual Manufacturing Capacity for
Facilities That Manufacture Electronics
The EPA is revising the calculation to determine annual capacity
for
[[Page 68171]]
electronics manufacturing facilities, which is used in the calculation
to determine whether a facility meets the reporting threshold. First,
we are revising Equation I-5 to clarify that reporters must sum the
annual manufacturing across each fab to determine the annual
manufacturing capacity of the facility. This is a change since proposal
to reflect other changes in the rule that calculate emissions per fab.
The EPA is replacing the phrase ``maximum designed substrate starts of
a facility'' in Equation I-5 with the phrase ``maximum substrate starts
of the fab,'' as proposed. Likewise, as proposed, we are replacing the
definition in 40 CFR 98.98 of ``maximum designed substrate starts''
with that for ``maximum substrate starts,'' which is defined as ``the
maximum quantity of substrates, expressed as surface area, that could
be started each month during a reporting year based on the equipment
installed in that fab and assuming that the installed equipment were
fully utilized. Manufacturing equipment is considered installed when it
is on the manufacturing floor and connected to required utilities.''
A reporter must continue to use Equation I-5, with these revisions,
to determine the annual manufacturing capacity of the facility to
determine if they meet the threshold for reporting under subpart I.
The final rule includes revised requirements, as proposed, in 40
CFR 98.96(a) and (b) to calculate and report the maximum annual
capacity and the actual annual production, respectively, for each fab
in the facility, and to clarify that the maximum capacity is based on
the equipment on-site in the reporting year, assuming it is fully
utilized, rather than the design capacity.
The changes do not affect the applicability of subpart I to any
facility that is already reporting GHG emissions under subpart I. The
mere fact that a facility that is already reporting would not meet the
applicability test in 40 CFR 98.91 under the revised subpart I does not
relieve its obligation to report. Facilities may cease reporting only
if they meet the criteria in 40 CFR 98.2(i).
We are also removing the requirement, as proposed, that
semiconductor manufacturing facilities calculate and report their F-GHG
emissions based on the annual manufacturing capacity of the facility
and the size of wafers that the facility is manufacturing. Subpart I
currently distinguishes between ``large'' and ``other'' semiconductor
facilities based on the calculated annual manufacturing capacity.
Except as provided in the September 27, 2011 final rule titled
``Changes to Provisions for Electronics Manufacturing to Provide
Flexibility in 2011 to 2013,'' subpart I requires ``large''
semiconductor facilities (facilities with an annual manufacturing
capacity of greater than 10,500 m2 of substrate) and those
facilities that manufacture wafers greater than 300 mm in diameter to
calculate emissions using recipe-specific utilization and by-product
formation rates. As discussed in Sections II.A.1 through II.A.3 of this
preamble, we are revising the calculation methodologies for
semiconductor manufacturers. The calculation methods apply to all
semiconductor manufacturers and there is no longer a need to
distinguish ``large'' facilities based on manufacturing capacity.
5. Integrated Production and R&D Activities for Facilities That
Manufacture Electronics
The EPA is finalizing provisions, as proposed, to allow all
electronics manufacturing facilities covered by subpart I to report R&D
emissions with their total facility emissions and to identify that
emissions associated with R&D activities are included in their overall
emissions estimates. We are also requiring facilities that report
integrated R&D emissions to report an estimate of the range of the
percentage of total emissions from their R&D activities as part of
their annual report (40 CFR 98.96(x)), and to keep records documenting
that determination (40 CFR 98.97(j)).
6. Accuracy and Precision of Monitoring Instrumentation for Facilities
That Manufacture Electronics
The EPA is removing the requirements in 40 CFR 98.94(i) that all
measuring devices meet an accuracy and precision of 1 percent of full
scale or greater. Instead, as proposed, we are requiring electronics
manufacturing facilities subject to subpart I to meet the existing
General Provision calibration accuracy requirements in subpart A (40
CFR 98.3(i)). The calibration accuracy requirements for gas flow
measurement devices are 5 percent, as specified in 40 CFR 98.3(i).
Further, other measuring devices (e.g., weigh scales and thermometers)
are required to be calibrated to an accuracy based on an applicable
operating standard, including, but not limited to, device
manufacturer's specifications and industry standards (40 CFR
98.3(i)(1)(i)).
7. Facility-Wide Gas Specific Heel Factor for Facilities That
Manufacture Electronics
The EPA is amending, as proposed, the requirements in subpart I to
clarify that recalculating the heel factor is only needed when the
trigger point for a specific gas and cylinder type is changed, and not
as a result of variation in the actual heel remaining in a cylinder. We
are amending 40 CFR 98.94(b)(5) to clarify that a gas-specific heel
factor must be recalculated when the facility executes a process change
to modify the trigger point for a gas and container type that differs
by more than 5 percent from the previously used trigger point for that
gas and container type.
We are also clarifying, since proposal, that the facility is not
required to estimate the fab-specific heel factor for F-GHGs or
N2O that are used in quantities of less than 50 kg in one
reporting year and for which emissions are calculated as equal to
consumption, or for any intermittent low-use F-GHG.
The EPA is also revising, as proposed, the ``exceptional
circumstance'' criteria at 40 CFR 98.94(b)(4) with respect to small
containers. Specifically, we are revising the criteria for an
``exceptional circumstance'' in 40 CFR 98.94(b)(4) from 20 percent of
the original trigger point for change out to 50 percent for small
cylinders. We are defining a small cylinder as a container that
contains less than 9.08 kg (20 pounds) of gas. For large containers,
the ``exceptional circumstance'' remains as a change out point that
differs by 20 percent of the trigger point used to calculate the gas-
specific heel factor. The revisions still require facilities to measure
the heel in cases where the cylinder change out deviated from the
established trigger point. For example, a small 15-pound cylinder with
a 2 pound trigger point must still be measured, in lieu of using the
established heel factor, if the difference in the change out point is
greater than 1 pound. In this example, this 1 pound difference (based
on the 50-percent criteria for an exceptional circumstance) represents
less than 8 percent of the usable gas in the cylinder.
8. Apportioning Model Verification for Facilities That Manufacture
Electronics
The EPA is amending the apportioning model verification
requirements. First, the final amendments, as proposed, allow reporters
the option to use direct measurements of gas consumption to avoid the
need to develop an apportioning model, and to develop an apportioning
factor for each process
[[Page 68172]]
type, sub-type, stack system, or fab using gas flow meters or weigh
scales. The final amendments also retain the option to use an
apportioning model and the verification requirements. Reporters opting
to use the apportioning model must verify the model by comparing actual
gas consumption to modeled gas consumption. The reporter must select
for comparison the F-GHG that corresponds to the largest quantity, on a
mass basis, of F-GHG used at the fab that has to be apportioned.
Reporters may alternatively verify the model for two F-GHGs on an
aggregate use basis if one of the gases selected is used in the largest
quantity at each fab that is required to be apportioned. In this
option, the predicted total mass consumed of the two gases combined
must match the actual total mass consumed within the verification
percent difference requirements for the apportioning model.
Second, where a facility opts to develop and use an apportioning
model, we are revising, as proposed, the verification standard to
increase the allowable difference between the actual and modeled gas
consumption from a maximum 5 percent difference to a maximum of 20
percent difference.
We are finalizing changes, as proposed, to allow facilities to
select a period of the reporting year when the fab is at a
``representative operating level,'' as defined in 40 CFR 98.98, for the
model verification, instead of at a minimum percent of design capacity,
or instead of at the highest 30-day average utilization. Under these
final amendments, the representative period must still be at least 30
days, but we are clarifying that it can be up to the whole calendar
reporting year in duration.
9. Calculating N2O Emissions for Facilities That Manufacture
Electronics
The EPA is revising the language for calculating N2O
emissions in 40 CFR 98.93(b) to require reporting at the fab level, as
proposed. We are finalizing, as proposed, the requirement that
facilities must only use the default N2O utilization factors
in Table I-8 of subpart I, and removing the option to measure and use
facility-specific N2O emission factors. However, the EPA is
not revising the default factors of 0.8 for CVD processes and 1.0 for
all other N2O-using manufacturing processes in the current
Table I-8 of subpart I. The reasons for not adopting the default
N2O emission factors that were proposed are described in
section II.B of this preamble.
The EPA is revising 40 CFR 98.93(b), as proposed, to clarify that
facilities must report two N2O emission values for each fab
at a facility: one for the aggregate of all CVD processes and one for
the aggregate of all other N2O using manufacturing
processes. We are finalizing similar changes to the reporting
requirements in 40 CFR 98.96(c) for consistency and clarification.
10. Abatement System Destruction and Removal Efficiency (DRE) for
Facilities That Manufacture Electronics
The EPA is revising provisions for directly measuring abatement
system DRE, and the basis for determining average DRE values for groups
of similar abatement systems. These amendments apply to all electronics
manufacturers. All reporters covered under subpart I still have the
option of using either default DRE factors or a measured DRE value to
calculate abated emissions.
We are finalizing the option, as proposed, to allow reporters to
establish a measured DRE value for gas and process type combinations,
rather than for each abatement system or ``class'' of abatement
systems. Reporters may measure the DRE for a gas and process type
combination in which F-GHG and N2O are used in tools with
abatement systems and for which abated emissions are calculated.
Reporters may use a combination of measured and default DRE values;
however, if a reporter develops a measured DRE value for abatement
systems for a specific gas and process type combination for a fab, the
resulting measured DRE must be used for that gas and process type
combination and a default DRE factor cannot be used for that fab. In
addition, the default DRE values may only be used for abatement systems
specifically designed for F-GHG or N2O abatement. If a
reporter elects to claim abatement for a system that is not
specifically designed for F-GHG or N2O abatement, they must
use a measured site-specific DRE for that system.
We are also amending subpart I to allow reporters, as proposed, to
use methods adapted from the 2009 ISMI Guideline tracer release/FTIR
monitoring approach for determining abatement system DRE (hereafter,
the ``2009 ISMI Guideline'') \2\ and also an alternative method to
locate sampling sites. These alternatives are included in Appendix A to
subpart I. We are also promulgating, as proposed, provisions that allow
facilities to use an adaptation of Section 8.1 of EPA Method 7E at 40
CFR part 60, appendix A-4 as an alternative to determine whether the
injected tracer is well mixed in the duct system or is stratified
(i.e., poorly mixed), and to adjust the sampling if it is stratified.
The concentration of the tracer must be measured at three traverse
points at 16.7, 50.0, and 83.3 percent of the diameter of the duct and
must be sampled for a minimum of twice the system response time. If the
tracer gas concentration at each traverse point differs from the mean
concentration for all traverse points by no more than 5.0
percent of the mean concentration, the gas stream may be considered un-
stratified and the facility is allowed collect samples from a single
point that most closely matches the mean. If the 5.0 percent criterion
is not met, but the concentration at each traverse point differs from
the mean concentration for all traverse points by no more than 10.0 percent of the mean, a facility may take samples from two
points and use the average of the two measurements. The two points must
be spaced at 16.7, 50.0, or 83.3 percent of the line. If the
concentration at each traverse point differs from the mean
concentration for all traverse points by more than 10.0
percent of the mean but less than 20.0 percent, the
facility must take samples from three points at 16.7, 50.0, and 83.3
percent of the measurement line and use the average of the three
measurements. If the gas stream is found to be stratified because the
20.0 percent criterion for a three-point test is not met,
the facility must locate and take samples from traverse points for the
test in accordance with Sections 11.2 and 11.3 of EPA Method 1 at 40
CFR part 60, appendix A-1. This finalized protocol is an adaptation of
the protocol in Section 8.1.2 of EPA Method 7E, Determination of
Nitrogen Oxides Emissions from Stationary Sources (Instrumental
Analyzer Procedure), in 40 CFR part 60, Appendix A-4.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\2\ Benaway, B., Hall, S., Laush, C., Ridgeway, R., Sherer, M.,
& Trammell, S. (2009). ``Guideline for Environmental
Characterization of Semiconductor Process Equipment--Revision 2'',
TT06124825B-ENG, International SEMATECH Manufacturing
Initiative (ISMI), December 2009, Available at: https://www.sematech.org/docubase/document/4825beng.pdf.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
In addition, we are also allowing reporters, as proposed, to
request approval to use an alternative sampling and analysis method to
measure abatement system DRE that is not included in subpart I,
provided the reporter follows the process to obtain the Administrator's
approval specified in 40 CFR 98.94(k). The approval process is the same
process used to obtain the Administrator's approval to use an
alternative stack testing method (see ``Alternative stack test
methods'' in Section II.A.1 of this preamble).
We are amending the random sampling abatement system testing
[[Page 68173]]
program (RSASTP), as proposed, to reduce the amount of testing that
must be performed by an individual facility. These final amendments
require that facilities test 10 percent of systems annually over a 2-
year period (20 percent total) to set a baseline DRE for the given gas
and process type combination. The systems must be randomly selected. A
facility may test 20 percent of abatement systems in the first year.
Until the facility measures 20 percent of abatement systems for a gas
and process type combination (e.g., for calculating emissions in the
first year if they test only 10 percent of systems per year), they must
use the default DRE factors to calculate emissions. For every 3-year
period after, facilities are required to randomly select and test 15
percent of the systems to validate the site-specific DRE. The reporter
may opt to test 15 percent of the systems in the first year of the 3-
year period, but must test at least 5 percent of the systems each year
until 15 percent are tested.
If testing of a particular randomly selected abatement system is
disruptive to production, the reporter may replace that system with
another randomly selected system and return the other to the sampling
pool for subsequent testing. We are finalizing the requirement that a
system cannot be returned to the subsequent testing pool for more than
three consecutive selections and must be tested on the third selection.
We are also allowing a reporter to specifically include in one of the
next two sampling years a system that could not be tested when it was
first selected so that the reporter can plan for the testing of that
system when it will be less disruptive.
We are finalizing the requirement, as proposed, that the average
DRE for each gas and process type combination must be calculated first
as the arithmetic mean of the first 2 years of measurements. Beginning
in the third year of testing, the average DRE must be the arithmetic
mean of all test results for that gas and process type combination,
until the facility tests at least 30 percent of all systems for each
gas and process combination. After testing at least 30 percent of all
systems for a gas and process combination, the facility must use the
arithmetic mean of the most recent 30 percent of systems tested as the
average DRE in the emissions calculations.
To account for measurements that may be affected by improper
maintenance or operation of the abatement systems during a DRE
measurement, the measured DRE value must be used as follows: (1) Where
the DRE of some abatement units is below the design and default DRE,
and the abatement system is installed, operated, and maintained in
accordance with the site maintenance plan for abatement systems, the
data from the low DRE test must be included in calculating the fab-
specific DREs; (2) If proper maintenance and operation procedures have
not been not followed, then the facility must implement the appropriate
operational change or system maintenance (per the site maintenance plan
for abatement systems), and retest that device within the same
reporting year. In this case, a reporter is not required to include in
the average DRE calculation the DRE result from the device for which
proper maintenance and operation procedures were not followed. As an
alternative, instead of retesting that device within the reporting
year, the reporter may use the measured DRE value in calculating the
average DRE for the reporting year, and then include the same device in
the next year's abatement system testing in addition to the testing of
randomly selected devices for that next reporting year. Regardless of
whether or not the reporter uses the low DRE value in calculating the
average measured DRE, the reporter must count the period during which
the proper maintenance and operation procedures were not being followed
toward that abatement system's downtime for the year for the purposes
of calculating emissions.
For reporters who do not measure facility-specific DRE values, we
are also allowing electronics manufacturing facilities to use a default
DRE for abatement systems that are specifically designed for F-GHG or
N2O abatement (as applicable) and that are operated and
maintained according to the facility's abatement system site
maintenance plan that is based on the abatement system(s)
manufacturer's recommendations and specifications for installation,
operation, and maintenance. For semiconductor manufacturing facilities,
we are revising and expanding the available DRE default values that may
be used to calculate emissions. The revised default DREs for
semiconductor manufacturing facilities are included in Table I-16. We
are not revising or expanding default DRE factors for other electronics
manufacturers (MEMS, LCDs, and PV cells); no changes to these DRE
factors were proposed. Facilities manufacturing MEMS, LCDs, and PV
cells must use the 60 percent default DRE if they do not develop
facility-specific DRE values and elect to account for abatement system
DRE in their reported emissions.
We are revising the default DRE factors for semiconductors since
proposal to reflect the results of the EPA's analysis of DRE test data
for specific gas and process type combinations, which includes data
that were submitted to the EPA during the comment period. The final
default DRE factors also reflect a change since proposal in the
statistical method used to calculate the default DRE factors as a
result of public comments. The change in the method and EPA's rationale
for adopting the different method is discussed in more detail in
section II.B.5 of this preamble. The revised default DRE factors for
the gas and process type combinations for semiconductor manufacturing
are shown in Table I-16 of Subpart I. The EPA will add new or revised
default DRE factors when appropriate data become available in the
future. See Section II.A.12 of this preamble for the process for
updating default emission factors and default DRE factors as more data
are collected for the semiconductor manufacturing industry.
In order to ensure that the abatement systems used are performing
in a way that meets the default DRE or the measured DRE, we are
requiring, as proposed, that facilities certify that abatement systems
are properly installed, operated, and maintained according to the site
maintenance plan for abatement systems (40 CFR 98.97(d)(9)). The site
maintenance plan for abatement systems must define the required
operation and maintenance procedures for each type of abatement system
used at the facility, and must include corrective action procedures for
when an abatement unit is not operating properly. The site maintenance
plan must be based on the manufacturer's recommendations and
specifications for installation, operation, and maintenance, where
available. The site maintenance plan for abatement systems must also
include documentation where the operation and maintenance deviate from
the manufacturer's specifications, including an explanation of how the
deviations have a positive or neutral effect on the performance or
destruction or removal efficiency of the abatement system. For example,
a reporter may include documentation of more frequent maintenance
checks or tighter operating parameters that optimize system
performance. The site maintenance plan for abatement systems must be
kept as part of the GHG monitoring plan required by 40 CFR 98.3(g)(5).
We are also specifying that if the manufacturer's recommendations
and specifications for installation, operation, and maintenance are not
available (e.g., for older fabs that want to claim abatement in their
reported emissions), then facilities may not use the default DRE
factors found in Table I-16 for
[[Page 68174]]
those abatement systems, but do have the option to properly measure
site-specific DREs following the requirements of 40 CFR 98.94(f)(4).
Facilities also have the option to report their annual emissions
without accounting for abatement. This is a change since proposal, and
the rationale for this change is discussed in more detail in section
II.B of this preamble.
Furthermore, we are also requiring that facilities using the
default emission factors who elect to claim abatement for reporting
purposes and elect to use the default DRE values must also certify that
the abatement systems are specifically designed for F-GHG abatement (or
N2O abatement, as appropriate) in addition to the
requirement that the manufacturer's recommendations and specifications
for installation, operation, and maintenance be incorporated into the
site maintenance plan. In response to public comments, we have revised
the definition of ``abatement system'' since proposal to be clear that
we meant a device or equipment that is designed to destroy or remove F-
GHGs (or N2O, as appropriate) in exhaust streams from one or
more electronics manufacturing production processes, or for which a
site-specific DRE has been measured according to 40 CFR 98.94(f). We
are also revising 40 CFR 98.94(f), in response to comments since
proposal, to clarify that if facilities elect to use the stack test
alternative in 40 CFR 98.93(i) and elect to account for abatement, they
must certify that the system is designed to abate F-GHGs, or they must
measure a site-specific DRE according to 40 CFR 98.94(f). We have also
included a requirement that facilities using the stack test alternative
must certify that that all abatement systems that are designed to abate
F-GHGs or for which a site-specific DRE has been measured are fully
accounted for when calculating annual emissions and accounting for
excess emissions from downtime using the methods in 40 CFR 98.93(i)(3).
If an abatement system is not designed to abate F-GHG, then reporters
may elect to not account for any incidental F-GHG abatement from that
system under the stack testing alternative.
11. Abatement System Uptime for Facilities That Manufacture Electronics
The EPA is revising the methods used to calculate abatement system
uptime. For facilities that are using the default gas utilization rates
and by-product formation rates, we are amending 40 CFR 98.93(g) to
allow reporters to calculate the uptime of all the abatement systems
for each combination of input gas or by-product gas and each process
type or sub-type combination, using the same process categories in
which F-GHG use and emissions are calculated. We are revising Equation
I-15 to calculate the average uptime factor for all abatement system
connected to process tools for a given input gas and process type or
subtype. The same uptime factor will be used for both input gases and
the associated by-product gases for that input gas and process
combination. However, since proposal we have removed the separate
equations for uptime of abatement systems applied to input gases and
by-product gases and the final rule has only a single equation for
uptime applicable to all gases. The reason for this change since
proposal is discussed in more detail in Section II.B of this preamble.
Reporters are required, as proposed, to determine the average
abatement system uptime factor for a given gas/process type or sub-type
combination by: (1) Calculating the total time that the abatement
system connected to process tools in the fab is not operating within
site maintenance plan specifications as a fraction of the total time in
which the abatement system has at least one associated tool in
operation during the reporting year for each gas/process type
combination; and (2) by subtracting this fraction from 1.0 to calculate
the uptime fraction. For determining the amount of tool operating time,
reporters may assume that tools that were installed for the entire
reporting year were operated for 525,600 minutes per year. For tools
that were installed or uninstalled during the year, reporters must
prorate the operating time to account for the days in which the tool
was not installed; any partial day that a tool was installed must be
treated as a full day (1,440 minutes) of tool operation. If a tool is
``idle'' with no gas flowing through it to the abatement system, the
reporter has the option to count only the time that the tool has gas
flowing through it for purposes of determining the tool operating time.
For an abatement system that has more than one connected tool, the tool
operating time must be considered to be equivalent to a full year if at
least one tool was installed and operating at all times throughout the
year.
12. Triennial Technology Report for Semiconductor Manufacturing
We are requiring certain semiconductor manufacturing facilities, as
proposed, to provide a report to the EPA every 3 years, beginning in
2017, that addresses technology and process changes at the facility
that could affect GHG emissions. The report must address how technology
and processes have changed in the industry over the previous 3 years
and the extent to which any of the identified changes are likely to
have affected the GHG emissions characteristics (i.e., the identity,
amount, frequency, concentration, or other characteristics related to
GHG emissions) of semiconductor manufacturing processes in such a way
that the default gas utilization rates and by-product formation rates
and/or default DRE factors in subpart I may need to be updated or
augmented. The EPA plans to have reporters submit this report using the
Electronic Greenhouse Gas Reporting Tool (e-GGRT) system.
We are requiring, as proposed, that the first 3-year report be due
with the annual GHG emissions report submitted in 2017. Only
semiconductor manufacturing facilities subject to subpart I and with
emissions from subpart I processes greater than 40,000
mtCO2e per year CO2e are required to submit the
report. The requirement to submit the first report in 2017 is based on
the facility's emissions in 2015 (which would be reported in 2016), and
the requirement to submit subsequent reports is based on emissions in
the most recently submitted annual GHG report. For example, any
facility that reported GHG emissions from the subpart I source category
of greater than 40,000 mtCO2e for reporting year 2015 must
submit the 3-year report due in 2017. To reduce burden, we are allowing
the option for multiple semiconductor manufacturing facilities
(regardless of whether they are owned by the same parent company) to
submit a single consolidated 3-year report. Facilities with reported
emissions at or below 40,000 mtCO2e per year may voluntarily
prepare and submit a report. Facilities that are not subject to
reporting under subpart I based on the applicability criteria in
subparts A and I are not required to submit a 3-year report.
The 3-year report must include, as proposed, the following: (1)
Whether and how the gases and technologies used in 200 mm and 300 mm
wafer semiconductor manufacturing in the United States have changed and
whether any of the identified changes are likely to have affected the
emissions characteristics of semiconductor manufacturing processes in
such a way that the default gas utilization rates and by-product
formation rates or default DRE factors may need to be updated; (2) The
effect of the implementation of new products, process technologies,
and/or finer line width processes in 200 mm and 300 mm technologies,
the introduction of new tool platforms and process chambers, and the
introduction of new processes on previously tested
[[Page 68175]]
platforms or process chambers; (3) The status of implementing 450 mm
wafer technology and the potential need to create or update gas
utilization rates and by-product formation rates compared to 300 mm
technology; and (4) The submission of any gas utilization rates and by-
product formation rate or DRE data that have been collected in the
previous 3 years that support the changes or continuities in
semiconductor manufacturing processes described in the report.
If the report indicates that the emissions characteristics of
semiconductor manufacturing processes may have changed (i.e., the
identity, amount, frequency, or concentration), the report must include
a data gathering and analysis plan describing the testing of tools to
determine the potential effect on current gas utilization rates and by-
product formation rates and DRE values under the new conditions, and a
planned analysis of the effect on overall facility emissions using a
representative gas-use profile for a 200 mm, 300 mm, or 450 mm fab
(depending on which technology is under consideration). The EPA will
review the reports received and determine whether it is necessary to
update the default gas utilization rates and by-product formation rates
in Tables I-3, I-4, I-11, and I-12, and default DREs in I-16 based on
the following: (1) Whether the revised default gas utilization rates
and by-product formation rates and DREs would result in a projected
shift in emissions of 10 percent or greater for each gas and process
type or process subtype; (2) Whether new platforms, process chambers,
processes, or facilities that are not captured in current default gas
utilization rates and by-product formation rates and DRE values should
be included in revised values; and (3) Whether new data are available
that would expand the existing data set to include new gases, tools, or
processes not included in the existing data set (i.e. gases, tools, or
processes for which no data are currently available).
The EPA will review the report(s) within 120 days and notify the
facilities that submitted the report(s) whether the Agency determined
it was appropriate to update the default emission factors and/or DRE
values. If the EPA determines it is necessary to update the default
emission factors and/or DRE values, those facilities would then have
180 days following the date they receive notice of the determination to
execute the data collection and analysis plan described in the report
and submit those data to the EPA. The EPA will then determine whether
to issue a proposal to amend the rule to update the default emission
factors and/or DRE values using the newly submitted data.
13. Final Amendments to Reporting and Recordkeeping Requirements
In this action, the EPA is finalizing several changes (additions as
well as revisions) to the data reporting and recordkeeping requirements
in subpart I. Table 2 of this preamble summarizes the changes to the
reporting elements, and notes those elements that were changed since
proposal.
Table 2--Changes to Reporting Requirements
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
New or revised
Data element Change/revision Original citation citation
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Annual manufacturing capacity Revised to report manufacturing 98.96(a)............. NA.
of facility as determined in capacity on a fab basis, rather
Equation I-5. than facility \1\.
The diameter of wafers Revised to report wafer size on a 98.96(b)............. NA.
manufactured at the facility. fab basis, rather than facility
\1\.
Annual emissions of each F-GHG Revised to apply only when 98.96(c)(1).......... NA.
emitted from each process type default gas utilization rate and
for which your facility is by-product formation rate
required to calculate procedures in 40 CFR 98.93(a)
emissions as calculated in are used to calculate emissions.
Equations I-6 and I-7. Revised so that requirement
applies to ``fab'' instead of
facility.
Annual emissions of each F-GHG Removed requirement to report 98.96(c)(2).......... NA.
emitted from each individual emissions by individual recipe
recipe (including those in a (including those in a set of
set of similar recipes) or similar recipes). Revised so
process sub-type. that requirement applies to
``fab'' instead of facility.
Emissions of N2O emitted from Revised to clarify that 98.96(c)(3).......... NA.
each chemical vapor deposition facilities report N2O emitted
process and from other N2O from the aggregate of all
using manufacturing processes chamber cleaning processes and
as calculated in Equation I-10. from the aggregate of other N2O-
using manufacturing processes.
Revised so that requirement
applies to ``fab'' instead of
facility.
Annual emissions of each F-GHG Added reporting requirement in NA................... 98.96(c)(5).
emitted from each fab when you conjunction with the stack
use the procedures specified testing option.
in 40 CFR 98.93(i).
Data elements reported when you Removed and reserved all of 98.96(f)............. NA.
use factors for F-GHG process 98.96(f) because of changes to
utilization and by-product remove the use of recipe-
formation rates other than the specific gas utilization rates
defaults provided in Tables I- and by-product formation rates.
3, I-4, I-5, I-6, and I-7 to
this subpart and/or N2O
utilization factors other than
the defaults provided in Table
I-8 to subpart I.
Annual gas consumption for each Changed to recordkeeping 98.96(g)............. 98.97(k).
F-GHG and N2O as calculated in requirement. Revised so that
Equation I-11 of this subpart, requirement applies to ``fab''
including where your facility instead of facility. Added
used less than 50 kg of a applicable equation references
particular F-GHG or N2O during for the stack testing option.
the reporting year. For all F-
GHGs and N2O used at your
facility for which you have
not calculated emissions using
Equations I-6, I-7, I-8, I-9,
and I-10, the chemical name of
the GHG used, the annual
consumption of the gas, and a
brief description of its use.
[[Page 68176]]
All inputs used to calculate Changed to recordkeeping 98.96(h)............. 98.97(k)(1).
gas consumption in Equation I- requirement.
11 for each F-GHG and N2O used.
Disbursements for each F-GHG Changed to recordkeeping 98.96(i)............. 98.97(n).
and N2O during the reporting requirement.
year, as calculated using
Equation I-12.
All inputs used to calculate Change to recordkeeping 98.96(j)............. 98.97(n).
disbursements for each F-GHG requirement.
and N2O used in Equation I-12
including all facility-wide
gas-specific heel factors used
for each F-GHG and N2O.
Annual amount of each F-GHG Changed to recordkeeping 98.96(k)............. 98.97(m).
consumed for each recipe, requirement. Removed ``recipe-
process sub-type, or process specific'' requirements. Revised
type, as appropriate, and the to refer to the annual amount of
annual amount of N2O consumed N2O consumed for the aggregate
for each chemical vapor of all CVD processes and for the
deposition and other aggregate of all other
electronics manufacturing electronics manufacturing
production processes, as production processes \1\.
calculated using Equation I-13.
All apportioning factors used Changed to recordkeeping 98.96(l)............. 98.97(c)(1).
to apportion F-GHG and N2O requirement.
consumption.
Identification of the Corrected citation and revised to 98.96(m)(i).......... 98.96(m)(1).
quantifiable metric used in indicate whether direct
your facility-specific measurements used.
engineering model to apportion
gas consumption, and an
indication if direct
measurements were used in
addition to, or instead of, a
quantifiable metric.
Start and end dates selected Corrected citation............... 98.96(m)(ii)......... 98.96(m)(2).
under 40 CFR 98.94(c)(2)(i).
Certification that the gases Corrected citation............... 98.96(m)(iii)........ 98.96(m)(3).
you selected under 40 CFR
98.94(c)(2)(ii) correspond to
the largest quantities
consumed on a mass basis, at
your facility in the reporting
year for the plasma etching
process type and the chamber
cleaning process type.
The result of the calculation Corrected citation and revised to 98.96(m)(iv)......... 98.96(m)(4).
comparing the actual and refer to modeled gas consumption
modeled gas consumption under under 40 CFR 98.94(c)(2)(iii)
40 CFR 98.94(c)(2)(iii). and (iv), as applicable.
If you are required to Added requirement................ NA................... 98.96(m)(5).
apportion F-GHG consumption
between fabs, certification
that the gases you selected
under 40 CFR 98.94(c)(2)(ii)
correspond to the largest
quantities consumed on a mass
basis, of F-GHG used at your
facility during the reporting
year for which you are
required to apportion.
Fraction of each F-GHG or N2O Moved to recordkeeping, and 98.96(n)............. 98.97(o).
fed into recipe, process sub- removed recipe-specific
type, or process type that is references.
fed into tools connected to
abatement systems.
Fraction of each F-GHG or N2O Moved to recordkeeping, removed 98.96(o)............. 98.97(p).
destroyed or removed in recipe-specific references, and
abatement systems connected to revised to apply to the stack
process tools where recipe, testing option.
process sub-type, or process
type j is used, as well as all
inputs and calculations used
to determine the inputs for
Equation I-14.
[[Page 68177]]
Inventory and description of Revised the inventory to include
all abatement systems through only those systems for which the
which F-GHGs or N2O flow at facility is claiming F-GHG or
your facility, including the N2O destruction or removal.
number of systems of each Revised to report only (1) the
manufacturer, model numbers, number of devices controlling
manufacturer claimed F-GHG and emissions for each process type,
N2O destruction or removal for each gas used in that
efficiencies, if any, and process for which control credit
records of destruction or is being taken; and (2) the
removal efficiency basis of the DRE being used
measurements over their in-use (default or site specific
lives. The inventory of testing) for each process type
abatement systems must and for each gas.
describe the tools with model
numbers and the recipe(s),
process sub-type, or process
type for which these systems
treat exhaust.
Revised to not require reporting 98.96(p)............. NA.
the model number of the tools
associated with each abatement
system, and to remove the recipe-
specific references.
Certification that each The certification is revised to 98.96(q)............. 98.97(d)
abatement system is installed, include that all systems are
maintained, and operated installed, maintained, and
according to manufacturer operated according to the site
recommendations and operation and maintenance plan
specifications. All inputs to for abatement systems, including
abatement system uptime documentation where the process
calculations, the default or deviates from the manufacturer's
measured DRE used for each recommendations and
abatement system, and the specifications, and an
description of the explanation of why the deviation
calculations and inputs used does not have a negative effect
to calculate class averages on system performance \1\.
for measured DRE values.
All inputs to abatement system
uptime calculations, the default
or measured DRE used for each
abatement system, and the
description of the calculations
and inputs used to calculate
class averages for measured DRE
values moved to recordkeeping in
98.97(d).
In place of reporting the
information and data on uptime
and DRE calculations for
abatement systems, the reporter
must calculate and report an
effective fab-wide DRE, as
required in 98.96(r).
Inputs to the F-HTF mass Changed to recordkeeping......... 98.96(r)............. 98.97(r).
balance equation, Equation I-
16, for each F-HTF.
An effective fab-wide DRE Added requirement \1\............ NA................... 98.96(r).
calculated using Equation I-
26, I-27, and I-28, as
appropriate.
Estimates of missing data where Changed to recordkeeping......... 98.96(s)............. 98.97(s).
missing data procedures were
used to estimate inputs into
the F-HTF mass balance
equation under 40 CFR 98.95(b).
A brief description of each Removed requirement.............. 98.96(t)............. NA.
``best available monitoring
method'' used according to 40
CFR 98.94(a), the parameter
measured or estimated using
the method, and the time
period during which the ``best
available monitoring method''
was used.
For reporting year 2012 only, Removed requirement.............. 98.96(v)............. NA.
the date on which you began
monitoring emissions of F-HTF
whose vapor pressure falls
below 1 mm of Hg absolute at
25 degrees C.
The date of any stack testing Added requirement in conjunction NA................... 98.96(w)(1).
conducted during the reporting with stack testing option.
year, and the identity of the
stack tested.
An inventory of all stacks from Added requirement in conjunction NA................... 98.96(w)(2).
which process F-GHGs are with stack testing option.
emitted. For each stack
system, indicated whether the
stack is among those for which
stack testing was performed as
per 40 CFR 98.3(i)(3) or not
performed per 40 CFR
98.93(i)(2).
If emissions reported under 40 Added requirement................ NA................... 98.96(x).
CFR 98.96(c) include emissions
from research and development
activities, the approximate
percentage of total GHG
emissions that are
attributable to research and
development activities.
[[Page 68178]]
If your semiconductor Added requirement................ NA................... 98.96(y).
manufacturing facility emits
more than 40,000 mtCO2e, a
triennial technology
assessment report that
includes information such as
how gases and technologies
have changed, the effect on
emissions of the
implementation of new process
technologies, and default
utilization and by-product
formation rates collected in
the previous 3 years.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NA--Not applicable.
\1\ Data element revised from proposed rule (77 FR 635380, October 16, 2012).
The EPA is amending subpart I such that, with the addition of
certain new data elements, several previous data reporting elements are
not required to be reported to the EPA and, instead, are to be kept as
records, as proposed.\3\ These records must be made available to the
EPA for review upon request.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\3\ These reporting elements include data elements that have
been designated as ``inputs to emissions equations'' in the August
25, 2011 final rul titled, ``Change to the Reporting Date for
Certain Data Elements Required Under the Mandatory Reporting of
Greenhouse Gases Rule'' (76 FR 53057), and listed in Table A-7 of
subpart A. Consistent with the final amendments to subpart I, we are
removing these subpart I inputs to emissions equations data elements
from table A-7 so that they are not required to be reported by March
31, 2015. More information on this final change can be found in
Section III of this preamble.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The EPA is amending subpart I to add a stack testing option and to
revise the method that uses default gas utilization rates and by-
product formation rates. The stack testing approach involves the
development of fab-specific emission factors in terms of kg of F-GHG
emitted per kg of F-GHG consumed based on measured stack emissions.
Using this approach, facilities are required to monitor and keep
records of the fab-specific emission factor, the amount of each F-GHG
consumed, and data on the operating time and performance of abatement
systems, but they are not required to report these data. Other data
needed to determine the amount of F-GHG used in a process type or sub-
type are not reported, but rather kept as records. The EPA has also
included additional recordkeeping requirements in 40 CFR 98.97 to
verify compliance with the factors that trigger a retest, including the
identity and total annual consumption of each gas identified as an
intermittent, low-use F-GHG, and the total number of tools at each
stack in the fab.
The final amendments to the default gas utilization rate and by-
product formation rate approach require facilities to monitor and keep
records of the amount of each F-GHG consumed in each process type and
sub-type, and data on the operating time and performance of abatement
systems, but do not require facilities to report these data.
The final amendments to the reporting requirements move the
information on the number and DRE of abatement systems at each facility
from the reporting requirements to the recordkeeping requirements as
proposed. In order to determine the extent to which GHG emissions from
this category are being abated, we are including in 40 CFR 98.96(r) a
requirement for reporters to calculate and report effective fab-wide
DRE factors for the emissions from the electronics manufacturing
processes at each fab. In the October 16, 2012 proposed amendments to
subpart I, the EPA proposed to require facilities to report facility-
wide DRE factors in order to assist in our verification of reported GHG
emissions (77 FR 63569). Following proposal, the EPA determined that
because facilities are already collecting information to determine
emissions on a fab-level basis using either the methods in 40 CFR
98.93(a), (b), or (i), a fab-wide DRE factor (instead of facility-wide)
is more appropriate to ascertain the extent to which GHGs are being
abated. The fab-wide DRE factor is calculated as 1 minus the ratio of
reported emissions to the emissions that would occur if there were no
abatement. The emissions are already reported under subpart A and
subpart I.
For calculating the effective fab-wide DRE factors, reporters have
two methods for calculating emissions that would occur if there were no
abatement. The first method is used to calculate the emissions without
abatement in cases where the reporter calculated emissions using
default utilization and by-product formation rates. This includes cases
in which the reporter calculated emissions under 40 CFR 98.93(a) and
also those emissions that were calculated for stack systems that are
exempt from testing, under 40 CFR 98.93(i)(3). In this method,
emissions without abatement are calculated using the consumption of
each F-GHG and N2O in each process type or sub-type, and the
default gas utilization rates and by-product formation rates in Tables
I-3 to I-8, and I-11 to I-15 of subpart I. This calculation does not
require reporters to collect any additional information because the
information on F-GHG and N2O consumption is already required
to perform the calculations needed to estimate emissions using either
the revised default emission factor approach or the stack testing
option. This reporting requirement, 40 CFR 98.96(r), requires a
calculation with these existing data, including the current reported
emissions and the emissions that would occur if there were no
abatement. The latter must be calculated using the consumption of each
F-GHG and N2O in each process type or sub-type and the
appropriate default gas utilization rates and by-product formation
rates in Tables I-3 to I-8 and I-11 to I-15 of subpart I.
The second method is used to calculate the emissions without
abatement from stack systems in cases where the reporter calculated
emissions based on stack testing conducted according to 40 CFR
98.93(i)(4). In this method, reporters must calculate emissions without
abatement from the reported GHG emissions using the inverse of the DRE
and the fraction of each gas in each process type that is abated. This
method uses default values or values that are already measured and used
in the equations that a reporter uses to calculate GHG emissions in the
stack testing option.
In this notice we are also finalizing changes, as proposed, to
Table A-7 of subpart A, General Provisions. Table A-7 lists those data
elements for which the reporting date has been deferred to March 31,
2015 for the 2011 to 2013
[[Page 68179]]
reporting years. We are revising Table A-7 for the rows specific to
subpart I to remove the references to those data elements described in
Table 4 of this preamble that are moved from reporting in 40 CFR 98.96
to recordkeeping under 40 CFR 98.97, or that are removed entirely from
subpart I because of the removal of the relevant emission calculation
requirement. Since these data elements were originally deferred until
2015 and reporters are no longer required to report these data elements
after January 1, 2014, this final rule revises these data elements from
reporting requirements to recordkeeping requirements for 2011, 2012,
and 2013, as well as 2014 and beyond. Reporters are still required to
maintain records of these data elements according to the procedures
outlined in 98.97.
14. Changes To Remove BAMM Provisions and Language Specific to
Reporting Years 2011, 2012, and 2013
We are removing the provisions in 40 CFR 98.94(a) for best
available monitoring methods (BAMM), as proposed. The requirements of
40 CFR 98.94(a)(1) through (a)(3) provide an option for reporters to
request and use BAMM for calendar year 2011 reporting for monitoring
parameters that cannot be reasonably measured according to the
monitoring and quality assurance/quality control (QA/QC) methods
provided in subpart I. The provisions require that, starting no later
than January 1, 2012, the reporter must discontinue using BAMM and
begin following all applicable monitoring and QA/QC requirements of
this part, unless the EPA has approved the use of BAMM beyond 2011
under 40 CFR 98.98(a)(4).
As discussed in Section I.D of this preamble, these amendments will
become effective on January 1, 2014. Facilities are required to follow
one of the new methods to estimate emissions beginning in 2014,
submitting the first reports of emissions estimated using the new
methods in 2015. The BAMM provisions of 40 CFR 98.94(a) will be
outdated on the effective date. The provisions of 40 CFR 98.94(a)(1) to
(a)(3) are limited to 2011, and the deadline for requesting an
extension under 40 CFR 98.94(a)(4) also occurred in 2011. Therefore, we
are removing all the BAMM provisions in the current subpart I, because
they will no longer be applicable starting in 2014, which is when this
final rule will be effective. We are not promulgating any new BAMM
provisions because we expect that all facilities will be in compliance
with the monitoring and QA/QC methods required under subpart I for the
2014 calendar year.
We are also removing 40 CFR 98.93(h)(2), as proposed, which
provided an option for reporters to calculate and report emissions of
fluorinated heat transfer fluids using select time periods in 2012, and
the corresponding reporting requirement at 40 CFR 98.96(v). In
addition, we are removing language in 40 CFR 98.94(h)(3) that is
specific to the monitoring of fluorinated heat transfer fluids in 2012.
These provisions will no longer be applicable on the effective date of
these final amendments, since both data elements are specific to 2012.
B. Responses to Major Comments Submitted on the Electronics
Manufacturing Source Category
This section contains a brief summary of the major comments and
responses on the proposed changes to the final subpart I rule. The EPA
received comments on the proposed changes from the SIA, five
semiconductor manufacturers (GlobalFoundries, IBM, Intel, Samsung, and
Texas Instruments), and Environmental Defense Fund (an environmental
advocacy group).
A summary of all of the comments and the responses thereto that are
not included in this preamble can be found in the document, ``Reporting
of Greenhouse Gases--Technical Revisions to the Electronics
Manufacturing Category of the Greenhouse Gas Reporting Rule: EPA's
Responses to Public Comments'' (see EPA-HQ-OAR-2011-0028).
1. Stack Testing as an Alternative Emission Monitoring Method for
Facilities That Manufacture Electronics
Comment: One commenter could not duplicate the EPA's calculation
for all of the Tier 2a emission factors in Tables I-11 and I-12 of
subpart I that are to be used to screen which stacks are to be tested
under the stack testing alternative, and for calculating emissions from
certain low-emitting stacks in that alternative. Based on their review
of the EPA's explanation of how the factors in Tables I-11 and I-12 of
subpart I were derived (see EPA-HQ-OAR-2011-0028-0090), the commenter
recommended the following changes for the final amendments to subpart
I:
EPA should continue to use the default factors by process
type and process sub-type in Tables I-3 and I-4 of subpart I, or the
underlying data, as the starting point for the derivation of the
simpler factors in Tables I-11 and I-12 of subpart I. To the extent the
factors in Tables I-3 and I-4 are updated between proposal and final
rulemaking, those updated factors should be used to update the factors
in Tables I-11 and I-12.
The commenter noted that the EPA used the arithmetic
averages of the different process specific factors when deriving the
factors in Tables I-11 and I-12 of subpart I. The commenter stated that
weighting the individual factors for each process type by the amount of
gas used in that process type is technically more appropriate than
sample weighting (i.e., taking the arithmetic average of all the data
points for that gas and process type). The commenter encouraged the EPA
to re-compute the Table I-11 and I-12 factors with gas-use weighting.
Where gas use information is not available, the commenter noted that
sample weighting of available emission factor data would be acceptable.
The commenter recommended that the EPA should revise the
nitrogen trifluoride (NF3) emission factors to give proper
weighting to the emissions factor for remote clean, which represents
the largest use of NF3.
Response: The EPA agrees with the commenter that the factors in
Tables I-11 and I-12 of subpart I should be updated in light of the
additional emission factor data received during the public comment
period for the proposed amendments to subpart I. The EPA also agrees
with the commenter that gas-use weighting is more appropriate than
sample-weighted averaging in developing the revised Tier 2a factors.
Therefore, the EPA is promulgating revised Tier 2a factors in Tables I-
11 and I-12 using gas consumption-weighted averages where consumption
data were available (see Docket Id. No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2008-0028-0090) and
sample weighted averages where gas use information was not available.
The EPA is also updating the NF3 emission factor to give
proper weighting to the emissions factor for remote clean, which, as
the commenter notes, represents the largest use of NF3.
Comment: One commenter noted that some facilities may not be able
to comply with the proposed requirements in 40 CFR 98.93(i)(1)(ii) and
(iii) which require reporters to use data from the previous reporting
year to estimate the consumption of input gas and total uptime of all
abatement systems. For example, a new facility or a facility that just
crossed the reporting threshold will not have data from a ``prior
reporting year'' for estimating gas consumption and abatement system
uptime. The commenter recommended that both 40 CFR 98.93(i)(1)(ii) and
(iii) be revised to allow a facility, where a previous reporting year's
data are not available, to estimate annual gas usage and abatement
system uptime based on
[[Page 68180]]
representative operating data from a previous period covering 30 days
or more.
Response: The EPA agrees with the commenter that instances will
occur where there will be no data from a prior reporting year
available. As a result, the EPA is including in the final amendments to
subpart I, the commenter's suggested changes to 40 CFR 98.93(i)(1)(ii)
and (iii) to allow a facility to estimate annual gas usage and
abatement system uptime based on representative operating data from a
period covering 30 days or more, when data from a prior reporting year
are not available, with the exception that the option is only available
for a fab that did not report in the previous reporting year. If there
is an anticipated change in activity for the fab (i.e., in an increase
or decrease in the annual consumption or emissions of any F-GHG)
greater than 10 percent for the current reporting year compared to the
previous reporting year, reporters are required to identify and account
for the change in their preliminary estimate. Reporters must use a
quantifiable metric (e.g., the ratio of the number tools that are
expected to be vented to the stack system in the current year as
compared to the previous reporting year), engineering judgment, or
other industry standard practice.
The EPA has determined that this exception is necessary so that any
fab that collected and reported data in the previous reporting year is
required to estimate consumption and uptime based on the data from the
previous reporting year. Recognizing that the previous reporting year
may not represent a complete year (i.e., the fab may have started
operations during the previous year), partial data from the prior year
may be used if the reporter accounts for changes in activity. The EPA
established activity changes that are greater than 10 percent for the
current reporting year compared to the previous reporting year, because
it is the same threshold criterion for conducting a re-test under the
stack test method, as discussed in Section II.A.1 of this preamble.
Comment: One commenter requested that the EPA include ASTM D6348-
03, ``Determination of Gaseous Compounds by Extractive Direct Interface
Fourier Transform (FTIR) Spectroscopy,'' in subpart I as an alternative
to EPA Method 320. The commenter stated that the ASTM method is more
straight-forward than EPA Method 320 and, as such, is easier to
understand/implement. The commenter stated that EPA Method 320 requires
performing a validation of 12 spiked/unspiked pairs in addition to the
three Quality Assurance (QA) spikes whereas ASTM D6348-03 requires only
three analyte spikes to demonstrate acceptable performance. The
commenter noted that when using the ASTM method one loses the ability
to generate compound-specific correction factors should the system not
sufficiently recover the analytes. The commenter indicated that using
the ASTM method will save time during collection and data processing.
The QA spike procedure and recovery requirements for EPA Method 320 and
ASTM D6348-03 are essentially the same. In both methods, one cannot
spike at more than 10 percent of the extracted flow rate and must
demonstrate recoveries within 30 percent of expected amounts,
respectively.
The commenter stated that testing companies have collected data
using the ASTM method. The commenter noted that although none of these
data involved F-GHG measurements at semiconductor facilities, the ASTM
method has been successfully used in semiconductor fabs for other
determinations (e.g., hazardous air pollutants) and was used in Intel
stack testing for F-GHG emissions conducted in 2011 to support rule
development. The commenter also noted that several existing EPA
regulations list both EPA Method 320 and ASTM D6348-03 as acceptable
methods: The Reciprocating Internal Combustion Engines (RICE) Maximum
Achievable Control Technology (MACT) (40 CFR part 63 subpart ZZZZ) and
the Turbine MACT (40 CFR part 63 subpart YYYY) list both methods.
Response: We agree with the commenter that ASTM D6348-03 is an
acceptable method and are including it in this final rule. At proposal
the EPA stated that ASTM D6348-03 had been reviewed as a potential
alternative to EPA Method 320 (77 FR 63575). In the preamble to the
proposed amendments, the EPA stated, ``All data and information EPA has
received in support of the stack testing method used EPA Method 320.
Since this industry contains specialized gases in low concentrations,
EPA would prefer to have supporting data prior to approving another
test method. Because of this, we are not proposing this standard as an
acceptable alternative for EPA Method 320 in this proposed rule.''
Since this rule was proposed, we have revisited this assessment
based on the comments received. We acknowledge that several existing
regulations list both EPA Method 320 and ASTM D6348-03 as acceptable
methods, as noted by the commenter. We also acknowledge the efficiency
of ASTM D6348-03 as compared to EPA Method 320, although it may pose a
greater risk for the need to perform a retest, as discussed below in
this response. However, ASTM D6348-03 is also ``self-validating,'' as
is EPA Method 320, and contains quality assurance procedures that, when
adhered to, provide an acceptable level of confidence in the measured
concentrations. For these reasons, along with the additional
information provided in the comment on testing conducted in
semiconductor facilities, we are allowing in the final rule amendments
the use of ASTM D6348-03, Standard Test Method for Determination of
Gaseous Compounds by Extractive Direct Interface Fourier Transform
Infrared (FTIR) Spectroscopy, as an alternative to EPA Method 320 with
the following requirements:
(1) The test plan preparation and implementation in the Annexes to
ASTM D6348-03, Sections A1 through A8 are mandatory; and
(2) In ASTM D6348-03 Annex A5 (Analyte Spiking Technique), the
percent recovery (%R) must be determined for each target analyte
(Equation A5.5).
The reporter must also follow Section 4.1 of ASTM D6348-03 to
ensure the F-GHG remains in the gas phase. In order for the test data
to be acceptable for a compound, the percent recovery must be between
70 and 130 percent. If the percent recovery does not meet this
criterion for a target compound, the test data are not acceptable for
that compound and the test must be repeated for that analyte (i.e., the
sampling and/or analytical procedure should be adjusted before a
retest). The percent recovery value for each compound must be reported
in the test report, required under 40 CFR 98.94(j)(4), and all field
measurements must be corrected with the calculated percent recovery
value for that compound by using the following equation:
Reported result = measured concentration in the stack x (100/%R).
As noted by the commenter, the use of ASTM D6348-03 could result in the
loss of the ability to generate compound-specific correction factors if
the system does not sufficiently recover the analytes (i.e., the
percent recovery value is not between 70 and 130 percent). In this
case, the testing facility would be required to perform a retest for
the target analyte. Therefore, although the use of ASTM D6348-03
provides some efficiency, facilities must assume this risk when using
the ASTM method.
Comment: One commenter noted that a facility may choose to report
emissions as equal to consumption for a gas if consumption of that gas
is less
[[Page 68181]]
than 50 kg per year in a fab, if using the default emission factor
method, as specified in 40 CFR 98.93(a). The commenter asserted that,
under the stack testing alternative, a facility should also not be
required to test for a gas that is not one of the listed ``expected by-
products'' if consumption of that gas is less than 50 kg per year in a
fab. To ensure clarity on this point, the commenter requested that the
EPA modify 40 CFR 98.93(a) to state that, if a fab uses less than 50 kg
of a F-GHG in one reporting year, the reporter may calculate emissions
as equal to the fab's annual consumption for that specific gas as
calculated in Equation I-11 of subpart I. If this is done and the stack
testing method under 40 CFR 98.94(j) is used, the commenter stated that
testing for the gas should not be required unless it is one of the
expected by-products.
Response: In the proposed rule, EPA neglected to update 40 CFR
98.93(a) to clarify that the provision allowing fabs to calculate
emissions as equal to consumption if their fab consumes less than 50 kg
of a F-GHG only applies to facilities using the estimation methods in
40 CFR 98.93(a)(1) and (a)(2). For the stack testing method, our intent
at proposal was to minimize the burden by providing reporters a method
to calculate emissions of F-GHGs used in small quantities that was
similar but not equal to that of the provisions under the default
emission factor method for gases consumed in quantities of less than 50
kg. To achieve this burden reduction, we proposed provisions for
intermittent low-use gases at 40 CFR 98.93(i)(4)(i). Additionally, we
specified under 40 CFR 98.94(j)(1)(ii) of the proposed amendments,
``you must measure for . . . those fluorinated GHGs used as input
fluorinated GHG in process tools vented to the stack system, except for
any intermittent low-use fluorinated GHG as defined in Sec. 98.98.''
We did not intend for the provisions under 40 CFR 98.93(a) regarding
input gases consumed in quantities less than 50 kg per reporting year
to apply to fabs using the stack testing method because they would have
been duplicative of the provisions for intermittent low-use gases
specified at 40 CFR 98.93(i)(4)(i).
To clarify that reporters may only calculate emissions as equal to
consumption if their fab consumes less than 50 kg of a F-GHG in one
reporting year and they are using default emission factors for that
fab, we have moved the provision from 40 CFR 98.93(a) and placed it in
40 CFR 98.93(a)(1) and (a)(2). We have also clarified the provision by
specifying that the reporter must also include any by-product emissions
of the gas as calculated in 40 CFR 98.93(a).
Additionally, in our review of the emissions estimation
requirements for intermittent low-use gases for facilities using the
stack testing method in 40 CFR 98.93(i), we have determined that in
some cases, a facility may use an intermittent low-use gas that does
not have associated default gas utilization and by-product formation
rates in Tables I-11 through I-15. For example, if a facility uses
C4F8O in manufacturing semiconductors on 300 mm
wafers, Table I-12 of subpart I does not have applicable default
utilization and by-product formation rate factors. For these cases, we
have included a provision in 40 CFR 98.93(i)(4) for facilities to
calculate emissions of these gases by assuming utilization and by-
product formation rates of zero for those gases. Facilities will also
account for abatement of these gases, if abatement systems are present
on the tools associated with those stacks.
Comment: Two commenters questioned the applicability of the
definition of the time interval in Equations I-17 and I-18 at 40 CFR
98.93(i)(3)(ii), which specifies that ``each time interval in the
sampling period must be less than or equal to 60 minutes (for example
an 8 hour sampling period would consist of at least 8 time
intervals).'' One commenter observed that the sum of the average
concentrations in Equations I-17 and I-18 are numerically equivalent
whether the minimum time interval is one hour or one minute. The
commenters requested that the requirement for minimum time intervals
(tm) over the duration of the 8-hour (minimum) stack test
either be removed entirely, or be made specific to the use of the FTIR
method.
The commenters further explained that when the FTIR method is used,
the sampling period time intervals are typically on the order of
minutes, and so the requirement for a minimum of a 60 minute time
interval is easily achieved. However, in the future GC-MS or similar
types of appropriately validated methods may be used that collect
composite samples continuously over the 8-hour sampling period. In
these situations, the EPA requirement as currently worded would
obligate the sampling technician to collect a minimum of 8 one-hour
time-integrated samples. The commenters contended that such an
obligation would be excessive, and would provide little benefit because
the 8-hour composite sample itself provides an appropriate average.
The commenters requested that 40 CFR 98.93(i)(3)(ii) either delete
the requirement for a minimum time interval, or make it specific to the
FTIR method, by specifying that each time interval in an FTIR sampling
period must be less than or equal to 60 minutes (for example an 8-hour
sampling period would consist of at least 8 time intervals). Another
commenter recommended that the language in the final rule be revised to
allow for continuous 8-hour testing rather than 8 individual one-hour
runs.
Response: The EPA agrees with comments regarding sampling times
when using the stack test option. The EPA recognizes that in typical
FTIR sampling, which is the method incorporated into the proposed use
of EPA Method 320, the sampling period time intervals are typically on
the order of minutes; however, instead of specifying a potentially
restrictive sampling period (i.e., a 1 minute basis), the EPA chose to
allow facilities and their testing contractors to decide the most
appropriate sampling period. Additionally, the EPA's intention was to
require facilities to collect concentration measurement data that were
representative of the entire 8-hour (or more) sampling period. As a
result, the EPA proposed that concentration measurement data be
collected, at a minimum, on an hourly basis. The EPA agrees with the
commenter that, if a composite sampling method was used to conduct
stack testing, either through the use of an approved alternative method
or through future rule amendments, the requirement to collect a minimum
of 8 one-hour time integrated samples would not apply since the
composite sample itself would provide a time integrated sample. As a
result, the EPA is incorporating the commenters' suggested revision to
40 CFR 98.93(i)(3)(ii). However, the EPA notes that the GC/MS method is
not an approved method in this final rule and thus any reporter
preferring to use that method would need to follow the procedures found
in 40 CFR 98.94(k).
Comment: Two commenters expressed concern with the requirement to
certify that no changes in stack flow configuration occur between tests
conducted for any particular fab in a reporting year. The commenters
recognized that it is important to ensure that the system is relatively
static over the course of a round of testing, but stated that a
certification of ``no changes'' goes beyond what is necessary and
reasonable. The commenters noted that a fab may readily be able to
certify that no significant changes have occurred over the relatively
short time
[[Page 68182]]
required to complete the consecutive testing of multiple stacks.
However, a facility may not be able to certify that no changes occurred
during testing because one or more process tools might have been added
to or subtracted from a stack system during that time period because,
as part of normal operation, a process tool might be disconnected or
added during a week of testing, but such an action should not
invalidate the test. Such an action would not cause a significant
change in emissions, since a single process tool (or small number of
them) would represent a small fraction of the total. The commenter
stated that, in addition, there is typically a time lag between the
time a process tool connection is made and the time the process tool is
up to full production and emissions.
The commenters proposed that the certification criterion in 40 CFR
98.94(j)(1)(iv) be modified so that reporters must identify any changes
that occurred over the course of testing, including any GHG emitting
process tools newly connected to or disconnected from the system. The
reporter must also certify that no process tools that were in operation
at the start of the test period have been moved to a different stack
during the test period and that no point-of-use abatement systems on
active process tools have been permanently removed from service during
the test period.
Response: The EPA agrees with the commenters' suggestions regarding
stack flow configuration certification requirements. Our original
intent of requiring reporters to certify that no changes in stack flow
configuration occur between tests was to ensure that emission factors
developed as a result of testing are representative of normal
operations, and to avoid under or over reporting of emissions as a
result of reporters directing emissions from one stack to another stack
between testing of separate stack systems, or by taking process tools
with lower utilization efficiencies offline during testing.
Based on the information provided by the commenters, the EPA agrees
that the addition and removal of a limited number of process tools to a
stack system is a common occurrence under normal operating conditions.
As a result, we are revising the certification requirement under 40 CFR
98.94(j)(1)(iv) to require reporters to certify that no significant
changes in stack flow configuration occur between tests conducted for
any particular fab in a reporting year. Specifically, reporters must
certify that no more than 10 percent of the total number of F-GHG or
N2O emitting process tools are connected or disconnected
from a stack system during testing. Although the commenters did not
provide a quantitative limit when referring to ``a small fraction of
the total,'' we determined that it is necessary to limit the number of
tools connected or disconnected to a single stack system during testing
to ensure there are no significant changes in emissions. Additionally,
we agree with the commenters' suggestion to require reporters to
certify that no process tools that were in operation at the start of
the test period have been moved to a different stack during the test
period, and that no point of use abatement systems have been
permanently removed from service during the test period. We also agree
with the commenters that any changes during the test period must be
identified. Therefore, we are requiring reporters to document and
record such changes in the emissions test data and report required
under 40 CFR 98.97(i)(3).
Comment: Two commenters requested that the final rule include a
specific list of by-products that are to be included in the testing
instead of the requirement for a facility-specific analysis of
``expected'' or ``possible'' by products for each series of tests. This
approach would eliminate uncertainty for the facility that the analysis
was sufficient for purposes of the rule. The commenter noted that the
EPA suggested a list of six chemicals that would be treated as
potential by-products: CF4, C2F6,
CHF3, C3F8,
C4F6, and C4F8 (77 FR
63546). The commenter stated that the latest round of data gathering
also found CH2F2, CH3F, and
C5F8 as by-products in some instances. The
commenter recommended that these three gases be added to the list of
``possible'' by-product gases to be tested for under the stack test
alternative. The commenter further recommended that the list of
``expected'' by-product gases, that will be assumed to be present at
half the FDL even if they are not detected, be limited to the five C1
and C2 compounds (CF4, C2F6,
CHF3, CH2F2, and CH3F)
because the four C3, C4 and C5 by-products (C3F8,
C4F6, c-C4F8 and
C5F8) were found in only a handful of tests. The
commenter stated that the four ``possible'' by-products would be tested
for and, if detected, they would be reported as detected and at half
the FDL for any interval in that round of testing where they are not
detected. If not detected, they would be reported as zero.
A third commenter supported the EPA's proposal to require that all
fabs using the stack testing method test for the most common six by-
product gases (CF4, C2F6,
C3F8, C4F6,
C4F8, and CHF3). The commenter
supported the EPA's rationale that the cost of testing for six, as
opposed to two, of these gases is expected to be low, because the tests
would be conducted at the same time, with the same equipment and
personnel.
Response: The EPA agrees with the commenters' suggestion to
designate specific F-GHGs as ``expected'' and ``possible'' by-products.
In the final rule, we are adding Table I-17, which includes a list of
expected by-products and a list of possible by-products. Facilities are
required to test for both expected and possible by-products. If
expected by-products are not detected during a round of testing,
facilities are required to assume that they are emitted at one-half of
the FDL. If possible by-products are not detected during a round of
testing, facilities are required to equate their emissions to zero for
that round of testing.
This approach simplifies the rule, provides certainty for purposes
of implementation, and relieves facilities of the burden of determining
which by-products should be tested for or assumed to be emitted if they
are not detected. By establishing a comprehensive list of by-products
to include in testing, it also avoids routine underestimates of
emissions that could result if a facility did not test for a by-product
that was in fact emitted.
We agree with the commenter's suggestion to add CHF3,
CH2F2, and CH3F to the list of
expected by-products. With these additions, the list of expected by-
products includes CF4, C2F6,
CHF3, CH2F2, and CH3F.
Based on all the emission factor data available to the EPA,
CF4 was identified as a by-product in 532 instances,
C2F6 in 589 instances, CHF3 in 297,
CH2F2 in 21, and CH3F in seven
instances out of a total of 1,149 data sets.
The EPA also agrees with the commenters' recommendation to include
the four C3 to C5 compounds (C3F8,
C4F6, c-C4F8 and
C5F8) in the list of ``possible'' by-products in
the final rule. Based on all the emission factor data available to the
EPA, C3F8 was identified in four instances,
C4F6 in three, c-C4F8 in
five, and C5F8 in four of 1,149 data sets.
Comment: Three commenters asserted that the maximum FDL values in
Table I-10 of the proposed amendments to subpart I have been achieved
in very limited circumstances with specifically enhanced FTIR
measurement systems. The commenters stated that the FDLs are not
achievable with conventional FTIR systems in normal usage. The
commenters noted that stack testing at
[[Page 68183]]
three fabs was completed in support of the testing alternative and the
emissions reports appear in the docket and that the proposed maximum
FDLs were not always met. The commenters noted that when the proposed
maximum FDLs were met, it was with customized enhanced measurement
systems. The commenters stated that these maximum FDLs should be either
dropped from the rule or raised substantially. The commenters asserted
that if they are not removed or raised, the number of available testing
contractors and equipment will be severely limited. If the maximum FDLs
are not met during a test and the test results are consequently
considered invalid, very expensive efforts and arrangements for data
gathering will be wasted. In light of these concerns, the commenters
recommended that the maximum FDLs be increased by a factor of five.
With that change, the fully fluorinated gases would have a maximum FDL
of 25 ppbv, SF6 would have a maximum FDL of 5 ppbv, and other F-GHG
would have a maximum FDL of 50 ppbv. These values would be considered
maximum allowable FDLs. However, if stack testing at a site achieves
lower FDLs, the lower FDLs determined for that stack test would be used
for estimating emissions of expected, but not detected gases.
The commenters stated that allowing facilities to use higher FDLs
would not affect testing results in a significant way. One commenter
provided a comparison of emissions based on stack test results by
Intel, International Business Machines (IBM) and Texas Instruments
Incorporated (TI) using different FDL assumptions (Docket ID. No EPA-
HQ-OAR-2011-0028-0095). The commenter asserted that, based on their
analysis, the impact when accounting for five expected C1 and C2 by-
products is minor and does not change appreciably for the higher FDLs
except in the case of one facility that had very low concentrations in
the stacks resulting from the fact that facility's tools are fully
abated.
One commenter supported the proposed maximum FDLs, and agreed that
FDLs should be lower for F-GHGs with higher GWPs.
Response: The EPA acknowledges the industry commenters' concerns
with respect to the proposed maximum FDLs. The FDL is the lowest
concentration at which at which an F-GHG can be detected during a
specific field measurement. The maximum allowed FDL is the
concentration at which an F-GHG should be detectable when the method is
conducted properly and the analytical instruments are used correctly
and of reasonable quality. Maximum FDLs are specified to ensure that
the field measurements of F-GHG emissions are of adequate quality and
accuracy, and that the fraction of total emissions that are below the
FDL (and which have to be assumed to be one-half the FDL) is minimized.
As discussed in the proposed amendments (77 FR 63547), EPA Method 320
requires the specification of maximum FDLs because the FDLs achieved by
a method and analytical instruments can have a significant impact on
the quality of the measurements. Maximum FDLs are necessary because if
the FDL for a F-GHG is too high, it may capture a relatively large
fraction of the fab's emissions of that F-GHG may occur at
concentrations that are lower than what is detectable by the
instrumentation. This results in the uncertainty of the emission
estimates being correspondingly high. Due to this fact, the proposed
amendments required that facilities must use FDLs that are less than or
equal to the maximum FDLs in Table I-10 to reduce the uncertainty
associated with the emissions estimates under the stack test method.
The maximum FDLs in the proposed amendments were based on FDLs achieved
at three different semiconductor facilities and an analysis of the
magnitude of the emissions that would occur (in CO2e) at
various possible maximum FDLs (see docket item EPA-HQ-OAR-2011-0028-
0085, section 5.1.2). The proposed FDLs were generally, though not
always, close to the average FDLs achieved across all three facilities
that submitted FDL information to the EPA.
The EPA acknowledges the industry commenters' assertion that two of
the three facilities that submitted information on FDLs (see IBM,
Intel, and TI test reports in docket EPA-HQ-OAR-2011-0028) used
enhanced FTIR technology during stack testing and that not all stack
testing contractors have the capability to perform these enhanced FTIR
measurements. The EPA re-analyzed the available information to assess
the FDL levels that were achievable by the facilities using other
accurate and well-maintained FTIR, including a facility that did not
use enhanced FTIR. Upon review of the FDLs included in the three test
reports, we determined that increasing the proposed FDLs by a factor of
four increases the values to a level that should be consistently
achievable by testers using FTIR equipment under EPA Method 320, even
if the tester does not use enhanced FTIR techniques. At these levels
(four times the proposed maximum FDLs), all of the three stack tests
that were conducted in support of the proposed amendments comply with
the final FDLs for each of the F-GHGs specified in Table I-10. In
contrast, only two of the three facilities that submitted data would
have been able to achieve FDLs that were equal to or lower than the
proposed maximum FDLs. We anticipate that the FTIR equipment and
techniques used by these three facilities are representative of what
would be used by the field of reporters and represent accurate and
well-maintained equipment and techniques in the industry. As a result,
the EPA is promulgating revised FDL values in Table I-10 to subpart I
that are equivalent to the proposed values multiplied by a factor of
four. The EPA determined that it was not necessary to increase the
maximum allowed FDLs by a factor of five, as suggested by the industry
commenter, to establish levels that could be achieved by testing
companies using EPA Method 320 because the analysis of data and
information provided to EPA on this topic demonstrated that an increase
by a factor of four represents the appropriate FDL values. The final
FDLs achieve the necessary balance between achievable FDLs and minimum
uncertainty in the emission measurements derived from stack testing.
The EPA appreciates the support of the one commenter for the
proposed maximum FDLs. However, as explained earlier in this response,
the maximum FDLs were revised since proposal to a level that better
reflects the FDLs that can be achieved by testing companies using the
methods included in the final rule. The EPA would also like to clarify
that the maximum FDLs that were included in the proposed and final rule
were based primarily on the technical achievability of those levels.
The GWP of the corresponding gases was used only to determine the
overall effect on emissions (in CO2e) of the different
maximum FDL, and it was observed that the achieved FDLs were lower for
gases with higher GWPs that were also easier to detect (see EPA-HQ-OAQ-
2011-0028-0085, section 5.1.2).
Comment: Two commenters supported the proposed provisions to allow
facilities subject to Subpart I to use prior stack testing completed in
support of rule development to establish initial emissions factors
under the stack test alternative, as long as the tests were completed
no earlier than the date 3 years before the date of publication of the
final rule amendments. The commenters noted that stack testing at three
facilities in support of the
[[Page 68184]]
proposed rule was completed in 2011. The commenters requested that the
EPA clarify that all data collected during the calendar year 2011
regardless of the month that the final rule is published will meet the
``within 3-year'' criterion for pre-rule data collection.
One commenter further explained that for testing conducted prior to
the final rule, a fab may not have collected all required data elements
and/or may not have collected all data elements in a manner consistent
with all criteria in the final rule, and abatement systems may not have
been certified in the 2011 testing as specified in the final rule. As a
result, the commenter requested that the final rule be explicit that a
fab may use prior stack test data to set emissions factors under the
stack test alternative if the key substantive requirements were met,
any deviations from the final rule are reported to the EPA and the EPA
provides concurrence with the use of the data. The commenter stated
that in evaluating whether to accept the earlier test results, the EPA
should exercise its discretion to allow the use of data recorded during
earlier testing, even if the procedures used do not match exactly what
appears as a requirement in the final rule.
Response: The EPA agrees with the commenter's suggestions regarding
the use of data collected in calendar year 2011 in the stack testing
alternative. In the final amendments to subpart I, under 40 CFR
98.94(j)(7), the EPA is clarifying that data collected on or after
January 1, 2011 may be used in the relative standard deviation
calculation in 40 CFR 98.94(j)(5)(ii) if the previous results were
determined using a method meeting the requirements in paragraph 40 CFR
98.94(j)(2). The EPA is also allowing reporters to use data collected
on or after January 1, 2011 but before January 1, 2014, using a method
that did not meet all the requirements of 40 CFR 98.94(j), on a case-
by-case basis, contingent on Administrator (or an authorized
representative's) approval. Reporters would describe any deviations
from the methods and provisions in the final rule and the EPA would
review and approve or disapprove the use of those data in the stack
testing alternative, according to a review procedure that is similar to
that followed for review and approval of an alternative stack testing
method specified in 40 CFR 98.94(k). However, this procedure does not
require the use of EPA Method 301 to validate the prior test data. The
EPA would retain the right to not approve the use of data that does not
meet the data quality requirements in 40 CFR 98.94(j)(7). See 40 CFR
98.94(j)(7) for more details regarding the use of data collected prior
to the promulgation of the final amendments in the relative standard
deviation calculation.
Comment: One commenter asked the agency to reconsider its proposal
to allow facilities to conduct multiple tests in a single year with the
aim of demonstrating low variability and becoming exempt from annual
testing. The commenter stated that given the magnitude and rate of
change in the semiconductor industry, facilities should, at a minimum,
be required to do annual tests for a period of 3 years before
qualifying for an exemption of up to 5 years. The commenter expressed
concern that the measured emission factors could be stable over a one-
year period but not over a three-year period.
Response: The EPA agrees with the commenter that it is possible an
emission factor determined from three tests in one year could be
representative of a fab's emissions over a one-year period, but not
over a three-year period. However, the types of factors that could
affect the emissions over a three-year period, such that the emission
factors developed from conducting three tests in one year are no longer
representative, are likely to be the same types of factors that would
trigger the requirements to perform a new test, as promulgated at 40
CFR 98.94(j)(8). Therefore, it is unlikely that a reporter could
substantially change a facility in such a way that the emissions would
change substantially without triggering the requirement to perform a
retest.
If a facility is required to perform a re-test, the results of that
test will not extend the date of the next scheduled test. If a facility
is required to conduct a re-test, the facility must also use the data
from the re-test and the two most recent previous stack tests to
evaluate whether the facility still meets the criteria to skip annual
testing. If the facility no longer meets those criteria, the facility
must resume testing regardless of when the facility qualified to skip
annual testing. The facility may perform annual testing or may perform
multiple tests in a single year to collect sufficient new data to see
if they again qualify to skip annual testing. Therefore, the option for
facilities to perform multiple emissions tests within the same year
would not allow facilities to use data that are not representative of
current emissions, provided they adhere to the provisions in 40 CFR
98.94(j)(5).
Comment: One commenter agreed with the list of changes at a fab
included in 40 CFR 98.94(j)(8) that trigger the requirement that a
stack system be retested. The commenter suggested additional fab
changes identified in the context of the triennial technology
assessment report required under 40 CFR 98.96(y) that should also
trigger retesting (e.g., implementation of new process technologies,
introduction of new tool platforms, and introduction of new processes
on existing platforms). Another commenter stated that potential new
process technologies that would change the nature of the emissions of
GHGs from semiconductor manufacturing would trigger one or more of the
six triggers for retesting included in 40 CFR 98.94(j)(8). The second
commenter predicted that the triggers that would most likely be
affected by new process technologies would be the change in the
consumption of a F-GHG by more than 10 percent of the total annual F-
GHG consumption (in CO2e), the change in the consumption of
an intermittent low-use F-GHG, or a decrease by more than 10 percent in
the fraction of process tools with abatement systems.
Response: Based on the comments on the proposal, the EPA has
concluded that the re-test triggers that were proposed and promulgated
under 40 CFR 98.94(j)(8) are adequate to capture changes in fab
emissions as a result of new process technologies, new tool platforms,
and new processes on existing platforms. These types of changes are
already accounted for by the criteria that that are specified in 40 CFR
98.94(j)(8), and no new criteria have been added in the final rule.
However, the EPA has included additional recordkeeping requirements in
40 CFR 98.97 to verify compliance with the factors that would trigger a
retest. Specifically, we are revising 40 CFR 98.97(i)(3) to require
records of the identity and total annual consumption of each gas
identified as an intermittent low use F-GHG, to verify any change in
the consumption of an intermittent low-use F-GHG that was not used
during the emissions test and not reflected in the fab-specific
emission factor, such that it no longer meets the definition of an
intermittent low-use F-GHG. We are also adding a new provision at 40
CFR 98.97(i)(9) to require records of the total number of tools at each
stack in the fab which, along with the number of abatement systems, is
needed to verify if a facility has a decrease by more than 10 percent
in the fraction of tools with abatement systems compared to the number
during the most recent emissions test.
[[Page 68185]]
2. Revisions to the Default Gas Utilization Rates and By-Product
Formation Rates for the Plasma Etch Process Category for Facilities
That Manufacture Semiconductors
Comment: One commenter provided additional input on the merging of
the default gas utilization and by-product formation rates for wafer
clean and etch processes. The commenter provided data from industry
publications for the total F-GHG usage for these processes. The
commenter stated that wafer cleaning is between 0.8 and 2 percent of
total 200 mm F-GHG usage. The commenter stated that five gases are used
in 200 mm wafer cleaning. The commenter noted that four of the five
gases are also used in 200 mm chamber cleaning and etch processes, and
one gas is used in etch and wafer cleaning. The commenter asserted that
because wafer cleaning is a low percentage of 200 mm F-GHG usage,
combining wafer cleaning and etch processes will have a minor impact on
the accuracy of the emissions estimates under Subpart I.
Response: The EPA proposed to combine the etch and wafer cleaning
categories, which could reduce the apportioning required of a facility
and potentially reduce gas apportioning errors if the facility uses the
same F-GHGs for wafer cleaning and etch. Facilities using 150 mm and
200 mm wafers typically need to apportion three to five gases between
the plasma etch and chamber cleaning process types/subtypes. As noted
by the commenter, five gases are typically used in 200 mm wafer
cleaning (C2F6, CF4, CHF3,
NF3, and SF6) and each of these gases are also
used in either the etch and/or chamber cleaning process types.
The effect of gas apportioning errors on GHG emissions accuracy
depends upon the difficulty of the gas apportionment by gas and process
type/subtype. For example, no apportionment error would be present for
gases used only in one process and little apportionment error would
result if only small portions of gas use are allocated to processes
other than the dominant one. The overall impact of apportioning on the
accuracy of the GHG estimate depends on each gas's GWP value and its
contribution to the total fab emissions. As noted in the preamble to
the proposed amendments to subpart I (77 FR 63552), the gases used for
plasma etch and wafer clean have similar gas utilization rates and by-
product formation rates. Furthermore, as provided in the ``Technical
Support for Modifications to the Fluorinated Greenhouse Gas Emission
Estimation Method Option for Semiconductor Facilities under Subpart I''
(see Docket Id. No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2011-0028-0083) and supported in the
data provided by commenters, wafer cleaning is expected to represent a
small percentage of total gas consumption for facilities manufacturing
wafers 200 mm or smaller. Because the gases used in wafer cleaning at
200 mm facilities represent only a small portion of total fab
emissions, the EPA does not anticipate that merging the etch and wafer
clean subcategories will greatly impact the accuracy of GHG emission
estimates. Therefore, the final rule will combine the wafer clean and
etch process types for fabs using 150 and 200 mm diameter wafers. The
final rule will also combine the wafer clean and etch process types for
fabs using 300 and 450 mm diameter wafers.
Comment: Several commenters supported the use of default gas
utilization rates and by-product formation rates under subpart I. One
commenter claimed that the method allows for the use of emissions
factors and abatement efficiency factors that have been derived from
extensive testing and provide the basis for high quality emissions
estimates without disruptive testing in the fab environment where
operating uptime is critical to the productivity of the fab. The
commenter stated that much of the data used to derive the factors in
the proposed rule came from the efforts of the semiconductor industry
in advance of the proposed rule. The commenter noted that SIA and ISMI
continued emissions factor data collection activities during settlement
discussions to improve the representativeness of the emissions factor
database.
The commenter provided 168 additional gas utilization and by-
product formation rate data sets, noting that the data were provided by
semiconductor process equipment suppliers and device manufacturers for
200 mm and 300 mm plasma etch equipment. The commenter asserted that
the 2012 data closed gaps in the emissions factor database and allowed
for establishment of default emission factors for every gas used in
semiconductor plasma etch processes, as identified in a 2011 ISMI
survey. The commenter provided an analysis of the integrated database
and the resulting emission factors (see Docket Id. No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2011-
0028-0095). The commenter further stated that a minimum of 23 data sets
for each gas were used to develop emission factors for each gas that is
1 percent or more of the total F-GHG usage for each wafer size. The
commenter stated that the four gases with four or less data sets are
either not used for etch or are much less than 0.1 percent of total F-
GHG usage for that wafer size.
The commenter also provided a comparison of default emission
factors based on the added data to the default emission factors in the
2012 proposed rule (EPA-HQ-OAR-2011-0028-0095). The commenter noted
that when a large dataset was previously available to establish the
proposed revised default emission factors, the addition of the 2012
data did not appreciably change the proposed revised default factors.
The commenter also provided a list of the revised default by-product
emission factors for 200 mm and 300 mm etch based on the additional
data (EPA-HQ-OAR-2011-0028-0095). The commenter noted that several by-
products, namely C5F8, CH3F, and
CH2F2, that were not detected previously, were
observed during this round of testing. The commenter reasoned that this
may be the result of data being provided for tool and gas combinations
that were not previously tested. The commenter suggested that these new
by-products would have no discernible effect on reported emissions
because the by-product emission factors are small and the GWPs of these
gases are less than 200.
Response: The EPA thanks the commenter for the additional data
provided during the public comment period. The EPA incorporated the
provided data into the existing etch process type emissions factor
database to calculate new and revised gas utilization and by-product
formation rates for the final rule. The EPA used the emission factor
calculation methodology outlined in the proposed rule to evaluate the
new and revised emission factors. Specifically, the EPA:
(1) Used a simple arithmetic averaging method to develop default
utilization and by-product emission factors by gas for the etch process
type; and
(2) Used the ``all inputs gas'' convention for assigning by-product
formation rates (emission factors) for etch gases. This convention
assigns by-product emissions to input F-GHGs used in a process by
dividing the measured mass emitted of a specific by-product by the
total mass of all input F-GHGs for that process and assigning this by-
product factor to each input F-GHG used in that process. This is the
same approach used in developing the proposed revised emission factors
in the 2012 proposed rule.
For semiconductor manufacturing using 200 mm wafers, the data
provided by the commenter added one gas utilization rate for
semiconductor manufacturing for which no data were
[[Page 68186]]
previously available (for C5F8 as an input gas)
and revised the utilization rates of nine F-GHGs. For semiconductor
manufacturing using 300 mm wafers, the new data added two gas
utilization rates, for C3F8 and CH3F,
and revised the utilization rates of 10 F-GHGs.
The new data also provided 75 revised by-product formation rates,
including three new by-products not previously identified (for the by-
products C5F8, CH3F, and
CH2F2).
The EPA's analysis of the new emission factor data for input gases
and by-product gases is included in the docket for the final rulemaking
in the item entitled ``Technical Support for Final Modifications to the
Fluorinated Greenhouse Gas Emission Factors and By-Product Formation
Rates for Semiconductor Facilities under Subpart I'' (EPA-HQ-OAR-2011-
0028).
Comment: A commenter noted that in the preamble to the proposed
rule (77 FR 63551), the EPA asked for an explanation of the zeros in
the data previously collected and provided by SIA and used by the EPA
to calculate the default emissions factors. The commenter noted that
because the data came from a wide range of sources, the commenter
cannot be certain of the basis of the zero entries in the data base.
The commenter suggested that the zeros most likely mean that a gas was
not present above the detection limit achieved during the test, but
there is a small chance that the tester did not look for the gas. The
commenter stated that in the interest of conservative emissions
reporting, they agree that it is appropriate to err on the ``high
side'' by determining by-product factors only using the non-zero
results. The commenter stated that the default factors would be less if
the zeros were included in determining the average emissions factor and
that it is likely that the default by-product emissions factors would
also be lower if the zeros were included at half the detection limit,
using the practice proposed by the EPA for measuring the presence of
certain gases when implementing the stack alternative. The commenter
stated however, that it is not possible to do so for the default by-
product emissions factors based on the data collected by the commenter
because the field detection limits (FDLs) for each test were not
previously collected. For these reasons, the commenter recommended that
the EPA retain the approach used in the proposed rule for determining
default by-product emissions factors from the available data.
Response: The EPA agrees with the commenter on the method for
averaging the available by-product emission factor data and with the
likely basis for the zeros in the data collected. The EPA considered
averaging the available emissions data using either the zeros in the
available data or half the detection limit for the by-product gas if
the data gatherer looked for, but did not detect, by-product emissions.
However, because it is not apparent that the basis of the zeros in the
data represent instances where a by-product was looked for, but not
detected, and because the field detection limits for each test were not
previously collected, the EPA agrees with the commenter that the
averaging approach used in the proposed amendments to subpart I is
appropriate. In determining revised default by-product emission factors
for the final rule, the EPA used the simple arithmetic mean of all
available non-zero by-product emission factor data for each gas, wafer
size, and process-type or subtype using the revised etch emissions
database. If additional by-product emission factor data are made
available to the EPA in the future, and those data include instances
where a by-product was looked for, but not detected, and field
detection limits are provided, the EPA may reassess the by-product
emission factor calculation methodology.
Comment: One commenter stated that Equation I-15b should be
eliminated. The commenter stated that the calculated abatement unit
uptime for the process gases for which the abatement system is
certified for treatment is the same for by-product treatment. The
commenter further noted that where the unit is not effective for one or
more of the by-product gases, it will not be certified to treat that
gas and the DRE will be zero, and where a unit has a lower uptime for a
subset of the certified gases, that lower, gas specific uptime would be
applied to applicable by-product gas(es). The commenter stated that
companies will have abatement uptime data organized by input gas type,
and the uptime for the input gases will match the uptime for the by-
product gases. The commenter contended that there is no need to perform
a separate calculation of abatement system uptime for by-product gases,
and enabling companies to calculate uptime by the combination of input
and by-product gas would simplify calculations and recordkeeping while
not reducing the accuracy of the uptime data.
Response: The EPA agrees with the commenter that only a single
uptime equation is needed and has removed Equation I-15b from the final
rule, and modified Equation I-15a (Equation I-15 in the final rule) so
that it is applicable to both abatement systems treating input gases
and by-product gases.
In developing the proposed rule amendments, the EPA developed
separate equations under the assumption that the population of
abatement systems treating a particular input gas could be different
from the population of abatement systems treating a by-product gas
because not all input gas and process combinations create the same by-
product gases. However, the uptime calculated by Equations I-15a and I-
15b is used in Equations I-8 and I-9, respectively, and in those latter
two equations, emissions are tied to the consumption of the same input
gas, Cij. Therefore, uptime only needs to be calculated for the
abatement systems receiving the input gas, Cij, and separate uptime
does not need to be calculated for the by-product gas. As the commenter
correctly notes, where an abatement system is not certified for the
treatment of a particular by-product gas from an input gas, the DRE for
that gas will be zero, and the uptime of the system will be irrelevant.
The EPA has also made the other conforming changes in other
sections of the final rule to remove the references to Equation I-15b
as noted by the commenter.
3. Apportioning Model Verification for Facilities that Manufacture
Electronics
Comment: One commenter noted that in the proposed amendments at 40
CFR 98.94(c)(2)(iv), the period of representative gas consumption used
to verify the apportioning model when using the stack method would be
required to end exactly on the day that stack testing is completed. The
commenter noted that most gas use accounting is managed on a monthly
basis, so it would not be practical to end the period on the same day
that testing is completed. The commenter suggested that the rule should
allow the apportioning model to be validated over a period that ends
between the first and last day of the accounting month(s) in which the
stack testing takes place because this would simplify the data
collection for locations without significantly affecting the accuracy
of the gas use estimates used in the verification. The commenter noted
that 40 CFR 98.94(c)(2)(i), which is referenced by 40 CFR
98.94(c)(2)(iv), allows the representative period to be `` . . . at
least 30 days but not more than the reporting year.'' Enabling
locations to use an end date within the accounting month, instead of
tying it to the last day of stack testing, would simplify the data
collection without
[[Page 68187]]
introducing error, particularly if the verification period is more than
90 days. The gas usage accounting systems at some semiconductor
facilities are based on accounting months (e.g., 13-4 week months)
rather than calendar months. The commenter asked that 40 CFR
98.94(c)(2)(iv) be revised to allow that the time period specified in
40 CFR 98.94(c)(2)(i) ends on a day between the first and last day of
the accounting month for the period that includes the last day the
facility performs stack testing, or that is a defined period ending on
the last day of sampling event.
Response: The EPA agrees with the commenter that it is reasonable
that the period selected for apportioning model verification, when a
facility is using the stack testing method, should be allowed to
coincide with the accounting period used at the fab for normally
tracking gas consumption, and should not be tied to the day on which
testing is completed. The EPA's proposal was intended to ensure that
the representative period selected to validate the apportioning model
coincided with the period during which the stack testing was being
performed to ensure that gas consumption during stack testing was being
estimated as accurately as possible. The commenter's suggested change
to 40 CFR 98.94(c)(2)(iv) would achieve the same objective and would
also be consistent with the facility's normal accounting periods for
gas usage.
4. Calculating N2O Emissions for Facilities That Manufacture
Electronics
Table I-8 of subpart I provides two default N2O emission
factors. One factor is for CVD processes using N2O, and the
other is for the aggregate of all other N2O-using
electronics manufacturing processes. The EPA proposed to revise the
default N2O emission factor in Table I-8 of subpart I for
the aggregate of the ``other'' (non-CVD) N2O-using
manufacturing processes (77 FR 63560). The current default emission
factor is 1.0 kg of N2O emitted per kg of N2O
consumed. The proposed emission factor was 1.14 kg of N2O
emitted per kg of N2O consumed, and represented an average
of the stack emission factors for N2O (total N2O
emissions/total N2O consumption) measured in nine tests at
three fabs. (See EPA-HQ-OAR-2011-0028-0084, section 5, for a summary of
the data used to develop the proposed default emission factor.) The EPA
did not propose to revise the N2O emission factor for CVD
processes. The EPA specifically sought comment on the existing data and
analysis supporting the proposed emission factor, and requested
additional data and analysis. The preamble noted that the average
N2O emissions from the stack testing appeared to be greater
than the N2O consumption and, as a result, the emission
factor is greater than 1.0. The preamble also noted that the proposed
emission factor was based on emissions associated with total
N2O consumption, rather than just emissions and consumption
data associated with non-CVD applications (which were not available to
the EPA). Thus, the EPA noted at proposal that when these data were
applied only to non-CVD N2O consumption, they may not have
fully compensated for the unknown N2O source that resulted
in an emission factor greater than 1.0, and that EPA did not have an
explanation for the apparent creation of N2O. The preamble
requested comment on the existing data and analysis supporting the
proposed revised default emission factor, and noted that the EPA would
consider new information and data submitted by commenters in developing
the final default emission factor.
Comment: No commenters offered an explanation for the apparent
creation of N2O reflected by the average N2O
emission factor greater than 1.0, nor did any commenters provide any
additional N2O emission factor data.
Two commenters recommended that the N2O process
categories should be aligned with the F-GHG categories to ensure
consistency and reduce the potential for confusion. The commenters
suggested that the use of the term CVD (chemical vapor deposition) in
the current rule does not align with the established process categories
of chamber clean and/or plasma etch/wafer cleaning. The commenters
proposed that the EPA replace the terms ``chemical vapor deposition''
or ``CVD'' where they appear in Section 98.93(b)(1) and Table I-8 with
the following phrase: ``processes associated with the chamber clean
process type.'' The commenters noted that N2O is sometimes
used in the deposition processes associated with the in-situ, remote,
and thermal chamber cleaning tools and recipes, and suggested that the
application of N2O in these circumstances is very similar
and the utilization rates are consistent. The commenters suggested that
the EPA should continue to categorize those N2O-using
processes that do not fall into the processes associated with the
chamber clean process type as ``other manufacturing processes.''
Response: The EPA did not receive any new N2O emission
factor data that can be used to resolve the uncertainties associated
with the data used to develop the proposed emission factor for the
other N2O-using manufacturing processes of 1.14 kg of
N2O emitted per kg of N2O consumed. As stated
above, at proposal the EPA had data from nine tests of N2O
emission rates from three fabs owned by two companies. Six measurements
were from one fab, two measurements were from a second fab, and one
measurement was from a third fab. The second and third fab were owned
by the same company. In four of the nine measurements, N2O
emissions were greater than N2O consumption, and the
emission factors were highly variable both within and across fabs,
ranging from 0.34 to 1.89 kg emitted per kg consumed. The EPA could not
explain the cause of the emission factors that are greater than 1.0.
Given the highly variable nature of the measured emission factor data,
the small number of tests, and the lack of information on the specific
processes represented by those data, the EPA is not confident that
those data accurately represent emissions from non-CVD processes used
in electronics manufacturing. Therefore, the EPA is not finalizing the
proposed change to the emission factor that was based on those data.
The N2O emission factors will remain as they are in the
current Table I-8 of subpart I. The emission factor for CVD will remain
at 0.8 and for all other N2O using processes at 1.0 kg of
N2O emitted per kg of N2O consumed. The EPA does
not have, at this time, a sufficient amount of data to support any
changes to these emission factors.
The EPA is also not accepting the suggestion at this time to revise
the N2O categories in Table I-8 of subpart I to include CVD
and chamber clean under a single category of ``processes associated
with the chamber clean process type.'' The EPA does not have data at
this time to demonstrate that the utilization rates in the deposition
processes associated with the in-situ, remote, and thermal cleaning
process types are similar to those in the CVD process type and should,
therefore, be combined into a single category.
The EPA will continue to work with industry to understand these
N2O-emitting processes and to gather additional data and
information for potential future revisions. One potential avenue for
gathering information and data will be through the triennial technology
assessment report specified in 40 CFR 98.96(y), although the EPA may
accept new data at any time they are available.
[[Page 68188]]
5. Abatement System Destruction and Removal Efficiency (DRE) for
Facilities That Manufacture Electronics
Comment: One commenter suggested revising the definition of
abatement system to clarify which abatement systems are covered under
the requirements in Subpart I as follows: ``Abatement system means a
device or equipment that is designed to destroy or remove F-GHGs and
N2O in waste exhaust streams from one or more electronics
manufacturing production processes.''
The commenter explained that there are abatement units installed in
fabs for purposes other than GHG abatement, including but not limited
to solids removal, pyrophoric destruction, and volatile organic
compound (VOC) emissions control. The commenter noted that under the
current rule language, it appears that if any of the regulated GHGs are
exhausted to these units, one is technically required to manage them
under the requirements of Subpart I. These types of units are not
designed for F-GHG treatment and any treatment which does occur is
incidental and would not be capable of being certified under the rule
requirements. The commenter stated that inclusion of the ``designed
to'' phrase clarifies that only systems designed to treat F-gas
emissions are covered by the requirements of the regulation.
Response: The EPA agrees with the commenter and has revised the
definition of abatement system as suggested by the commenter. However,
in response to other comments, the EPA has also revised the definition
to include abatement systems for which the F-GHG or N2O DRE
has been measured according to 40 CFR 98.94(f). The EPA recognizes that
some systems that were not specifically designed for F-GHG or
N2O abatement may still achieve substantial F-GHG or
N2O abatement for certain gases and some facilities may wish
to account for this abatement in calculating emissions.
The EPA notes that only data from abatement systems that were
specifically designed to abate F-GHG or N2O emissions were
used to develop the final default DREs. As a result, those default DREs
will be applied only to those systems specifically designed to abate F-
GHGS or N2O, as appropriate, under the requirements of
subpart I.
To account for abatement systems that may have been installed to
abate other gases, such as volatile organic compounds or hazardous air
pollutants, but achieve some level of F-GHG abatement, the final rule
will also allow facilities to account for the DRE of systems if a site-
specific DRE has been measured as specified in 40 CFR 98.94(f).
Because the final rule allows facilities to account for the DRE of
systems that are specifically designed for F-GHG or N2O
abatement, and for those for which a site-specific DRE has been
measured, including those that were not designed for F-GHG or
N2O abatement, the definition of abatement system in the
final rule has been modified to account for both situations.
In each situation, facilities will be required to certify these
systems according to the applicable requirements of 40 CFR 98.94(f),
include these systems in the abatement system inventory included in the
annual report (40 CFR 98.96(q)), and meet the recordkeeping
requirements of 40 CFR 98.97 for abatement systems.
Comment: One commenter noted that the abatement system count in a
particular gas and process type will change over time. The commenter
asserted that a change in the number of systems may lead to uncertainty
in the number of abatement systems that should be included in the
random sampling abatement system testing program specified in 40 CFR
98.94(f)(4)(ii)(A). In the proposed rule amendments, the facility must
test 20 percent of systems in a given gas and process combination in
the first 2 years (a minimum of 10 percent per year until reaching a
minimum of 20 percent), and at least 15 percent in each following 3-
year period (a minimum of five percent per year until reaching at least
15 percent). The commenter requested that the final rule clarify the
number that should be used as the basis for the percentages and
suggested that it should be based on the number present at the time the
testing begins for the given period of the testing. The commenter
explained that if five percent are tested a year and units are added or
removed between that year and the next, that round of testing still
counts as five percent.
Response: The EPA agrees with the commenter that the final rule
should clarify the number of abatement systems to be tested on a yearly
basis, because the abatement system count for a particular gas and
process type could change over time. The final rule specifies that
reporters determine the number of abatement systems to be tested based
on the average number present over the period required to test the
minimum percent of systems for a gas and process type. For example, if
a facility completes testing of the minimum 15 percent in a single year
instead of three years, then the number tested would be based on the
systems present in that year. If testing were completed over 3 years,
the number tested would be determined based on the average number in
that three year period. If a facility adds abatement systems during
that time, they may need to increase the number tested in the second or
third year to meet the minimum for the 3-year average. If a facility
tested the minimum of 15 percent in 1 year, and then added systems in
years 2 and 3, the higher number of systems would be accounted for in
the number to be tested in the next 3-year period.
We are not adopting the commenter's suggestion that reporters
should determine the number of abatement systems to be tested for the
3-year period based only on the count at the beginning of testing.
Allowing a facility to use only the number of abatement systems at the
beginning of the period may result in a non-representative site-
specific DRE for a particular gas and process type/sub-type
combination, especially if a facility began a program of adding
substantial numbers of abatement systems after the first year of the
RSASTP. Facilities that have not completed testing when abatement
systems are added must include those abatement systems in determining
the number to be tested. For example, if a facility installs abatement
systems in years 2 or 3, and is still testing DRE in those years, then
the number of systems tested must be adjusted to reflect the increased
number of systems. However, if testing of 15 percent of systems is
already completed for that 3-year period, the facility does not need to
resume testing to account for the change in percentages. If a facility
has completed testing for that period and then installs abatement
systems for a gas and process combination that was not included in the
testing, the facility would have the option of testing the DRE for that
newly abated gas and process combination, or using the default DRE
until that gas and process combination is included in the next round of
testing.
Comment: One commenter requested that the EPA add a sentence to the
end of 40 CFR 98.94(f)(4)(iii) to clarify that all DRE test data
collected in 2011, or later, will qualify for use in determining site
specific DREs for the locations where the testing occurred.
Response: The EPA agrees with the commenter regarding the use of
data collected in calendar year 2011. In the final rule under 40 CFR
98.94(f)(4)(iii), the EPA is clarifying that data collected on or after
January 1, 2011 may be used
[[Page 68189]]
in the average DRE calculation if the previous results were obtained
following the requirements in 40 CFR 98.94(f)(4)(i).
Comment: One commenter suggested changes to the provisions under 40
CFR 98.94(f)(4)(v) regarding the use of a DRE value below the
manufacturer-claimed DRE measured when the abatement system is not
installed, operated, or maintained in accordance with the site
maintenance plan. The commenter proposed two options:
(1) Include the measured DRE for the unit in the calculation of the
site-specific DRE for the gas and process combination. The measured DRE
for that unit must be included in the site-specific DRE average until
corrective action is completed and the abatement system is retested.
Corrective action must be completed in a reasonable time, but retesting
can be deferred to the next testing period. Any affected abatement
units that are being re-tested must be in addition to the randomly
selected minimum sample for that testing period, or
(2) Exclude the measured DRE for that unit in the site-specific DRE
average until corrective action is completed and the abatement system
is retested. However, in that instance the abatement system will be
treated as down for purposes of calculating abatement system uptime
until the retest is completed.
The commenter claimed that allowing inclusion of the lower DRE in
the site-specific average would enable a facility to choose whether it
wants to accept a lower DRE for its site-specific value for a given gas
(even though a low DRE value will have an inordinate impact on the
site-specific DRE because the average is based on measurements from 35
percent of the units), or whether the facility wants to manage its
uptime number for different units. The commenter stated that the
benefit of choosing the lower DRE is being able to maintain a
consistent uptime across all the gases, simplifying management of the
calculations.
Response: The EPA agrees with the commenter that facilities should
have the flexibility to either include or exclude DRE data from a
system that is operating outside the established parameters for that
system and not meeting the definition of ``operational mode'' in 40 CFR
98.98. However, the EPA disagrees with the commenter's implication that
the facility can treat that system as meeting the definition of
operational mode, even if it is not, for the purposes of calculating
uptime. If a facility has abatement systems that are operating outside
the established parameters and not meeting the definition of
``operational mode'', the facility must treat that system as being
``down'' for purposes of calculating uptime and emissions, even if the
facility is using the lower measured DRE in calculating an average
measured DRE. This approach would allow a facility to use a lower DRE
value and avoid the expense of immediately repeating a system's DRE
measurement, but it would also recognize that facilities should not
treat an abatement system as meeting the definition of ``operational
mode'' when it is operating outside established parameters and could
have variable and unpredictable performance. Therefore, in both
situations suggested by the commenter, the final rule requires that the
facility treat the system as being down for purposes of calculating
uptime until the system operation is restored to the established
parameters and it is meeting the definition of operational mode.
The EPA also agrees with the commenter that some facilities may
complete the testing needed to establish measured average DRE values in
the first or second year of each three year period, and would not be
required to perform any additional DRE testing until the start of the
next three-year period. The final rule has been revised since proposal
to allow a facility to postpone retesting of the affected unit with low
DRE until the next required testing period, instead of the next
reporting year.
Comment: One commenter (an industry organization) stated that it
and its member companies have worked at considerable expense to
generate an extensive DRE test database, in support of this rule, so
that accurate default DREs could be incorporated into the rule. The
commenter noted that the additional data they collected increased the
number of fabs contributing data and the representativeness of the data
across the installed base of systems inventoried, compared to the data
available to develop the default DREs that were in the proposed
amendments.
The commenter provided a summary of the member companies' abatement
system inventory and the number of individual abatement devices that
have been tested in support of the alternative default DRE calculations
proposed by the commenter. The commenter contended that the EPA should
not utilize any data from devices that were not designed to abate F-GHG
or N2O in the EPA assessment of abatement device performance
and the determination of default DREs for the final rule.
The commenter further explained that the testing represented a
substantial fraction of the installed base of devices at the companies
responding to a 2011 survey of industry association member companies.
The survey referenced by the commenter included results from five
companies representing nine facilities and approximately 50 percent of
the estimated number of abatement systems in U.S. fabs, based on a 2010
ISMI survey.\4\ The commenter noted that although the testing is
predominantly of one manufacturer's devices (i.e., greater than 95
percent of DRE measurements), this is representative because the U.S.
industry's installed base is predominantly that same manufacturer's
devices. The commenter explained that in a statistical sense, the
sample of devices tested exceeds the usual 10 percent threshold at
which a sample is deemed ``large'' and brings into play the ``finite
sample correction'' for variance, meaning that the sample is more than
a statistical representation and has begun to enumerate the population.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\4\ The survey results were reported on page 2 of EPA-HQ-OAR-
2011-0028-0045, SIA Briefing Paper on abatement Issues: Destruction
Removal Efficiency (DRE), January 10, 2012. Submitted as part of
settlement documents for SIA v. EPA (D.C. cir. No. 1024).
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The commenter stated that the revised default DREs in the proposed
rule were based primarily on the results of testing carried out by SIA
members and their contractors. The information was provided to the EPA
and used to develop the revised defaults in the proposed rule
amendments. The commenter noted that since that initial submittal, SIA
members have carried out additional testing and collected additional
test results. The supplemental data reflect an additional 208 tests of
POU abatement device performance, including 143 new tests of etch gas
abatement and 65 new tests of NF3 abatement in chamber
cleaning. The complete data set with the initial data and the
additional data represents three companies and nine different fabs,
similar to the previously submitted data. The commenter provided the
additional data, as well as a detailed analysis, as attachments to
their comment letter, which are available in the docket (docket item
EPA-HQ-OAR-2011-0028-0095).
The commenter also noted that they were not able to use the EPA
data collection template for new DRE test results because much of the
data gathering had either been completed or was underway before the
template was provided in the docket to the proposed rule. The commenter
stated that they had already begun using an alternative template based
on the data template SIA
[[Page 68190]]
used to provide data to the EPA previously. The commenter provided the
DRE data in an attachment to their comment letter and claimed that the
information in the attachment was sufficient to assess the
applicability and usefulness of the data while avoiding the
confidentiality issues inherent in the template the EPA provided.
Response: The EPA thanks the commenter for the additional DRE data
and appreciates the effort expended to generate the DRE test database.
We acknowledge the similarities between the EPA data request sheet and
the SIA template and have accepted the data provided as meeting the
EPA's information needs. We have evaluated the additional data provided
and have incorporated the data into the existing abatement device
inventory to develop the default DRE factors in Table I-16 of the final
rule. The default DRE factors in the final rule are based on an
analysis of the average DREs from 343 performance tests, including 11
data points from the EPA's DRE dataset from the Technical Support
Document for Process Emissions from Electronics Manufacture (Revised
November 2010), 125 tests provided to the EPA from SIA after the
finalization of the December 2010 subpart I rule, and the 207 tests
provided to the EPA by SIA during the public comment period for this
rulemaking.
EPA agrees with the commenter that data collected from abatement
devices that are not designed to abate F-GHGs should not be included in
the DRE testing database, and the EPA has not considered these data in
the development of the default DREs in the final rule. The EPA agrees
with the commenter that it is inappropriate to include devices that
only incidentally abate F-GHGs and N2O in the calculation of
default DREs, as these devices are unlikely to have the same emissions
reductions as systems specifically designed to abate F-GHGs. For the
same reason, we have revised 40 CFR 98.94(f)(3) such that facilities
may take credit for abatement using the default DREs only if they can
certify that the abatement systems were specifically designed to abate
F-GHGs or N2O and have a site maintenance plan that includes
the manufacturer's recommendations and specifications for installation,
operation, and maintenance for each abatement system. However, the
final rule also allows facilities to use measured site-specific DREs to
account for emission reductions from systems that were not specifically
designed to abate F-GHGs or N2O.
The EPA remains interested in obtaining more information about
whether the abatement system data are fully representative of the
abatement system technologies currently installed in the U.S. industry.
As discussed in the next response to comment, the EPA generally agrees
with the commenter's conclusion that the data provided are
representative of the facilities required to report under subpart I.
The EPA intends to collect and review additional data to improve the
DRE database in the future. The EPA's analysis of the DRE data provided
by the commenter and the method used to calculate the default DREs in
the final rule are discussed in the response to the next comment.
Comment: Several commenters disagreed with the EPA's method for
calculating the default DRE factors that were included in the proposed
rule. The EPA calculated the proposed default DRE factors as the
arithmetic mean DRE value for a gas and process combination, minus two
standard deviations of the population.\5\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\5\ p. 3 of Technical Support for Accounting for Destruction or
Removal Efficiency for Electronics Manufacturing Facilities under
Subpart I, EPA-HQ-OAR-2011-0028-0082.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
Several commenters proposed an alternative method for calculating
default DRE factors. The commenters claimed that the suggested approach
is conservative, mirrors the approach SIA used in the facility level
error analysis for emissions factors (see docket item EPA-HQ-OAR-2011-
0028-0074, section 3.4.1), and recognizes that the number of individual
devices in a typical fab is an important determinant of variability.
The commenter provided data from an industry association survey on the
number of abatement systems used at each fab for each gas and process
type. The commenter's approach attempted to estimate the lowest average
DRE value that any fab could be expected to achieve (``lowest fab-
average''). Specifically, it placed the default DRE at the bottom of
the distribution of fab averages, by discounting two standard
deviations below the observed fab-average DRE. It is important to note
the standard deviation used by the commenter is one that described the
combined variation of fab-averages and the variation of devices, unlike
the EPA method that used only the standard deviation of individual
device performance (i.e., the population of all devices).
The commenters stated that fab-level averages should be the basis
of emissions reporting because no fab has just one POU device, and
site-specific DREs developed under the rule would be applied as fab-
averages. They stated that discounting the default to the lowest
expected fab-average would still fully protect against the risk of
under-estimating emissions in reporting due to a default DRE that is
too high. The commenters suggested that the majority of fabs would have
a higher average and would still have an incentive and mechanism to
obtain site-specific DREs.
The commenters asserted that their approach uses a well-accepted
statistical methodology called Components of Variance Analysis to model
the variance in the DRE data and separately identify the variation in
the average DRE among fabs versus the variation in DRE among individual
devices in a fab. The variance components method applies a random
effects model to the data for the purpose of identifying the sources of
variance in a sample and making inferences regarding the size
(magnitude) of each source of variance. A random effects model is used
because it is unknown in advance whether a particular fab or device is
above or below the average for fabs or for devices within the fab. The
commenter provided references for background information on the
components of variance analysis.
The commenter provided a detailed description of their approach and
a summary of default DREs calculated using their approach and compared
to the EPA's proposed default values.\6\ The commenter contended that
for each gas and process combination, the alternative defaults were
conservative representations of the average performance of abatement
devices in the test data because, by design, they targeted the fab with
the lowest average DRE.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\6\ See EPA-HQ-OAR-2011-0028-0095.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The commenter urged the EPA to reconsider its method for
discounting the available data to develop default DRE values. The
commenter recommended that the EPA adopt their procedure documented in
their comment letter and establish revised default DREs comparable to
their developed alternative DREs for the following reasons:
(1) The EPA method of default DRE calculation in the proposed rule
was overly conservative because it discounted for the entire
variability of individual device performance that resulted from the
varied operating conditions existing in a semiconductor manufacturing
fab. The commenter claimed their method is designed to discount to a
similar degree, but only for the variability that exists in fab-average
DREs.
(2) In determining the average DRE for a fab, the individual device
variability is attenuated by the large number of
[[Page 68191]]
abatement devices in service in each fab. As with the variability in
the emissions factors, considering the large number of individual
devices in an abated fab brings the overall fab average DRE much closer
to the overall average of the entire database.
(3) For all of the gas/process type combinations, the alternative
default DREs developed using the commenters' recommended approach are
less than the average DREs observed in the majority of the fabs that
provided testing, demonstrating sufficient conservatism to prevent an
under-estimation of emissions when the alternative default DREs are
used in reporting. While they are higher than the default DREs in the
proposed rule, the commenters stated they are designed to represent the
fab with the lowest average DRE. They stated that very few fabs would
have lower average DREs and, due to the expense of testing, fabs would
not obtain site-specific DREs in all cases where their actual DREs are
higher. The commenter asserted that by using their default DREs,
reported GHG emissions would not be understated.
Response: The EPA agrees with the commenters' proposed ``Components
of Variance Analysis'' averaging method for developing the default DREs
in Table I-16 of the proposed rule. The EPA acknowledges that the
averaging method used in the proposed rule may result in a lower
default DRE than may be present at fabs using many individual abatement
devices. This approach was used in the development of the proposed rule
based on the limitations in the information available at the time of
the proposed rulemaking. About 95 percent of the data available for the
proposed DRE values came from systems from a single manufacturer, and
the EPA was concerned that the data might not be representative of the
performance of other device manufacturers. However, for the 2011 data
reporting year, 50 facilities reported GHG emissions to the EPA under
subpart I. Of those 50 facilities, 17 reported having abatements
systems and the vast majority of those 17 reported abatement systems
from the same manufacturer. Only four facilities with abatement systems
had no systems from the manufacturer that represented greater than 95
percent of the DRE test data points. Therefore, the EPA generally
agrees with the commenter's conclusion that the data provided are
representative of the facilities required to report under subpart I
that have abatement systems. In addition, as noted in comments earlier
in this section, the EPA received additional data during the public
comment period that was incorporated into the DRE database. The
expanded data provide average DREs from 343 performance tests. This
more robust dataset provides greater confidence for the establishment
of default DREs for specific gas and process types/subtypes.
The EPA agrees that the approach recommended by the commenters is a
valid statistical method that will account for the variance in the
average DRE from each fab in addition to the variance in the average
DRE from individual devices in each fab. The EPA also agrees with the
commenter that this approach is more appropriate for the final rule
than the approach used at proposal because the survey data provided by
the commenter and the results of the 2011 GHGRP reporting year have
demonstrated that the large majority of abatement systems in use are
from the same manufacturer for which the majority of the data were
collected. Therefore, the EPA's concerns with the representativeness of
the DRE data documented at proposal have been largely addressed by the
data received in the public comments and by the results of the 2011
annual GHG reports. The EPA remains interested in working with industry
stakeholders to develop a more robust DRE dataset that includes all
abatement system manufacturers.
The approach recommended by commenters takes the average minus two
times the standard deviation of the average observed DRE (See Docket
Id. No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2011-0028-0095). The standard deviation used is one
that describes the variation of fab-averages. The method first
discounts the observed average for the standard deviation among fabs,
and places the default at the bottom of the statistical distribution
for the lowest fab-average, then accounts for the effect of individual
device performance. As noted by the commenter, using the recommended
approach, the calculated DREs represent the fab with the lowest average
DRE, which still results in a conservative estimate. The EPA agrees
that this approach is appropriate and has adopted the method to
determine the default DREs for each gas and process type/subtype in the
final rule. In cases where no new data were received (e.g., for
N2O using processes and other F-GHGs not listed), we have
retained the default DRE in the current subpart I of 60 percent, as
described in Table 3 to the preamble to the proposed amendments (see 77
FR 63563). The following table shows the sample size, mean, standard
deviation, and the calculated default DRE for each gas and process type
using the final expanded dataset.
Table 3--Summary of Calculated Default DRE Where Additional Data Were Provided
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Standard deviations Calculated DRE
Number of data -------------------------------- (using
Gas/process type points Mean components of
available Fabs Devices variance
analysis)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Etch
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CF4............................. 66 83.56 0.0 18.31 75.4
CH3F............................ 4 99.24 0.0 0.93 98.4
CHF3............................ 43 99.10 0.69 1.14 97.4
CH2F2........................... 30 98.74 0.62 1.59 96.8
C2F6............................ 5 98.84 1.85 0.50 95.1
C4F6............................ 9 98.55 0.0 2.54 96.3
C4F8............................ 24 98.50 0.75 1.69 96.4
C5F8............................ 1 96.59 n/a n/a 96.6
SF6............................. 20 98.69 0.66 1.01 97.2
NF3............................. 31 98.51 0.0 4.20 96.3
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Chamber Clean
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[[Page 68192]]
NF3 (All sub-types combined).... 110 93.32 1.83 9.38 87.8
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
However, as described in the response to another comment in this
section of the preamble, the EPA is including in the final rule a
single combined default DRE value for all carbon-based F-GHG used in
the etch process, other than CF4, instead of individual DRE
values.
The EPA also notes that the final rule provides provisions for
gathering additional DRE performance data in future years for updating
and revising the default DREs (see 40 CFR 98.96(y)). The EPA would
consider additional data that is representative of other abatement
system designs and manufacturers for update of the default DREs, when
those data become available.
The final rule also provides for facilities who do not wish to use
the default DREs for reporting purposes by including the option to
perform site-specific DRE testing. We have revised the final rule to
clarify that facilities have the option to develop site specific DREs
for specific gas and process combinations on a fab-basis, while also
using default DREs for other gas and process combinations. These final
rule options allow flexibility and reduce burden for facilities who
wish to reflect the emission reductions from abatement systems for
reporting purposes.
Comment: One commenter asked that EPA revisit the conclusion that a
lack of DRE data for C3F8 and
C5F8 requires that they be subject to default DRE
factors of 60 percent. The current data set includes one DRE value for
C5F8 and no DRE values for
C3F8. The commenter noted that the chemistry of
C3F8 is very similar to
C2F6 because both are fully fluorinated
molecules, although C3F8 will be more amenable to
abatement because of weaker molecular bonds associated with its
additional carbon atom when compared to C2F6.
Because of the similarity, the commenter stated the
C2F6 DRE data should be recognized as applicable
to C3F8.
The commenter made a similar argument for
C5F8, and compared it to
C4F8 with an average DRE of 98.5 percent, and
also noted the one DRE measurement for C5F8 of
96.6 percent.
Response: The EPA agrees with the commenter that for these two
compounds, the availability of DRE data for similar compounds justifies
the use of a higher default DRE than the 60 percent included in the
current rule and in the proposed amendments. The
C3F8 and C5F8 compounds are
more amenable to combustion than the C2F6 and
C4F8, respectively, because of the presence of
the additional carbon atom in the case of C3F8,
and the presence of an additional carbon and the C=C double bond in the
case of C5F8. Therefore, the same default DREs
for C2F6 and C4F8 can be
applied to C3F8 and C5F8,
respectively (See Table 4 of this preamble).
Comment: One commenter asked that the EPA consider a single shared
DRE value for the carbon-based etch gases (besides CF4) to
simplify calculations. The commenter noted that based on the
commenter's method of calculating the default DREs, a single default of
97 percent would be appropriate. The commenter noted that in the
proposed amendments, the EPA proposed a single default of 98 percent in
proposed Table I-16 of subpart I for the gases for which the EPA had
DRE data (CHF3, CH2F2,
C4F8, and C4F6).
Response: In the proposed rule, the EPA included NF3 and
SF6 among the etch gases CHF3,
CH2F2, C4F8, and
C4F6 and assigned a DRE of 98 percent due to
similarities in the calculated DREs for each gas. As discussed in this
section, the EPA has incorporated the additional DRE data submitted
during the public comment period into the existing dataset to calculate
default DREs for the individual compounds. The EPA recognizes that the
calculated DREs for the carbon-based etch gases (other than
CF4) are grouped in the range of 95 to 98 percent, using the
most recent data and methodology discussed earlier in this section. The
EPA agrees with the commenter that it would simplify calculations to
group together the carbon-based etch gases (other than CF4)
and assign a single default DRE to theses etch gases.
For the combined carbon-based etch gases, the default DRE for
combined gases is calculated similarly to the default DRE for
individual gases, with the exception that a fixed number of DRE counts,
fab counts, and abatement systems per fab are assumed for each gas so
that the variance components for fabs and devices are the same for each
gas. This approach is used in lieu of the raw DRE average for each gas
(and the associated number of data DRE values, fabs, and abatement
systems) because the raw averages for each gas include variations
between fabs, and are therefore less precise. For example, even if a
high raw average is observed for an individual gas, this may be caused
by the fact that a disproportionate number of the observations are
coming from a fab which has ``above average'' DRE.
The EPA calculated the variance components ([sigma](Fabs) and
[sigma](Devices)) for the carbon-based etch gases using statistical
software. The results are shown in Table 4 below. The variance
components only describe the variability between fabs and between
devices (any difference between gases is already accounted for by the
gas effect, which is assumed to be fixed). Therefore, these values do
not change for each gas. The default DREs are averaged over all the
carbon-based etch gases (other than CF4) to produce a group-
average DRE of 96.7 percent, which the EPA has rounded to a value of 97
percent in Table I-16 in the final rule. This default value will also
apply to C3F8 and C5F8, as
discussed in the response to the previous comment, even though there
were no DRE data for C3F8 and only one DRE data
point for C5F8.
[[Page 68193]]
Table 4--Combined Etch DRE for Non-CF4 Carbon-Based F-GHG
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DRE fixed Group-
Input gas effect DRE count Fabs [sigma](Fabs) [sigma](Devices) N Default DRE average DRE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
C2F6..................................... 98.6 116 5 0.631 1.523 5 96.76 ...........
C4F6..................................... 98.6 116 5 0.631 1.523 5 96.74 ...........
C4F8..................................... 98.7 116 5 0.631 1.523 5 96.80 ...........
C5F8..................................... 96.8 116 5 0.631 1.523 5 94.97 96.71
CH2F2.................................... 98.9 116 5 0.631 1.523 5 97.00 ...........
CH3F..................................... 99.2 116 5 0.631 1.523 5 97.33 ...........
CHF3..................................... 99.2 116 5 0.631 1.523 5 97.35 ...........
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Comment: Several commenters expressed concern regarding the
certification requirements for abatement systems under proposed 40 CFR
98.94(f) and 40 CFR 98.96(q).
In regards to the requirement that reporters who wish to account
for abatement must certify and document/verify that the abatement
devices were installed, operated, and maintained in accordance with
manufacturer recommendations and specifications, one commenter stated
that manufacturer's specifications may no longer be available. The
comment explained that even when they are available, the specifications
can be general and do not specifically call out how to manage and
maintain the abatement devices. Typically, this requires the fab to
create a site-specific maintenance plan, which will be based on a
combination of available manufacturer's updated specifications and/or
the fab-specific procedures developed through subsequent operating and
maintenance experience. Material changes to the manufacturer's
specification requirements for their abatement systems may be necessary
to address process or equipment specific requirements in an operating
fab.
The commenter noted that for existing older abatement systems, it
is not always possible to determine that they were installed in
accordance with manufacturer specifications at the time of their
original installation, which in many cases preceded this rule. Records
of the manufacturer's intent and installation requirements may not have
existed and, if they did exist, they were not kept. Importantly,
process tool(s) and gases/liquid precursors may have changed since the
initial installation. It is critical that abatement systems be operated
and maintained properly in the periods when emissions are being
reported and that the current infrastructure and system configuration
are appropriate for the abatement application. It is not germane
whether the abatement systems were installed in a particular way in the
past, as some of the systems at specific fabs have been in operation
for up to a decade.
The commenter further explained that some process types may require
parameters outside of the manufacturer's specification requirements to
address complications introduced by specific material types, reaction
products, or to meet specific safety requirements. ``Tuning'' of
operating parameters and/or maintenance schedules different from the
abatement system manufacturer's recommendations are required to
optimize system operation in these cases. The commenter noted that
examples of maintenance plan adjustments beyond the original
manufacturer's recommendations to maximize the DRE for CF4
abatement were discussed in docket EPA-HQ-OAR-2011-0028-0046 item
4a.\7\
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\7\ Questions Generated from SIA/EPA Conference Calls and
Outstanding Questions from Work Plan appendices, March 29, 2012.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
The commenter contended that the purpose of the site maintenance
plan is to ensure that the abatement devices are operated and
maintained correctly. The commenter stated that the plan should be a
dynamic document that incorporates improvements in how the abatement
devices are serviced and maintained, including corrective actions that
are taken when the causes of abatement system failure or outage are
determined. In addition, proper set-up of abatement device in GHG
abatement mode after maintenance will be addressed. The commenter
reasoned that, by their nature, these plans may depart from the
original manufacturer's specifications.
Response: The EPA agrees with the commenter that there are
scenarios in which a facility may not be able to rely on manufacturer's
specifications (e.g., if they are unavailable), or where the facility
may have a need to adopt fab-specific procedures to optimize system
performance. As such, we have revised 40 CFR 98.94(f)(1) and 40 CFR
98.96(q) to specify that facilities must certify and document that the
abatement systems are properly installed, operated, and maintained
according to the site maintenance plan for abatement systems that is
developed and maintained in records as specified in 40 CFR 98.97(d).
However, the EPA also recognizes that manufacturers specifications
are still important to ensuring the proper installation and operation
of abatement systems and the reference to manufacturers specifications
has been retained in 40 CFR 98.97(d)(9). As noted in docket item EPA-
HQ-OAR-2011-0028-0046, item 4, cited by the commenter and incorporated
into the ``Technical Support for Accounting for Destruction or Removal
Efficiency for Electronics Manufacturing Facilities under Subpart I''
(see Docket ID. No. EPA-HQ-OAR-2011-0028-0082), during the review of
DRE test data for the revision of the default DRE, the EPA and SIA
noted that some low CF4 and NF3 DREs in the test
data resulted from variation in flows through the abatement system and
from operating and maintaining the abatement systems outside of the
manufacturer specifications. Specifically, low CF4 DREs
associated with etch processes were found to be the result of systems
operating outside the manufacturers' recommended set points for flow
rate and/or pressure that should have been verified during abatement
installation. The document cited by the commenter reported that once
the abatement systems were returned to the manufacturer's
specifications, the DRE also returned to higher levels comparable to
those of other systems. Because the high variability in the available
DRE data was directly associated with operating outside of the
manufacturer's specifications, the EPA proposed a requirement for
facilities to develop, follow, and keep on-site maintenance plans for
abatement systems that are built on the manufacturer's recommended
installation, operation, and maintenance program, and that must include
a defined preventive maintenance process and checklist and a corrective
action
[[Page 68194]]
process to follow whenever an abatement system fails to operate
properly.
Therefore, the EPA has determined that although a certification may
rely on the implementation of site maintenance plans for abatement
systems, it is also necessary to ensure that facilities rely on
manufacturer's recommendations and specifications to the extent
possible, particularly when using the default DRE values. Therefore, if
the facility uses the emissions estimation methods in 40 CFR 98.93(a),
(b), and (i) and uses the default DRE values when claiming abatement
for reporting purposes, the final site maintenance plan requirements in
40 CFR 98.97(d)(9) for abatement systems must be based on the
manufacturer's recommendations and specifications for installation,
operation, and maintenance. If the facility is using properly measured
site-specific DRE values, the final site maintenance plan must include
the manufacturer's recommendations and specifications for installation,
operation, and maintenance, where available. For a facility to use the
default DREs, the EPA needs assurance that the abatement system is
installed, operated, and maintained in accordance with the
manufacturer's specifications. Otherwise, the EPA would be unable to
verify that the default DREs are met without further validation
testing. The site maintenance plan for abatement systems must also
include documentation where the operation and maintenance deviates from
the manufacturer's specifications, including an explanation of how the
deviations do not negatively affect the performance or destruction or
removal efficiency of the abatement system. For example, the site
maintenance plan may include documentation where the process optimizes
system performance (e.g., more frequent maintenance checks or tighter
operating parameters). Finally, facilities who elect to claim abatement
for reporting purposes and want to use the default DRE factors must
also certify that the abatement systems are specifically designed for
F-GHG abatement (or N2O abatement, as appropriate). (This
certification is not needed for facilities using a measured site-
specific DRE value.) The facility must also have a site maintenance
plan that is based on the manufacturer's recommendations and
specifications for each abatement system These are minimal requirements
that are necessary to verify that abatement systems are operating
consistently at or above the default DRE. We note that the commenter
provided several additional recommendations for changes to the proposed
provisions for certifications regarding abatement systems and the use
of default and site-specific DRE values. Those comments and our
responses can be found in ``Reporting of Greenhouse Gases--Revisions to
the Electronics Manufacturing Category of the Greenhouse Gas Reporting
Rule: EPA's Response to Public Comment'' (see EPA-HQ-OAR-2011-0028).
Comment: One commenter stated that the proposed rule requires a
facility using the stack testing alternative to make assumptions for
abatement system DREs in order to adjust annual emissions calculations
for abatement downtime and does not allow one to assume a DRE of zero,
as would be an option under the emission factor method. The commenter
stated that this is a logical approach for a stack test method;
however, other portions of the rule require that a DRE assumption of
zero be used if a facility cannot meet certain requirements for
certifying the design and installation of an abatement device. The
commenter concluded that the net result is that, as the rule was
proposed, a facility that is unable to meet these certification
requirements (for example, one with older abatement equipment where
such certification may be difficult to obtain) is effectively
disqualified from using the stack test method as they may not assume
zero efficiency, yet cannot meet the requirements to assume something
other than zero. The commenter recommended revising the DRE
certification requirements such that the use of default DRE factors is
dependent upon certifying and documenting that the systems are
installed, operated, and maintained according to the site maintenance
plan, and not according to manufacturers specifications. The commenter
stated that this is consistent with the way in which other pollution
control devices are handled in many facility air permits.
Response: In stack testing, the measured emissions used to
calculate fab-specific emission factors will reflect the effect of all
abatement systems, including those not specifically designed for F-GHG
abatement that still achieve some incidental F-GHG abatement. However,
the EPA recognizes that facilities using the stack testing method may
not be able to certify that the abatement systems are specifically
designed to abate F-GHGs, although those systems may achieve incidental
control of F-GHGs that could have an effect on emissions. As discussed
earlier in this section, we have revised the definition of ``abatement
system'' to clarify that the abatement system requirements of subpart I
only apply to abatement systems that are designed to abate F-GHGs (and/
or N2O, but N2O is not included in the stack
testing alternative), or for which the DRE has been measured according
to 40 CFR 98.94. Facilities using the stack testing alternative would,
in their emissions calculations, account for the effect of abatement
systems that are specifically designed for F-GHG abatement and for
systems for which the facility measured the site-specific DRE according
to 40 CFR 98.94. In the case of abatement systems that are not
specifically designed to abate F-GHG, the reporter may elect to not
include the effect of those systems in their emissions calculations. In
all cases where the reporter is accounting for the effect of the
abatement systems, the reporter must also comply with the other
monitoring and quality assurance requirements for abatement systems in
subpart I. In all other cases, the reporters would assume that the DRE
is zero for abatement systems that are not designed for abatement of F-
GHG and would not account for the downtime of those systems.
In order to ensure that the abatement systems, as defined in 40 CFR
98.98 and included in the emission calculations, are operated properly
and consistently following the initial stack test, the EPA is requiring
that facilities must certify that the abatement system is operated and
maintained in accordance with the site maintenance plan for abatement
systems in 40 CFR 98.97(d). Facilities who elect to use the stack
testing alternative in 40 CFR 98.93(i) and who elect to use the default
DREs must base the site maintenance plan on the abatement system
manufacturer's recommendations and specifications. If manufacturer's
recommendations and specifications are unavailable, the facility using
the stack test method must use a site-specific DRE, which can be
developed concurrently. Facilities using the stack testing method and
the default DREs must also certify that the abatement systems are
designed to abate F-GHGs.
Finally, the EPA also needs to ensure that facilities using the
stack test alternative account for the abatement systems that are
present when calculating their facility annual emissions. We have
revised the final rule to clarify that facilities using the stack test
alternative must certify that all abatement systems that are designed
to abate F-GHGs, or for which the DRE has been measured, are fully
accounted for when calculating annual emissions and accounting for
excess emissions from
[[Page 68195]]
downtime (i.e., facilities are accounting for the uptime and DREs of
these systems, either using the default DREs or site-specific DRES, in
Equations I-21 through I-24). Facilities would only apply the default
DREs to account for abatement from those systems that meet the
certification requirements and are specifically designed to abate F-
GHGs. They would use a site-specific DRE for systems for which the
facility had measured a site-specific DRE. If they elect to account for
abatement from systems that are not specifically designed to abate F-
GHGs, they would use a site-specific DRE for these systems. These
requirements are necessary to ensure that the calculated emission
factors are representative and accurately reflect abatement.
6. Abatement System Uptime for Facilities That Manufacture Electronics
Comment: One commenter proposed revisions to the definition of
uptime such that uptime is defined as ``the ratio of the total time
during which the abatement system is in an operational mode and
operating in accordance with the site abatement system maintenance
plan, to the total time during which production process tool(s)
connected to that abatement system are normally in operation.''
Response: The EPA is not revising the definition of ``uptime'' as
suggested by the commenter. The EPA previously defined ``operational
mode'' as ``the time in which an abatement system is properly
installed, maintained, and operated according to manufacturers'
specifications as required in 40 CFR 98.93(f)(1). This includes being
properly operated within the range of parameters as specified in the
operations manual provided by the system manufacturer.'' Consistent
with the changes to the abatement system certification requirements in
the final rule, the EPA has revised the definition of ``operational
mode'' to reflect that the abatement system is properly installed,
maintained, and operated according to the site maintenance plan for
abatement systems. Therefore, the revisions to the definition of
``uptime'' as requested by the commenter are not necessary, as an
abatement system in operational mode must be operated within the
parameters of the site maintenance plan.
7. Triennial Technology Report for Semiconductor Manufacturing
Comment: Several commenters expressed concern with an option for
the triennial technology report on which the EPA requested comment,
specifically the option to require additional information beyond that
proposed in 40 CFR 98.96(y). The preamble to the proposed amendments
requested comment on requiring that the reports include an analysis of
the effect of the introduction of new processes on existing tools,
where a new process could be defined as one that used a markedly
different gas mixture than the mixture used by previous processes
applied to achieve the same end (i.e., etch the same film or feature),
or that included a change in the radio frequency (RF) power and gas
flow rate (see 77 FR 63566). Commenters stated that these suggested
requirements appear to resurrect the recipe testing requirements
established in the original subpart I regulation published in December
of 2010 and which were specifically called out as unworkable in SIA's
petition for reconsideration. One commenter stated that, as described
in the petition for reconsideration, the recipe testing requirements
created unacceptable intellectual property risk, potential national
security concerns, significant disruption of fab operations, and
unreasonable and excessive economic impact. The commenters cited as
examples the impacts (cost and business disruption) of process
emissions factor testing that were experienced during the additional
emissions factor testing work that was completed in support of the
default factors that are in Subpart I. The commenters reported that in
one fab, testing required two weeks of time and cost over $25,000 (not
including lost production and fab staff support time) just to measure
12 emissions factors for 5 tools. The ISMI technology transfer report
``2010 ISMI Analysis of the Impact of Final Mandatory Reporting Rule
Subpart I on U.S. Semiconductor Facilities'' issued January 31, 2011
provides additional description of the impact of recipe level testing.
The commenter further explained that the cost to test all new and
revised process recipes is very large. On average, each large facility
introduces 40 new etch processes per year and changes 56 etch recipes
per year; for 29 large facilities the testing cost per year equates to
$17 million or $51 million for three years. This assumes $35,000 for
testing/week and six recipes tested/week, according to the commenter.
The commenter noted that the cost for tool downtime for the testing
over the three years would be an additional $6.9 million. (This assumes
11 hours of downtime for an 8 hour test and 3 hours for tool
requalification; $1.5 million per/year for etch tool downtime.) Total
cost for testing of tools is on the order of $58 million.
The commenter asserted that the cost of any testing of POU
abatement devices for DRE changes would be additional. Costs for large
leading-edge technology fabs would be significantly higher than the
industry average numbers by a factor of 10 or more.
The commenter stated that in the economic impact assessment for the
proposed amendments (EPA-HQ-OAR-2011-0028-0081), the EPA does not
include the cost for preparing the triennial report, ``. . . given that
the EPA does not expect this requirement to significantly affect the
compliance costs either on a per facility or a national basis . . .''
The commenter estimated that preparing a triennial report, as proposed
in the preamble to the revised subpart I, would require the effort of
several full time employees. The commenter stated that their intent
with regards to preparing the triennial report and developing a company
or industry plan to perform testing to assess the impact of new
(meaning significantly different from existing) processes, equipment,
and technologies on default emissions factors and default DRES, is to
enable the industry to pool its resources to most efficiently measure,
collect, and report the data needed to assess these changes. The
commenter further added that the adoption and propagation of distinctly
new processes, equipment, and technologies into high-volume
manufacturing occurs slowly, allowing a reasoned, considered plan to be
developed to assess the impact. Additionally, the commenter claimed
that their statistical assessment of the emissions factor data for
current manufacturing processes and equipment indicate that the
magnitude of the emissions factor is primarily dependent on the wafer
size and the gas type, suggesting that significant changes are unlikely
to occur frequently because these two variables are not changed
frequently.
The commenter concluded that the level of information requested and
the cost associated with measuring and collecting data according to the
expanded scope of triennial reporting requirements described in the
preamble are excessive and the final rule should not include more than
what is included in the proposed 40 CFR 98.96(y).
Response: Except for a minor technical correction, EPA is
finalizing the requirements for the triennial technology report as
proposed at 40 CFR 98.96(y). Facilities are not required to implement
recipe-specific testing in the first phase of the triennial technology
review, as some commenters inferred from the request for comment in the
preamble to the proposed amendments.
[[Page 68196]]
Nevertheless, EPA encourages, but does not require, facilities to
acquire measurements of gas utilization rates, by-product formation
rates, and DREs that reflect the impact of technology changes for the
triennial report, because such measurements would be useful for
informing future changes to the rule.
To the extent that facilities acquire these measurements, either
because they perform the measurements themselves or because they
receive them from tool manufacturers, 40 CFR 98.96(y)(2)(iv) requires
facilities to submit them as part of the triennial report. That
provision states facilities must ``provide any utilization and by-
product formation rates and/or destruction or removal efficiency data
that have been collected in the previous 3 years that support the
changes in semiconductor manufacturing processes described in the
report.'' This requirement refers to all the rate or DRE measurements
collected in the previous 3 years that reflect the impact of any
technology changes during that time. Submission of specific selections
or subsets of those measurements would not meet this requirement
because such selections or subsets may not be representative. We
anticipate that the types of information submitted would include
information similar to that submitted to inform the default emission
factors and default DREs in today's rule.
In the proposal, we also requested comment on whether triennial
reports should include gas utilization rates and by-product formation
rates measured ``for all new tools acquired by the facility over the
previous 3 years as well as gas utilization rates and by-product
formation rates measured for new processes run on existing tools'' (77
FR 63566). For these measurements, testing data for new tool models is
often available from the manufacturer or from performance tests as new
tool models are installed. The EPA anticipates that this information
could be used to inform future changes to the rule and could be
supplied through the triennial report. While the EPA is not requiring
that this information be included in the triennial report, the agency
encourages reporters to include this information on a voluntary basis
where practical.
The final rule does not require the triennial report to consider
process or technology changes at the recipe-specific level, nor does it
require facilities to collect any recipe-specific data. However, the
report should address whether, over time, the facility has
incrementally implemented process or technology changes that have now
cumulatively resulted in a wide-spread effect on emission factors or
DRE factors. The report would not need to consider each incremental
change separately. For example, the report does not need to consider
differences in flow rates among individual recipes and their effect on
the emission rates of individual gases. However, if the industry
implements or adopts a technology change that substantially affects the
average flow rate for a given process type such that the current
default emission factors may no longer be representative, the cause and
potential impact of that change in flow rate should be addressed in the
triennial technology review report (though not detailed at the recipe-
level). See Section II.A.12 of this preamble for additional discussion
of the contents of the triennial report. The EPA agrees with the
commenter that the triennial technology review should avoid the burden
and potential disclosure concern associated with the provisions for
reporting of recipe-specific information that appear in the December
2010 promulgated rule and that are removed from this amended rule.
We note that commenters provided additional input regarding the
triennial technology report. Those comments and our responses can be
found in ``Reporting of Greenhouse Gases--Technical Revisions to the
Electronics Manufacturing Category of the Greenhouse Gas Reporting
Rule: EPA's Response to Public Comment'' (see EPA-HQ-OAR-2011-0028).
8. Final Amendments to Reporting and Recordkeeping
Comment: One commenter noted that a facility may have multiple
fabs, which each process different wafer sizes. The commenter
recommended that the language in 40 CFR 98.96(a) and (b) apply to fabs
rather than facilities. The commenter noted that the wafer size and
capacity could then be reported for each fab, rather than trying to
report for the entire facility.
Response: The EPA appreciates the input provided by the commenter
regarding facility and fab level reporting requirements. The EPA agrees
with the commenter that the language in 40 CFR 98.96(a) and (b) should
apply to fabs rather than facilities. As a result, the EPA is
promulgating the final amendments to subpart I with the proposed
modifications to 40 CFR 98.96(a) and (b).
Comment: One commenter asserted that the facility-wide DRE
reporting requirement under 40 CFR 98.96(r) using Equations I-26, I-27,
and I-28, should not apply to the stack test alternative. The commenter
noted that the derivation of a facility-wide DRE is unnecessarily
complicated, subject to error, and provides no material benefit to the
reporting of emissions under the stack test option. According to the
commenter, the EPA's proposed requirement to use these equations
entails an artificial determination of how much of a facility's
emissions are coming from the process tools versus the abatement
systems, and as such is complicated, somewhat arbitrary, and
potentially subject to errors. The commenter stated that the
requirement to determine an effective, facility-wide or fab-wide DRE
using equations I-26 and I-28 for facilities that choose the stack
testing method (40 CFR 98.93(i)) is not logical and should be removed
from the rule.
The commenter explained that one of the benefits of the stack
testing method is that it eliminates the need to test individual
abatement units, which is costly. The stack test data combines the
impact of the gas utilization factors in the equipment and the
abatement system DREs into a single emissions factor for the facility.
Whether a fab chooses to generate and use site-specific DREs or use the
default DRES, the DREs will only be used to adjust fab emissions for
abatement system downtime; adjustments which are expected to have a
small influence on the total site emissions. The proposal to calculate
an effective DRE for the facility would require using complicated
calculations and apportioning gas use to abatement units.
The commenter also stated that attempting to compute a combined DRE
for a multi-fab facility that uses the emissions factor method at one
or more fabs and the stack testing method at the other(s) also seems to
be unnecessary. The commenter proposed revisions that they claimed
simplified the reporting of a facility-wide DRE value by calculating
only a fab-level DRE instead of a facility-wide DRE.
The commenter suggested as an alternative that the EPA use a
modification to proposed Equation I-24 of subpart I because Equation I-
24 calculates the average weighted fraction of F-GHG input gas i
destroyed or removed in abatement systems. The commenter stated that
the EPA should modify equation I-24, adding the multiplication of both
the numerator and denominator terms by the GWP for each gas. The
commenter stated this would provide an estimate of the site-wide DRE
based on the removal of CO2e emissions that will have as
much meaning as a fab-wide DRE calculated using equations I-26 and I-
28, while requiring much less work on the part of the fab.
[[Page 68197]]
Response: The EPA disagrees with the commenter that the facility-
wide DRE calculated by Equations I-26, I-27, and I-28 in proposed 40
CFR 98.96(r) is not relevant for facilities using the stack testing
alternative. As explained in the preamble to the proposed amendments
(77 FR 63569), the EPA included a requirement that facilities report a
facility-wide DRE factor to assist in our verification of reported GHG
emissions. In the amendments to subpart I, we proposed to move the
information on the number and DRE of abatement systems at each facility
from the reporting requirements to the recordkeeping requirements, and
these changes are being made in the final rule. In order to determine
the extent to which GHG emissions from this category are being abated,
we proposed to require facilities to report a facility-wide DRE. The
EPA's intent of requiring a facility-wide DRE is also to gain an
understanding of the extent to which a fab or facility's emissions are
abated in the absence of facilities reporting information that may
raise potential disclosure concerns, such as actual DRE values for
gases and process types. This information can also be used to help
verify reported emissions. This rationale is equally valid for
facilities using the default emission factor method in 40 CFR 98.93(a)
Contrary to the reporters interpretation, the facility-wide DRE is
calculated using inputs, emissions, and other data already collected
and calculated to report annual F-GHG and N2O emissions and
does not require the collection of new data. The terms used in the
equations to calculate the facility-wide DRE for a facility using the
stack testing alternative are already calculated by the facility to
report emissions. Reporters using the stack testing alternative would
not have to measure the DRE of abatement systems unless they were doing
so to determine the DRE of systems that were not specifically designed
to abate F-GHG. Otherwise they could use default DREs for systems that
were specifically designed for F-GHG abatement. Similarly, facilities
would not have to separately apportion gas usage to tools with
abatement systems in Equation I-28 because that is already done to
calculate emissions as part of other equations in the stack testing
alternative. First, the commenter states that DREs are only used under
the stack test option to adjust fab emissions for abatement system
downtime, and that downtime is expected to have a small influence on
the total site emissions. While we agree that the inclusion of an
adjustment for abatement system downtime may have a small influence on
the total site emissions as calculated, the argument made by the
commenter does not provide justification for removing the requirement
for a facility to report a fab-wide DRE. Even when the uptime for a fab
is relatively high, the fact remains that the fab is abated and no
other reporting requirement provides the EPA with an estimate of the
extent of the abatement.
Second, the commenter states that using Equations I-26 and I-28 for
the stack test alternative is unnecessary and the commenter proposes
using a modification of Equation I-24 that incorporates multiplication
by GWP values. We disagree that the use of Equations I-26 and I-28 is
unnecessary for fabs electing to use the stack test option. First,
Equation I-28 is necessary to account for the fact that a fab may not
be fully abated and a portion of the input gas consumed in the fab is
used by tools that are unabated. The result of Equation I-24 does not
account for apportionment between abated and unabated tools.
Apportionment is accounted for in Equation I-28 by the
``aif'' and ``af'' terms, just as in Equation I-
21 and I-22. Reporting the result of Equation I-24, regardless of any
accounting for GWPs, would result in an artificially high fab-wide DRE
because Equation I-24 does not account for the portion of gases
consumed by tools that are not abated. Equation I-26 is also necessary
because reporters are not allowed to calculate N2O emissions
using the stack test method. As a result, Equation I-26 incorporates
the abatement of N2O emissions into the effective fab-wide
DRE calculation.
Finally, we disagree that the equations under 40 CFR 98.96(r) are
unnecessarily complicated. Although the equations may appear
complicated, the equations, in fact, use many of the same data
operations already performed to calculate emissions under either the
default emission factor approach or the stack testing alternative. For
example, the summation of F-GHGs and N2O contained in the
numerator of Equation I-26 is easily calculated from the emissions
already reported under 40 CFR 98.96(c). The first term in Equation I-28
is the same as the second term in Equation I-21, except that the value
``(1-UTf)'' has been replaced with ``GWPi'' for
the input gas. The case is the same for the second term in Equation I-
28; it is identical to the second term in Equation I-22, except again
the value ``(1-UTf)'' has been replaced with
``GWPk'' for the by-product gas. Therefore, due to the
similarity of terms, we believe that Equation I-28 is no more
burdensome or complicated than Equation I-21 or I-22.
We agree with the commenter that facilities should be required to
report a fab-wide DRE instead of a combined DRE for a multi-fab
facility. Reporting a fab-wide DRE, instead of a facility-wide DRE,
will provide the EPA with a more detailed assessment of the extent to
which GHG emissions are being abated. The fab-wide DRE will also
simplify the calculation requirements for reporters because they will
not have to use an extra equation to combine the DREs when a facility
uses the emission factor method and the stack testing alternative in
different fabs at the same facility.
In light of the commenter's suggestion, we are finalizing the
requirement for reporters to provide effective DRE on a fab basis,
instead of a facility basis. We disagree, however, with the commenter's
assertion that a facility that chooses the stack test option to
calculate emissions from a fab should not be required to report an
effective fab-wide DRE, and as such, we are requiring all facilities to
report an effective fab-wide DRE, regardless of their emission
calculation methodology.
9. Technical Corrections in Response to Public Comments
The final rule includes numerous minor technical changes as a
result of addressing major public comments. These changes are
summarized in the document, ``Reporting of Greenhouse Gases--Technical
Revisions to the Electronics Manufacturing Category of the Greenhouse
Gas Reporting Rule: EPA's Response to Public Comment'' (see EPA-HQ-OAR-
2011-0028).
III. Confidentiality Determinations for New and Revised Subpart I Data
Elements and Responses to Public Comments
A. Final Confidentiality Determinations for New and Revised Subpart I
Data Elements
In this action, we have added or revised 25 new data reporting
requirements in subpart I. We have assigned each of these new or
revised data elements in subpart I, a direct emitter subpart, to one of
the direct emitter data categories created in the 2011 Final CBI
Rule.\8\ The 25 new or revised data elements are assigned to one of the
10 data categories listed in
[[Page 68198]]
Table 5 of this preamble. Please see the memorandum titled ``Final Data
Category Assignments for Subpart I 2012 Amendments'' in Docket EPA-HQ-
OAR-2011-0028 for a list of the 25 new or revised data elements in this
subpart and their final category assignments.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
\8\ The 2011 Final CBI Rule created 11 direct emitter date
categories, including the 10 data categories listed in Table 5 of
this preamble and an inputs to emissions equations data category.
However, EPA has not made final confidentiality determinations for
any data element assigned to the inputs to emissions equations data
category either in the 2011 Final CBI Rule or any other rulemaking.
Table 5--Summary of Final Confidentiality Determinations for Direct Emitter Data Categories
[Based on May 26, 2011 final CBI rule]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Confidentiality determination for data elements in each
category
--------------------------------------------------------
Data category Data that are not Data that are not
Emission data \a\ emission data and emission data but
not CBI are CBI \b\
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Facility and Unit Identifier Information............... X ................. .................
Emissions.............................................. X ................. .................
Calculation Methodology and Methodological Tier........ X ................. .................
Data Elements Reported for Periods of Missing Data that X ................. .................
are Not Inputs to Emission Equations..................
Unit/Process ``Static'' Characteristics that are Not ................. X \c\ X \c\
Inputs to Emission Equations..........................
Unit/Process Operating Characteristics that are Not ................. X \c\ X \c\
Inputs to Emission Equations..........................
Test and Calibration Methods........................... ................. X .................
Production/Throughput Data that are Not Inputs to ................. ................. X
Emission Equations....................................
Raw Materials Consumed that are Not Inputs to Emission ................. ................. X
Equations.............................................
Process-Specific and Vendor Data Submitted in BAMM ................. ................. X
Extension Requests....................................
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\a\ Under CAA section 114(c), ``emission data'' are not entitled to confidential treatment. The term ``emission
data'' is defined at 40 CFR 2.301(a)(2)(i).
\b\ Section 114(c) of the CAA affords confidential treatment to data (except emission data) that are considered
CBI.
\c\ In the 2011 Final CBI Rule, this data category contains both data elements determined to be CBI and those
determined not to be CBI. See discussion in Section III.A of this preamble for more details.
As shown in Table 5 of this preamble, the EPA made categorical
confidentiality determinations for data elements assigned to eight
direct emitter data categories. For two data categories, ``Unit/Process
`Static' Characteristics That are Not Inputs to Emission Equations''
and ``Unit/Process Operating Characteristics That are Not Inputs to
Emission Equations,'' the EPA determined in the 2011 Final CBI Rule
that the data elements assigned to those categories are not emission
data but did not make categorical CBI determinations. Rather, the EPA
made CBI determinations for individual data elements assigned to these
two data categories.
We have followed the same approach in this final rule.
Specifically, we have assigned each of the 25 new or revised data
elements in the final subpart I amendments to the appropriate direct
emitter data category. For the 13 data elements assigned to categories
with categorical confidentiality determinations, we have applied the
categorical determinations made in the 2011 Final CBI Rule to the
assigned data elements. For the 12 data elements assigned to the
``Unit/Process `Static' Characteristics That are Not Inputs to Emission
Equations'' and the ``Unit/Process Operating Characteristics That are
Not Inputs to Emission Equations'' data categories, consistent with our
approach towards data elements previously assigned to these data
categories, we are finalizing that these data elements are not emission
data. All 25 new and revised subpart I data elements in the final
subpart I amendments are listed in the memorandum titled ``Final Data
Category Assignments for Subpart I 2012 Amendments'' in Docket EPA-HQ-
OAR-2011-0028.
B. Public Comments on the Proposed Confidentiality Determinations
The EPA is finalizing all confidentiality determinations as they
were proposed. Please refer to the preamble to the proposed rule (77 FR
63570) for additional information regarding the proposed
confidentiality determinations.
The EPA received several comments questioning the proposed
determination that several new or revised data elements should be
treated as confidential, or that the confidentiality should be
determined on a case-by-case basis.
Comment: One commenter questioned the determination that the
confidentiality of the identification of the quantifiable metric used
in the fab-specific engineering model to apportion gas consumption for
each fab should be determined on a case-by-case basis. The commenter
asserted that EPA has not provided any justification for how release of
this data would cause competitive harm and that it should not be
treated as confidential.
Response: The EPA made a final confidentiality determination for
the identification of the quantifiable metric used in the facility-
specific engineering model to apportion gas consumption (40 CFR
98.96(m)(i)) in an earlier Federal Register notice (77 FR 48072, August
13, 2012), after a notice and period for public comment (77 FR 10434,
February 22, 2012). In that final notice (77 FR 48072, August 13,
2012), the EPA decided to evaluate the confidentiality status of that
data element on a case-by-case basis, in accordance with existing
confidentiality regulations in 40 CFR part 2, subpart B.
The EPA re-proposed the confidentiality determination for this data
element due to the proposed revision to this data element. The proposed
changes to this data element, which we are finalizing today, reflect
that the apportioning model is now fab-specific instead of facility-
specific because the amendments now require gas use to be apportioned
on a fab basis (instead of a facility basis) and a facility may have
separate models for each fab. As mentioned above, we have determined
that the confidentiality status of the identification of the
quantifiable metric used in the facility-specific engineering model to
apportion gas consumption should be determined on a case-by-case basis.
The change in the basis of the quantifiable metric (i.e., from a
facility to fab basis) does not fundamentally change the nature of the
information being reported; for example, each fab at a facility may use
the same metric, and as a result the fab-based and
[[Page 68199]]
facility-based quantifiable metrics may be the same. Because the
commenter did not offer any compelling reasons why the EPA should now
change course due to the change in the basis of the quantifiable
metric, the EPA will continue to evaluate claims by facilities that
this data element should be protected as CBI on a case-by-case basis.
Comment: One commenter expressed concern with EPA's proposed
determinations to treat the inventory of abatement systems under 40 CFR
98.96(p) as confidential business information. The commenter asserted
that that if the EPA ``has better evidence that actual harm could occur
from the release of the inventory information in certain circumstances
than the current justification provided at 77 FR 10,440, row 3, no
categorical determination should be made.'' (Emphasis added.) Instead,
the commenter asserted, ``the confidentiality of the inventory should
require specific demonstration by the company/facility involved that
there is an actual threat of competitive harm and reverse-
engineering.'' (Emphasis added.)
Response: The EPA originally proposed to treat the inventory of
abatement systems data element in 40 CFR 98.96(p) as confidential
business information in a February 22, 2012 notice of proposed
rulemaking (77 FR 10434) followed by a period for public comment. That
original determination was finalized as proposed in an August 13, 2012
rulemaking (77 FR 48072). As discussed in the proposal for this action
(77 FR 63538, October 16, 2012), the EPA re-proposed the
confidentiality determination for this data element in conjunction with
edits that were proposed to the data element itself. We are finalizing
the changes to this data element as proposed to clarify that the number
of abatement systems and the basis of the destruction or removal
efficiency should be reported on a process sub-type or process type
basis. Please see Table 2 of this preamble for a detailed description
of the changes being made to the inventory of abatement systems data
element. We are also moving the following reporting requirements to
recordkeeping: (1) The number of abatement systems of each
manufacturer, and model number, and the manufacturer's claimed F-GHG
and N2O destruction or removal efficiency, if any; (2)
records of destruction or removal efficiency measurements over the in-
use life of each abatement system; and (3) a description of the tool,
with the process type or sub-type, for which the abatement system
treats exhaust.
Facilities must still report an inventory, and more specifically,
the number of abatement systems at their facility. As a result, a
competitor may be able to gain insight into the number of tools at the
facility, as described above. For the same reasons stated in the prior
confidentiality determination described above, we believe that
confidentiality determination for this data element, as revised, should
remain as CBI. The change in the basis of the number of abatement
systems does not affect the rationales we previously set forth
supporting a CBI determination for this data element, nor did the
commenter offer any specific reasons why we should now change course
due to the change to the basis of the number of abatement systems
reported. The EPA also notes that the commenter's assertion that a
company/facility should be required to demonstrate an ``actual threat
of competitive harm'' for a data element to be determined to be CBI is
inconsistent with 40 CFR 2.208, which states that the business must
demonstrate that ``disclosure of the information is likely to cause
substantial harm to the business's competitive position.'' The EPA will
continue to treat this data element as confidential business
information.
Comment: One commenter expressed concern with EPA's proposed
determination to treat five of the six data elements specified in 40
CFR 98.96(y) for the Triennial Technology Assessment as confidential.
These data elements include all of the items to be included in the
Triennial Technology Assessment Report, with the exception of emissions
data that might be provided under 98.96(y)(2)(iv). The commenter asked
EPA to reconsider the treatment for these other data elements as
confidential and asserted that the public has a compelling need for
access because public stakeholders outside the semiconductor industry
will be unable to evaluate both industry claims regarding technology
evolution and EPA's judgment regarding whether and when it is
appropriate to update the Subpart I default values. The commenter asked
that EPA not make a categorical determination on these five data
elements, but instead, evaluate confidentiality claims on a case-by-
case basis.
Other commenters supported the EPA's determination that these five
data elements should be treated as confidential. The commenters noted
that in these reporting requirements, EPA is requesting detailed
information on process characteristics, equipment types and equipment
performance parameters that are likely to represent sensitive
intellectual property for semiconductor manufacturers and their
equipment suppliers.
Response: The EPA appreciates the input provided by the commenters
regarding the CBI determinations related to the Triennial Technology
Assessment Report. In the preamble to the proposed amendments to
subpart I, we indicated that we were proposing five data elements under
40 CFR 98.96(y) as CBI because the data elements are likely to reveal
information regarding process-specific data or new technologies or
advances in production processes that could be used by a competitor.
The information required by these five data elements is not emission
data and is likely to reveal potentially sensitive information about
individual facilities because it is likely to include information about
recent process technology developed and adopted by the facilities,
including proprietary process technology that would not be revealed
otherwise. The commenter questioning these determinations did not
provide additional information that would alter the EPA's decision.
The EPA recognizes the first commenter's concern that without
access to the detailed information provided in those data elements,
public stakeholders may be unable to evaluate industry claims regarding
technology evolution and EPA's judgment regarding whether it is
appropriate to update the Subpart I default emission factors and DRE
values. However, the EPA has had to reach a balance between public
access to data and the protection of confidential business information.
Over time and based on careful consideration and analysis, EPA may be
able to aggregate sensitive information on an industry-wide basis that
would allow stakeholders to evaluate industry claims and EPA decisions
regarding the effects of new technology on GHG emissions. In addition,
annual emissions data submitted as part of regular annual reporting to
the GHGRP and measurements of emission factors and DRE values submitted
as part of the triennial technology reviews would not be considered CBI
and could also be analyzed by stakeholders to evaluate industry claims
and EPA judgments on changes in technology that affect emissions.
For comments and responses regarding confidentiality determinations
for other new and revised subpart I data elements, please refer to the
document titled ``Reporting of Greenhouse Gases--Technical Revisions to
the Electronics Manufacturing Category of the Greenhouse Gas Reporting
Rule: EPA's Response to Public Comment'' in Docket EPA-HQ-OAR-2011-
0028.
[[Page 68200]]
IV. Statutory and Executive Order Reviews
A. Executive Order 12866: Regulatory Planning and Review and Executive
Order 13563: Improving Regulation and Regulatory Review
This action is not a ``significant regulatory action'' under the
terms of Executive Order 12866 (58 FR 51735, October 4, 1993) and is
therefore not subject to review under Executive Orders 12866 and 13563
(76 FR 3821, January 21, 2011).
The EPA prepared an analysis of the potential costs associated with
this final action. This analysis is contained in the Economics Impact
Analysis (EIA), ``Final Amendments and Confidentiality Determinations
for Subpart I EIA.'' A copy of the analysis is available in the docket
for this action and the analysis is briefly summarized here. Overall,
the EPA has concluded that the costs of the changes will significantly
reduce subpart I compliance costs. Specifically, the proposed changes
will reduce nationwide compliance costs in the first year by 37 percent
($2.7 million to $1.7 million) and by 73 percent in the second year
($6.4 million to $1.7 million). The confidentiality determinations for
new and revised data elements do not increase the compliance costs of
the final rule.
B. Paperwork Reduction Act
This action does not impose any new information collection burden.
As previously mentioned, this action finalizes amended reporting
methodologies in subpart I, confidentiality determinations for reported
data elements, and amendments to subpart A to reflect changes to the
reporting requirements in subpart I. However, the Office of Management
and Budget (OMB) has previously approved the information collection
requirements contained in subpart I, under 40 CFR part 98, under the
provisions of the Paperwork Reduction Act, 44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq., and
has assigned OMB control number 2060-0650 for subpart I. The OMB
control numbers for the EPA's regulations in 40 CFR are listed at 40
CFR part 9.
C. Regulatory Flexibility Act
The Regulatory Flexibility Act (RFA) generally requires an agency
to prepare a regulatory flexibility analysis of any rule subject to
notice and comment rulemaking requirements under the Administrative
Procedure Act or any other statute unless the agency certifies that the
rule will not have a significant economic impact on a substantial
number of small entities. Small entities include small businesses,
small organizations, and small governmental jurisdictions.
For purposes of assessing the impacts of this rule on small
entities, ``small entity'' is defined as: (1) A small business as
defined by the Small Business Administration's regulations at 13 CFR
121.201; (2) a small governmental jurisdiction that is a government of
a city, county, town, school district or special district with a
population of less than 50,000; or (3) a small organization that is any
not-for-profit enterprise which is independently owned and operated and
is not dominant in its field. The small entities directly regulated by
this final rule are facilities included in NAICS codes for
Semiconductor and Related Device Manufacturing (334413) and Other
Computer Peripheral Equipment Manufacturing (334119).
After considering the economic impacts of today's final rule on
small entities, I certify that this action will not have a significant
economic impact on a substantial number of small entities. In
determining whether a rule has a significant economic impact on a
substantial number of small entities, the impact of concern is any
significant adverse economic impact on small entities, since the
primary purpose of the regulatory flexibility analyses is to identify
and address regulatory alternatives ``which minimize any significant
economic impact of the rule on small entities.'' 5 U.S.C. 603 and 604.
Thus, an agency may certify that a rule will not have a significant
economic impact on a substantial number of small entities if the rule
relieves regulatory burden, or otherwise has a positive economic effect
on small entities subject to the rule.
This action (1) amends monitoring and calculation methodologies in
subpart I; (2) assigns subpart I data reporting elements into CBI data
categories; and (3) amends subpart A to reflect final changes to the
reporting requirements in subpart I. In this final rule, the EPA is
taking several steps to reduce the impact of Part 98 on small entities.
For example, the EPA is removing the recipe-specific reporting
requirements for subpart I, which the Petitioner identified by the
Petitioner as economically and technically burdensome. In addition, the
EPA has provided a number of flexibilities in this final rule, which
allow reporters to choose the methodologies that are least burdensome
for their facility. Additional information can be found in the docket
(see file ``Economic Impact Analysis for the Mandatory Reporting of
Greenhouse Gas Emissions F-Gases: Subpart I Final Report,'' August
2012). We have therefore concluded that this final rule will relieve
regulatory burden for all affected small entities.
D. Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
This rule does not contain a Federal mandate that may result in
expenditures of $100 million or more for State, local, and tribal
governments, in the aggregate, or the private sector in any one year.
This action (1) Amends monitoring and calculation methodologies in
subpart I; (2) assigns subpart I data reporting elements into CBI data
categories; and (3) amends subpart A to reflect proposed changes to the
reporting requirements in subpart I. In some cases, the EPA has
increased flexibility in the selection of methods used for calculating
and reporting GHGs. This action also revises specific provisions to
provide clarity on what is to be reported. These revisions do not add
additional burden on reporters but offer flexibility. As part of the
process of finalization of the subpart I rule, the EPA undertook
specific steps to evaluate the effect of those final rules on small
entities. Based on the final amendments to subpart I provisions, burden
will stay the same or decrease, therefore the EPA's determination
finding of no significant economic impact on a substantial number of
small entities has not changed. Thus, this action is not subject to the
requirements of sections 202 or 205 of the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
(UMRA).
This rule is also not subject to the requirements of section 203 of
UMRA because it contains no regulatory requirements that might
significantly or uniquely affect small governments. No small government
entities are engaged in the electronics manufacturing processes that
are subject to reporting under subpart I and which would be affected by
these final rule amendments.
E. Executive Order 13132: Federalism
This action does not have federalism implications. It will not have
substantial direct effects on the States, on the relationship between
the national government and the States, or on the distribution of power
and responsibilities among the various levels of government, as
specified in Executive Order 13132.
This action, which amends calculation and reporting methodologies
in subpart I, applies to only certain electronics manufacturers. No
State or local government facilities are known to be engaged in the
activities that are affected by the provisions in this final rule. This
action also does not limit the
[[Page 68201]]
power of states or localities to collect GHG data and/or regulate GHG
emissions. Thus, Executive Order 13132 does not apply to this action.
For a more detailed discussion about how Part 98 relates to existing
state programs, please see Section II of the preamble to the final
rule, Mandatory Reporting of Greenhouse Gases (74 FR 56266, October 30,
2009).
F. Executive Order 13175: Consultation and Coordination With Indian
Tribal Governments
This action does not have tribal implications, as specified in
Executive Order 13175 (65 FR 67249, November 9, 2000). This action (1)
Amends monitoring and calculation methodologies in subpart I; (2)
assigns subpart I data reporting elements into CBI data categories; and
(3) amends subpart A to reflect changes to the reporting requirements
in subpart I. No tribal facilities are known to be engaged in the
activities affected by this action. Thus, Executive Order 13175 does
not apply to this action. For a summary of the EPA's consultations with
tribal governments and representatives, see Section VIII.F of the
preamble to the final rule, Mandatory Reporting of Greenhouse Gases (74
FR 56371, October 30, 2009).
G. Executive Order 13045: Protection of Children From Environmental
Health Risks and Safety Risks
The EPA interprets Executive Order 13045 (62 FR 19885, April 23,
1997) as applying to only those regulatory actions that concern health
or safety risks, such that the analysis required under section 5-501 of
the Executive Order has the potential to influence the regulation. This
action (1) Amends monitoring and calculation methodologies in subpart
I; (2) assigns subpart I data reporting elements into CBI data
categories; and (3) amends subpart A to reflect changes to the
reporting requirements in subpart I. This action is not subject to
Executive Order 13045 because it does not establish an environmental
standard intended to mitigate health or safety risks.
H. Executive Order 13211: Actions That Significantly Affect Energy
Supply, Distribution, or Use
This action is not subject to Executive Order 13211 (66 FR 28355,
May 22, 2001) because it is not a significant regulatory action under
Executive Order 12866.
I. National Technology Transfer and Advancement Act
Section 12(d) of the National Technology Transfer and Advancement
Act of 1995 (NTTAA), Public Law 104-113 (15 U.S.C. 272 note) directs
the EPA to use voluntary consensus standards (VCS) in its regulatory
activities unless to do so would be inconsistent with applicable law or
otherwise impractical. Voluntary consensus standards are technical
standards (e.g., materials specifications, test methods, sampling
procedures, and business practices) that are developed or adopted by
VCS bodies. The NTTAA directs the EPA to provide Congress, through OMB,
explanations when the agency decides not to use available and
applicable VCS.
This action, which amends monitoring and calculation methodologies
in subpart I, involves technical standards. The EPA is including a
stack testing option that involves using the following EPA reference
methods:
Method 1 or 1A at 40 CFR part 60, appendix A-1, to select
sampling port locations and the number of traverse points in the
exhaust stacks.
Method 2, 2A, 2C, 2D, 2F, or 2G at 40 CFR part 60,
appendix A-1 and A-2, to determine gas velocity and volumetric flow
rate in the exhaust stacks.
Method 3, 3A, or 3B at 40 CFR part 60, appendix A-2, to
determine the gas molecular weight of the exhaust using the same
sampling site and at the same time as the F-GHG sampling is performed.
Method 4 at 40 CFR part 60, appendix A-3, to measure gas
moisture content in the exhaust stacks.
Method 301 at 40 CFR part 63, appendix A, to perform field
validations of alternative methods of measuring F-GHG emissions and
abatement system DRE.
Method 320 at 40 CFR part 63, appendix A, to measure the
concentration of F-GHG in the stack exhaust.
Consistent with the NTTAA, the EPA conducted searches to identify
VCS in addition to these EPA methods. The EPA conducted searches for
VCS from at least three different voluntary consensus standards bodies,
including the following: American Society of Testing and Materials
(ASTM), American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME), and
International SEMATECH Manufacturing Initiative (ISMI). No applicable
VCS were identified for EPA Methods 1A, 2A, 2D, 2F, or 2G. The method
ASME PTC 19.10-1981, Flue and Exhaust Gas Analyses, is not cited in
this final rule for its manual method for measuring the oxygen, carbon
dioxide and carbon monoxide content of the exhaust gas. ASME PTC 19.10-
1981 is an acceptable alternative to EPA Methods 3A and 3B for the
manual procedures only, and not the instrumental procedures. The VCS
ASTM D6348-03, Determination of Gaseous Compounds by Extractive Direct
Interface Fourier Transform (FTIR) Spectroscopy, has been reviewed by
the EPA as a potential alternative to EPA Method 320; and, in light of
public comments received on the proposed rule, we acknowledge that
several existing regulations list both EPA Method 320 and ASTM D6348-03
as acceptable methods. We also acknowledge the efficiency of ASTM
D6348-03 as compared to EPA Method 320. For these reasons, we are
allowing, in the final amendments, the use of ASTM D6348-03 with the
requirements described in Section II.A.1 of this preamble and 40 CFR
98.94(j) of the final rule.
This rule revises the current subpart I provisions for determining
abatement system DRE to incorporate language based on methods adapted
from the ISMI 2009 Guideline for Environmental Characterization of
Semiconductor Process Equipment--Revision 2. We are incorporating
applicable portions of the ISMI 2009 Guideline into the rule in
Appendix A to Subpart I. The EPA is not incorporating by reference the
entire ISMI 2009 Guideline because the ISMI 2009 Guidelines have not
been subject to the same level of peer review and validation as other
alternative standards (e.g., ASTM or ASME standards). Therefore, we are
incorporating only those portions of the 2009 ISMI Guideline that the
EPA has determined are needed to provide flexibility and reduce burden
in subpart I.
The EPA identified no other VCS that were potentially applicable
for subpart I in lieu of EPA reference methods. Therefore, the EPA is
not adopting other standards for this purpose. For the methods required
or referenced by the final rule, a source may apply to the EPA for
permission to use alternative test methods or alternative monitoring
requirements in place of any required testing methods, performance
specifications or procedures, as specified in proposed 40 CFR part 98,
subpart I.
J. Executive Order 12898: Federal Actions To Address Environmental
Justice in Minority Populations and Low-Income Populations
Executive Order 12898 (59 FR 7629, February 16, 1994) establishes
federal
[[Page 68202]]
executive policy on environmental justice. Its main provision directs
federal agencies, to the greatest extent practicable and permitted by
law, to make environmental justice part of their mission by identifying
and addressing, as appropriate, disproportionately high and adverse
human health or environmental effects of their programs, policies, and
activities on minority populations and low-income populations in the
United States.
The EPA has determined that this final rule will not have
disproportionately high and adverse human health or environmental
effects on minority or low-income populations because it does not
affect the level of protection provided to human health or the
environment. This action addresses only reporting and recordkeeping
procedures.
K. Congressional Review Act
The Congressional Review Act, 5 U.S.C. 801 et seq., as added by the
Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act of 1996, generally
provides that before a rule may take effect, the agency promulgating
the rule must submit a rule report, which includes a copy of the rule,
to each House of the Congress and to the Comptroller General of the
United States. The EPA will submit a report containing this rule and
other required information to the U.S. Senate, the U.S. House of
Representatives, and the Comptroller General of the United States. A
major rule cannot take effect until 60 days after it is published in
the Federal Register. This action is not a ``major rule'' as defined by
5 U.S.C. 804(2). This rule will be effective on January 1, 2014.
List of Subjects 40 CFR Part 98
Environmental protection, Administrative practice and procedure,
Greenhouse gases, Incorporation by reference, Reporting and
recordkeeping requirements.
Dated: August 16, 2013.
Gina McCarthy,
Administrator.
For the reasons set out in the preamble, title 40, chapter I, of
the Code of Federal Regulations is amended as follows:
PART 98--MANDATORY GREENHOUSE GAS REPORTING
0
1. The authority citation for part 98 continues to read as follows:
Authority: 42 U.S.C. 7401-7671q.
Subpart A--[Amended]
0
2. Section 98.7 is amended by:
0
a. Revising paragraphs (e)(30), (m)(3), and (n)(1); and
0
b. Removing and reserving paragraph (n)(2).
The revisions read as follows:
Sec. 98.7 What standardized methods are incorporated by reference
into this part?
* * * * *
(e) * * *
(30) ASTM D6348-03 Standard Test Method for Determination of
Gaseous Compounds by Extractive Direct Interface Fourier Transform
Infrared (FTIR) Spectroscopy, IBR approved for Sec. 98.54(b), Table I-
9 to subpart I of this part, Sec. 98.224(b), and Sec. 98.414(n).
* * * * *
(m) * * *
(3) Protocol for Measuring Destruction or Removal Efficiency (DRE)
of Fluorinated Greenhouse Gas Abatement Equipment in Electronics
Manufacturing, Version 1, EPA-430-R-10-003, March 2010 (EPA 430-R-10-
003), https://www.epa.gov/semiconductor-pfc/documents/dre_protocol.pdf,
IBR approved for Sec. 98.94(f)(4)(i), Sec. 98.94(g)(3), Sec.
98.97(d)(4), Sec. 98.98, Appendix A to subpart I of this part, Sec.
98.124(e)(2), and Sec. 98.414(n)(1).
* * * * *
(n) * * *
(1) Guideline for Environmental Characterization of Semiconductor
Process Equipment, International SEMATECH Manufacturing Initiative
Technology Transfer 06124825A-ENG, December 22, 2006
(International SEMATECH 06124825A-ENG), IBR approved for Sec.
98.96(y)(3)(i).
* * * * *
Table A-7 to subpart A [Amended]
0
3. Table A-7 to subpart A of part 98 is amended by removing the entries
for subpart I ``98.96(f)(1),'' ``98.96(g),'' ``98.96(h),''
``98.96(i),'' ``98.96(j),'' ``98.96(k),'' ``98.96(l),'' ``98.96(n),''
``98.96(o),'' ``98.96(q)(2),'' ``98.96(q)(3),'' ``98.96(q)(5)(iv),''
and ``98.96(r)'', ``98.96(s)''.
Subpart I--[Amended]
0
4. Section 98.91 is amended by revising the definitions of
``Ci'' in Equation I-3 of paragraph (a)(3) and
``Wx'' in Equation I-5 of paragraph (b).
The revisions read as follows:
Sec. 98.91 Reporting threshold.
(a) * * *
(3) * * *
Ci = Annual fluorinated GHG (input gas i) purchases or
consumption (kg). Only gases that are used in PV manufacturing
processes listed at Sec. 98.90(a)(1) through (a)(4) that have
listed GWP values in Table A-1 to subpart A of this part must be
considered for threshold applicability purposes.
* * * * *
(b) * * *
WX = Maximum substrate starts of fab f in month x (m\2\
per month).
* * * * *
0
5. Section 98.92 is amended by:
0
a. Revising paragraphs (a) introductory text and (a)(1);
0
b. Removing and reserving paragraphs (a)(2) and (a)(3); and
0
c. Revising paragraph (a)(6).
The revisions read as follows:
Sec. 98.92 GHGs to report.
(a) You must report emissions of fluorinated GHGs (as defined in
Sec. 98.6), N2O, and fluorinated heat transfer fluids (as
defined in Sec. 98.98). The fluorinated GHGs and fluorinated heat
transfer fluids that are emitted from electronics manufacturing
production processes include, but are not limited to, those listed in
Table I-2 to this subpart. You must individually report, as
appropriate:
(1) Fluorinated GHGs emitted.
* * * * *
(6) All fluorinated GHGs and N2O consumed.
* * * * *
0
6. Section 98.93 is amended by:
0
a. Revising paragraphs (a) and (b);
0
b. Revising paragraph (c) introductory text and the definitions of
``Ci'', ``IBi''; ``IEi'',
``Ai'', and ``Di'' in Equation I-11 of paragraph
(c);
0
c. Revising paragraph (d) introductory text and the definitions of
``Di'', ``hil'', ``Fil'',
``Xi'', and ``M'' in Equation I-12 of paragraph (d);
0
d. Revising paragraph (e) introductory text and the definitions of
``Ci,j'', ``fi,j'', ``Ci'', and ``j''
in Equation I-13 of paragraph (e);
0
e. Removing and reserving paragraph (f);
0
f. Revising paragraph (g);
0
g. Revising paragraph (h) introductory text and the definitions of
``EHi'', ``IiB'', ``Pi'', ``Ni'',
``Ri'', ``IiE'', and ``Di'' in
Equation I-16 of introductory paragraph (h);
0
h. Removing and reserving paragraph (h)(2); and
0
i. Adding paragraph (i).
The revisions and addition read as follows:
Sec. 98.93 Calculating GHG emissions.
(a) You must calculate total annual emissions of each fluorinated
GHG emitted by electronics manufacturing production processes from each
fab (as defined in Sec. 98.98) at your facility,
[[Page 68203]]
including each input gas and each by-product gas. You must use either
default gas utilization rates and by-product formations rates according
to the procedures in paragraph (a)(1), (a)(2), or (a)(6) of this
section, as appropriate, or the stack test method according to
paragraph (i) of this section, to calculate emissions of each input gas
and each by-product gas.
(1) If you manufacture semiconductors, you must adhere to the
procedures in paragraphs (a)(2)(i) through (iii) of this section. You
must calculate annual emissions of each input gas and of each by-
product gas using Equations I-6 and I-7, respectively. If your fab uses
less than 50 kg of a fluorinated GHG in one reporting year, you may
calculate emissions as equal to your fab's annual consumption for that
specific gas as calculated in Equation I-11 of this subpart, plus any
by-product emissions of that gas calculated under this paragraph (a).
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13NO13.000
Where:
ProcesstypeEi = Annual emissions of input gas i from the
process type on a fab basis (metric tons).
Eij = Annual emissions of input gas i from process sub-
type or process type j as calculated in Equation I-8 of this subpart
(metric tons).
N = The total number of process sub-types j that depends on the
electronics manufacturing fab and emission calculation methodology.
If Eij is calculated for a process type j in Equation I-8
of this subpart, N = 1.
i = Input gas.
j = Process sub-type or process type.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13NO13.001
Where:
ProcesstypeBEk = Annual emissions of by-product gas k
from the processes type on a fab basis (metric tons).
BEijk = Annual emissions of by-product gas k formed from
input gas i used for process sub-type or process type j as
calculated in Equation I-9 of this subpart (metric tons).
N = The total number of process sub-types j that depends on the
electronics manufacturing fab and emission calculation methodology.
If BEijk is calculated for a process type j in Equation
I-9 of this subpart, N = 1.
i = Input gas.
j = Process sub-type, or process type.
k = By-product gas.
(i) You must calculate annual fab-level emissions of each
fluorinated GHG used for the plasma etching/wafer cleaning process type
using default utilization and by-product formation rates as shown in
Table I-3 or I-4 of this subpart, and by using Equations I-8 and I-9 of
this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13NO13.002
Where:
Eij = Annual emissions of input gas i from process sub-
type or process type j, on a fab basis (metric tons).
Cij = Amount of input gas i consumed for process sub-type
or process type j, as calculated in Equation I-13 of this subpart,
on a fab basis (kg).
Uij = Process utilization rate for input gas i for
process sub-type or process type j (expressed as a decimal
fraction).
aij = Fraction of input gas i used in process sub-type or
process type j with abatement systems, on a fab basis (expressed as
a decimal fraction).
dij = Fraction of input gas i destroyed or removed in
abatement systems connected to process tools where process sub-type,
or process type j is used, on a fab basis (expressed as a decimal
fraction). This is zero unless the facility adheres to the
requirements in Sec. 98.94(f).
UTij = The average uptime factor of all abatement systems
connected to process tools in the fab using input gas i in process
sub-type or process type j, as calculated in Equation I-15 of this
subpart, on a fab basis (expressed as a decimal fraction).
0.001 = Conversion factor from kg to metric tons.
i = Input gas.
j = Process sub-type or process type.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13NO13.003
Where:
BEijk = Annual emissions of by-product gas k formed from
input gas i from process sub-type or process type j, on a fab basis
(metric tons).
Bijk = By-product formation rate of gas k created as a
by-product per amount of input gas i (kg) consumed by process sub-
type or process type j (kg).
Cij = Amount of input gas i consumed for process sub-
type, or process type j, as calculated in Equation I-13 of this
subpart, on a fab basis (kg).
aij = Fraction of input gas i used for process sub-type,
or process type j with abatement systems, on a fab basis (expressed
as a decimal fraction).
djk = Fraction of by-product gas k destroyed or removed
in abatement systems connected to process tools where process
[[Page 68204]]
sub-type, or process type j is used, on a fab basis (expressed as a
decimal fraction). This is zero unless the facility adheres to the
requirements in Sec. 98.94(f).
UTijk = The average uptime factor of all abatement
systems connected to process tools in the fab emitting by-product
gas k, formed from input gas i in process sub-type or process type
j, on a fab basis (expressed as a decimal fraction). For this
equation, UTijk is assumed to be equal to UTij
as calculated in Equation I-15 of this subpart.
0.001 = Conversion factor from kg to metric tons.
i = Input gas.
j = Process sub-type or process type.
k = By-product gas.
(ii) You must calculate annual fab-level emissions of each
fluorinated GHG used for each of the process sub-types associated with
the chamber cleaning process type, including in-situ plasma chamber
clean, remote plasma chamber clean, and in-situ thermal chamber clean,
using default utilization and by-product formation rates as shown in
Table I-3 or I-4 of this subpart, and by using Equations I-8 and I-9 of
this subpart.
(iii) If default values are not available for a particular input
gas and process type or sub-type combination in Tables I-3 or I-4, you
must follow the procedures in paragraph (a)(6) of this section.
(2) If you manufacture MEMS, LCDs, or PVs, you must calculate
annual fab-level emissions of each fluorinated GHG used for the plasma
etching and chamber cleaning process types using default utilization
and by-product formation rates as shown in Table I-5, I-6, or I-7 of
this subpart, as appropriate, and by using Equations I-8 and I-9 of
this subpart. If default values are not available for a particular
input gas and process type or sub-type combination in Tables I-5, I-6,
or I-7, you must follow the procedures in paragraph (a)(6) of this
section. If your fab uses less than 50 kg of a fluorinated GHG in one
reporting year, you may calculate emissions as equal to your fab's
annual consumption for that specific gas as calculated in Equation I-11
of this subpart, plus any by-product emissions of that gas calculated
under this paragraph (a).
(3) [Reserved]
(4) [Reserved]
(5) [Reserved]
(6) If you are required, or elect, to perform calculations using
default emission factors for gas utilization and by-product formation
rates according to the procedures in paragraphs (a)(1) or (a)(2) of
this section, and default values are not available for a particular
input gas and process type or sub-type combination in Tables I-3, I-4,
I-5, I-6, or I-7, you must use the utilization and by-product formation
rates of zero and use Equations I-8 and I-9 of this subpart.
(b) You must calculate annual fab-level N2O emissions
from all chemical vapor deposition processes and from the aggregate of
all other electronics manufacturing production processes using Equation
I-10 of this subpart and the methods in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of
this section. If your fab uses less than 50 kg of N2O in one
reporting year, you may calculate fab emissions as equal to your fab's
annual consumption for N2O as calculated in Equation I-11 of
this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13NO13.004
Where:
E(N2O)j = Annual emissions of N2O
for N2O-using process j, on a fab basis (metric tons).
CN2O,j = Amount of N2O consumed for
N2O-using process j, as calculated in Equation I-13 of
this subpart and apportioned to N2O process j, on a fab
basis (kg).
UN2O,j = Process utilization factor for N2O-
using process j (expressed as a decimal fraction) from Table I-8 of
this subpart.
aN2O,j = Fraction of N2O used in
N2O-using process j with abatement systems, on a fab
basis (expressed as a decimal fraction).
dN2O,j = Fraction of N2O for N2O-
using process j destroyed or removed in abatement systems connected
to process tools where process j is used, on a fab basis (expressed
as a decimal fraction). This is zero unless the facility adheres to
the requirements in Sec. 98.94(f).
UTN2O = The average uptime factor of all the abatement
systems connected to process tools in the fab that use
N2O, as calculated in Equation I-15 of this subpart, on a
fab basis (expressed as a decimal fraction). For purposes of
calculating the abatement system uptime for N2O using
process tools, in Equation I-15 of this subpart, the only input gas
i is N2O, j is the N2O using process, and p is
the N2O abatement system connected to the N2O
using tool.
0.001 = Conversion factor from kg to metric tons.
j = Type of N2O-using process, either chemical vapor
deposition or all other N2O-using manufacturing
processes.
(1) You must use the factor for N2O utilization for
chemical vapor deposition processes as shown in Table I-8 to this
subpart.
(2) You must use the factor for N2O utilization for all
other manufacturing production processes other than chemical vapor
deposition as shown in Table I-8 to this subpart.
(c) You must calculate total annual input gas i consumption on a
fab basis for each fluorinated GHG and N2O using Equation I-
11 of this subpart. Where a gas supply system serves more than one fab,
Equation I-11 is applied to that gas which has been apportioned to each
fab served by that system using the apportioning factors determined in
accordance with Sec. 98.94(c).
* * * * *
Ci = Annual consumption of input gas i, on a fab basis
(kg per year).
IBi = Inventory of input gas i stored in containers at
the beginning of the reporting year, including heels, on a fab basis
(kg). For containers in service at the beginning of a reporting
year, account for the quantity in these containers as if they were
full.
IEi = Inventory of input gas i stored in containers at
the end of the reporting year, including heels, on a fab basis (kg).
For containers in service at the end of a reporting year, account
for the quantity in these containers as if they were full.
Ai = Acquisitions of input gas i during the year through
purchases or other transactions, including heels in containers
returned to the electronics manufacturing facility, on a fab basis
(kg).
Di = Disbursements of input gas i through sales or other
transactions during the year, including heels in containers returned
by the electronics manufacturing facility to the chemical supplier,
as calculated using Equation I-12 of this subpart, on a fab basis
(kg).
* * * * *
(d) You must calculate disbursements of input gas i using fab-wide
gas-specific heel factors, as determined in Sec. 98.94(b), and by
using Equation I-12 of this subpart. Where a gas supply system serves
more than one fab, Equation I-12 is applied to that gas which has been
apportioned to each fab served by that system using the apportioning
factors determined in accordance with Sec. 98.94(c).
* * * * *
Di = Disbursements of input gas i through sales or other
transactions during the
[[Page 68205]]
reporting year on a fab basis, including heels in containers
returned by the electronics manufacturing fab to the gas distributor
(kg).
hil = Fab-wide gas-specific heel factor for input gas i
and container size and type l (expressed as a decimal fraction), as
determined in Sec. 98.94(b). If your fab uses less than 50 kg of a
fluorinated GHG or N2O in one reporting year, you may
assume that any hil for that fluorinated GHG or N2O is
equal to zero.
* * * * *
Fil = Full capacity of containers of size and type l
containing input gas i, on a fab basis (kg).
Xi = Disbursements under exceptional circumstances of input gas i
through sales or other transactions during the year, on a fab basis
(kg). These include returns of containers whose contents have been
weighed due to an exceptional circumstance as specified in Sec.
98.94(b)(4).
* * * * *
M = The total number of different sized container types on a fab
basis. If only one size and container type is used for an input gas
i, M=1.
(e) You must calculate the amount of input gas i consumed, on a fab
basis, for each process sub-type or process type j, using Equation I-13
of this subpart. Where a gas supply system serves more than one fab,
Equation I-13 is applied to that gas which has been apportioned to each
fab served by that system using the apportioning factors determined in
accordance with Sec. 98.94(c). If you elect to calculate emissions
using the stack test method in paragraph (i) of this section, you must
calculate the amount of input gas i consumed on the applicable basis by
using an appropriate apportioning factor. For example, when calculating
fab-level emissions of each fluorinated GHG consumed using Equation I-
21 of this section, you must substitute the term fij with the
appropriate apportioning factor to calculate the total consumption of
each fluorinated GHG in tools that are vented to stack systems that are
tested.
* * * * *
Ci,j = The annual amount of input gas i consumed, on a
fab basis, for process sub-type or process type j (kg).
fi,j = Process sub-type-specific or process type-specific
j, input gas i apportioning factor (expressed as a decimal
fraction), as determined in accordance with Sec. 98.94(c).
Ci = Annual consumption of input gas i, on a fab basis,
as calculated using Equation I-11 of this subpart (kg).
* * * * *
j = Process sub-type or process type.
* * * * *
(g) If you report controlled emissions pursuant to Sec. 98.94(f),
you must calculate the uptime of all the abatement systems for each
combination of input gas or by-product gas, and process sub-type or
process type, by using Equation I-15 of this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13NO13.005
Where:
UTij = The average uptime factor of all abatement systems
connected to process tools in the fab using input gas i in process
sub-type or process type j (expressed as a decimal fraction).
Tdijp = The total time, in minutes, that abatement system
p, connected to process tool(s) in the fab using input gas i in
process sub-type or process type j, is not in operational mode, as
defined in Sec. 98.98, when at least one of the tools connected to
abatement system p is in operation.
UTijp = Total time, in minutes per year, in which
abatement system p has at least one associated tool in operation.
For determining the amount of tool operating time, you may assume
that tools that were installed for the whole of the year were
operated for 525,600 minutes per year. For tools that were installed
or uninstalled during the year, you must prorate the operating time
to account for the days in which the tool was not installed; treat
any partial day that a tool was installed as a full day (1,440
minutes) of tool operation. For an abatement system that has more
than one connected tool, the tool operating time is 525,600 minutes
per year if at least one tool was installed at all times throughout
the year. If you have tools that are idle with no gas flow through
the tool for part of the year, you may calculate total tool time
using the actual time that gas is flowing through the tool.
i = Input gas.
j = Process sub-type or process type.
p = Abatement system.
(h) If you use fluorinated heat transfer fluids, you must calculate
the annual emissions of fluorinated heat transfer fluids on a fab basis
using the mass balance approach described in Equation I-16 of this
subpart.
* * * * *
EHi = Emissions of fluorinated heat transfer fluid i, on
a fab basis (metric tons/year).
* * * * *
IiB = Inventory of fluorinated heat transfer fluid i, on
a fab basis, in containers other than equipment at the beginning of
the reporting year (in stock or storage) (l). The inventory at the
beginning of the reporting year must be the same as the inventory at
the end of the previous reporting year.
Pi = Acquisitions of fluorinated heat transfer fluid i,
on a fab basis, during the reporting year (l), including amounts
purchased from chemical suppliers, amounts purchased from equipment
suppliers with or inside of equipment, and amounts returned to the
facility after off-site recycling.
Ni = Total nameplate capacity (full and proper charge) of
equipment that uses fluorinated heat transfer fluid i and that is
newly installed in the fab during the reporting year (l).
Ri = Total nameplate capacity (full and proper charge) of
equipment that uses fluorinated heat transfer fluid i and that is
removed from service in the fab during the reporting year (l).
IiE = Inventory of fluorinated heat transfer fluid i, on
a fab basis, in containers other than equipment at the end of the
reporting year (in stock or storage) (l). The inventory at the
beginning of the reporting year must be the same as the inventory at
the end of the previous reporting year.
Di = Disbursements of fluorinated heat transfer fluid i,
on a fab basis, during the reporting year, including amounts
returned to chemical suppliers, sold with or inside of equipment,
and sent off-site for verifiable recycling or destruction (l).
Disbursements should include only amounts that are properly stored
and transported so as to prevent emissions in transit.
* * * * *
(i) Stack Test Method. As an alternative to the default emission
factor method in paragraph (a) of this section, you may calculate fab-
level fluorinated GHG emissions using fab-specific emission factors
developed from stack testing. To use the method in this paragraph, you
must first make a preliminary estimate of the fluorinated GHG emissions
from each stack system in the fab under paragraph (i)(1) of this
section. You must then compare the preliminary estimate for each stack
system to the criteria in paragraph (i)(2) of this section to determine
whether the
[[Page 68206]]
stack system meets the criteria for using the stack test method
described in paragraph (i)(3) of this section or whether the stack
system meets the criteria for using the method described in paragraph
(i)(4) of this section to estimate emissions from the stack systems
that are not tested.
(1) Preliminary estimate of emissions by stack system in the fab.
You must calculate a preliminary estimate of the total annual
emissions, on a metric ton CO2e basis, of all fluorinated
GHG from each stack system in the fab using default utilization and by-
product formation rates as shown in Table I-11, I-12, I-13, I-14, or I-
15 of this subpart, as applicable, and by using Equations I-8 and I-9
of this subpart. You must include any intermittent low-use fluorinated
GHGs, as defined in Sec. 98.98 of this subpart, in any preliminary
estimates. When using Equations I-8 and I-9 of this subpart for the
purposes of this paragraph (i)(1), you must also adhere to the
procedures in paragraphs (i)(1)(i) to (iv) of this section to calculate
preliminary estimates.
(i) When you are calculating preliminary estimates for the purpose
of this paragraph (i)(1), you must consider the subscript ``j'' in
Equations I-8 and I-9, and I-13 of this subpart to mean ``stack
system'' instead of ``process sub-type or process type.'' For the value
of aij, the fraction of input gas i that is used in tools
with abatement systems, for use in Equations I-8 and I-9, you may use
the ratio of the number of tools using input gas i that have abatement
systems that are vented to the stack system for which you are
calculating the preliminary estimate to the total number of tools using
input gas i that are vented to that stack system, expressed as a
decimal fraction. In calculating the preliminary estimates, you must
account for the effect of any fluorinated GHG abatement system meeting
the definition of abatement system in Sec. 98.98. You may use this
approach to determining aij only for this preliminary
estimate.
(ii) You must use representative data from the previous reporting
year to estimate the consumption of input gas i as calculated in
Equation I-13 of this subpart and the fraction of input gas i destroyed
in abatement systems for each stack system as calculated by Equation I-
24 of this subpart. If you were not required to submit an annual report
under subpart I for the previous reporting year and data from the
previous reporting year are not available, you may estimate the
consumption of input gas i and the fraction of input gas i destroyed in
abatement systems based on representative operating data from a period
of at least 30 days in the current reporting year. When calculating the
consumption of input gas i using Equation I-13 of this subpart, the
term ``fij'' is replaced with the ratio of the number of
tools using input gas i that are vented to the stack system for which
you are calculating the preliminary estimate to the total number of
tools in the fab using input gas i, expressed as a decimal fraction.
You may use this approach to determining fij only for this
preliminary estimate.
(iii) You must use representative data from the previous reporting
year to estimate the total uptime of all abatement systems for the
stack system as calculated by Equation I-23 of this subpart, instead of
using Equation I-15 of this subpart to calculate the average uptime
factor. If you were not required to submit an annual report under
subpart I for the previous reporting year and data from the previous
reporting year are not available, you may estimate the total uptime of
all abatement systems for the stack system based on representative
operating data from a period of at least 30 days in the current
reporting year.
(iv) If you anticipate an increase or decrease in annual
consumption or emissions of any fluorinated GHG, or the number of tools
connected to abatement systems greater than 10 percent for the current
reporting year compared to the previous reporting year, you must
account for the anticipated change in your preliminary estimate. You
may account for such a change using a quantifiable metric (e.g., the
ratio of the number tools that are expected to be vented to the stack
system in the current year as compared to the previous reporting year,
ratio of the expected number of wafer starts in the current reporting
year as compared to the previous reporting year), engineering judgment,
or other industry standard practice.
(2) Method selection for stack systems in the fab. If the
calculations under paragraph (i)(1) of this section, as well as any
subsequent annual measurements and calculations under this subpart,
indicate that the stack system meets the criteria in paragraph
(i)(2)(i) through (iii) of this section, then you may comply with
either paragraph (i)(3) of this section (stack test method) or
paragraph (i)(4) of this section (method to estimate emissions from the
stack systems that are not tested). If the stack system does not meet
all three criteria in paragraph (i)(2)(i) through (iii) of this
section, then you must comply with the stack test method specified in
paragraph (i)(3) of this section. For those fluorinated GHGs in Tables
I-11, I-12, I-13, I-14, and I-15 of this subpart for which Table A-1 to
subpart A of this part does not define a GWP value, you must use a
value of 2,000 for the GWP in calculating metric ton CO2e
for that fluorinated GHG for use in paragraphs (i)(2)(i) through (iii)
of this section.
(i) The sum of annual emissions of fluorinated GHGs from all of the
combined stack systems that are not tested in the fab must be less than
10,000 metric ton CO2e per year.
(ii) When all stack systems in the fab are ordered from lowest to
highest emitting in metric ton CO2e of fluorinated GHG per
year, each of the stack systems that is not tested must be within the
set of the fab's lowest emitting fluorinated GHG stack systems that
together emit 15 percent or less of total CO2e fluorinated
GHG emissions from the fab.
(iii) Fluorinated GHG emissions from each of the stack systems that
is not tested can only be attributed to particular process tools during
the test (that is, the stack system that is not tested cannot be used
as an alternative emission point or bypass stack system from other
process tools not attributed to the untested stack system).
(3) Stack system stack test method. For each stack system in the
fab for which testing is required, measure the emissions of each
fluorinated GHG from the stack system by conducting an emission test.
In addition, measure the fab-specific consumption of each fluorinated
GHG by the tools that are vented to the stack systems tested. Measure
emissions and consumption of each fluorinated GHG as specified in Sec.
98.94(j). Develop fab-specific emission factors and calculate fab-level
fluorinated GHG emissions using the procedures specified in paragraph
(i)(3)(i) through (viii) of this section. All emissions test data and
procedures used in developing emission factors must be documented and
recorded according to Sec. 98.97.
(i) You must measure, and, if applicable, apportion the fab-
specific fluorinated GHG consumption of the tools that are vented to
the stack systems that are tested during the emission test as specified
in Sec. 98.94(j)(3). Calculate the consumption for each fluorinated
GHG for the test period.
(ii) You must calculate the emissions of each fluorinated GHG
consumed as an input gas using Equation I-17 of this subpart and each
fluorinated GHG formed as a by-product gas using Equation I-18 of this
subpart and the procedures specified in paragraphs (i)(3)(ii)(A)
through (E) of this section. If
[[Page 68207]]
a stack system is comprised of multiple stacks, you must sum the
emissions from each stack in the stack system when using Equation I-17
or Equation I-18 of this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13NO13.006
Where:
Eis = Total fluorinated GHG input gas i, emitted from
stack system s, during the sampling period (kg).
Xism = Average concentration of fluorinated GHG input gas
i in stack system s, during the time interval m (ppbv).
MWi = Molecular weight of fluorinated GHG input gas i (g/
g-mole).
Qs = Flow rate of the stack system s, during the sampling
period (m3/min).
SV = Standard molar volume of gas (0.0240 m3/g-mole at
68[emsp14][deg]F and 1 atm).
[Delta]tm = Length of time interval m (minutes). Each
time interval in the FTIR sampling period must be less than or equal
to 60 minutes (for example an 8 hour sampling period would consist
of at least 8 time intervals).
1/103 = Conversion factor (1 kilogram/1,000 grams).
i = Fluorinated GHG input gas.
s = Stack system.
N = Total number of time intervals m in sampling period.
m = Time interval.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13NO13.007
Where:
Eks = Total fluorinated GHG by-product gas k, emitted
from stack system s, during the sampling period (kg).
Xks = Average concentration of fluorinated GHG by-product
gas k in stack system s, during the time interval m (ppbv).
MWk = Molecular weight of the fluorinated GHG by-product
gas k (g/g-mole).
Qs = Flow rate of the stack system s, during the sampling
period (m3/min).
SV = Standard molar volume of gas (0.0240 m3/g-mole at
68[emsp14][deg]F and 1 atm).
[Delta]tm = Length of time interval m (minutes). Each
time interval in the FTIR sampling period must be less than or equal
to 60 minutes (for example an 8 hour sampling period would consist
of at least 8 time intervals).
1/103 = Conversion factor (1 kilogram/1,000 grams).
k = Fluorinated GHG by-product gas.
s = Stack system.
N = Total number of time intervals m in sampling period.
m = Time interval.
(A) If a fluorinated GHG is consumed during the sampling period,
but emissions are not detected, use one-half of the field detection
limit you determined for that fluorinated GHG according to Sec.
98.94(j)(2) for the value of ``Xism'' in Equation I-17.
(B) If a fluorinated GHG is consumed during the sampling period and
detected intermittently during the sampling period, use the detected
concentration for the value of ``Xism'' in Equation I-17
when available and use one-half of the field detection limit you
determined for that fluorinated GHG according to Sec. 98.94(j)(2) for
the value of ``Xism'' when the fluorinated GHG is not
detected.
(C) If an expected or possible by-product, as listed in Table I-17
of this subpart, is detected intermittently during the sampling period,
use the measured concentration for ``Xksm'' in Equation I-18
when available and use one-half of the field detection limit you
determined for that fluorinated GHG according to Sec. 98.94(j)(2) for
the value of ``Xksm'' when the fluorinated GHG is not
detected.
(D) If a fluorinated GHG is not consumed during the sampling period
and is an expected by-product gas as listed in Table I-17 of this
subpart and is not detected during the sampling period, use one-half of
the field detection limit you determined for that fluorinated GHG
according to Sec. 98.94(j)(2) for the value of ``Xksm'' in
Equation I-18.
(E) If a fluorinated GHG is not consumed during the sampling period
and is a possible by-product gas as listed in Table I-17 of this
subpart, and is not detected during the sampling period, then assume
zero emissions for that fluorinated GHG for the tested stack system.
(iii) You must calculate a fab-specific emission factor for each
fluorinated GHG input gas consumed (in kg of fluorinated GHG emitted
per kg of input gas i consumed) in the tools that vent to stack systems
that are tested, as applicable, using Equation I-19 of this subpart. If
the emissions of input gas i exceed the consumption of input gas i
during the sampling period, then equate ``Eis'' to the
consumption of input gas i and treat the difference between the
emissions and consumption of input gas i as a by-product of the other
input gases, using Equation I-20 of this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13NO13.008
Where:
EFif = Emission factor for fluorinated GHG input gas i,
from fab f, representing 100 percent abatement system uptime (kg
emitted/kg input gas consumed).
Eis = Mass emission of fluorinated GHG input gas i from
stack system s, during the sampling period (kg emitted).
Activityif = Consumption of fluorinated GHG input gas i,
for fab f, in the tools vented to the stack systems being tested,
during the sampling period, as determined following the procedures
specified in Sec. 98.94(j)(3) (kg consumed).
[[Page 68208]]
UTf = The total uptime of all abatement systems for fab
f, during the sampling period, as calculated in Equation I-23 of
this subpart (expressed as decimal fraction). If the stack system
does not have abatement systems on the tools vented to the stack
system, the value of this parameter is zero.
aif = Fraction of fluorinated GHG input gas i used in fab
f in tools with abatement systems (expressed as a decimal fraction).
dif = Fraction of fluorinated GHG input gas i destroyed
or removed in abatement systems connected to process tools in fab f,
as calculated in Equation I-24 of this subpart (expressed as decimal
fraction). If the stack system does not have abatement systems on
the tools vented to the stack system, the value of this parameter is
zero.
f = Fab.
i = Fluorinated GHG input gas.
s = Stack system.
(iv) You must calculate a fab-specific emission factor for each
fluorinated GHG formed as a by-product (in kg of fluorinated GHG per kg
of total fluorinated GHG consumed) in the tools vented to stack systems
that are tested, as applicable, using Equation I-20 of this subpart.
When calculating the by-product emission factor for an input gas for
which emissions exceeded its consumption, exclude the consumption of
that input gas from the term ``[sum](Activityif).''
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13NO13.009
Where:
EFkf = Emission factor for fluorinated GHG by-product gas
k, from fab f, representing 100 percent abatement system uptime (kg
emitted/kg of all input gases consumed in tools vented to stack
systems that are tested).
Eks = Mass emission of fluorinated GHG by-product gas k,
emitted from stack system s, during the sampling period (kg
emitted).
Activityif = Consumption of fluorinated GHG input gas i
for fab f in tools vented to stack systems that are tested, during
the sampling period as determined following the procedures specified
in Sec. 98.94(j)(3) (kg consumed).
UTf = The total uptime of all abatement systems for fab
f, during the sampling period, as calculated in Equation I-23 of
this subpart (expressed as decimal fraction).
af = Fraction of all fluorinated input gases used in fab
f in tools with abatement systems (expressed as a decimal fraction).
dkf = Fraction of fluorinated GHG by-product gas k
destroyed or removed in abatement systems connected to process tools
in fab f, as calculated in Equation I-24 of this subpart (expressed
as decimal fraction).
f = Fab.
i = Fluorinated GHG input gas.
k = Fluorinated GHG by-product gas.
s = Stack system.
(v) You must calculate annual fab-level emissions of each
fluorinated GHG consumed using Equation I-21 of this section.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13NO13.010
Where:
Eif = Annual emissions of fluorinated GHG input gas i
(kg/year) from the stack systems that are tested for fab f.
EFif = Emission factor for fluorinated GHG input gas i
emitted from fab f, as calculated in Equation I-19 of this subpart
(kg emitted/kg input gas consumed).
Cif = Total consumption of fluorinated GHG input gas i in
tools that are vented to stack systems that are tested, for fab f,
for the reporting year, as calculated using Equation I-13 of this
subpart (kg/year).
UTf = The total uptime of all abatement systems for fab
f, during the reporting year, as calculated using Equation I-23 of
this subpart (expressed as a decimal fraction).
aif = Fraction of fluorinated GHG input gas i used in fab
f in tools with abatement systems (expressed as a decimal fraction).
dif = Fraction of fluorinated GHG input gas i destroyed
or removed in abatement systems connected to process tools in fab f
that are included in the stack testing option, as calculated in
Equation I-24 of this subpart (expressed as decimal fraction).
f = Fab.
i = Fluorinated GHG input gas.
(vi) You must calculate annual fab-level emissions of each
fluorinated GHG by-product formed using Equation I-22 of this section.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13NO13.011
Where:
Ekf = Annual emissions of fluorinated GHG by-product k
(kg/year) from the stack systems that are tested for fab f.
EFkf = Emission factor for fluorinated GHG by-product k,
emitted from fab f, as calculated in Equation I-20 of this subpart
(kg emitted/kg of all fluorinated input gases consumed).
Cif = Total consumption of fluorinated GHG input gas i in
tools that are vented to stack systems that are tested, for fab f,
for the reporting year, as calculated using Equation I-13 of this
subpart.
UTf = The total uptime of all abatement systems for fab
f, during the reporting year as calculated using Equation I-23 of
this subpart (expressed as a decimal fraction).
af = Fraction of fluorinated input gases used in fab f in
tools with abatement systems (expressed as a decimal fraction).
dkf = Fraction of fluorinated GHG by-product k destroyed
or removed in abatement systems connected to process tools in fab
[[Page 68209]]
f that are included in the stack testing option, as calculated in
Equation I-24 of this subpart (expressed as decimal fraction).
f = Fab.
i = Fluorinated GHG input gas.
k = Fluorinated GHG by-product
(vii) When using the stack testing method described in this
paragraph (i), you must calculate abatement system uptime on a fab
basis using Equation I-23 of this subpart. When calculating abatement
system uptime for use in Equation I-19 and I-20 of this subpart, you
must evaluate the variables ``Tdpf'' and ``UTpf''
for the sampling period instead of the reporting year.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13NO13.012
Where:
UTf = The average uptime factor for all abatement systems
in fab f (expressed as a decimal fraction).
Tdpf = The total time, in minutes, that abatement system
p, connected to process tool(s) in fab f, is not in operational mode
as defined in Sec. 98.98.
UTpf = Total time, in minutes per year, in which the
tool(s) connected at any point during the year to abatement system
p, in fab f could be in operation. For determining the amount of
tool operating time, you may assume that tools that were installed
for the whole of the year were operated for 525,600 minutes per
year. For tools that were installed or uninstalled during the year,
you must prorate the operating time to account for the days in which
the tool was not installed; treat any partial day that a tool was
installed as a full day (1,440 minutes) of tool operation. For an
abatement system that has more than one connected tool, the tool
operating time is 525,600 minutes per year if there was at least one
tool installed at all times throughout the year. If you have tools
that are idle with no gas flow through the tool, you may calculate
total tool time using the actual time that gas is flowing through
the tool.
f = Fab.
p = Abatement system.
(viii) When using the stack testing option described in this
paragraph (i), you must calculate the weighted-average fraction of
fluorinated input gas i destroyed or removed in abatement systems for
each fab f, as applicable, by using Equation I-24 of this subpart.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13NO13.013
Where:
dif = The average weighted fraction of fluorinated GHG
input gas i destroyed or removed in abatement systems in fab f
(expressed as a decimal fraction).
Cijf = The amount of fluorinated GHG input gas i consumed
for process type j fed into abatement systems in fab f as calculated
using Equation I-13 of this subpart (kg).
DREij = Destruction or removal efficiency for fluorinated
GHG input gas i in abatement systems connected to process tools
where process type j is used (expressed as a decimal fraction)
determined according to Sec. 98.94(f).
f = fab.
i = Fluorinated GHG input gas.
j = Process type.
(4) Method to calculate emissions from stack systems that are not
tested. You must calculate annual fab-level emissions of each
fluorinated GHG input gas and by-product gas for those fluorinated GHG
listed in paragraphs (i)(4)(i) and (ii) of this section using default
utilization and by-product formation rates as shown in Tables I-11, I-
12, I-13, I-14, or I-15 of this subpart, as applicable, and by using
Equations I-8, I-9, and I-13 of this subpart. When using Equations I-8,
I-9, and I-13 of this subpart to fulfill the requirements of this
paragraph, you must use, in place of the term Cij in each
equation, the total consumption of each fluorinated GHG meeting the
criteria in paragraph (i)(4)(i) of this section or that is used in
tools vented to the stack systems that meet the criteria in paragraph
(i)(4)(ii) of this section. You must use, in place of the term
aij, the fraction of fluorinated GHG meeting the criteria in
paragraph (i)(4)(i) of this section used in tools with abatement
systems or that is used in tools with abatement systems that are vented
to the stack systems that meet the criteria in paragraph (i)(4)(ii) of
this section. You also must use the results of Equation I-24 of this
subpart in place of the terms dij in Equation I-8 of this
subpart and djk in Equation I-9 of this subpart, and use the
results of Equation I-23 of this subpart in place of the results of
Equation I-15 of this subpart for the term UTij.
(i) Calculate emissions from consumption of each intermittent low-
use fluorinated GHG as defined in Sec. 98.98 of this subpart using the
default utilization and by-product formation rates and equations
specified in paragraph (i)(4) of this section. If a fluorinated GHG was
not being used during the stack testing and does not meet the
definition of intermittent low-use fluorinated GHG in Sec. 98.98, then
you must test the stack systems associated with the use of that
fluorinated GHG at a time when that gas is in use at a magnitude that
would allow you to determine an emission factor for that gas according
to the procedures specified in paragraph (i)(3) of this section.
(ii) Calculate emissions from consumption of each fluorinated GHG
used in tools vented to stack systems that meet the criteria specified
in paragraphs (i)(2)(i) through (i)(2)(iii) of this section, and were
not tested according to the procedures in paragraph (i)(3) of this
section. Calculate emissions using the default utilization and by-
product formation rates and equations specified in paragraph (i)(4) of
this section. If you are using a fluorinated GHG not listed in Tables
I-11, I-12, I-13, I-14, or I-15 of this subpart, then you must assume
utilization and by-product formation rates of zero for that fluorinated
GHG.
(5) To determine the total emissions of each fluorinated GHG from
each fab under this stack testing option, you must sum the emissions of
each fluorinated GHG determined from the procedures in paragraph (i)(3)
of this section with the emissions of the same fluorinated GHG
determined from the procedures in paragraph (i)(4) of this section. Sum
the total emissions of each fluorinated GHG from all fabs at your
facility to determine the facility-level emissions of each fluorinated
GHG.
0
7. Section 98.94 is amended by:
[[Page 68210]]
0
a. Removing and reserving paragraph (a);
0
b. Revising paragraph (b), paragraph (c) introductory text, and
paragraph (c)(2);
0
c. Adding paragraph (c)(3);
0
d. Removing and reserving paragraphs (d) and (e);
0
e. Revising paragraph (f);
0
f. Removing and reserving paragraphs (g)(1) and (2);
0
g. Revising paragraphs (g)(3) and (4);
0
h. Revising paragraphs (h) introductory text, (h)(3), and (i); and
0
i. Adding paragraphs (j) and (k).
The revisions and additions read as follows:
Sec. 98.94 Monitoring and QA/QC requirements.
* * * * *
(b) For purposes of Equation I-12 of this subpart, you must
estimate fab-wide gas-specific heel factors for each container type for
each gas used, according to the procedures in paragraphs (b)(1) through
(b)(5) of this section. This paragraph (b) does not apply to
fluorinated GHGs or N2O that your fab uses in quantities of
less than 50 kg in one reporting year and for which you calculate
emissions as equal to consumption under Sec. 98.93(a)(1), (a)(2), or
(b), or for any intermittent low-use fluorinated GHG for which you
calculate emissions according to Sec. 98.93(i)(4)(i).
(1) Base your fab-wide gas-specific heel factors on the trigger
point for change out of a container for each container size and type
for each gas used. Fab-wide gas-specific heel factors must be expressed
as the ratio of the trigger point for change out, in terms of mass, to
the initial mass in the container, as determined by paragraphs (b)(2)
and (3) of this section.
(2) The trigger points for change out you use to calculate fab-wide
gas-specific heel factors in paragraph (b)(1) of this section must be
determined by monitoring the mass or the pressure of your containers.
If you monitor the pressure, convert the pressure to mass using the
ideal gas law, as displayed in Equation I-25 of this subpart, with the
appropriate Z value selected based upon the properties of the gas.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13NO13.014
Where:
p = Absolute pressure of the gas (Pa).
V = Volume of the gas container (m\3\).
Z = Compressibility factor.
n = Amount of substance of the gas (moles).
R = Gas constant (8.314 Joule/Kelvin mole).
T = Absolute temperature (K).
(3) The initial mass you use to calculate a fab-wide gas-specific
heel factor in paragraph (b)(1) of this section may be based on the
weight of the gas provided to you in gas supplier documents; however,
you remain responsible for the accuracy of these masses and weights
under this subpart.
(4) If a container is changed in an exceptional circumstance, as
specified in paragraphs (b)(4)(i) and (ii) of this section, you must
weigh that container or measure the pressure of that container with a
pressure gauge, in place of using a heel factor to determine the
residual weight of gas. When using mass-based trigger points for change
out, you must determine if an exceptional circumstance has occurred
based on the net weight of gas in the container, excluding the tare
weight of the container.
(i) For containers with a maximum storage capacity of less than
9.08 kg (20 lbs) of gas, an exceptional circumstance is a change out
point that differs by more than 50 percent from the trigger point for
change out used to calculate your fab-wide gas-specific heel factor for
that gas and container type.
(ii) For all other containers, an exceptional circumstance is a
change out point that differs by more than 20 percent from the trigger
point for change out used to calculate your fab-wide gas-specific heel
factor for that gas and container type.
(5) You must re-calculate a fab-wide gas-specific heel factor if
you execute a process change to modify the trigger point for change out
for a gas and container type that differs by more than 5 percent from
the previously used trigger point for change out for that gas and
container type.
(c) You must develop apportioning factors for fluorinated GHG and
N2O consumption (including the fraction of gas consumed by
process tools connected to abatement systems as in Equations I-8, I-9,
I-10, I-19, I-20, I-21, and I-22 of this subpart), to use in the
equations of this subpart for each input gas i, process sub-type,
process type, stack system, and fab as appropriate, using a fab-
specific engineering model that is documented in your site GHG
Monitoring Plan as required under Sec. 98.3(g)(5). This model must be
based on a quantifiable metric, such as wafer passes or wafer starts,
or direct measurement of input gas consumption as specified in
paragraph (c)(3) of this section. To verify your model, you must
demonstrate its precision and accuracy by adhering to the requirements
in paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this section.
* * * * *
(2) You must demonstrate the accuracy of your fab-specific model by
comparing the actual amount of input gas i consumed and the modeled
amount of input gas i consumed in the fab, as follows:
(i) You must analyze actual and modeled gas consumption for a
period when the fab is at a representative operating level (as defined
in Sec. 98.98) lasting at least 30 days but no more than the reporting
year.
(ii) You must compare the actual gas consumed to the modeled gas
consumed for one fluorinated GHG reported under this subpart for the
fab. You must certify that the fluorinated GHG selected for comparison
corresponds to the largest quantity, on a mass basis, of fluorinated
GHG consumed at the fab during the reporting year for which you are
required to apportion following the procedures specified in Sec.
98.93(a), (b), or (i). You may compare the actual gas consumed to the
modeled gas consumed for two fluorinated GHGs and demonstrate
conformance according to paragraph (c)(2)(iii) of this section on an
aggregate use basis for both fluorinated GHGs if one of the fluorinated
GHGs selected for comparison corresponds to the largest quantity, on a
mass basis, of fluorinated GHGs used at each fab that requires
apportionment during the reporting year.
(iii) You must demonstrate that the comparison performed for the
largest quantity of gas(es), on a mass basis, consumed in the fab in
paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section, does not result in a difference
between the actual and modeled gas consumption that exceeds 20 percent
relative to actual gas consumption, reported to two significant figures
using standard rounding conventions.
(iv) If you are required to apportion gas consumption and you use
the procedures in Sec. 98.93(i) to calculate annual emissions from a
fab, you must verify your apportioning factors using the procedures in
paragraphs (c)(2)(ii) and (iii) of this section such that the time
period specified in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section and the last
day you perform the sampling events specified under Sec. 98.93(i)(3)
occur in the same accounting month.
(v) If your facility has multiple fabs with a single centralized
fluorinated-GHG supply system, you must verify that your apportioning
model can apportion fluorinated GHG consumption among the fabs by
adhering to the procedures in paragraphs (c)(2)(ii) through (c)(2)(iv)
of this section.
(3) As an alternative to developing apportioning factors for
fluorinated GHG and N2O consumption using a fab-specific
engineering model, you may
[[Page 68211]]
develop apportioning factors through the use of direct measurement
using gas flow meters and weigh scales to measure process sub-type,
process type, stack system, or fab-specific input gas consumption. You
may use a combination of apportioning factors developed using a fab-
specific engineering model and apportioning factors developed through
the use of direct measurement, provided this is documented in your site
GHG Monitoring Plan as required under 98.3(g)(5).
* * * * *
(f) If your fab employs abatement systems and you elect to reflect
emission reductions due to these systems, or if your fab employs
abatement systems designed for fluorinated GHG abatement and you elect
to calculate fluorinated GHG emissions using the stack test method
under 98.93(i), you must comply with the requirements of paragraphs
(f)(1) through (f)(3) of this section. If you use an average of
properly measured destruction or removal efficiencies for a gas and
process sub-type or process type combination, as applicable, in your
emission calculations under Sec. 98.93(a), (b), and/or (i), you must
also adhere to procedures in paragraph (f)(4) of this section.
(1) You must certify and document that the abatement systems are
properly installed, operated, and maintained according to the site
maintenance plan for abatement systems that is developed and maintained
in your records as specified in Sec. 98.97(d)(9).
(2) You must calculate and document the uptime of abatement systems
using Equation I-15 or I-23 of this subpart, as applicable.
(3) If you use default destruction and removal efficiency values in
your emissions calculations under Sec. 98.93(a), (b), and/or (i), you
must certify and document that the abatement systems at your facility
for which you use default destruction or removal efficiency values are
specifically designed for fluorinated GHG or N2O abatement,
as applicable. If you elect to calculate fluorinated GHG emissions
using the stack test method under Sec. 98.93(i), you must also certify
that you have included and accounted for all abatement systems designed
for fluorinated GHG abatement and any respective downtime in your
emissions calculations under Sec. 98.93(i)(3).
(4) If you do not use the default destruction or removal efficiency
values in Table I-16 of this subpart to calculate and report controlled
emissions, including situations in which your fab employs abatement
systems not specifically designed for fluorinated GHG or N2O
abatement and you elect to reflect emission reduction due to these
systems, you must use an average of properly measured destruction or
removal efficiencies for each gas and process sub-type or process type
combination, as applicable, determined in accordance with procedures in
paragraphs (f)(4)(i) through (vi) of this section. You must not use a
default value from Table I-16 of this subpart for any abatement system
not specifically designed for fluorinated GHG and N2O
abatement, or for any gas and process type combination for which you
have measured the destruction or removal efficiency according to the
requirements of paragraphs (f)(4)(i) through (vi) of this section.
(i) A properly measured destruction or removal efficiency value
must be determined in accordance with EPA 430-R-10-003 (incorporated by
reference, see Sec. 98.7), or according to an alternative method
approved by the Administrator (or authorized representative) as
specified in paragraph (k) of this section. If you are measuring
destruction or removal efficiency according to EPA 430-R-10-003
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 98.7), you may follow the
alternative procedures specified in Appendix A to this subpart.
(ii) You must select and properly measure the destruction or
removal efficiency for a random sample of abatement systems to include
in a random sampling abatement system testing program in accordance
with procedures in paragraphs (f)(4)(ii)(A) and (B) of this section.
(A) For the first 2 years for which your fab is required to report
emissions of fluorinated GHG and N2O, for each abatement
system gas and process sub-type or process type combination, as
applicable, a random sample of a minimum of 10 percent of installed
abatement systems must be tested annually for a total of a minimum of
20 percent, or a minimum of 20 percent may be tested in the first year.
For every 3-year period following the initial 2-year period, a random
sample of at least 15 percent of installed abatement systems must be
tested for each gas and process sub-type or process type combination;
you may test 15-percent in the first year of the 3-year period, but you
must test at least 5 percent each year until 15 percent are tested. For
each 3-year period, you must determine the number of abatement systems
to be tested based on the average number of abatement systems in
service over the 3-year period. If the required percent of the total
number of abatement systems to be tested for each gas and process sub-
type or process type combination does not equate to a whole number, the
number of systems to be tested must be determined by rounding up to the
nearest integer. Except as provided in paragraph (f)(4)(v) of this
section, you may not retest an abatement system for any gas and process
sub-type or process type combination, as applicable, until all of the
abatement systems for that gas and process sub-type or process type
combination have been tested.
(B) If testing of a randomly selected abatement system would be
disruptive to production, you may replace that system with another
randomly selected system for testing and return the system to the
sampling pool for subsequent testing. Any one abatement system must not
be replaced by another randomly selected system for more than three
consecutive selections. When you have to replace a system in one year,
you may select that specific system to be tested in one of the next two
sampling years so that you may plan testing of that abatement system to
avoid disrupting production.
(iii) If you elect to take credit for abatement system destruction
or removal efficiency before completing testing on 20 percent of the
abatement systems for that gas and process sub-type or process type
combination, as applicable, you must use default destruction or removal
efficiencies for a gas and process type combination. You must not use a
default value from Table I-16 of this subpart for any abatement system
not specifically designed for fluorinated GHG and N2O
abatement, and must not take credit for abatement system destruction or
removal efficiency before completing testing on 20 percent of the
abatement systems for that gas and process sub-type or process type
combination, as applicable. Following testing on 20 percent of
abatement systems for that gas and process sub-type or process type
combination, you must calculate the average destruction or removal
efficiency as the arithmetic mean of all test results for that gas and
process sub-type or process type combination, until you have tested at
least 30 percent of all abatement systems for each gas and process sub-
type or process type combination. After testing at least 30 percent of
all systems for a gas and process sub-type or process type combination,
you must use the arithmetic mean of the most recent 30 percent of
systems tested as the average destruction or removal efficiency. You
may include results of testing conducted on or after January 1, 2011
for use in determining the site-specific destruction or removal
efficiency for a given gas and
[[Page 68212]]
process sub-type or process type combination if the testing was
conducted in accordance with the requirements of paragraph (f)(4)(i) of
this section.
(iv) If a measured destruction or removal efficiency is below the
manufacturer-claimed fluorinated GHG or N2O destruction or
removal efficiency for any abatement system specifically designed for
fluorinated GHG or N2O abatement and the abatement system is
installed, operated, and maintained in accordance with the site
maintenance plan for abatement systems that is developed and maintained
in your records as specified in Sec. 98.97(d)(9), the measured
destruction or removal efficiency must be included in the calculation
of the destruction or removal efficiency value for that gas and process
sub-type or process type.
(v) If a measured destruction or removal efficiency is below the
manufacturer-claimed fluorinated GHG or N2O destruction or
removal efficiency for any abatement system specifically designed for
fluorinated GHG or N2O abatement and the abatement system is
not installed, operated, or maintained in accordance with the site
maintenance plan for abatement systems that is developed and maintained
in your records as specified in Sec. 98.97(d)(9), you must implement
corrective action and perform a retest to replace the measured value
within the reporting year. In lieu of retesting within the reporting
year, you may use the measured value in calculating the average
destruction or removal efficiency for the reporting year, implement
corrective action, and then include the same system in the next
abatement system testing period in addition to the testing of randomly
selected systems for that next testing period. Regardless of whether
you use the lower measured destruction or removal efficiency and when
you perform the retest of the abatement system, you must count the time
that the abatement system is not operated and maintained according to
the site maintenance plan for abatement systems as not being in
operational mode for purposes of calculating abatement system uptime.
(vi) If your fab uses redundant abatement systems, you may account
for the total abatement system uptime (that is, the time that at least
one abatement system is in operational mode) calculated for a specific
exhaust stream during the reporting year.
(g) * * *
(3) Follow the QA/QC procedures in accordance with those in EPA
430-R-10-003 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 98.7), or the
applicable QA/QC procedures specified in an alternative method approved
by the Administrator (or authorized representative) according to
paragraph (k) of this section, when calculating abatement systems
destruction or removal efficiencies. If you are measuring destruction
or removal efficiency according to EPA 430-R-10-003 (incorporated by
reference, see Sec. 98.7), and you elect to follow the alternative
procedures specified in Appendix A to this subpart according to
paragraph (f)(4)(i) of this section, you must follow any additional QA/
QC procedures specified in Appendix A to this subpart.
(4) As part of normal operations for each fab, the inventory of gas
stored in containers at the beginning of the reporting year must be the
same as the inventory of gas stored in containers at the end of the
previous reporting year. You must maintain records documenting the year
end and year beginning inventories under Sec. 98.97(a).
(h) You must adhere to the QA/QC procedures of this paragraph (h)
when calculating annual gas consumption for each fluorinated GHG and
N2O used at each fab and emissions from the use of each
fluorinated heat transfer fluid on a fab basis.
* * * * *
(3) Ensure that the inventory at the beginning of one reporting
year is identical to the inventory at the end of the previous reporting
year. You must maintain records documenting the year end and year
beginning inventories under Sec. 98.97(a) and (r).
* * * * *
(i) All flow meters, weigh scales, pressure gauges, and
thermometers used to measure quantities that are monitored under this
section or used in calculations under Sec. 98.93 must meet the
calibration and accuracy requirements specified in Sec. 98.3(i).
(j) Stack test methodology. For each fab for which you calculate
annual emissions for any fluorinated GHG emitted from your facility
using the stack test method according to the procedure specified in
Sec. 98.93(i)(3), you must adhere to the requirements in paragraphs
(j)(1) through (8) of this section. You may request approval to use an
alternative stack test method and procedure according to paragraph (k)
of this section.
(1) Stack system testing. Conduct an emissions test for each
applicable stack system according to the procedures in paragraphs
(j)(1)(i) through (iv) of this section.
(i) You must conduct an emission test during which the fab is
operating at a representative operating level, as defined in Sec.
98.98, and with the abatement systems connected to the stack system
being tested operating with at least 90 percent uptime, averaged over
all abatement systems, during the 8-hour (or longer) period for each
stack system, or at no less than 90 percent of the abatement system
uptime rate measured over the previous reporting year, averaged over
all abatement systems.
(ii) You must measure for the expected and possible by-products
identified in Table I-17 of this subpart and those fluorinated GHGs
used as input fluorinated GHG in process tools vented to the stack
system, except for any intermittent low-use fluorinated GHG as defined
in Sec. 98.98. You must calculate annual emissions of intermittent
low-use fluorinated GHGs by adhering to the procedures in Sec.
98.93(i)(4)(i).
(iii) If a fluorinated GHG being consumed in the reporting year was
not being consumed during the stack testing and does not meet the
definition of intermittent low-use fluorinated GHG in Sec. 98.98, then
you must test the stack systems associated with the use of that
fluorinated GHG at a time when that gas is in use at a magnitude that
would allow you to determine an emission factor for that gas. If a
fluorinated GHG consumed in the reporting year was not being consumed
during the stack testing and is no longer in use by your fab (e.g., use
of the gas has become obsolete or has been discontinued), then you must
calculate annual emissions for that fluorinated GHG according to the
procedure specified in Sec. 98.93(i)(4).
(iv) Although all applicable stack systems are not required to be
tested simultaneously, you must certify that no significant changes in
stack flow configuration occur between tests conducted for any
particular fab in a reporting year. You must certify that no more than
10 percent of the total number of fluorinated GHG emitting process
tools are connected or disconnected from a stack system during testing.
You must also certify that no process tools that were in operation at
the start of the test period have been moved to a different stack
system during the test period (i.e., during or in between testing of
individual stack systems) and that no point-of-use abatement systems
have been permanently removed from service during the test period. You
must document any changes in stack flow configuration in the emissions
test data and report required to be kept as records under Sec.
98.97(i)(4).
(2) Test methods and procedures. You must adhere to the applicable
test
[[Page 68213]]
methods and procedures specified in Table I-9 to this subpart, or
adhere to an alternative method approved by the Administrator (or
authorized representative) according to paragraph (k) of this section.
If you select Method 320 of 40 CFR part 63, Appendix A to measure the
concentration of each fluorinated GHG in the stack system, you must
complete a method validation according to Section 13 of Method 320 of
40 CFR part 63, Appendix A for each FTIR system (hardware and software)
and each tester (testing company). Method 320 validation is necessary
when any change occurs in instrumentation, tester (i.e., testing
company), or stack condition (e.g., acid gas vs. base). Measurement of
new compounds require validation for those compounds according to
Section 13 of Method 320 of 40 CFR part 63, Appendix A. The field
detection limits achieved under your test methods and procedures must
fall at or below the maximum field detection limits specified in Table
I-10 to this subpart.
(3) Fab-specific fluorinated GHG consumption measurements. You must
determine the amount of each fluorinated GHG consumed by each fab
during the sampling period for all process tools connected to the stack
systems tested under Sec. 98.93(i)(3), according to the procedures in
paragraphs (j)(3)(i) and (ii) of this section. This determination must
include apportioning gas consumption between stack systems that are
being tested and those that are not tested under Sec. 98.93(i)(2).
(i) Measure fluorinated GHG consumption using gas flow meters,
scales, or pressure measurements. Measure the mass or pressure, as
applicable, at the beginning and end of the sampling period and when
containers are changed out. If you elect to measure gas consumption
using pressure (i.e., because the gas is stored in a location above its
critical temperature) you must estimate consumption as specified in
paragraphs (j)(3)(i)(A) and (B) of this section.
(A) For each fluorinated GHG, you must either measure the
temperature of the fluorinated GHG container(s) when the sampling
periods begin and end and when containers are changed out, or measure
the temperature of the fluorinated GHG container(s) every hour for the
duration of the sampling period. Temperature measurements of the
immediate vicinity of the containers (e.g., in the same room, near the
containers) shall be considered temperature measurements of the
containers.
(B) Convert the sampling period-beginning, sampling period-ending,
and container change-out pressures to masses using Equation I-25 of
this subpart, with the appropriate Z value selected based upon the
properties of the gas (e.g., the Z value yielded by the Redlich, Kwong,
Soave equation of state with appropriate values for that gas). Apply
the temperatures measured at or nearest to the beginning and end of the
sampling period and to the time(s) when containers are changed out, as
applicable. For each gas, the consumption during the sampling period is
the difference between the masses of the containers of that gas at the
beginning and at the end of the sampling period, summed across
containers, including containers that are changed out.
(ii) For each fluorinated GHG gas for which consumption is too low
to be accurately measured during the sampling period using gas flow
meters, scales, or pressure measurements as specified in paragraph
(j)(3)(i) of this section, you must follow at least one of the
procedures listed in paragraph (j)(3)(ii)(A) through (C) of this
section to obtain a consumption measurement.
(A) Draw the gas from a single gas container if it is normally
supplied from multiple containers connected by a shared manifold.
(B) Calculate consumption from pro-rated long-term consumption data
(for example, calculate and use hourly consumption rates from monthly
consumption data).
(C) Increase the duration of the sampling period for consumption
measurement beyond the minimum duration specified in Table I-9 of this
subpart.
(4) Emission test results. The results of an emission test must
include the analysis of samples, number of test runs, the average
emission factor for each fluorinated GHG measured, the analytical
method used, calculation of emissions, the fluorinated GHGs consumed
during the sampling period, an identification of the stack systems
tested, and the fluorinated GHGs that were included in the test. The
emissions test report must contain all information and data used to
derive the fab-specific emission factor.
(5) Emissions testing frequency. You must conduct emissions testing
to develop fab-specific emission factors on a frequency according to
the procedures in paragraph (j)(5)(i) or (ii) of this section.
(i) Annual testing. You must conduct an annual emissions test for
each stack system for which emissions testing is required under Sec.
98.93(i)(3), unless you meet the criteria in paragraph (j)(5)(ii) of
this section to skip annual testing. Each set of emissions testing for
a stack system must be separated by a period of at least 2 months.
(ii) Criteria to test less frequently. After the first 3 years of
annual testing, you may calculate the relative standard deviation of
the emission factors for each fluorinated GHG included in the test and
use that analysis to determine the frequency of any future testing. As
an alternative, you may conduct all three tests in less than 3 calendar
years for purposes of this paragraph (j)(5)(ii), but this does not
relieve you of the obligation to conduct subsequent annual testing if
you do not meet the criteria to test less frequently. If the criteria
specified in paragraphs (j)(5)(ii)(A) and (B) of this section are met,
you may use the arithmetic average of the three emission factors for
each fluorinated GHG and fluorinated GHG by-product for the current
year and the next 4 years with no further testing unless your fab
operations are changed in way that triggers the re-test criteria in
paragraph (j)(8) of this section. In the fifth year following the last
stack test included in the previous average, you must test each of the
stack systems for which testing is required and repeat the relative
standard deviation analysis using the results of the most recent three
tests (i.e., the new test and the two previous tests conducted prior to
the 4 year period). If the criteria specified in paragraphs
(j)(5)(ii)(A) and (B) of this section are not met, you must use the
emission factors developed from the most recent testing and continue
annual testing. You may conduct more than one test in the same year,
but each set of emissions testing for a stack system must be separated
by a period of at least 2 months. You may repeat the relative standard
deviation analysis using the most recent three tests, including those
tests conducted prior to the 4 year period, to determine if you are
exempt from testing for the next 4 years.
(A) The relative standard deviation of the total CO2e
emission factors calculated from each of the three tests (expressed as
the total CO2e fluorinated GHG emissions of the fab divided
by the total CO2e fluorinated GHG use of the fab) is less
than or equal to 15 percent.
(B) The relative standard deviation for all single fluorinated GHGs
that individually accounted for 5 percent or more of CO2e
emissions were less than 20 percent.
(C) For those fluorinated GHG that do not have GWP values listed in
Table A-1 to subpart A of this part, you must use a GWP value of 2,000
in calculating
[[Page 68214]]
CO2e in paragraphs (j)(5)(ii)(A) and (B) of this section.
(6) Subsequent measurements. You must make an annual determination
of each stack system's exemption status under Sec. 98.93(i)(2) by
March 31 each year. If a stack system that was previously not required
to be tested per Sec. 98.93(i)(2), no longer meets the criteria in
Sec. 98.93(i)(2), you must conduct the emissions testing for the stack
system during the current reporting and develop the fab-specific
emission factor from the emissions testing.
(7) Previous measurements. You may include the results of emissions
testing conducted on or after January 1, 2011 for use in the relative
standard deviation calculation in paragraph (j)(5)(ii) of this section
if the previous results were determined using a method meeting the
requirements in paragraph (j)(2) of this section. You may request
approval to use results of emissions testing conducted between January
1, 2011 and January 1, 2014 using a method that deviated from the
requirements in paragraph (j)(2) of this section by adhering to the
requirements in paragraphs (j)(7)(i) through (j)(7)(iv) of this
section.
(i) Notify the Administrator (or an authorized representative) of
your intention to use the results of the previous emissions testing.
You must include in the notification the data and results you intend to
use for meeting either reporting or recordkeeping requirements, a
description of the method, and any deviations from the requirements in
paragraph (j)(2) of this section. Your description must include an
explanation of how any deviations do not affect the quality of the data
collected.
(ii) The Administrator will review the information submitted under
paragraph (j)(7)(i) and determine whether the results of the previous
emissions testing are adequate and issue an approval or disapproval of
the use of the results within 120 days of the date on which you submit
the notification specified in paragraph (j)(7)(i) of this section.
(iii) If the Administrator finds reasonable grounds to disapprove
the results of the previous emissions testing, the Administrator may
request that you provide additional information to support the use of
the results of the previous emissions testing. Failure to respond to
any request made by the Administrator does not affect the 120 day
deadline specified in paragraph (j)(7)(ii) of this section.
(iv) Neither the approval process nor the failure to obtain
approval for the use of results from previous emissions testing shall
abrogate your responsibility to comply with the requirements of this
subpart.
(8) Scenarios that require a stack system to be re-tested. By March
31 of each reporting year, you must evaluate and determine whether any
changes to your fab operations meet the criteria specified in
paragraphs (j)(8)(i) through (vi) of this section. If any of the
scenarios specified in paragraph (j)(8)(i) through (vi) of this section
occur, you must perform a re-test of any applicable stack system,
irrespective of whether you have met the criteria for less frequent
testing in paragraph (j)(5)(ii) of this section, before the end of the
year in which the evaluation was completed. You must adhere to the
methods and procedures specified in Sec. 98.93(i)(3) for performing a
stack system emissions test and calculating emissions. If you meet the
criteria for less frequent testing in paragraph (j)(5)(ii), and you are
required to perform a re-test as specified in paragraph (j)(8)(i)
through (vi) of this section, the requirement to perform a re-test does
not extend the date of the next scheduled test that was established
prior to meeting the requirement to perform a re-test. If the criteria
specified in paragraph (j)(5)(ii) of this section are not met using the
results from the re-test and the two most recent stack tests, you must
use the emission factors developed from the most recent testing to
calculate emissions and resume annual testing. You may resume testing
less frequently according to your original schedule if the criteria
specified in paragraph (j)(5)(ii) of this section are met using the
most recent three tests.
(i) Annual consumption of a fluorinated GHG used during the most
recent emissions test (expressed in CO2e) changes by more
than 10 percent of the total annual fluorinated GHG consumption,
relative to gas consumption in CO2e for that gas during the
year of the most recent emissions test (for example, if the use of a
single gas goes from 25 percent of CO2e to greater than 35
percent of CO2e, this change would trigger a re-test). For
those fluorinated GHGs that do not have GWP values listed in Table A-1
to subpart A of this part, you must use a GWP value of 2,000 in
calculating CO2e for purposes of this paragraph.
(ii) A change in the consumption of an intermittent low-use
fluorinated GHG (as defined in Sec. 98.98) that was not used during
the emissions test and not reflected in the fab-specific emission
factor, such that it no longer meets the definition of an intermittent
low-use fluorinated GHG.
(iii) A decrease by more than 10 percent in the fraction of tools
with abatement systems, compared to the number during the most recent
emissions test.
(iv) A change in the wafer size manufactured by the fab since the
most recent emissions test.
(v) A stack system that formerly met the criteria specified under
Sec. 98.93(i)(2) for not being subject to testing no longer meets
those criteria.
(vi) If a fluorinated GHG being consumed in the reporting year was
not being consumed during the stack test and does not meet the
definition of intermittent, low-use fluorinated GHG in Sec. 98.98,
then you must test the stack systems associated with the use of that
fluorinated GHG at a time when that gas is in use as required in
paragraph (j)(1)(iii) of this section.
(k) You may request approval to use an alternative stack test
method and procedure or to use an alternative method to determine
abatement system destruction or removal efficiency by adhering to the
requirements in paragraphs (k)(1) through (6) of this section. An
alternative method is any method of sampling and analyzing for a
fluorinated GHG or N2O, or the determination of parameters
other than concentration, for example, flow measurements, that is not a
method specified in this subpart and that has been demonstrated to the
Administrator's satisfaction, using Method 301 in appendix A of part
63, to produce results adequate for the Administrator's determination
that it may be used in place of a method specified elsewhere in this
subpart.
(1) You may use an alternative method from that specified in this
subpart provided that you:
(i) Notify the Administrator (or an authorized representative) of
your intention to use an alternative method. You must include in the
notification a site-specific test plan describing the alternative
method and procedures (the alternative test plan), the range of test
conditions over which the validation is intended to be applicable, and
an alternative means of calculating the fab-level fluorinated GHG or
N2O emissions or determining the abatement system
destruction or removal efficiency if the Administrator denies the use
of the results of the alternative method under paragraph (k)(2) or (3)
of this section.
(ii) Use Method 301 in appendix A of part 63 of this chapter to
validate the alternative method. This may include the use of only
portions of specific procedures of Method 301 if use of such procedures
are sufficient to validate the alternative method; and
(iii) Submit the results of the Method 301 validation process along
with the notification of intention and the
[[Page 68215]]
rationale for not using the specified method.
(2) The Administrator will determine whether the validation of the
proposed alternative method is adequate and issue an approval or
disapproval of the alternative test plan within 120 days of the date on
which you submit the notification and alternative test plan specified
in paragraph (k)(1) of this section. If the Administrator approves the
alternative test plan, you are authorized to use the alternative
method(s) in place of the methods described in paragraph (f)(4)(i) of
this section for measuring destruction or removal efficiency or
paragraph (j) of this section for conducting the stack test, as
applicable, taking into account the Administrator's comments on the
alternative test plan. Notwithstanding the requirement in the preceding
sentence, you may at any time prior to the Administrator's approval or
disapproval proceed to conduct the stack test using the methods
specified in paragraph (j) of this section or the destruction or
removal efficiency determination specified in (f)(4)(i) of this section
if you use a method specified in this subpart instead of the requested
alternative. If an alternative test plan is not approved and you still
want to use an alternative method, you must recommence the process to
have an alternative test method approved starting with the notification
of intent to use an alternative test method specified in paragraph
(k)(1)(i) of this section.
(3) You must report the results of stack testing or destruction or
removal efficiency determination using the alternative method and
procedure specified in the approved alternative test plan. You must
include in your report for an alternative stack test method and for an
alternative abatement system destruction or removal efficiency
determination the information specified in paragraph (j)(4) of this
section, including all methods, calculations and data used to determine
the fluorinated GHG emission factor or the abatement system destruction
or removal efficiency. The Administrator will review the results of the
test using the alternative methods and procedure and then approve or
deny the use of the results of the alternative test method and
procedure no later than 120 days after they are submitted to EPA.
(4) If the Administrator finds reasonable grounds to dispute the
results obtained by an alternative method for the purposes of
determining fluorinated GHG emissions or destruction or removal
efficiency of an abatement system, the Administrator may require the
use of another method specified in this subpart.
(5) Once the Administrator has approved the use of the alternative
method for the purposes of determining fluorinated GHG emissions for
specific fluorinated GHGs and types of stack systems or abatement
system destruction or removal efficiency, that method may be used at
any other facility for the same fluorinated GHGs and types of stack
systems, or fluorinated GHGs and abatement systems, if the approved
conditions apply to that facility. In granting approval, the
Administrator may limit the range of test conditions and emission
characteristics for which that approval is granted and under which the
alternative method may be used without seeking approval under
paragraphs (k)(1) through (4) of this section. The Administrator will
specify those limitations, if any, in the approval of the alternative
method.
(6) Neither the validation and approval process nor the failure to
validate or obtain approval of an alternative method shall abrogate
your responsibility to comply with the requirements of this subpart.
0
8. Section 98.96 is amended by:
0
a. Revising paragraphs (a) and (b);
0
b. Revising paragraphs (c) introductory text and (c)(1) through (3);
0
c. Adding paragraph (c)(5);
0
d. Removing and reserving paragraphs (f) through (l);
0
e. Revising paragraph (m) introductory text;
0
f. Redesignating paragraphs (m)(i) through (m)(iv) as paragraphs (m)(1)
through (m)(4), and revising newly redesignated paragraphs (m)(1), (3),
and (4);
0
g. Adding paragraph (m)(5);
0
h. Removing and reserving paragraphs (n) and (o);
0
i. Revising paragraphs (p) through (s);
0
j. Removing and reserving paragraphs (t) through (v); and
0
k. Adding paragraphs (w), (x), and (y).
The revisions and additions read as follows:
Sec. 98.96 Data reporting requirements.
* * * * *
(a) Annual manufacturing capacity of each fab at your facility used
to determine the annual manufacturing capacity of your facility in
Equation I-5 of this subpart.
(b) For facilities that manufacture semiconductors, the diameter of
wafers manufactured at each fab at your facility (mm).
(c) Annual emissions, on a fab basis as described in paragraph
(c)(1) through (5) of this section.
(1) When you use the procedures specified in Sec. 98.93(a) of this
subpart, each fluorinated GHG emitted from each process type for which
your fab is required to calculate emissions as calculated in Equations
I-6 and I-7 of this subpart.
(2) Each fluorinated GHG emitted from each process type or process
sub-type as calculated in Equations I-8 and I-9 of this subpart, as
applicable.
(3) N2O emitted from all chemical vapor deposition
processes and N2O emitted from the aggregate of other
N2O-using manufacturing processes as calculated in Equation
I-10 of this subpart.
* * * * *
(5) When you use the procedures specified in Sec. 98.93(i) of this
subpart, annual emissions of each fluorinated GHG, on a fab basis.
* * * * *
(m) For the fab-specific apportioning model used to apportion
fluorinated GHG and N2O consumption under Sec. 98.94(c),
the following information to determine it is verified in accordance
with procedures in Sec. 98.94(c)(1) and (2):
(1) Identification of the quantifiable metric used in your fab-
specific engineering model to apportion gas consumption for each fab,
and/or an indication if direct measurements were used in addition to,
or instead of, a quantifiable metric.
* * * * *
(3) Certification that the gas(es) you selected under Sec.
98.94(c)(2)(ii) for each fab corresponds to the largest quantity(ies)
consumed, on a mass basis, of fluorinated GHG used at your fab during
the reporting year for which you are required to apportion.
(4) The result of the calculation comparing the actual and modeled
gas consumption under Sec. 98.94(c)(2)(iii) and (iv), as applicable.
(5) If you are required to apportion fluorinated GHG consumption
between fabs as required by Sec. 98.94(c)(2)(v), certification that
the gas(es) you selected under Sec. 98.94(c)(2)(ii) corresponds to the
largest quantity(ies) consumed on a mass basis, of fluorinated GHG used
at your facility during the reporting year for which you are required
to apportion.
* * * * *
(p) Inventory and description of all abatement systems through
which fluorinated GHGs or N2O flow at your facility and for
which you are claiming destruction or removal efficiency, including:
(1) The number of abatement systems controlling emissions for each
process sub-type, or process type, as applicable,
[[Page 68216]]
for each gas used in the process sub-type or process type.
(2) The basis of the destruction or removal efficiency being used
(default or site specific measurement according to Sec.
98.94(f)(4)(i)) for each process sub-type or process type and for each
gas.
(q) For all abatement systems through which fluorinated GHGs or
N2O flow at your facility, for which you are reporting
controlled emissions, the following:
(1) Certification that all abatement systems at the facility have
been installed, maintained, and operated in accordance with the site
maintenance plan for abatement systems that is developed and maintained
in your records as specified in Sec. 98.97(d)(9).
(2) If you use default destruction or removal efficiency values in
your emissions calculations under Sec. 98.93(a), (b), or (i),
certification that the site maintenance plan for abatement systems for
which emissions are being reported contains manufacturer's
recommendations and specifications for installation, operation, and
maintenance for each abatement system.
(3) If you use default destruction or removal efficiency values in
your emissions calculations under Sec. 98.93(a), (b), and/or (i),
certification that the abatement systems for which emissions are being
reported were specifically designed for fluorinated GHG or
N2O abatement, as applicable. You must support this
certification by providing abatement system supplier documentation
stating that the system was designed for fluorinated GHG or
N2O abatement, as applicable.
(4) For all stack systems for which you calculate fluorinated GHG
emissions according to the procedures specified in Sec. 98.93(i)(3),
certification that you have included and accounted for all abatement
systems and any respective downtime in your emissions calculations
under Sec. 98.93(i)(3).
(r) You must report an effective fab-wide destruction or removal
efficiency value for each fab at your facility calculated using
Equation I-26, I-27, and I-28 of this subpart, as appropriate.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13NO13.015
Where:
DREFAB = Fab-wide effective destruction or removal
efficiency value, expressed as a decimal fraction.
FGHGi = Total emissions of each fluorinated GHG i emitted
from electronics manufacturing processes in the fab, calculated
according to the procedures in Sec. 98.93.
N2Oj = Emissions of N2O from each
N2O-emitting electronics manufacturing process j in the
fab, expressed in metric ton CO2 equivalents, calculated
according to the procedures in Sec. 98.93.
UAFGHG = Total unabated emissions of fluorinated GHG emitted from
electronics manufacturing processes in the fab, expressed in metric
ton CO2 equivalents as calculated in Equation I-27 of
this subpart.
SFGHG = Total unabated emissions of fluorinated GHG emitted from
electronics manufacturing processes in the fab, expressed in metric
ton CO2 equivalents, as calculated in Equation I-28 of
this subpart.
CN2O,j = Consumption of N2O in each
N2O emitting process j, expressed in metric ton
CO2 equivalents.
1-UN2O,j = N2O emission factor for
each N2O emitting process j from Table I-8 of this
subpart.
GWPi = GWP of emitted fluorinated GHG i from Table A-1 of
this part. For those fluorinated GHGs for which Table A-1 to subpart
A of this part does not define a GWP value, use a GWP value of 2,000
for purposes of this equation.
GWPN2O = GWP of N2O from Table A-1
of this part.
i = Fluorinated GHG.
j = Process Type.
(1) Use Equation I-27 of this subpart to calculate total unabated
emissions, in metric tons CO2e, of all fluorinated GHG
emitted from electronics manufacturing processes whose emissions of
fluorinated GHG you calculated according to the default utilization and
by-product formation rate procedures in Sec. 98.93(a) or Sec.
98.93(i)(4). For each fluorinated GHG i in process j, use the same
consumption (Cij), emission factors (1-Uij), and
by-product formation rates (Bijk) to calculate unabated
emissions as you used to calculate emissions in Sec. 98.93(a) or Sec.
98.93(i)(4).
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13NO13.016
Where:
UAFGHG = Total unabated emissions of fluorinated GHG emitted from
electronics manufacturing processes in the fab, expressed in metric
ton CO2e for which you calculated total emission
according to the procedures in Sec. 98.93(a) or Sec. 98.93(i)(4).
Cij = Total consumption of fluorinated GHG i, apportioned
to process j, expressed in metric ton CO2e, which you
used to calculate total emissions according to the procedures in
Sec. 98.93(a) or Sec. 98.93(i)(4).
Uij = Process utilization rate for fluorinated GHG i,
process type j, which you used to calculate total emissions
according to the procedures in Sec. 98.93(a) or Sec. 98.93(i)(4).
GWPi = GWP of emitted fluorinated GHG i from Table A-1 of
this part. For those fluorinated GHGs for which Table A-1 to subpart
A of this part does not define a GWP value, use a GWP value of 2,000
for purposes of this equation.
GWPk = GWP of emitted fluorinated GHG by-product k, from
Table A-1 of this part. For those fluorinated GHGs for which Table
A-1 to subpart A of this part does not define a GWP value, use a GWP
value of 2,000 for purposes of this equation.
Bijk = By-product formation rate of fluorinated GHG k
created as a by-product per amount of fluorinated GHG input gas i
(kg) consumed by process type j (kg).
i = Fluorinated GHG.
j = Process Type.
k = Fluorinated GHG by-product.
(2) Use Equation I-28 to calculate total unabated emissions, in
metric ton CO2e, of all fluorinated GHG emitted from
electronics manufacturing processes whose emissions of fluorinated GHG
you calculated according to the stack testing procedures in Sec.
98.93(i)(3). For each set of processes, use the same input gas
[[Page 68217]]
consumption (Cif), input gas emission factors
(EFif), by-product gas emission factors (EFkf),
fractions of tools abated (aif and af), and
destruction efficiencies (dif and dkf) to
calculate unabated emissions as you used to calculate emissions.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13NO13.017
Where:
SFGHG = Total unabated emissions of fluorinated GHG emitted from
electronics manufacturing processes in the fab, expressed in metric
ton CO2e for which you calculated total emission
according to the procedures in Sec. 98.93(i)(3).
EFif = Emission factor for fluorinated GHG input gas i,
emitted from fab f, as calculated in Equation I-19 of this subpart
(kg emitted/kg input gas consumed).
aif = Fraction of fluorinated GHG input gas i used in fab
f in tools with abatement systems (expressed as a decimal fraction).
dif = Fraction of fluorinated GHG i destroyed or removed
in abatement systems connected to process tools in fab f, which you
used to calculate total emissions according to the procedures in
Sec. 98.93(i)(3) (expressed as a decimal fraction).
Cif = Total consumption of fluorinated GHG input gas i,
of tools vented to stack systems that are tested, for fab f, for the
reporting year, expressed in metric ton CO2e, which you
used to calculate total emissions according to the procedures in
Sec. 98.93(i)(3) (expressed as a decimal fraction).
EFkf = Emission factor for fluorinated GHG by-product gas
k, emitted from fab f, as calculated in Equation I-20 of this
subpart (kg emitted/kg of all input gases consumed in tools vented
to stack systems that are tested).
af = Fraction of input gases used in fab f in tools with
abatement systems (expressed as a decimal fraction).
dkf = Fraction of fluorinated GHG by-product k destroyed
or removed in abatement systems connected to process tools in fab f,
which you used to calculate total emissions according to the
procedures in Sec. 98.93(i)(3) (expressed as a decimal fraction).
GWPi = GWP of emitted fluorinated GHG i from Table A-1 of
this part. For those fluorinated GHGs for which Table A-1 of subpart
A to this part does not define a GWP value, use a GWP value of 2,000
for purposes of this equation.
GWPk = GWP of emitted fluorinated GHG by-product k, from
Table A-1 of this part. For those fluorinated GHGs for which Table
A-1 to subpart A of this part does not define a GWP value, use a GWP
value of 2,000 for purposes of this equation.
i = Fluorinated GHG.
k = Fluorinated GHG by-product.
(s) Where missing data procedures were used to estimate inputs into
the fluorinated heat transfer fluid mass balance equation under Sec.
98.95(b), the number of times missing data procedures were followed in
the reporting year and the method used to estimate the missing data.
* * * * *
(w) If you elect to calculate fab-level emissions of fluorinated
GHG using the stack test methods specified in Sec. 98.93(i), you must
report the following in paragraphs (w)(1) and (2) for each stack
system, in addition to the relevant data in paragraphs (a) through (v)
of this section:
(1) The date of any stack testing conducted during the reporting
year, and the identity of the stack system tested.
(2) An inventory of all stack systems from which process
fluorinated GHG are emitted. For each stack system, indicate whether
the stack system is among those for which stack testing was performed
as per Sec. 98.93(i)(3) or not performed as per Sec. 98.93(i)(2).
(x) If the emissions you report under paragraph (c) of this section
include emissions from research and development activities, as defined
in Sec. 98.6, report the approximate percentage of total GHG
emissions, on a metric ton CO2e basis, that are attributable
to research and development activities, using the following ranges:
less than 5 percent, 5 percent to less than 10 percent, 10 percent to
less than 25 percent, 25 percent to less than 50 percent, 50 percent
and higher. For those fluorinated GHG that do not have GWP values
listed in Table A-1 of subpart A of this part, you must use a GWP value
of 2,000 in calculating CO2e for purposes of this paragraph.
(y) If your semiconductor manufacturing facility emits more than
40,000 metric ton CO2e of GHG emissions, based on your most
recently submitted annual report (beginning with the 2015 reporting
year) as required in paragraph (c) of this section, from the
electronics manufacturing processes subject to reporting under this
subpart, you must prepare and submit a triennial (every 3 years)
technology assessment report to the Administrator (or an authorized
representative) that meets the requirements specified in paragraphs
(y)(1) through (6) of this section. Any other semiconductor
manufacturing facility may voluntarily submit this report to the
Administrator.
(1) The first report must be submitted with the annual GHG
emissions report that is due no later than March 31, 2017, and
subsequent reports must be delivered every 3 years no later than March
31 of the year in which it is due.
(2) The report must include the information described in paragraphs
(y)(2)(i) through (v) of this section.
(i) It must describe how the gases and technologies used in
semiconductor manufacturing using 200 mm and 300 mm wafers in the
United States have changed in the past 3 years and whether any of the
identified changes are likely to have affected the emissions
characteristics of semiconductor manufacturing processes in such a way
that the default utilization and by-product formation rates or default
destruction or removal efficiency factors of this subpart may need to
be updated.
(ii) It must describe the effect on emissions of the implementation
of new process technologies and/or finer line width processes in 200 mm
and 300 mm technologies, the introduction of new tool platforms, and
the introduction of new processes on previously tested platforms.
(iii) It must describe the status of implementing 450 mm wafer
technology and the potential need to create or update default emission
factors compared to 300 mm technology.
(iv) It must provide any utilization and by-product formation rates
and/or destruction or removal efficiency data that have been collected
in the previous 3 years that support the changes in semiconductor
manufacturing processes described in the report.
(v) It must describe the use of a new gas, use of an existing gas
in a new process type or sub-type, or a fundamental change in process
technology.
(3) If, on the basis of the information reported in paragraph
(y)(2) of this section, the report indicates that GHG emissions from
semiconductor manufacturing may have changed from those represented by
the default utilization and by-product formation
[[Page 68218]]
rates in Tables I-3 or I-4, or the default destruction or removal
efficiency values in Table I-16 of this subpart, the report must lay
out a data gathering and analysis plan focused on the areas of
potential change. The plan must describe the elements in paragraphs
(y)(3)(i) and (ii).
(i) The testing of tools to determine the potential effect on
current utilization and by-product formation rates and destruction or
removal efficiency values under the new conditions. You must follow the
QA/QC procedures in the International SEMATECH 60124825A-ENG
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 98.7) when measuring and
calculating process sub-type and process type fluorinated GHG and
N2O utilization and by-product formation rates.
(ii) A planned analysis of the effect on overall facility emissions
using a representative gas-use profile for a 200 mm, 300 mm, or 450 mm
fab (depending on which technology is under consideration).
(4) Multiple semiconductor manufacturing facilities may submit a
single consolidated 3-year report as long as the facility identifying
information in Sec. 98.3(c)(1) and the certification statement in
Sec. 98.3(c)(9) is provided for each facility for which the
consolidated report is submitted.
(5) The Administrator will review the report received and determine
whether it is necessary to update the default utilization rates and by-
product formation rates in Tables I-3, I-4, I-11, and I-12 of this
subpart and default destruction or removal efficiency values in Table
I-16 of this subpart based on the following:
(i) Whether the revised default utilization and by-product
formation rates and destruction or removal efficiency values will
result in a projected shift in emissions of 10 percent or greater.
(ii) Whether new platforms, processes, or facilities that are not
captured in current default utilization and by-product formation rates
and destruction or removal efficiency values should be included in
revised values.
(iii) Whether new data are available that could expand the existing
data set to include new gases, tools, or processes not included in the
existing data set (i.e. gases, tools, or processes for which no data
are currently available).
(6) The Administrator will review the reports within 120 days and
will notify you of a determination whether it is necessary to update
any default utilization and by-product formation rates and/or
destruction or removal efficiency values. If the Administrator
determines it is necessary to update default utilization and by-product
formation rates and/or destruction or removal efficiency values, you
will then have 180 days from the date you receive notice of the
determination to execute the data collection and analysis plan
described in the report and submit those data to the Administrator.
0
9. Section 98.97 is amended by:
0
a. Removing and reserving paragraph (b);
0
b. Revising paragraph (c);
0
c. Revising paragraphs (d) introductory text, (d)(1), and (4), and add
paragraphs (d)(5) through (9); and
0
d. Adding paragraphs (i) through (s).
The revisions and additions read as follows:
Sec. 98.97 Records that must be retained.
* * * * *
(c) Documentation for the fab-specific engineering model used to
apportion fluorinated GHG and N2O consumption. This
documentation must be part of your site GHG Monitoring Plan as required
under Sec. 98.3(g)(5). At a minimum, you must retain the following:
(1) A clear, detailed description of the fab-specific model,
including how it was developed; the quantifiable metric used in the
model; all sources of information, equations, and formulas, each with
clear definitions of terms and variables; all apportioning factors used
to apportion fluorinated GHG and N2O; and a clear record of
any changes made to the model while it was used to apportion
fluorinated GHG and N2O consumption across process sub-
types, process types, tools with and without abatement systems, stack
systems, and/or fabs.
(2) Sample calculations used for developing the gas apportioning
factors (fij) for the two fluorinated GHGs used at your
facility in the largest quantities, on a mass basis, during the
reporting year.
(3) If you develop apportioning factors through the use of direct
measurement according to Sec. 98.94(c)(3), calculations and data used
to develop each gas apportioning factor.
(4) Calculations and data used to determine and document that the
fab was operating at representative operating levels, as defined in
Sec. 98.98, during the apportioning model verification specified in
Sec. 98.94(c).
(d) For all abatement systems through which fluorinated GHGs or
N2O flow at your facility, and for which you are reporting
controlled emissions, the following in paragraphs (d)(1) to (9) of this
section:
(1) Records of the information in paragraphs (d)(1)(i) though (iv)
of this section:
(i) Documentation to certify that each abatement system or group of
abatement systems is installed, maintained, and operated in accordance
with the site maintenance plan for abatement systems that is specified
in paragraph (d)(9) of this section.
(ii) Documentation from the abatement system supplier describing
the abatement system's designed purpose and emission control
capabilities for fluorinated GHG and N2O for which the
systems or group of systems is certified to abate, where available.
(iii) If you use default destruction or removal efficiency values
in your emissions calculations under Sec. 98.93(a), (b), and/or (i),
certification that the abatement systems for which emissions are being
reported were specifically designed for fluorinated GHG and
N2O abatement, as required under Sec. 98.94(f)(3), and
certification that the site maintenance plan includes manufacturer's
recommendations and specifications for installation, operation, and
maintenance for all applicable abatement systems.
(iv) Certification that you have included and accounted for all
abatement systems and any respective downtime in your emissions
calculations under Sec. 98.93(i)(3), as required under Sec.
98.94(f)(3).
* * * * *
(4) Where properly measured site-specific destruction or removal
efficiencies are used to report emissions, the information in
paragraphs (d)(4)(i) though (vi) of this section:
(i) Dated certification by the technician who made the measurement
that the destruction or removal efficiency is calculated in accordance
with methods in EPA 430-R-10-003 (incorporated by reference, see Sec.
98.7) and, if applicable Appendix A of this subpart, or an alternative
method approved by the Administrator as specified in Sec. 98.94(k),
complete documentation of the results of any initial and subsequent
tests, the final report as specified in EPA 430-R-10-003 (incorporated
by reference, see Sec. 98.7) and, if applicable, the records and
documentation specified in Appendix A of this subpart including the
information required in paragraph (b)(7) of Appendix A of this subpart,
or a final report as specified in an alternative method approved by the
Administrator as specified in Sec. 98.94(k).
(ii) The average destruction or removal efficiency of the abatement
[[Page 68219]]
systems operating during the reporting year for each process type and
gas combination.
(iii) A description of the calculation used to determine the
average destruction or removal efficiency for each process type and gas
combination, including all inputs to the calculation.
(iv) The records of destruction or removal efficiency measurements
for abatement systems for all tests that have been used to determine
the site-specific destruction or removal efficiencies currently being
used.
(v) A description of the method used for randomly selecting
abatement systems for testing.
(vi) The total number of systems for which destruction or removal
efficiency was properly measured for each process type and gas
combination for the reporting year.
(5) In addition to the inventory specified in Sec. 98.96(p), the
information in paragraphs (d)(5)(i) though (iii) of this section:
(i) The number of abatement systems of each manufacturer, and model
numbers, and the manufacturer's claimed fluorinated GHG and
N2O destruction or removal efficiency, if any.
(ii) Records of destruction or removal efficiency measurements over
the in-use life of each abatement system.
(iii) A description of the tool, with the process type or sub-type,
for which the abatement system treats exhaust.
(6) Records of all inputs and results of calculations made
accounting for the uptime of abatement systems used during the
reporting year, in accordance with Equations I-15 or I-23 of this
subpart, as applicable. The inputs should include an indication of
whether each value for destruction or removal efficiency is a default
value or a measured site-specific value.
(7) Records of all inputs and results of calculations made to
determine the average weighted fraction of each gas destroyed or
removed in the abatement systems for each stack system using Equation
I-24 of this subpart, if applicable. The inputs should include an
indication of whether each value for destruction or removal efficiency
is a default value or a measured site-specific value.
(8) Records of all inputs and the results of the calculation of the
facility-wide emission destruction or removal efficiency factor
calculated according to Equations I-26, I-27, and I-28 of this subpart.
(9) A site maintenance plan for abatement systems, which must be
maintained on-site at the facility as part of the facility's GHG
Monitoring Plan as described in Sec. 98.3(g)(5), and be developed and
implemented according to paragraphs (d)(9)(i) through (iii) of this
section.
(i) The site maintenance plan for abatement systems must be based
on the abatement system manufacturer's recommendations and
specifications for installation, operation, and maintenance if you use
default destruction and removal efficiency values in your emissions
calculations under Sec. 98.93(a), (b), and/or (i). If the
manufacturer's recommendations and specifications for installation,
operation, and maintenance are not available, you cannot use default
destruction and removal efficiency values in your emissions
calculations under Sec. 98.93(a), (b), and/or (i). If you use an
average of properly measured destruction or removal efficiencies
determined in accordance with the procedures in Sec. 98.94(f)(4)(i)
through (vi), the site maintenance plan for abatement systems must be
based on the abatement system manufacturer's recommendations and
specifications for installation, operation, and maintenance, where
available. If you deviate from the manufacturer's recommendations and
specifications, you must include documentation that demonstrates how
the deviations do not negatively affect the performance or destruction
or removal efficiency of the abatement systems.
(ii) The site maintenance plan for abatement systems must include a
defined preventative maintenance process and checklist.
(iii) The site maintenance plan for abatement systems must include
a corrective action process that you must follow whenever an abatement
system is found to be not operating properly.
* * * * *
(i) Retain the following records for each fab for which you elect
to calculate fab-level emissions of fluorinated GHG using the
procedures specified in Sec. 98.93(i)(3) or (4).
(1) Document all stack systems with emissions of fluorinated GHG
that are less than 10,000 metric tons of CO2e per year and
all stack systems with emissions of 10,000 metric tons CO2e
per year or more. Include the data and calculation used to develop the
preliminary estimate of emissions for each stack system.
(2) For each stack system, identify the method used to calculate
annual emissions; either Sec. 98.93(i)(3) or (4).
(3) The identity and total annual consumption of each gas
identified as an intermittent low use fluorinated GHG as specified in
Sec. 98.93(i)(4)(i) and defined in Sec. 98.98.
(4) The emissions test data and reports (see Sec. 98.94(j)(4)) and
the calculations used to determine the fab-specific emission factor,
including the actual fab-specific emission factor, the average hourly
emission rate of each fluorinated GHG from the stack system during the
test and the stack system activity rate during the test. The report
must also contain any changes in the stack system configuration during
or between tests in a reporting year.
(5) The fab-specific emission factor and the calculations and data
used to determine the fab-specific emission factor for each fluorinated
GHG and by-product, as calculated using Equations I-19 and I-20 of
Sec. 98.93(i)(3).
(6) Calculations and data used to determine annual emissions of
each fluorinated GHG for each fab.
(7) Calculations and data used to determine and document that the
fab was operating at representative operating levels, as defined in
Sec. 98.98, during the stack testing period.
(8) A copy of the certification that no significant changes in
stack system flow configuration occurred between tests conducted for
any particular fab in a reporting year, as required by Sec.
98.94(j)(1)(iv) and any calculations and data supporting the
certification.
(9) The number of tools vented to each stack system in the fab.
(j) If you report the approximate percentage of total GHG emissions
from research and development activities under Sec. 98.96(x),
documentation for the determination of the percentage of total
emissions of each fluorinated GHG and/or N2O attributable to
research and development activities, as defined in Sec. 98.6.
(k) Annual gas consumption for each fluorinated GHG and
N2O as calculated in Equation I-11 of this subpart,
including where your fab used less than 50 kg of a particular
fluorinated GHG or N2O used at your facility for which you
have not calculated emissions using Equations I-6, I-7, I-8, I-9, I-10,
I-21, or I-22 of this subpart, the chemical name of the GHG used, the
annual consumption of the gas, and a brief description of its use.
(l) All inputs used to calculate gas consumption in Equation I-11
of this subpart, for each fluorinated GHG and N2O used.
(m) Annual amount of each fluorinated GHG consumed for process sub-
type, process type, stack system, or fab, as appropriate, and the
annual amount of N2O consumed for the aggregate of all
chemical vapor deposition processes and for the aggregate of all other
electronics manufacturing production processes, as calculated using
Equation I-13 of this subpart.
[[Page 68220]]
(n) Disbursements for each fluorinated GHG and N2O
during the reporting year, as calculated using Equation I-12 of this
subpart and all inputs used to calculate disbursements for each
fluorinated GHG and N2O used in Equation I-12 of this
subpart, including all fab-wide gas-specific heel factors used for each
fluorinated GHG and N2O. If your fab used less than 50 kg of
a particular fluorinated GHG during the reporting year, fab-wide gas-
specific heel factors do not need to be reported for those gases.
(o) Fraction of each fluorinated GHG or N2O fed into a
process sub-type, process type, stack system, or fab that is fed into
tools connected to abatement systems.
(p) Fraction of each fluorinated GHG or N2O destroyed or
removed in abatement systems connected to process tools where process
sub-type, process type j is used, or to process tools vented to stack
system j or fab f.
(q) All inputs and results of calculations made accounting for the
uptime of abatement systems used during the reporting year, or during
an emissions sampling period, in accordance with Equations I-15 and/or
I-23 of this subpart, as applicable.
(r) For fluorinated heat transfer fluid emissions, inputs to the
fluorinated heat transfer fluid mass balance equation, Equation I-16 of
this subpart, for each fluorinated heat transfer fluid used.
(s) Where missing data procedures were used to estimate inputs into
the fluorinated heat transfer fluid mass balance equation under Sec.
98.95(b), the estimates of those data.
0
10. Section 98.98 is amended by:
0
a. Revising the definitions of ``Abatement system'' and ``By-product
formation'';
0
b. Removing the definition of ``Class'';
0
c. Adding a definition for ``Fab'' and ``Fully fluorinated GHGs'';
0
d. Revising the definition of ``Gas utilization'';
0
e. Removing the definition of ``Individual recipe'';
0
f. Adding definitions for ``Input gas'' and ``Intermittent low-use
fluorinated GHG'';
0
g. Removing the term ``Maximum designed substrate starts'';
0
h. Adding the term ``Maximum substrate starts'';
0
i. Revising the definitions of ``Operational mode,'' ``Process types,''
``Properly measured destruction or removal efficiency'' and ``Redundant
abatement systems'';
0
j. Adding a definition for ``Representative operating levels'';
0
k. Removing the definitions of ``Similar, with respect to recipes'';
0
l. Adding a definition for ``Stack system'';
0
m. Revising the definitions of ``Trigger point for change out,''
0
n. Adding a definition for ``Unabated emissions''; and
0
o. Revising the definitions of ``Uptime'' and ``Wafer passes.''
The revisions read as follows:
Sec. 98.98 Definitions.
* * * * *
Abatement system means a device or equipment that is designed to
destroy or remove fluorinated GHGs or N2O in exhaust streams
from one or more electronics manufacturing production processes, or for
which the destruction or removal efficiency for a fluorinated GHG or
N2O has been properly measured according to the procedures
under Sec. 98.94(f)(4), even if that abatement system is not designed
to destroy or remove fluorinated GHGs or N2O. The device or
equipment is only an abatement system for the individual fluorinated
GHGs or N2O that it is designed to destroy or remove or for
the individual fluorinated GHGs or N2O for which destruction
or removal efficiencies were properly measured according to the
procedures under Sec. 98.94(f)(4).
* * * * *
By-product formation means the creation of fluorinated GHGs during
electronics manufacturing production processes or the creation of
fluorinated GHGs by an abatement system. Where the procedures in Sec.
98.93(a) are used to calculate annual emissions, by-product formation
is the ratio of the mass of the by-product formed to the mass flow of
the input gas. Where the procedures in Sec. 98.93(i) are used to
calculate annual emissions, by-product formation is the ratio of the
mass of the by-product formed to the total mass flow of all fluorinated
GHG input gases.
* * * * *
Fab means the portion of an electronics manufacturing facility
located in a separate physical structure that began manufacturing on a
certain date.
* * * * *
Fully fluorinated GHGs means fluorinated GHGs that contain only
single bonds and in which all available valence locations are filled by
fluorine atoms. This includes, but is not limited to, saturated
perfluorocarbons, SF6, NF3,
SF5CF3, C4F8O, fully
fluorinated linear, branched, and cyclic alkanes, fully fluorinated
ethers, fully fluorinated tertiary amines, fully fluorinated
aminoethers, and perfluoropolyethers.
Gas utilization means the fraction of input N2O or
fluorinated GHG converted to other substances during the etching,
deposition, and/or wafer and chamber cleaning processes. Gas
utilization is expressed as a rate or factor for specific electronics
manufacturing process sub-types or process types.
* * * * *
Input gas means a fluorinated GHG or N2O used in one of
the processes described in Sec. 98.90(a)(1) through (4)
Intermittent low-use fluorinated GHG, for the purposes of
determining fluorinated GHG emissions using the stack testing method,
means a fluorinated GHG that meets all of the following:
(1) The fluorinated GHG is used by the fab but is not used during
the period of stack testing for the fab/stack system.
(2) The emissions of the fluorinated GHG, estimated using the
methods in Sec. 98.93(i)(4) do not constitute more than 5 percent of
the total fluorinated GHG emissions from the fab on a CO2e
basis.
(3) The sum of the emissions of all fluorinated GHGs that are
considered intermittent low use gases does not exceed 10,000 metric
tons CO2e for the fab for that year, as calculated using the
procedures specified in Sec. 98.93(i)(1) of this subpart.
(4) The fluorinated GHG is not an expected or possible by-product
identified in Table I-17 of this subpart.
Maximum substrate starts means for the purposes of Equation I-5 of
this subpart, the maximum quantity of substrates, expressed as surface
area, that could be started each month during a reporting year based on
the equipment installed in that facility and assuming that the
installed equipment were fully utilized. Manufacturing equipment is
considered installed when it is on the manufacturing floor and
connected to required utilities.
* * * * *
Operational mode means the time in which an abatement system is
properly installed, maintained, and operated according to the site
maintenance plan for abatement systems as required in Sec. 98.94(f)(1)
and defined in Sec. 98.97(d)(9). This includes being properly operated
within the range of parameters as specified in the site maintenance
plan for abatement systems.
* * * * *
Process types are broad groups of manufacturing steps used at a
facility associated with substrate (e.g., wafer) processing during
device manufacture for which fluorinated GHG emissions and fluorinated
GHG consumption is calculated and reported. The process types are
Plasma etching/Wafer Cleaning and Chamber cleaning.
[[Page 68221]]
Properly measured destruction or removal efficiency means
destruction or removal efficiencies measured in accordance with EPA
430-R-10-003 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 98.7), and, if
applicable, Appendix A to this subpart, or by an alternative method
approved by the Administrator as specified in Sec. 98.94(k).
* * * * *
Redundant abatement systems means a system that is specifically
designed, installed and operated for the purpose of destroying
fluorinated GHGs and N2O gases, or for which the destruction
or removal efficiency for a fluorinated GHG or N2O has been
properly measured according to the procedures under Sec. 98.94(f)(4),
and that is used as a backup to the main fluorinated GHGs and
N2O abatement system during those times when the main system
is not functioning or operating in accordance with design and operating
specifications.
* * * * *
Representative operating levels means (for purposes of verification
of the apportionment model or for determining the appropriate
conditions for stack testing) operating the fab, in terms of substrate
starts for the period of testing or monitoring, at no less than 50
percent of installed production capacity or no less than 70 percent of
the average production rate for the reporting year, where production
rate for the reporting year is represented in average monthly substrate
starts. For the purposes of stack testing, the period for determining
the representative operating level must be the period ending on the
same date on which testing is concluded.
Stack system means one or more stacks that are connected by a
common header or manifold, through which a fluorinated GHG-containing
gas stream originating from one or more fab processes is, or has the
potential to be, released to the atmosphere. For purposes of this
subpart, stack systems do not include emergency vents or bypass stacks
through which emissions are not usually vented under typical operating
conditions.
Trigger point for change out means the residual weight or pressure
of a gas container type that a facility uses as an indicator that
operators need to change out that gas container with a full container.
The trigger point is not the actual residual weight or pressure of the
gas remaining in the cylinder that has been replaced.
Unabated emissions means a gas stream containing fluorinated GHG or
N2O that has exited the process, but which has not yet been
introduced into an abatement system to reduce the mass of fluorinated
GHG or N2O in the stream. If the emissions from the process
are not routed to an abatement system, or are routed to an abatement
device that is not in an operational mode, unabated emissions are those
fluorinated GHG or N2O released to the atmosphere.
Uptime means the ratio of the total time during which the abatement
system is in an operational mode, to the total time during which
production process tool(s) connected to that abatement system are
normally in operation.
* * * * *
Wafer passes is a count of the number of times a wafer substrate is
processed in a specific process sub-type, or type. The total number of
wafer passes over a reporting year is the number of wafer passes per
tool multiplied by the number of operational process tools in use
during the reporting year.
* * * * *
0
11. Table I-1 to subpart I of Part 98 is amended by revising the Note
to read as follows:
Table I-1 to Subpart I of Part 98--Default Emission Factors for
Threshold Applicability Determination
* * * * *
Notes: NA denotes not applicable based on currently available
information.
[[Page 68222]]
0
12. Table I-3 to subpart I of Part 98 is revised to read as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13NO13.018
[[Page 68223]]
0
13. Table I-4 to subpart I of Part 98 is revised to read as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13NO13.019
[[Page 68224]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13NO13.020
[[Page 68225]]
0
14. Table I-5 to subpart I of Part 98 is amended by revising the
heading and entries for ``CVD 1-Ui,'' ``CVD
BCF4,'' and ``CVD BC3F8;'' and by
revising the Note to read as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13NO13.021
0
15. Table I-6 to subpart I of Part 98 is amended by revising the
heading, entries for ``CVD 1-Ui'' and by the Note to read as
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13NO13.022
[[Page 68226]]
0
16. Table I-7 to subpart I of part 98 is amended by revising the
heading, entries for ``CVD 1-Ui'' and ``CVD
BCF4'' and the Note to read as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13NO13.030
[[Page 68227]]
0
17. Subpart I is amended by adding Table I-9 to subpart I to read as
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13NO13.031
[[Page 68228]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13NO13.032
0
18. Subpart I is amended by adding Table I-10 to subpart I to read as
follows:
Table I-10 to Subpart I of Part 98--Maximum Field Detection Limits
Applicable to Fluorinated GHG Concentration Measurements for Stack
Systems
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Maximum field
Fluorinated GHG Analyte detection limit
(ppbv)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
CF4................................................... 20
C2F6.................................................. 20
C3F8.................................................. 20
C4F6.................................................. 20
C5F8.................................................. 20
c-C4F8................................................ 20
CH2F2................................................. 40
CH3F.................................................. 40
CHF3.................................................. 20
NF3................................................... 20
SF6................................................... 4
Other fully fluorinated GHGs.......................... 20
Other fluorinated GHGs................................ 40
------------------------------------------------------------------------
ppbv--Parts per billion by volume.
[[Page 68229]]
0
19. Subpart I is amended by adding Table I-11 to subpart I to read as
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13NO13.023
[[Page 68230]]
0
20. Subpart I is amended by adding Table I-12 to subpart I to read as
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13NO13.024
[[Page 68231]]
0
21. Subpart I is amended by adding Table I-13 to subpart I to read as
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13NO13.025
[[Page 68232]]
0
22. Subpart I is amended by adding Table I-14 to subpart I to read as
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13NO13.026
[[Page 68233]]
0
23. Subpart I is amended by adding Table I-15 to subpart I to read as
follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13NO13.027
[[Page 68234]]
0
24. Subpart I is amended by adding Table I-16 to read as follows:
Table I-16 to Subpart I of Part 98--Default Emission Destruction or
Removal Efficiency (DRE) Factors for Electronics Manufacturing
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Default DRE
Manufacturing type/process type/gas (percent)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
MEMS, LCDs, and PV Manufacturing.................... 60
Semiconductor Manufacturing:
Plasma Etch/Wafer Clean Process Type:
CF4......................................... 75
CH3F........................................ 97
CHF3........................................ 97
CH2F2....................................... 97
C2F6........................................ 97
C3F8........................................ 97
C4F6........................................ 97
C4F8........................................ 97
C5F8........................................ 97
SF6......................................... 97
NF3......................................... 96
All other carbon-based plasma etch/wafer clean 60
fluorinated GHG....................................
Chamber Clean Process Type:
NF3............................................. 88
All other chamber clean fluorinated GHG......... 60
N2O Processes: ..................
CVD and all other N2O-using processes........... 60
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0
25. Subpart I is amended by adding Table I-17 to subpart I to read as
follows:
Table I-17 to Subpart I of Part 98--Expected and Possible By-Products for Electronics Manufacturing
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
For each stack system for which you
use the ``stack test method'' to If emissions are detected If emissions are not detected, use
calculate annual emissions, you intermittently, use the following the following procedures:
must measure the following: procedures:
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Expected By-products:.............. Use the measured concentration for Use one-half of the field detection
CF4............................... ``Xksm'' in Equation I-18 when limit you determined for the
C2F6.............................. available and use one-half of the fluorinated GHG according to Sec.
CHF3.............................. field detection limit you determined 98.94(j)(2) for the value of
CH2F2............................. for the fluorinated GHG according to ``Xksm'' in Equation I-18.
CH3F.............................. Sec. 98.94(j)(2) for the value of
``Xksm'' when the fluorinated GHG is
not detected.
Possible By-products:.............. Use the measured concentration for Assume zero emissions for that
C3F8.............................. ``Xksm'' in Equation I-18 when fluorinated GHG for the tested
C4F6.............................. available and use one-half of the stack system.
c-C4F8............................ field detection limit you determined
C5F8.............................. for the fluorinated GHG according to
Sec. 98.94(j)(2) for the value of
``Xksm'' when the fluorinated GHG is
not detected.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
0
26. Subpart I is amended by adding Appendix A to Subpart I of Part 98
to read as follows:
Appendix A to Subpart I of Part 98--Alternative Procedures for
Measuring Point-of-Use Abatement Device Destruction or Removal
Efficiency
If you are measuring destruction or removal efficiency of a
point-of-use abatement device according to EPA 430-R-10-003
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 98.7) as specified in Sec.
98.94(f)(4), you may follow the alternative procedures specified in
paragraphs (a) through (c) of this appendix.
(a) In place of the Quadrupole Mass Spectrometry protocol
requirements specified in section 2.2.4 of EPA 430-R-10-003
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 98.7), you must conduct mass
spectrometry testing in accordance with the provisions in paragraph
(a)(1) through (a)(15) of this appendix.
(1) Detection limits. The mass spectrometer chosen for this
application must have the necessary sensitivity to detect the
selected effluent species at or below the maximum field detection
limits specified in Table 3 of section 2.2.7 of EPA 430-R-10-003
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 98.7).
(2) Sampling location. The sample at the inlet of the point-of-
use abatement device must be taken downstream of the process tool
and pump package. The sample exhaust must be vented back into the
corrosive house ventilation system at a point downstream of the
sample inlet location.
(3) Sampling conditions. For etch processes, destruction or
removal efficiencies must be determined while etching a substrate
(product, dummy, or test). For chemical vapor deposition processes,
destruction or removal efficiencies must be determined during a
chamber clean after deposition (destruction or removal efficiencies
must not be determined in a clean chamber). All sampling must be
performed non-intrusively during wafer processing. Samples must be
drawn through the mass spectrometer source
[[Page 68235]]
by an external sample pump. Because of the volatility, vapor
pressure, stability and inertness of CF4,
C2F6, C3F8,
CHF3, NF3, and SF6, the sample
lines do not need to be heated.
(4) Mass spectrometer parameters. The specific mass spectrometer
operating conditions such as electron energy, secondary electron
multiplier voltage, emission current, and ion focusing voltage must
be selected according to the specifications provided by the mass
spectrometer manufacturer, the mass spectrometer system manual,
basic mass spectrometer textbook, or other such sources. The mass
spectrometer responses to each of the target analytes must all be
calibrated under the same mass spectrometer operating conditions.
(5) Flow rates. A sample flow rate of 0.5-1.5 standard liters
per minute (slm) must be drawn from the process tool exhaust stream
under study.
(6) Sample frequency. The mass spectrometer sampling frequency
for etch processes must be in the range of 0.5 to 1 cycles per
second, and for chemical vapor deposition processes must be in the
range of 0.25 to 0.5 cycles per second. As an alternative you may
use the sampling frequencies specified in section 2.2.4 of EPA 430-
R-10-003 (incorporated by reference, see Sec. 98.7).
(7) Dynamic dilution calibration parameters. The quadrupole mass
spectrometer must be calibrated for both mass location and response
to analytes. A dynamic dilution calibration system may be used to
perform both types of mass spectrometer system calibrations using
two mass flow controllers. Use one mass flow controller to regulate
the flow rate of the standard component used to calibrate the system
and the second mass flow controller to regulate the amount of
diluent gas used to mix with the standard to generate the
calibration curve for each compound of interest. The mass flow
controller must be calibrated using the single component gas being
used with them, for example, nitrogen (N2) for the
diluent. A mass flow controller used with calibration mixtures must
be calibrated with the calibration mixture balance gas (for example,
N2 or He) if the analyte components are 2 percent or less
of the volume of the sample. All calibration mixtures must be
National Institute of Standards and Technology Traceable gases or
equivalent. They must be calibrated over their range of use and must
be operated in their experimentally determined dynamic linear range.
If compressed gas standards cannot be brought into the fab, metered
gas flows of target compounds into the process chamber, under no
thermal or plasma conditions and with no wafer(s) present, and with
no process emissions from other tools contributing to the sample
location, must then be performed throughout the appropriate
concentration ranges to derive calibration curves for the subsequent
destruction or removal efficiency tests.
(8) Mass location calibration. A mixture containing 1 percent
He, Ar, Kr, and Xe in a balance gas of nitrogen must be used to
assure the alignment of the quadrupole mass filter (see EPA Method
205 at 40 CFR part 51, appendix M as reference). The mass
spectrometer must be chosen so that the mass range is sufficient to
detect the predominant peaks of the components under study.
(9) Quadrupole mass spectrometer response calibration. A
calibration curve must be generated for each compound of interest.
(10) Calibration frequency. The mass spectrometer must be
calibrated at the start of testing a given process. The calibration
must be checked at the end of testing.
(11) Calibration range. The mass spectrometer must be calibrated
over the expected concentration range of analytes using a minimum of
five concentrations including a zero. The zero point is defined as
diluent containing no added analyte.
(12) Operating procedures. You must follow the operating
procedures specified in paragraphs (a)(12)(i) through (v) of this
appendix.
(i) You must perform a qualitative mass calibration by running a
standard (or by flowing chamber gases under non-process conditions)
containing stable components such as Ar, Kr, and Xe that provide
predominant signals at m/e values distributed throughout the mass
range to be used. You must adjust the quadrupole mass filter as
needed to align with the inert gas fragments.
(ii) You must quantitatively calibrate the quadrupole mass
spectrometer for each analyte of interest. The analyte
concentrations during calibration must include the expected
concentrations in the process effluent. The calibration must be
performed under the same operating conditions, such as inlet
pressure, as when sampling process exhaust. If the calibration inlet
pressure differs from the sampling inlet pressure then the
relationship between inlet pressure and quadrupole mass spectrometer
signal response must be empirically determined and applied to
correct for any differences between calibration and process
emissions monitoring data.
(iii) To determine the response time of the instrument to
changes in a process, a process gas such as
C2F6 must be turned on at the process tool for
a fixed period of time (for example, 20 seconds), after which the
gas is shut off. The sample flow rate through the system must be
adjusted so that the signal increases to a constant concentration
within a few seconds and decreases to background levels also within
a few seconds.
(iv) You must sample the process effluent through the quadrupole
mass spectrometer and acquire data for the required amount of time
to track the process, as determined in paragraph (a)(12)(iii) of
this appendix. You must set the sample frequency to monitor the
changes in the process as specified in paragraph (a)(6) of this
appendix. You must repeat this for at least five substrates on the
same process and calculate the average and standard deviation of the
analyte concentration.
(v) You must repeat the quantitative calibration at the
conclusion of sampling to identify any drifts in quadrupole mass
spectrometer sensitivity. If drift is observed, you must use an
internal standard to correct for changes in sensitivity.
(13) Sample analysis. To determine the concentration of a
specific component in the sample, you must divide the ion intensity
of the sample response by the calibrated response factor for each
component.
(14) Deconvolution of interfering peaks. The effects of
interfering peaks must be deconvoluted from the mass spectra for
each target analyte.
(15) Calculations. Plot ion intensity versus analyte
concentration for a given compound obtained when calibrating the
analytical system. Determine the slope and intercept for each
calibrated species to obtain response factors with which to
calculate concentrations in the sample. For an acceptable
calibration, the R2 value of the calibration curve must
be at least 0.98.
(b) In place of the Fourier Transform Infrared Spectroscopy
protocol requirements specified in section 2.2.4 of EPA 430-R-10-003
(incorporated by reference, see Sec. 98.7), you may conduct Fourier
Transform Infrared Spectroscopy testing in accordance with the
provisions in paragraph (b)(1) through (17) of this appendix,
including the laboratory study phase described in paragraphs (b)(1)
through (7), and the field study phase described in paragraphs
(b)(8) through (17) of this appendix.
(1) Conformance with provisions associated with the Calibration
Transfer Standard. This procedure calls for the use of a calibration
transfer standard in a number of instances. The use of a calibration
transfer standard is necessary to validate optical pathlength and
detector response for spectrometers where cell temperature, cell
pressure, and cell optical pathlength are potentially variable. For
fixed pathlength spectrometers capable of controlling cell
temperature and pressure to within +/- 10 percent of a desired set
point, the use of a calibration transfer standard, as described in
paragraphs (b)(2) to (17) this appendix is not required.
(2) Defining spectroscopic conditions. Define a set of
spectroscopic conditions under which the field studies and
subsequent field applications are to be carried out. These include
the minimum instrumental line-width, spectrometer wave number range,
sample gas temperature, sample gas pressure, absorption pathlength,
maximum sampling system volume (including the absorption cell),
minimum sample flow rate, and maximum allowable time between
consecutive infrared analyses of the effluent.
(3) Criteria for reference spectral libraries. On the basis of
previous emissions test results and/or process knowledge (including
the documentation of results of any initial and subsequent tests,
and the final reports required in Sec. 98.97(d)(4)(i)), estimate
the maximum concentrations of all of the analytes in the effluent
and their minimum concentrations of interest (those concentrations
below which the measurement of the compounds is of no importance to
the analysis). Values between the maximum expected concentration and
the minimum concentration of interest are referred to below as the
``expected concentration range.'' A minimum of three reference
spectra is sufficient for a small expected concentration range
(e.g., a
[[Page 68236]]
difference of 30 percent of the range between the low and high ends
of the range), but a minimum of four spectra are needed where the
range is greater, especially for concentration ranges that may
differ by orders of magnitude. If the measurement method is not
linear then multiple linear ranges may be necessary. If this
approach is adopted, then linear range must be demonstrated to pass
the required quality control. When the set of spectra is ordered
according to absorbance, the absorbance levels of adjacent reference
spectra should not differ by more than a factor of six. Reference
spectra for each analyte should be available at absorbance levels
that bracket the analyte's expected concentration range; minimally,
the spectrum whose absorbance exceeds each analyte's expected
maximum concentration or is within 30 percent of it must be
available. The reference spectra must be collected at or near the
same temperature and pressure at which the sample is to be analyzed
under. The gas sample pressure and temperature must be continuously
monitored during field testing and you must correct for differences
in temperature and pressure between the sample and reference
spectra. Differences between the sample and reference spectra
conditions must not exceed 50 percent for pressure and 40 [deg]C for
temperature.
(4) Spectra without reference libraries. If reference spectral
libraries meeting the criteria in paragraph (b)(3) of this appendix
do not exist for all the analytes and interferants or cannot be
accurately generated from existing libraries exhibiting lower
minimum instrumental line-width values than those proposed for the
testing, prepare the required spectra according to the procedures
specified in paragraphs (b)(4)(i) and (ii) of this appendix.
(i) Reference spectra at the same absorbance level (to within 10
percent) of independently prepared samples must be recorded. The
reference samples must be prepared from neat forms of the analyte or
from gas standards of the highest quality commonly available from
commercial sources. Either barometric or volumetric methods may be
used to dilute the reference samples to the required concentrations,
and the equipment used must be independently calibrated to ensure
suitable accuracy. Dynamic and static reference sample preparation
methods are acceptable, but dynamic preparations must be used for
reactive analytes. Any well characterized absorption pathlength may
be employed in recording reference spectra, but the temperature and
pressure of the reference samples should match as closely as
possible those of the proposed spectroscopic conditions.
(ii) If a mercury cadmium telluride or other potentially non-
linear detector (i.e., a detector whose response vs. total infrared
power is not a linear function over the range of responses employed)
is used for recording the reference spectra, you must correct for
the effects of this type of response on the resulting concentration
values. As needed, spectra of a calibration transfer standard must
be recorded with the laboratory spectrometer system to verify the
absorption pathlength and other aspects of the system performance.
All reference spectral data must be recorded in interferometric form
and stored digitally.
(5) Sampling system preparation. Construct a sampling system
suitable for delivering the proposed sample flow rate from the
effluent source to the infrared absorption cell. For the compounds
of interest, the surfaces of the system exposed to the effluent
stream may need to be stainless steel or Teflon; because of the
potential for generation of inorganic automated gases, glass
surfaces within the sampling system and absorption cell may need to
be Teflon-coated. The sampling system should be able to deliver a
volume of sample that results in a necessary response time.
(6) Preliminary analytical routines. For the proposed absorption
pathlength to be used in actual emissions testing, you must prepare
an analysis method containing of all the effluent compounds at their
expected maximum concentrations plus the field calibration transfer
standard compound at 20 percent of its full concentration as needed.
(7) Documentation. The laboratory techniques used to generate
reference spectra and to convert sample spectral information to
compound concentrations must be documented. The required level of
detail for the documentation is that which allows an independent
analyst to reproduce the results from the documentation and the
stored interferometric data.
(8) Spectroscopic system performance. The performance of the
proposed spectroscopic system, sampling system, and analytical
method must be rigorously examined during and after a field study.
Several iterations of the analysis method may need to be applied
depending on observed concentrations, absorbance intensities, and
interferences. During the field study, all the sampling and
analytical procedures envisioned for future field applications must
be documented. Additional procedures not required during routine
field applications, notably dynamic spiking studies of the analyte
gases, may be performed during the field study. These additional
procedures need to be performed only once if the results are
acceptable and if the effluent sources in future field applications
prove suitably similar to those chosen for the field study. If
changes in the effluent sources in future applications are noted and
require substantial changes to the analytical equipment and/or
conditions, a separate field study must be performed for the new set
of effluent source conditions. All data recorded during the study
must be retained and documented, and all spectral information must
be permanently stored in interferometric form.
(9) System installation. The spectroscopic and sampling sub-
systems must be assembled and installed according to the
manufacturers' recommendations. For the field study, the length of
the sample lines used must not be less than the maximum length
envisioned for future field applications. The system must be given
sufficient time to stabilize before testing begins.
(10) Pre-Test calibration. Record a suitable background spectrum
using pure nitrogen gas; alternatively, if the analytes of interest
are in a sample matrix consistent with ambient air, it is beneficial
to use an ambient air background to control interferences from water
and carbon dioxide. For variable pathlength Fourier Transform
Infrared Spectrometers, introduce a sample of the calibration
transfer standard gas directly into the absorption cell at the
expected sample pressure and record its absorbance spectrum (the
``initial field calibration transfer standard spectrum''). Compare
it to the laboratory calibration transfer standard spectra to
determine the effective absorption pathlength. If possible, record
spectra of field calibration gas standards (single component
standards of the analyte compounds) and determine their
concentrations using the reference spectra and analytical routines
developed in paragraphs (b)(2) through (7) of this appendix; these
spectra may be used instead of the reference spectra in actual
concentration and uncertainty calculations.
(11) Deriving the calibration transfer standard gas from tool
chamber gases. The calibration transfer standard gas may be derived
by flowing appropriate semiconductor tool chamber gases under non-
process conditions (no thermal or plasma conditions and with no
wafer(s) present) if compressed gas standards cannot be brought on-
site.
(12) Reactivity and response time checks. While sampling ambient
air and continuously recording absorbance spectra, suddenly replace
the ambient air flow with calibration transfer standard gas
introduced as close as possible to the probe tip. Examine the
subsequent spectra to determine whether the flow rate and sample
volume allow the system to respond quickly enough to changes in the
sampled gas. Should a corrosive or reactive gas be of interest in
the sample matrix it would be beneficial to determine the reactivity
in a similar fashion, if practical. Examine the subsequent spectra
to ensure that the reactivities of the analytes with the exposed
surfaces of the sampling system do not limit the time response of
the analytical system. If a pressure correction routine is not
automated, monitor the absorption cell temperature and pressure;
verify that the (absolute) pressure remains within 2 percent of the
pressure specified in the proposed system conditions.
(13) Analyte spiking. Analyte spiking must be performed. While
sampling actual source effluent, introduce a known flow rate of
calibration transfer standard gas into the sample stream as close as
possible to the probe tip or between the probe and extraction line.
Measure and monitor the total sample flow rate, and adjust the spike
flow rate until it represents 10 percent to 20 percent of the total
flow rate. After waiting until at least four absorption cell volumes
have been sampled, record four spectra of the spiked effluent,
terminate the calibration transfer standard spike flow, pause until
at least four cell volumes are sampled, and then record four
(unspiked) spectra. Repeat this process until 12 spiked and 12
unspiked spectra have been obtained. If a pressure correction
routine is not automated, monitor the absorption cell temperature
and pressure; verify that the pressure remains within 2
[[Page 68237]]
percent of the pressure specified in the proposed system conditions.
Calculate the expected calibration transfer standard compound
concentrations in the spectra and compare them to the values
observed in the spectrum. This procedure is best performed using a
spectroscopic tracer to calculate dilution (as opposed to measured
flow rates) of the injected calibration transfer standard (or
analyte). The spectroscopic tracer should be a component not in the
gas matrix that is easily detectable and maintains a linear
absorbance over a large concentration range. Repeat this spiking
process with all effluent compounds that are potentially reactive
with either the sampling system components or with other effluent
compounds. The gas spike is delivered by a mass flow controller, and
the expected concentration of analyte of interest (AOITheoretical)
is calculated as follows:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR13NO13.028
Where:
AOITheoretical = Theoretical analyte of interest concentration
(parts per million (ppm)).
Tracersample = Tracer concentration (ppm) as seen by the Fourier
Transform Infrared Spectrometer during spiking.
Tracercylinder = The concentration (ppm) of tracer recorded during
direct injection of the cylinder to the Fourier Transform Infrared
Spectrometer cell.
AOIcylinder = The supplier-certified concentration (ppm) of the
analyte of interest gas standard.
AOInative = The native AOI concentration (ppm) of the effluent
during stable conditions.
(14) Post-test calibration. At the end of a sampling run and at the
end of the field study, record the spectrum of the calibration transfer
standard gas. The resulting ``final field calibration transfer standard
spectrum'' must be compared to the initial field calibration transfer
standard spectrum to verify suitable stability of the spectroscopic
system throughout the course of the field study.
(15) Amendment of analytical routines. The presence of
unanticipated interferant compounds and/or the observation of compounds
at concentrations outside their expected concentration ranges may
necessitate the repetition of portions of the procedures in paragraphs
(b)(2) through (14) of this appendix. Such amendments are allowable
before final analysis of the data, but must be represented in the
documentation required in paragraph (b)(16) of this appendix.
(16) Documentation. The sampling and spiking techniques used to
generate the field study spectra and to convert sample spectral
information to concentrations must be documented at a level of detail
that allows an independent analyst to reproduce the results from the
documentation and the stored interferometric data.
(17) Method application. When the required laboratory and field
studies have been completed and if the results indicate a suitable
degree of accuracy, the methods developed may be applied to practical
field measurement tasks. During field applications, the procedures
demonstrated in the field study specified in paragraphs (b)(8) through
(16) of this appendix must be adhered to as closely as possible, with
the following exceptions specified in paragraphs (b)(17)(i) through
(iii) of this appendix:
(i) The sampling lines employed should be as short as practically
possible and not longer than those used in the field study.
(ii) Analyte spiking and reactivity checks are required after the
installation of or major repair to the sampling system or major change
in sample matrix. In these cases, perform three spiked/unspiked samples
with calibration transfer standard or a surrogate analyte on a daily
basis if time permits and gas standards are easy to obtain and get on-
site.
(iii) Sampling and other operational data must be recorded and
documented as during the field study, but only the interferometric data
needed to sufficiently reproduce actual test and spiking data must be
stored permanently. The format of this data does not need to be
interferograms but may be absorbance spectra or single beams.
(c) When using the flow and dilution measurement protocol specified
in section 2.2.6 of EPA 430-R-10-003 (incorporated by reference, see
Sec. 98.7), you may determine point-of-use abatement device total
volume flow with the modifications specified in paragraphs (c)(1)
through (3) of this appendix.
(1) You may introduce the non-reactive, non-native gas used for
determining total volume flow and dilution across the point-of-use
abatement device at a location in the exhaust of the point-of-use
abatement device. For abatement systems operating in a mode where
specific F-GHG are not readily abated, you may introduce the non-
reactive, non-native gas used for determining total volume flow and
dilution across the point-of-use abatement device prior to the point-
of-use abatement system; in this case, the tracer must be more
difficult to destroy than the target compounds being measured based on
the thermal stability of the tracer and target.
(2) You may select a location for downstream non-reactive, non-
native gas analysis that complies with the requirements in this
paragraph (c)(2) of this appendix. The sampling location should be
traversed with the sampling probe measuring the non-reactive, non-
native gas concentrations to ensure homogeneity of the non-reactive gas
and point-of-use abatement device effluent (i.e., stratification test).
To test for stratification, measure the non-reactive, non-native gas
concentrations at three points on a line passing through the centroidal
area. Space the three points at 16.7, 50.0, and 83.3 percent of the
measurement line. Sample for a minimum of twice the system response
time, determined according to paragraph (c)(3) of this appendix, at
each traverse point. Calculate the individual point and mean non-
reactive, non-native gas concentrations. If the non-reactive, non-
native gas concentration at each traverse point differs from the mean
concentration for all traverse points by no more than 5.0
percent of the mean concentration, the gas stream is considered
unstratified and you may collect samples from a single point that most
closely matches the mean. If the 5.0 percent criterion is not met, but
the concentration at each traverse point differs from the mean
concentration for all traverse points by no more than 10.0
percent of the mean, you may take samples from two points and use the
average of the two measurements. Space the two points at 16.7, 50.0, or
83.3 percent of the measurement line. If the concentration at each
traverse point differs from the mean concentration for all traverse
points by more than 10.0 percent of the mean but less than
20.0 percent, take samples from three points at 16.7, 50.0, and 83.3
percent of the measurement line and use the average of the three
measurements. If the gas stream is found to be stratified because the
20.0 percent criterion for a 3-point test is not met, locate and sample
the non-reactive, non-
[[Page 68238]]
native gas from traverse points for the test in accordance with
Sections 11.2 and 11.3 of EPA Method 1 in 40 CFR part 60, Appendix A-1.
A minimum of 40 non-reactive gas concentration measurements will be
collected at three to five different injected non-reactive gas flow
rates for determination of point-of-use abatement device effluent flow.
The total volume flow of the point-of-use abatement device exhaust will
be calculated consistent with the EPA 430-R-10-003 (incorporated by
reference, see Sec. 98.7) Equations 1 through 7.
(3) You must determine the measurement system response time
according to paragraphs (c)(3)(i) through (iii) of this appendix.
(i) Before sampling begins, introduce ambient air at the probe
upstream of all sample condition components in system calibration mode.
Record the time it takes for the measured concentration of a selected
compound (for example, carbon dioxide) to reach steady state.
(ii) Introduce nitrogen in the system calibration mode and record
the time required for the concentration of the selected compound to
reach steady state.
(iii) Observe the time required to achieve 95 percent of a stable
response for both nitrogen and ambient air. The longer interval is the
measurement system response time.
[FR Doc. 2013-23804 Filed 11-12-13; 8:45 am]
BILLING CODE 6560-50-P